(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Combined catalog. Vol. 1, College Park, University of Maryland"

COMBINED CATALOG 
Volume One 

College Park 
University of Maryland 



H? 


» wJ 1 l: i 


iJtul 


- 


HI 1 A 




1962-1964 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/combinedcatalog1962univ 



COMBINED CATALOG 

Series 19624964 



Volume One 



COLLEGE PARK 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



The 196?-1964 Series of University of Maryland Catalogs is published 
in a two-volume set of combined catalogs. Volume One contains catalogs 
pertaining to academic units located on the College Park Campus Volume 
Two contains catalogs pertaining to academic units located on the Baltimore 
Campus. This is Volume One 

The University College catalog is issued biennially and the 1961-1963 
issue has been published as part of the 1961-1962 combined catalog, 
Volume One. College Park. 



Catalogs in this volume are located 
in this order: 



lili enture in Learning 
' General Information » 

College of Agriculture 

College of Arts and St iences 

College oj Business 
and Public idministration 

College oj Eilm a 1 1 on 

College of Engineering 

College oj Home Economics 

College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health 

Department oj Air Science 

Graduate School innounce'ments 

Summer School 



An Adventure in Learning 

A GUIDE TO THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 



The University of Maryland 



I'NIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published two times in January, February. 
March, June, July, August, September, October and November; and once in April, May and 
December. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter under the 
Act of Congress on August 24, 1912. Published twenty-one times. 

VOLUME 18 • NUMBER 1 • AUGUST 15, 1962 




/ 



/*$ 



1 HIS PUBLICATION EXPLAINS HOW YOU MAY TAKE ADVANTAGE OF 

the opportunity for a quality education at moderate cost through 
the programs and facilities of your State University. 

The key to your future lies in your own hands. The University 
of Maryland exists to help you to develop your particular talents 
and capabilities to the maximum degree. 

At College Park and at Baltimore, the faculties and staff serve 
the citizens of the State through eight undergraduate colleges, a 
graduate school, and six professional schools. 

We welcome your inspection of our program and urge you to 
visit the campus when you have an opportunity. 



&^-£^ 



DR. WILSON H. ELKINS 

President of the University 



Board of Regents 

and 

Maryland State Board of Agriculture 



CHAIRMAN 

Charles P. McCormick 

McCormick and Company, 414 Light St., Balto. 2 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward F. Holter 

Farmers Home Administration, 103 S. Gay St., 
Baltimore 2 

SECRETARY 

B. Herbert Brown 

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase St., 
Baltimore 1 

TREASURER 
Harry H. Nuttle 

Denton 

ASSISTANT SECRETARY 
Louis L. Kaplan 

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15 

ASSISTANT TREASURER 

C. Ewing Tuttle 

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Sts.. 
Baltimore 2 

Richard W. Case 

Commercial Credit Building, Baltimore 

Thomas W. Pangborn 

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd.. 
Hagersto-vn 

Thomas B. Symons 

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Ave., 
Takoma Park 

William C. Walsh 

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 

4101 Grecnway, Baltimore 18 



UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

FALL SEMESTER 1962 

September 17-21 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 
24 Monday — Instruction begins 

November 21 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess begins after last class 
26 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess ends 8 a.m. 

December 21 Friday — Christmas Recess begins after last class 

1963 
January 3 Thursday — Christmas Recess ends 8 a.m. 

23 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 
24-30 Thursday to Wednesday — Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1963 

February 4-8 Monday to Friday — Registration 
1 1 Monday — Instruction begins 
22 Friday — Washington's Birthday, holiday 

march 25 Monday — Maryland Day (not a holiday) 

april 11 Thursday — Easter Recess begins after last class 
16 Tuesday — Easter Recess ends 8 a.m. 

may 15 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Thursday — Memorial Day, holiday 

3 1 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

june 1-7 Saturday to Friday — Spring Semester Examinations 
2 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 
8 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1963 

june 24 Monday — Summer Session Registration 
25 Tuesday — Instruction begins 

july 4 Thursday — Independence Day, holiday 

august 16 Friday — Summer Session ends 

FALL SEMESTER 1963 

September 16-20 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 
23 Monday — Instruction begins 

November 28 Wednesday, after last class — Thanksgiving Recess begins 

December 1 Monday, 8:00 a.m. — Thanksgiving Recess ends 
20 Friday, after last class — Christmas Recess begins 

1964 
January 6 Monday, 8:00 a.m. — Christmas Recess ends 

22 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 
23-30 Thursday-Wednesday — Fall Semester Examinations 



Contents 



A Message from the President 2 

University Calendar 4 

To the Applicant for Admission 7 

The University Heritage 7 

You are the Vital Factor 9 

Admission to the University 12 

Physical Education and Air Force ROTC Instruction 17 

Where Will I Live? 18 

How Much Will It Cost? 21 

Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life 23 

Academic Standards 25 

Special Services 25 

Program in American Civilization 27 



THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

College of Agriculture 28 

College of Arts and Sciences 31 

College of Business and Public Administration 34 

College of Education 36 

College of Engineering 38 

College of Home Economics 40 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 42 

School of Pharmacy 44 

School of Nursing 46 

University College 47 



APPENDICES 

Appendix A. Fees and Expenses . . . 49 

Appendix B. Honors, Awards, Scholarships, Grants-in-Aid 

and Loans 55 



To the Applicant for Admission 

This booklet is the all-purpose, general information booklet of the 
University. 

It contains the information you need 

► to arrange your high school curriculum for acceptance by the various 
colleges of the University 

► to select a course of study at the University 

► to apply for admission 

► to matriculate 

Adventure in Learning also covers fees and expenses, housing, scholarships 
and loans. 

The course catalog of the College of your choice will be made available to 
you after you enter the University. 

OR 

You may consult reference copies in your high school library, principal's 
office or office of the guidance counselor. Course catalogs usually require 
interpretation for new freshman students and should, therefore, be used in 
consultation with the high school guidance counselor or principal. 

Professional school catalogs are available by writing to the office of the 
appropriate dean on the Baltimore campus. 

Prospective part-time and evening adult education students may obtain the 
appropriate course catalog or brochure by writing to the Director, University 
College, Skinner Building, University of Maryland at College Park. 

Prospective graduate students may obtain the Graduate Catalog by writing 
directly to the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland at College 
Park. 

Prospective summer students may write to the Director of the Summer 
Session for copies of the Summer Session Catalog— usually available after 
April 15. 



The University Heritage 

Few institutions of higher learning in the united states have had 
as rich and proud a history as the University of Maryland. Students admitted 
will find the institution stressing programs of educational excellence, vital 
research, and important service to the community. 

Just 3 1 years after the signing of the Declaration of Independence, there was 
established in Baltimore a College of Medicine, the fifth such medical school in 
the United States. The College began with no visible assets save determination, 
enthusiasm and skill, and the first seven students enrolled received their lectures 



in the homes of their professors. One member of the faculty, Dr. John Shaw, 
died as a result of exposure suffered while working winter nights in a dilapidated 
structure that was the college's home in 1808. The other two members of the 
faculty, Dr. John Beal Davidge and Dr. James Cocke, were extremely skillful 
researchers— professionally outstanding in that day and even more so from the 
perspective of today. 

In 1812 the State Legislature authorized the College of Medicine to annex a 
Faculty of Divinity, a Faculty of Law, and a Faculty of Arts and Sciences. 
Together these four colleges became the University of Maryland. The college of 
Divinity and the undergraduate college of Arts and Sciences developed slowly, 
but highly successful departments of Dentistry and Pharmacy were added, along 
with a Training School for Nurses. The professional schools of Medicine, Law, 
Dentistry and Pharmacy were all among the half-dozen first of their kind to be 
established in America, and throughout most of the Nineteenth Century and 
into the Twentieth Century they were recognized among the foremost schools in 
each profession. 



Meanwhile, on the old ross borough estate near Washington, d. c, 
a group of wealthy planters were pioneering in an attempt to develop agriculture 
into a respectable academic discipline. 

The Maryland Agricultural College, again one of the two or three first in the 
country, was established in 1856 on the old Ross Borough Estate, just north of 
Washington. Because it was primarily a school for planters' sons, it suffered 
greatly during the Civil War, but in 1864 it became a land-grant institution and 
slowly emerged again, not only as the primary spokesman for the farming inter- 
ests of the State but as an outstanding undergraduate college. In 1920 the 
College of Agriculture at College Park was consolidated with the University 
of Maryland in Baltimore. The merged institution continued under the name 
of the University of Maryland. 

This, of course, forms only the briefest outline of the 155-year history of 
the University. 

Although the University is a State institution quite large in physical plant 
student enrollment, the number of courses and degrees offered, and services 
performed, its objectives remain constant and form a base for all educational 
activity. Simply stated they are: (1 ) to prepare students in the arts, the human- 
ities, the pure and applied sciences, agriculture, business and public administra- 
tion, home economics, industry, and for the professions; (2) to contribute to 
the civic, ethical, moral, cultural, spiritual, and general welfare; (3) to provide 
general education in its broadest sense, both formal and informal for all 
students who enroll; (4) to develop those ideals and finer relationships among 
students which characterize cultured individuals; (5) to conduct systematic 
research and to promote creative scholarship; and (6) to offer special, continu- 
ation, and extension education in communities where it is feasible. 

The government of the University is vested in a Board of Regents each 
member of which is appointed by the Governor of the State to serve a term of 
seven years. The administration of the University is vested in the President 
The following is a listing of the major administrative divisions on both 
campuses: 



AT COLLEGE PARK 



College of Agriculture 
College of Arts and Sciences 
College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration 
College of Education 
College of Engineering, the Glenn 
L. Martin Institute of Technology 
Agricultural and Home Economics 
Extension Service 

Agricultural Services and Controls 



College of Home Economics 
Department of Air Science 
College of Physical Education, Rec- 
reation and Health 
University College (formerly College 

of Special and Continuation 

Studies) 
Graduate School 
Summer School 

Agricultural Experiment Station 
Computer Science Center 



AT BALTIMORE 



School of Nursing 
School of Pharmacy 



School of Social Work 
University Hospital 



School of Dentistry 
School of Law 
School of Medicine 

A state-wide Natural Resources Institute is a part of the University of Mary- 
land. Basic facilities for the Institute are located at Solomons Island and at 
Crisfield. 

The university's educational and research programs are enhanced 
by its participation in the activities of the Southern Regional Education Board. 
The SREB is a public agency supported by the states of Alabama, Arkansas, 
Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North 
Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West 
Virginia. Through the agency of the SREB, these states work together for 
higher education and to improve the economy of the region. 

One program under the Southern Regional Education Board encourages 
arrangements between institutions whereby high cost educational programs are 
shared. For example, during the past twelve years Maryland residents have been 
provided veterinary medical training through a cooperative arrangement with 
the University of Georgia, and with the Tuskegee Institute. The University's 
School of Dentistry, in a similar manner, provides for contract students from 
certain states where schools of dentistry have not been established. 

Maryland also participates in the SREB's Program of Institutional Coopera- 
tion in Subject Matter Fields, the Mental Health Training and Research Program, 
and other cooperative research and study programs. 



You are the Vital Factor 

Where do you fit in? you are the basic, vital factor in the univer- 
sity's educational program. It is with you in mind that the citizens of this 
State (your parents) contribute toward the. establishment of a well-equipped 
University. Much has been done to provide the means for you to acquire an 
excellent education. You will have an opportunity to fulfill this obligation by 
diligent application in your studies. 



If you area high school student, or graduate, you are trying, certainly to 
decide (1) whether or not to spend the next four years of your life at a college 
or university and (2) which institution and which course of study is the rieht 
one for you. J "S 1 " 

f F ^ St y™ sho " ld know that th e administration and faculty of the University 

a° e S a TH W, \ make e T Y a " empt t0 he,p y° U find th * ans ^rs to these 
questions. Through personal counseling, letters, and transmittal of information 
dealing with the academic program, the University attempts to present to the 
prospective student as complete a picture of its activities as possible. The 
University is willing to go all the way for you, both during your period of 
decision and (if accepted for admission) during your academic tenure Now 
here is what the University expects of you. 

The University expects you to be a good student; it expects you to be a 
conscientious student. Even though the University is concerned with a large 
number of students, emphasis remains on the individual. An estimate of the 
value of the indiv.dual at the University was given by the President of the Uni- 
versity, Dr. Wilson H. Elkins, in an address entitled "A Quantity of Quality." 

During the last few decades we have been witnessing a social 
revolution with the individual as the center, and it is extremely 
important that this revolution have a clear objective. Otherwise 
it could very easily result in a widespread conviction that every 
one should share and share alike the benefits of a free society 
regardless of the capacity, effort, initiative, and ambition. Among 
other things this would lead to the weakening of higher education 
by the admission and retention of all comers to the campuses of 
the colleges and universities, and the reduction of our program 
to a low common denominator. This would be a disservice to 
society. We must therefore strive to direct the revolution toward 
the recognition of individual differences while assuring each 

Thl^Lt a ° PP01tUni % to So as far along various courses 
as his talents and energies will permit. 

What President Elkins has said is that there are wide and impressivelv deen 
f a „ U H Ca h°t n > ° PP0rtUnities offered to ^ch individual at the uSofM^ 
and but it is up to each individual to prove his own worth and to develop hi 
talents according to his own special capabilities. aeveiop his 

When you visit the campus of the univfrsitv n C x^™. 
College Park or Baltimore, you will wmLST? numh°f " ARYLAND AT EITHER 

the year construction will start on a new dormitorv for son Du,la,ng - ™" hln 
to .he Fire Service Extension and a ■^KK&ZtaSi" " 



10 



h- 



/ 



« 



* 



» I 



& 




V,V,Vi 




IH 



I 



JLi p i 




1 



.<*■! • • 



The University possesses some 2,500 acres of land. The main campus 
at College Park encompasses about 300 acres with 800 additional acres 
adjacent to it available for agricultural research and teaching. At College Park 
there are eighty-three principal buildings designed in a Georgian Colonial 
style. On the Baltimore campus, located in the vicinity of Lombard and 
Greene Streets, are situated seventeen major buildings including the original 
School of Medicine building constructed in 1812, the Out-Patient Department, 
the University Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute, the Frank C. Bressler Build- 
ing, the Dental School Building, Pharmacy School and Nursing School Build- 
ings, the School of Law Building, the Gray Laboratory, and the recently 
acquired Redwood Hall and Howard Hall. 

A modern Medical Sciences Library and the initial phase of a Student 
Union-Dormitory structure were completed on the Baltimore campus in 1960. 
In cooperation with the City of Baltimore and the Urban Redevelopment 
Program of the Federal government, the Baltimore campus is expected to 
grow from eight to twenty acres during the next decade. Planning is currently 
underway for a new School of Law Building and an Ambulatory Service 
facility which will be constructed early in this expansion program. The School 
of Social Work is located temporarily in the recently renovated Redwood Hall. 
During the year Howard Hall will be developed as a basic science facility. 

Admission to the University 

NOW YOU WILL LIKELY ASK THIS QUESTION! WHO MAY BE ADMITTED TO 

the University? 

The University says officially: "Admission from secondary school is based 
upon evidence indicating the applicant's probable success in the program of 
his choice." 

By the word "evidence" the University means that: 

1) You must be a graduate of an accredited secondary school; 

2) Your principal or headmaster should recommend you for entrance to 
the University; 

3) You have completed the high school subjects required for the college and 
curriculum which you wish to enter; 

4) You have completed the tests of the American College Testing Program* 
and have had the results submitted to the Admissions Office of the 
University. 

Actually, during your high school years, you have been preparing for the 
University. You should have maintained a good scholastic record and planned 
your curriculum so that you will have at graduation the required number of 
units to begin your college program. 

A graduate of an accredited secondary school in Maryland whose secondary 
record indicates probable success in the University will be admitted, provided that 
(1) his scholastic average in major subjects in his last two years in high school 

* Consult your high school counselor for information about the American College 
Testing Program. 

12 



has been satisfactory; (2) his program has included the subjects required for 
the college and curriculum which he wishes to enter; (3) he has had the test 
results of the American College Testing Program submitted to the University 
Admissions Office; and (4) he has a satisfactory general recommendation from 
his secondary school as to his character and ability. 

All applicants for admission, who do not qualify as Maryland residents, as 
defined in the Appendix, must also have the results of the American College 
Testing Program and complete high school records submitted to the Admissions 
Office Only a limited number of well-qualified out-of-state applicants can be 
considered for admission since first preference in admission is given to Maryland 
residents. 

Pre-college Summer Session 

Any Maryland resident whose scholastic average in major subjects for his 
junior year in high school and the first semester of the senior high school year 
falls below the C level will be required to attend the University Pre-College 
Summer Session. 

The Pre-College Summer Session is held at College Park, Maryland, and is 
preceded by a brief orientation period. During this session, which runs con- 
currently with the regular University Summer Session, students will be required 
to take a full academic workload, including English 1. A special program of 
advisement and counseling as well as reading and study skills instruction will be 
provided. Alternatives to this special session, and the achievement required to 
remain in the University, have been explained to Maryland high school prin- 
cipals and counselors and are contained in a special brochure sent to students 
required to attend the Pre-College Summer Session. 

A student whose average falls below C as noted above must have his appli- 
cation AND HIGH SCHOOL RECORD INCLUDING HIS FIRST SEMESTER SENIOR GRADES 
IN THE ADMISSIONS OFFICE AT COLLEGE PARK BY OR BEFORE MAY 4, 1963, TO BE 

considered for admission. The American College Test results for students 
with less than C average must be received by May 25, 1963. 

How about Mathematics ? 

Most programs in the University require some college work in mathematics. 
The student who plans to go to college should be sure to take College Prepara- 
tory Mathematics for two, three or four years. Some programs in the Univer- 
sity, for example Engineering, require from three and one-half to four years 
of College Preparatory Mathematics. 

Courses in General Mathematics, Commercial Mathematics, and Shop 
Mathematics are not considered as College Preparatory Mathematics. 

How about English ? 

A considerable portion of the work in English during the freshman year at 
the University is devoted to expository writing. The high school student should 
therefore get as much preparation as possible in composition. The student who 
passes the English Classification test in the top fifteen percent of his entering 
class will be placed in an advanced English grouping. 

13 



Where do you apply ? 

The Office of Admissions is chiefly responsible for advising prospective 
students prior to application for admission and for processing applications when 
submitted. All inquiries concerning undergraduate work, therefore, should be 
submitted to: 

DIRECTOR, OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS 
NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 

In your first letter of inquiry you should state your educational background 
and your expected date of graduation from secondary school, your educational 
objectives, and the date of your expected entrance to the University. You 
should request application forms for admission. It is not essential that you 
receive a course catolog for the College in which you are interested prior to your 
registration. 

Part I of your application, accompanied by a $10 application fee, should be 
returned to the # Office of Admissions at any time after October 1 of your senior 
year in high school. The fee should be in the form of a check made payable to 
the University of Maryland and is non-refundable under any circumstance. The 
fee will be applied in lieu of the matriculation fee provided the applicant enrolls 
for the term applied for on his application. Applicants who have been enrolled 
with the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College Park or Balti- 
more, or at one of its off-campus centers are not required to pay the fee 
since they have already paid a matriculation fee. 

Deadlines for Applications 

New students should plan, if possible, to enter the University at the beginning 
of the fall semester. Applications will not be considered if received after 
September 1 for the fall term or if received after January 1 for the spring 
semester. These dates apply to students who qualify for regular admission status. 

Orientation Programs 

I. THE TWO-DAY PRE-COLLEGE PROGRAM 

Upon final admission to the University you will receive materials pertaining 
to your participation in the Two-Day Pre-College Program. The program is 
operated during the month of August and early September and emphasizes an 
individual academic orientation for the new student. You will attend along with 
a group of your future classmates. Highlights of the program include a college 
meeting with the dean of your college or his representative, a briefing on your 
role as a University citizen and a clear look into registration procedures along 
with a general physical orientation to the University. Your group will participate 
as a unit during Freshman Week. 

II. FRESHMEN WEEK 

Students, faculty, and administration combine their efforts to plan a program 
of value and interest for you. The President of the University delivers his per- 
sonal message to new students and greets each new student. Outstanding faculty 
personnel participate in a series of programs designed to initiate the academic 
year. Social programs are planned to help you further your contacts with your 

14 



classmates. Student governing bodies present programs to further acquaint you 
with the structure of student government and the people who make it run. 
Representatives of religious groups and other student organizations are available 
for you to question. A special program for parents is planned for the first Sunday 
of New Student Week. 

The Transfer Student 

A student must be in good standing as to scholarship and character to be 
eligible for transfer to the University. Advanced standing is assigned to a 
transfer student from an accredited institution under the following conditions: 
( 1 ) A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester 
hours (including the meeting of all University and curricular requirements) is 
necessary for a degree; (2) The University reserves the right to make the 
assignment of transfer credit conditional upon the student's making a satis- 
factory record during his first semester at the University. (3) The University 
reserves the right to revoke advanced standing if the transfer student's progress 
is at any time unsatisfactory. 

The Special Student 

An applicant who is at least twenty-one years of age, and who has not 
completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such courses a-, 
he seems qualified to take. A special student is ineligible to matriculate for a 
degree until he has satisfied the entrance requirements. 

The Unclassified Student 

An applicant who meets entrance requirements but who does not wish to 
pursue a program of study leading to a degree is eligible tor admission to 
enroll in courses for which he has the prerequisites. 

The Foreign Student 

The foreign student applying for admission to the undergraduate schools 
of the University of Maryland should make application at least six months 
in advance of the term for which he is applying. He will be required to submit 
an application for admission on a form furnished upon request by the Admis- 
sions Office of the University, and official copies of his secondary school prepa- 
ration, certificates of completion of state secondary school examinations, and 
records of college or university studies completed in schools in the United 
States or elsewhere. He will also be required to furnish proof of his ability to 
read, write, speak, and understand English sufficiently well to pursue satisfac- 
torily an approved course of study in one of the Colleges of the University. 
Arrangements can be made through the office of the Foreign Student Adviser 
for administering an English test to prospective students both in the United 
States and in countries abroad. 

The foreign student accepted for admission to the University will receive 
the Immigration 1-20 form needed to secure a student visa from the American 
consul. 

15 




-« ** *■ 

: * ; « 




• 



■-* 



6 






C 



<% 



\ 



Every foreign student is expected to notify the Foreign Student Adviser as 
to the approximate date of his arrival at the University and arrange to see him 
as soon as possible after arrival. The office of the Adviser is located in the North 
Administration Building, Room 222. 

Musts— Physical Education Training 
and Air Force ROTC Instruction 

The university is concerned with the physical fitness of each 
student. Therefore, all undergraduate men and women students, classified 
academically as freshmen or sophomores registered for more than six semester 
hours of credit, are required to enroll in and successfully complete four pre- 
scribed courses in Physical Education for a total of four semester hours of 
credit. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during their first 
two years of attendance at the University whether they intend to graduate or 
not. A health sequence of two courses is required of all undergraduate women. 

The University operates one of the largest Air Force Reserve Officer Training 
Corps units in the United States. Successful completion of a one-year sequence 
is prerequisite for graduation. The sequence must be taken by all men students 
during the first year of attendance. Those students interested in a career in the 
Air Force, and who have not yet reached their 25th birthday at the time of 
initial enrollment in any undergraduate or graduate curriculum, may apply for 
advanced training in the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps upon satis- 
factory completion of the basic requirements. Successful completion of this 
advanced training course, and attainment of a baccalaureate degree leads to a 
commission in the United States Air Force Reserve or a Certificate of Comple- 
tion. 

Bases for Exemption From Air Force ROTC Instruction 

1. A student who has completed the basic program in other approved units 
of the United States Air Force, Army, or Naval ROTC will receive credit. 

2. A student holding a commission in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, 
Marine Corps, Coast Guard, or Air Force will receive credit. 

3. A student who has served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast 
Guard, or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equiva- 
lent to the training received in the basic AFROTC program will receive credit. 
Short periods of service in any of the branches named above will be evaluated 
and allowed as credit toward completion of the course. 

4. Graduate students are exempt. 

5. A student classified as a "special student" who is registered for less than 
seven semester hours is exempt. 

6. A student who is 24 years of age or older on or before the first day of 
scheduled classes for the semester will not be required to initiate or continue 
his basic AFROTC registration. He may start or continue AFROTC at his 
own option. 

17 



A student who for reason of age does not satisfy in whole or in part the 
basic AFROTC program will be required to pass an equivalent number of 
credits, presently within the pattern of the American Civilization Program, in 
addition to the basic American Civilization Program, and in addition to the 
curriculum requirements of his program of studies and/or college. 

The intent of this plan is to give the over-age student an alternative to basic 
AFROTC, using four semesters of academic credit as the measure of the alter- 
native. It is expected that the courses used as options will advance the same 
citizenship education purpose as is associated with basic AFROTC. 

Any course used as an alternative to AFROTC will require the approval 
of the dean of the school or college from which the student is graduating and 
it must be taken at the University of Maryland. Preference will be given to 
advanced courses in history, government and politics, and English. If a pro- 
posed course selection falls outside the pattern of the American Civilization 
Program prior appr6val must be given by the Vice President for Academic 
Affairs. 

7. A student who is physically handicapped may exercise the same option 
as an over-age student. The physical handicap must be verified by the Director 
of Student Health. It is expected that many physically handicapped persons 
will prefer basic AFROTC. They are acceptable in basic AFROTC as they 
were under former regulations. 

8. A student who transfers to the University with advanced standing equiva- 
lent to junior status or higher may pursue basic AFROTC semester by semester 
as permitted in the past, or he may exercise the option outlined for over-age 
students. The transfer student will be held to four additional semester hours of 
academic credit if he does not pursue AFROTC. 

9. A verified conscientious objector may exercise the four-semester-hour- 
equivalent option. The criterion for determining this status shall be the same 
as that used in administering the Universal Military Training and Service Act. 
Minors must obtain the signature of their parents to exercise this alternative. 
If the conscientious objector falls into any other category of alternatives (over- 
age, physically handicapped, transfer at junior level) he may give precedence 
to the other category. 

10. A foreign student, other than one with an immigrant visa, is exempt. 
He may choose the alternative described previously if he falls in any of the 
categories to which the alternative applies. 



Where Will I Live? 



Dormitories 

Trained personnel are employed by the university to assist students 
to administer the residence halls program. These members of the staff, living 
in the various residence units, are interested in helping students to derive the 
maximum benefit from the academic, cultural, social and athletic opportunities 
which are available in group living. 



Room Reservation. If you desire living accommodations in a residence hall, 
you should request room application forms by so indicating on your application 
for admission. The Director of Admissions will refer your name to the office 
of the Director of Housing. Application forms will be sent to you and should 
be returned promptly to the proper office. A deposit of $25.00 will be required 
which will be deducted from the first semester room charges when you register. 
Space in a residence hall is not assured until confirmed by the Director of 
Housing. Your reservation will be cancelled if you do not claim your assignment 
by the first day of registration. This assignment may be held until a later date 
by special request to the Housing Office before or by the first day of registration. 
Should you desire to cancel your room reservation for the fall semester, your 
deposit will be refunded provided the cancellation notice is received prior to 
July 31. 

Applications for rooms are acted upon only when you have been accepted 
for admission to the University. 

All undergraduate women except those who live at home or with close 
relatives are required to room in the University residence halls. If an under- 
graduate woman is 2 1 years of age or over at the time she enters as a freshman 
she may be referred to off-campus housing. All male freshman except those who 
live at home or with close relatives are required to live in the University resi- 
dence halls when accommodations are available. 

New students are urged to attend to their housing arangements at least 
three months in advance of registration. It is understood that all housing and 
hoard arrangements which are made for the fall semester are also binding for 
the spring semester. All students who live in the residence halls must take their 
meals in the University Dining Halls. 

Room and board charges begin with the first day of registration and include 
the last day of classes for each semester with the exception of room at Christmas 
recess and board at the Thanksgiving, Christmas and Easter recesses. Students 
are required to make their own arrangements for board and room at Christmas. 
Equipment. You should bring with you sufficient blankets, linens, pillow, 
laundry bag, waste basket, and study lamp. The University does not provide 
rugs, curtains, scarves or spreads but it is advisable to wait to see your room 
and roommate before purchasing any new room furnishings, as room colors 
and sizes vary widely. 

Each student assumes responsibility for all dormitory property assigned to 
him. Any damage which a student does to the property other than that which 
results from ordinary usage will be charged to the student concerned. Where 
individual responsibility for damage cannot be ascertained, the amount of 
« amage will be prorated among the occupants of the room or residence in which 
.he damage occurred. Each student will be furnished a key for his room. If a 
student loses the key, or fails to turn it in when he leaves the University, he will 
be billed $5.00 for the replacement. 

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service. You are respon- 
sible for your own laundry. There are several reliable laundry concerns in Col- 
lege Park, or if you prefer, you may send your laundry home. It is possible to 
make arrangements to rent towels, bed linens, pillows, and blankets from a 
private concern operating in the area. Coin operated laundry machines are 
available in the residence halls to be used under the regulations of the house. 

19 



IMPORTANT NOTICE 

1 HE STATEMENTS IN THIS BOOKLET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY. 

The provisions of this publication do not form a contract 
between the student and the University of Maryland. 

Official notice concerning student life, grading systems and 
other regulations are to be found in the publication General 
and Academic Regulations, made available to all incoming 
students. 

The University reserves the right to change any provision or 
requirement at any time within the student's term of residence. 
The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a 
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the 
best interests of the University. 



Personal Baggage. Baggage sent via the American Express and marked with 
your college housing address will be delivered when you notify the Express 
Office of your arrival. 

Off-Campus Housing 

Upperclassmen and veteran male undergraduate students are allowed to live 
in houses off-campus. Graduates and new students over 21 years of age must live 
off-campus. All housing arrangements for undergraduate women students must 
be approved by the Office of the Dean of Women. A list of rooms, apartments 
and houses available to all persons associated with the University is located in 
the Housing Office on the third floor of the North Administration Building. 
Most of the off-campus houses have double rooms with twin beds and provide 
linens and towels. Some require that you furnish your own bed linens. The price 
for a person in a double room is about $25 a month. Single rooms rent from 
$30-$50 per month. 

Family Housing Units 

The University maintains unfurnished married housing units on the campus. 
Efficiency units for families with no children rent for $40 per month and consist 
of a living room-bedroom combination, kitchen and bath. One bedroom units 
are for families with one child and rent for $43 per month. 

To be eligible, undergraduate students must take at least 15 hours credit per 
semester. Graduate students, other than those with teaching fellowships and 
assistantships, must take 12 hours credit per semester. It is necessary that you 
be officially admitted to the University before the application can be considered 
active. Applications for these units may be obtained from the Housing Office. 

20 



How Much Will It Cost? 

The table following presents established charges for attending 
the University of Maryland in the undergraduate programs offered on the Col- 
lege Park campus, effective June, 1962. 



Fees for Undergraduate Students 



Total 



First Second 

Maryland Residents Semester Semester 

FIXED CHARGES $100.00 

INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS FEE .... 12.00 

ATHLETIC FEE 20.00 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES FEE 12.00 

SPECIAL FEE 15.00 

RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FEE 25.00 

INFIRMARY FEE 5.00 

ADVISORY AND TESTING FEE 5.00 

Total for Residents $194.00 $112.00 $306.00 



$100.00 


$200.00 


12.00 


24.00 




20.00 




12.00 




15.00 




25.00 




5.00 




5.00 



Residents of the District of 
Columbia, Other States and 
Countries 



TUITION FEE FOR NON-RESIDENT 

STUDENTS $175.00 


$175.00 


$350.00 






Total for Non-Residents $369.00 


$287.00 


$656.00 






Board and Lodging 



BOARD 

DORMITORY ROOM 

MARYLAND RESIDENTS 

OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES 



$200.00 $200.00 $400.00 



115-130 
140-155 



115-130 

140-155 



230-260 
280-310 



For complete information concerning fees see Appendix A. 



Can You Work Your Way Through College? 

A number of students are employed on a part-time basis by the University, 
others work in various capacities in shops and stores located in the College 
Park area. If you seek employment while pursuing a regular program of 
instruction, you should consult the Office of Student Aid who maintains a listing 
of available jobs within the University and in nearby commercial areas including 
holiday and summer employment. Full-time career employment for graduating 
seniors and alumni is available through the University Placement Service. The 
Placement Service maintains a guidance and information service relative to 
full-time career employment. This assistance is on a non-fee basis. 



21 



How About Grants and Scholarships? 

For promising young men and women who might not otherwise be able to 
provide themselves an opportunity for higher education, a number of grants 
and scholarships are available. All requests for information concerning these 
awards should be directed to: 

DIRECTOR, STUDENT AID 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 

In deciding whether you are eligible to receive a grant or a scholarship, the 
Committee considers such qualifications as leadership, character, achievement, 
and participation in student activities, as well as academic ability and financial 
need. 

You should know of the major groupings of grants and scholarships. 
These are: 

full university scholarships — covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees 
and books; 

university grants — awarded to deserving and qualified secondary school 
graduates covering fixed charges only; 

general assembly grants — for fixed charges only, awarded by members 
of the State Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of 
the House of Delegates, only to persons in the county or in the legislative 
district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents; 

special academic scholarships — awarded to students of exceptional aca- 
demic ability by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid; 

endowed scholarships and grants — supported by income from funds 
especially established for this purpose. 

teacher education grants — for fixed charges only, available to Maryland 
residents who agree to teach in Maryland public schools for two years. 

general state tuition scholarships — for fixed charges only, awarded by 
the State Scholarship Board on the basis of an examination. 

Are Loans Possible ? 

Several loans are made available by private organizations to worthy students 
in financial need. 

The American Bankers' Association Loan Fund provides loans of $250 for 
one year only to senior or graduate students who are emphasizing Banking, 
Economics, or related subjects. 

Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund is available for 
worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland. 

Under provisions of the National Defense Education Act, loans are available 
to qualified students in amounts not to exceed $800 per year. 

Teacher Education? 

In order to provide a greater supply of qualified teachers for the public schools 
of Maryland, residents of Maryland may have the fixed charges remitted while 
pursuing successfully a teacher preparation program. 

22 



The following conditions pertain to the administration of the program: 

1. The student must be a resident of the State of Maryland as defined in 
this publication. This resident status must be maintained in order to con- 
tinue the effectiveness of the agreement. 

2. The student must be a citizen of the United States of America. 

3. The student must be regularly admitted to the University for the pursuit 
of a baccalaureate degree. 

4. The student must be enrolled as a full-time student pursuing a curriculum 
leading to teacher certification in accordance with University regulations. 
Fifteen semester hours of credit shall constitute a full-time schedule for 
persons who have their fixed fees remitted at the University of Maryland. 

Each applicant eligible to participate in the reimbursed program will be re- 
quired to sign a pledge to teach in the public schools of Maryland for a period 
of two years, immediately following graduation. A reimbursement agreement 
must be signed to cover the contingency of not satisfying the teaching require- 
ment. A more detailed explanation is available upon request. 

Persons enrolled in the summer session or in any of the late afternoon and 
evening programs are not covered by this fee remission program. 

Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life 

Organized student activities are recognized and encouraged 
for the growth of your leadership and citizenship skills. Opportunities are open 
in student government, fraternities, sororities, special interest clubs, civic groups, 
service organizations, professional organizations, recreational organizations, 
religious clubs, and musical organizations. You may be interested in joining the 
band or the staff of one of the student publications. You may be interested in 
athletics or perhaps you will want to become a member of a club or society 
which has a primary interest in the informal investigation of an academic 
specialty. Interested faculty personnel are active in all of these groups. 

The Student Government Association represents all students and operates 
under an approved constitution and by-laws. The Associated Women Students, 
in cooperation with the Dean of Women, is concerned with matters pertaining 
to women students. The Men's League, in cooperation with the Dean of Men, 
is concerned with matters pertaining to men students. 

The University Band is under the supervision of the Department of Music 
and is composed of four groups: the Marching Band, the Symphonic Band, the 
Air Force ROTC Band, and the Pep Band. 

Six student communications and publication media are operated with faculty 
guidance and the general supervision of the Committee on Student Publications 
and Communications. They are: The Diamondback, the campus newspaper; 
The Terrapin, the student yearbook; The Old Line, a magazine of humor, litera- 
ture and are; The M Book, the student handbook; Expression, campus 
literary magazine; and WMUC, the campus radio station. 

Athletics and Recreation 

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of 
all students and, in addition to the required physical education for freshmen 

23 



and sophomores, sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural 
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics and 
to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college. The 
intramural program, which covers a large variety of sports, is conducted by 
the Physical Education Department for both men and women. 

The Council on Intercollegiate Athletics sponsors and supervises a full 
program of intercollegiate athletics in every form necessary to meet the needs 
of the student body. By keeping this program in proper bounds, it becomes an 
incidental feature of University life. Each student is encouraged to participate 
in the program, either as an athlete or as a spectator. A strong intercollegiate 
program creates the incentives for extensive participation in the intramural 
program and, further, the program furnishes a rallying point of common 
interest for students, alumni, and faculty. 

The University is a member of the Atlantic Coast Conference, the National 
Collegiate Athletic Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse 
Association, the Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and 
cooperates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur 
athletics. 

The University has an activities building which contains a modern gymnasium, 
a swimming pool, training facilities for indoor sports, physical education 
laboratories, and an arena; also a large armory; a modern stadium with a 
running track; a number of athletic fields; tennis courts; golf course; baseball 
diamonds; and a gymnasium and swimming pool for women. 

To Round Out Your Experience 

The Student Government Association's Cultural Committee, University 
Theatre, and the musical groups present a broad program of musical, cultural, 
and dramatic programs. The National Symphony presents several concerts 
during the year. A Broadway musical and an opera are also included in the 
program. Recent talent brought to the campus includes Carlos Montoya and 
Peter Nero, and the Ximenez-Vargas Spanish Ballet. Contemporary entertain- 
ment is presented throughout the year by various student organizations. A series 
of informational programs and art exhibits are presented by the Student Union. 

All campus or class wide social events are associated with Homecoming, and 
the Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior "Proms." Name bands such as 
Buddy Morrow, Billy May and Lionel Hampton have appeared at these affairs. 

Fraternities, sororities and residence halls also sponsor social events through- 
out the year including exchange socials and open houses from time to time. 

The All-Faith Memorial Chapel is one of the most beautiful structures of 
its kind in the nation. Within its shelter are housed the offices of chaplains, 
representing the major denominational bodies, and there are many opportunities 
for you to consult with the minister of your faith. Chances are that you will 
want to join a religious club such as the Baptist Student Union, Canterbury 
Association (Episcopal), Christian Fellowship (non-denominational), Christian 
Science, Diogenes Society (Unitarian), Ethos (Eastern Orthodox), Hillel Foun- 
dation (Jewish), Lutheran Students Association, Newman Club (Roman 
Catholic), Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian), and the Wesley Foundation 
(Methodist). 

24 



Academic Standards 



The student who maintains at least a "c" average in academic sub- 
jects is proceeding satisfactorily toward graduation. The student who does not 
maintain this average is falling behind. 

The student who fails fifty percent or more of his academic work will 
normally not be permitted to continue. Special provisions, however, are made 
for the student who has difficulty in the first semester of his freshman year. 
The student who fails more than 35% of his academic work in any semester 
or who fails to make a minimum 1.5 average for the academic year will be 
placed on academic probation. Each student must earn junior standing within 
a specified time in order to be eligible to continue in the University. 

The regulations governing junior standing, academic probation, and academic 
dismissal are printed in a separate publication. University General and 
Academic Regulations. Every student should familiarize himself with these 
regulations. 

High school students who have an average of less than "C" in their academic 
subjects, as specified by the Director of Admissions, will be required to attend 
the Pre-College Summer Session prior to acceptance by the University of 
Maryland. 

Special Services 

Student Health 

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of its 
students. All new, full-time, day, undergraduate students are required to undergo 
a thorough physical examination prior to their admission and to pay the annual 
Health Service Fee. Full-time graduate students are also required to pay this fee. 
Excellent commercial Accident and Sickness Insurance, sponsored by the Uni- 
versity, is also available. A well-equipped and staffed Infirmary is available for 
the treatment of sick or injured students who have paid the Health Service fee. 

All dormitories, off-campus houses, sorority and fraternity houses, the Food 
Service and certain other areas are inspected periodically by the Student Health 
Service to make certain that proper sanitary conditions are maintained. 

Group Accident Insurance, issued by a national company, is available to 
domestic students on a voluntary basis. All foreign students are required to have 
accident and sickness insurance coverage in reasonable amounts and comparable 
to that offered our domestic students. 

University Counseling Center 

The purpose of the University Counseling Center is to assist students to attain 
a better understanding of themselves and to develop improved methods for 
dealing with vocational choice, educational, and personal problems. The Center 
provides an extensive program for students motivated to improve their reading 
and listening skills, study methods, vocabulary and spelling. Where psychological 
testing is appropriate in the counseling of students, tests of abilities, aptitudes, 
interests, and personality are employed. Students pay an annual "Advisory and 

25 




Testing Fee*' at the time of registration and are entitled to the services of the 
Counseling Center without further charge. The Counseling Center is located in 
Shoemaker Hall. 

University Post Office 

The University operates an office located in the Service Building, for the 
reception and dispatch and delivery of the United States mail, including parcel 
post items and inter-office communications. This office is not a part of the 
U. S. postal system and no facilities are available for the reception or trans- 
mission of postal money orders and all registered and insured mail must be 
picked up at the United States Post Office in the City of College Park. The 
campus post office hours are 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday. 
Resident students* mail will be delivered directly to the dormitories. All com- 
munications addressed to non-resident and, or commuting students must be 
mailed to their home addresses as there is no provision in the University Post 
Office for handling mail for these students. 



The Student Union 

The enlarged and improved Student Union has much to offer the student and 
faculty in facilities and services. 

The cafeteria, with seating for approximately 450, offers a complete line of 
hot lunches and dinners served daily from 1 1 :00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. and 4:45 p.m. 
to 7:30 p.m. The remodeled snack bar serves breakfast and light lunches plus 
snacks throughout the day from 7:00 a.m. to 10:30 p.m. 

The Student Supply Store makes available for University personnel all class- 
room needs in texts and supplies plus an assortment of clothing, cards, novelties 
and jewelry. 

At the tobacco shop one can fill almost any smoking need. All sorts of candy 
and many personal articles are available here. 

For those hours of leisure you may find relaxation on one of the Union's 16 
automatic ten pin bowling lanes which are open from 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. 



26 



daily and slightly later on the weekends. Or perhaps you might enjoy a game of 
billiards in the new twelve table billiard room. Chess and bridge are here too, 
as these long-standing University clubs meet regularly in the Union. 

If reading is your choice, visit the browsing room where a wide selection of 
novels and the latest selection of magazines are stocked for your pleasure. 
Then too there is a Hi-Fi Stereo listening lounge where daily planned programs 
of fine music are heard. 

As to Union services, there is a check cashing facility in the main office where 
personal checks up to $10.00 may be cashed Monday through Friday from 
9 am to 3 00 p.m. for a small service charge. If you have ditto or mimeo- 
graphing needs, these duplicating services may be obtained here for a nominal 
cost A Union poster service, providing a variety in printed signs, may also be 
utilized for a small cost. 

Should any University recognized organization or club wish to hold a meeting 

there are many rooms of varying size which may be had in the Union. Those 

wishing a room are required to complete a reservation form in the Union Office 

several days in advance. Requests for light refreshment can be handled too; 

however, no food may be brought into the building. 

The Student Union also has for use outside of the building at a small rental 
fee such items as .16mm sound movie projectors, screens, portable phonographs, 
P.A. systems, slide projectors, certain kitchen equipment such as three and five 
gallon thermos jugs, and silver service. 

The hours of operation listed here for any of the facilities of the Student 
Union are subject to change without notice depending on the needs of operating 
efficiency. 



The Program in American Civilization 

In this modern era of ideological conflict, with the presence of 
totalitarian systems and their cynical philosophies, the University considers it 
important for every student to achieve an appreciative understanding of his 
country, its history and its culture. It has therefore established a compre- 
hensive program in American Civilization to provide the student with a general 
educational background which is the rightful heritage of every American citizen. 

Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels. 
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University. 
The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in 
this area. The third level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this 
area Majors in American Civilization should obtain a catalog for the College 
of Arts and Sciences, and graduate students should obtain a catalog tor the 
Graduate School from offices of the respective deans upon the student s arrival 
on campus. 

The University of Maryland takes pride in its rich and colorful past, its 
tradition of tolerance, and its constant dedication to the ideals on which the 
American Republic was founded. It attempts, through the American Civiliza- 
tion Program, to pass on this common heritage to each of its students. 

27 




COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

The college of agriculture offers a number of curriculums to 
prepare students for a wide variety of rewarding careers. These curriculums pre- 
pare the student for useful, informed citizenship with a basic understanding of 
science in general and the science of agriculture in particular. All four-year 
programs lead to the Bachelor of Science degree. 

Modern agriculture is a highly complex and extremely efficient industry which 
includes supplies and services used in agricultural production, the production 
process itself, and the marketing, processing and distribution of food and related 
products to meet the needs and wants of consumers. 

Instruction in the College of Agriculture emphasizes the fundamental sciences 
and associated areas of knowledge that its graduates must use in the agriculture 
of the future. When necessary, course programs in specialized areas may be 
tailored to fit the needs of the student. 

Previous training in agriculture is not a pre-requisite for matriculation. 
Career opportunities for men and women with rural, suburban, or urban back- 
grounds are numerous in agriculture and its allied industries. 



28 



Graduates of the College of Agriculture have a broad base for rewarding 
careers and continued learning after college in business, production, teaching, 
research, extension and other professional fields. Some of the careers which 
graduates of specific curriculums may select are: 

animal and plant science. Animal and plant scientists utilize the principles 
of nutrition, physiology, breeding and selection, management, sanitation 
and disease control in producing quality plants and animals in sufficient 
quantities and varieties to meet effectively and efficiently the needs of consumers. 
Curriculums in animal and plant science combine a sound basis in fundamentals 
with specialized area options to prepare individuals for the wide range of careers 
in the many aspects of the production, management, sales, research, teaching 
and extension. 

food science. The food scientist applies the fundamentals of chemistry, 
physics, microbiology, sanitation, nutrition, management, and quality control 
to the problems of procurement, processing, packaging and marketing of nutri- 
tious and aesthetically satisfying foods. Graduates in food science are trained 
in the basic sciences and associated subjects for careers in production, manage- 
ment, research, product development, quality control, teaching, extension, 
marketing, human nutrition and personnel relations in the food processing 
industry. 

agricultural economics. The agricultural economist deals with the appli- 
cation of economic principles to the many facets of the total business of 
agriculture and other industries and occupations. He applies a knowledge of 
economics, mathematics, statistics, business management, finance, accounting 
and agricultural science to the challenging opportunities found in the agricultural 
supply and service, production, and marketing industries. He may become a 
professional manager, and apply his knowledge to the fields of production 
economics, the agricultural marketing system, the operation of supply firms or 
service organizations. He may become a market analyst, researcher, teacher, 
extension worker, agricultural statistician, agricultural credit specialist, foreign 
trade representative, or one of a growing list of professional occupations in 
government and industry which utilize his knowledge. As agriculture becomes 
more scientific, more efficient, more specialized, more competitive, the agricul- 
tural economist will be faced with an increasingly important future role. 

agricultural engineering. The agricultural engineer integrates the physical, 
mathematical and engineering sciences with their many applications in agri- 
culture. Careers for the agricultural engineer are found in design, manufacture 
sales and service positions in the farm machinery industry, positions in soil and 
water conservation; farm electrification, farm structures, and materials for 
handling and processing agricultural products. 

agricultural and extension education. The agricultural and extension 
educator has a broad general training in agriculture with basic work in natural 
sciences, social sciences, humanities and specialized courses in education meth- 
ods. A variety of educational career opportunities in vocational agriculture 
county agricultural extension work, government, business, industry, college and 
other related fields are available. 

29 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS: 

pre-veterinary science. This program is designed for students desiring 
to prepare for the professional course in veterinary medicine. A combined 
degree is available to students in pre-veterinary science. A student who has 
completed 90 academic semester credits at the University of Maryland and who 
has completed 30 additional academic semester credits at the University of 
Georgia or at any accredited veterinary school is eligible to make application 
for the Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Maryland. 

pre-forestrv. This program is designed for students who may want to 
pursue two years of basic study in preparation for transfer to a standard forestry 
curriculum in another institution. 

pre-theological. This program is designed for students who desire some 
basic background education in agriculture as preparation for the ministry. 

A Two- Year Program in Agriculture is offered for students who wish to spend 
only a limited time in college to prepare for a specialized occupation. 

Students may major in Agricultural Chemistry, Agricultural Economics, 
Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural and Extension Education, Agronomy, 
Animal Science, Botany, Dairy Science, Entomology, Horticulture, Poultry 
Science, General Agriculture and Pre-Professional Programs. 



TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 

English English 

Government & Politics Sociology, Philosophy or 

R. O. T. C. (men) Psychology 

Health (women) R.O.T.C. (men) 

Agriculture Health (women) 

Botany Zoology 

Agricultural electives Agricultural electives 

Physical Activities Physical Activities 



RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

English 4 units 

Mathematics (College Preparatory) 2 units 

(Algebra 1 unit and Plane Geometry 1 unit — Agricultural Engineering 
and Agricultural Chemistry require 2 additional units) 

Biological and Physical Sciences 3 units 

History and Social Sciences 2 units 

Two units of foreign language are recommended for students planning to 
major in Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural Chemistry, Botany and Ento- 
mology. 



30 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

BACHELOR OF ARTS 

The college of arts and sciences offers its students a liberal 
education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the 
problems which confront them and whose general education will be a con- 
tinuing source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction. 
The programs combine liberal education with special concentration in one or 
more of the basic intellectual or artistic disciplines. 

A liberal arts education is the normal preparation for the student who plans 
to go to law school; to a post-graduate or professional school of business 
administration, library science or social service; or to a theological seminary. 

The student interested in research (business and industry, government, uni- 
versity) and in college teaching will receive the undergraduate preparation 
necessary for the graduate work required in these fields. 

By including the appropriate courses in education, a student in many of 
these areas can qualify for public school teaching. For students interested in 
foreign service, the foreign area programs combine intensive study of a language 
with study of the civilization of the area. Other special fields in business and 
government are open to the student who completes a liberal arts education 
with a suitable concentration in a single field of study. 

Specialized programs are also offered in the fine arts (art, drama, music) and 
in speech therapy. 

FOUR YEAR BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS 

American Civilization 

Art** 

Comparative Literature 

Economics* 

English 

Foreign Area Studies (French, German, Latin American, Russian, Spanish) 

French 
Geography* 
German 

Government and Politics* 
Greek 
History 
Latin 

Music (see also Bachelor of Music degree) 
Philosophy 
Psychology 
Russian 

Sociology (including also a program in Crime Control) 
Spanish 

Speech (including also programs in Dramatic Art and in Speech Therapy) 
* Programs in these fields are also offered in the College of Business and Public 

Administration. 
** A program in Practical Art is offered in the College of Home Economics. A 

student may also earn a degree in Art Education. 

31 



pre-law. A three year program, followed by three years of Law at the 
University of Maryland Law School, leads to the A. B. and LL.B. degree. 
Pre-law students may also follow any of the four-year programs and earn the 
Bachelor of Arts degree before entering law school. 

bachelor of music. Four year program leading to the Bachelor of Music 
degree. Professional training in theory-composition, history-literature, and 
applied music (voice or instrument). 



TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 

Typical program for the freshman year for students following a program 
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree: 



FIRST SEMESTER 

English 

Science or Mathematics 
Foreign Language 
Sociology or Philosophy 
Public Speaking 
R.O.T. C. (men) 
Health (women) 
Physical Activities 



SECOND SEMESTER 

English 

Science or Mathematics 

Foreign Language 

American Government 

Elective 

R. O. 7. C. (men) 

Health (women) 

Physical Activities 



RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

English 4 units 

Mathematics 3 or 4 units of College 

Preparatory Mathematics 

Biological and Physical Sciences / or more units 

History and Social Sciences 1 or more units 

Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 

THE PROGRAM IN EACH OF THE SCIENCE FIELDS COMBINES LIBERAL EDUCA- 

tion with a concentration in one of the basic sciences or in mathematics. The 
graduates of these science programs are prepared for specialized positions in 
industry and government. 

The student in these science programs can also gain the preparation necessary 
for admission to the professional schools of medicine and dentistry or for 
admission to graduate work leading to advanced degrees in Mathematics, 
Chemistry, Physics, and the Biological Sciences. Research work (industry, 
government, university) and college teaching are among the possibilities open 
to the student who successfully completes an undergraduate and graduate 
program in mathematics or one of the basic sciences. 



32 



FOUR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Botany* Psychology 

Chemistry Zoology 

Mathematics General Biological Sciences 

Microbiology General Physical Sciences 

Physics and Astronomy 

* A curriculum in Botany is also offered in the College of Agriculture. 

pre-medical and pre-dental programs. A three-year program meeting mini- 
mum requirements for medical school or dental school. A four-year program 
in any of the major fields in the College of Arts and Sciences leading to an 
A. B. or B. S. degree. 



TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 

English English 

Mathematics Mathematics 

Science (one or more of the Science (continued) 

introductory courses) American Government 

Sociology or Philosophy Public Speaking 

R. O. T. C. (men) &■ O. T. C. (men) 

Health (women) Health (women) 

Physical Activities Physical Activities 



For the pre-medical and pre-dental student . . . 

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 

English English 

Mathematics Mathematics 

Chemistry Chemistry 

Zoology Zoology 

R. O. T. C. (men) R- O. T. C. (men) 

Health (women) Health (women) 

Physical Activities Physical Activities 



RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

English 4 units 

Mathematics 4 units of College 

Preparatory Mathematics 

Biological and Physical Sciences 1 or more units, including 

Chemistry and Physics, if 
possible 

History and Social Sciences / or more units 

Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units 



say 



£ / 


'J 


\ 











FW 















■-■ 






fflfc 



COLLEGE 
AND PUBLIC 



OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 



Four year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree are 
offered by the College of Business and Public Administration in the following 
fields: 

business organization and administration. The courses taught in the Depart- 
ment of Business Organization and Administration are designed to train the 
student preparing for a career in business management. Students may follow a 
general curriculum in administration or select courses leading to a concentration 
or major in one of the following areas: accounting and statistics, financial 
administration, industrial administration, insurance and real estate, marketing 
administration, personnel administration, or transportation administration. 

economics. The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to 
meet the needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor 
scale in this division of the Social Studies. 

geography. This curriculum is designed to aid the student in becoming familiar 
with the physical characteristics of the major geographical areas of the world 
and in analyzing the manner in which these characteristics affect economic, 
political, and social activities. The student interested in international trade, 
international political relations and overseas governments will find the courses 
in this field of value. 



34 



government and politics. The Department of Government and Politics offers 
course work designed to prepare students for government service, politics, 
foreign assignments, and intelligent and purposeful citizenship. Students may 
take courses in international relations, foreign governments, public administra- 
tion, public law, public policy, political theory, and state and local government 
and' administration. Students may also take a degree in Foreign Service and 
International Relations. 

journalism and public relations. The Department offers two professional 
majors: one in editorial journalism, for those interested in newspaper work; 
the other in public relations, for those seeking careers in public relations, in 
public information, or on company publications. 

office management and techniques. The purpose of the courses of study is 
not only to furnish technical training, but also to prepare students for a wide 
range of secretarial and administrative responsibilities. The development of the 
student's capacity to plan, and carry out his or her own work and to supervise 
that of others is a basic objective in these programs of study. 



TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 



FIRST SEMESTER 

English 
Mathematics 
Geography 
Economics 
Introduction to 

Business 
Government & Politics 
R. O.T. C. (men) 
Health (women) 
Physical Activities 



SECOND SEMESTER 

English 

Mathematics 

Geography 

Economics 

Speech 

Sociology, Psychology or 

Philosophy 
R. O. T. C. (men) 
Health (women) 
Physical Activities 



RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

The minimum entrance requirements for the College of Business and Public 
Administration include the following: Four units of English, one unit of algebra, 
one unit of social studies, and one unit of natural science. Students intending 
to enter this college should enroll in a high school program designed to prepare 
the student for college work. In addition to the minimum requirements for ad- 
mission, the student's preparatory courses should include one to three units of 
mathematics, one to two units of natural sciences, one to two units of social 
science and history, and one to three units of a foreign language. The total of 
the foregoing courses should amount to twelve or more units, depending on the 
regulations of the particular high school. Elective subjects should be chosen 
carefully to augment the student's basic preparation for college. A thorough 
high school preparation built around these recommendations will facilitate 
adjustment to college work and increase the probability of a successful college 
career. 



35 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

The curriculums in the college of education provide opportunities 
for persons to qualify for certification to teach in the public schools in the 
following subject matter areas and/ or grade levels, except in the one instance 
noted which is a program preparing for positions of an educational nature in 
industry. These are four-year programs leading to a Bachelor of Arts or 
Bachelor of Science degree: 

academic education (secondary schools). English, foreign languages, 
mathematics, social sciences, natural sciences, speech. 

agricultural education (secondary schools, offered by the college 
OF agriculture) 

ART EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS) 
BUSINESS EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS) 

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (NURSERY SCHOOLS AND KINDERGARTEN BOTH 

PUBLIC AND PRIVATE AND PRIMARY GRADES) 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS - , GRADES 1-6) 
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCATIONAL OR GENERAL) 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; INDUSTRIAL ARTS OR VOCATIONAL- 
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION) 

EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY (PREPARES STUDENTS FOR ENTRANCE INTO SUPER- 
VISORY OR MANAGEMENT POSITIONS IN INDUSTRY) 

'LIBRARY SCIENCE 

MUSIC EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCAL OR INSTRU- 
MENTAL) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION ALSO IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS) 

* SPECIAL EDUCATION 

Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B. A. degree. 
Majors in mathematics may receive either degree. Majors in all other fields 
receive the B. S. degree. 

* Not four-year programs — provide an additional area for certification only. 



SPECIAL FACILITIES 

The Institute for Child Study conducts child study programs and provides 
for the supervision of undergraduate students in the study of children as a part 
of their program in preparation for teaching. Modern equipped shops and 
classrooms in a new building house the Industrial Education Department. A 
nursery-kindergarten laboratory school provides for practical experience of 
students in childhood education. Schools in nearby areas offer rich opportuni- 
ties for observation and student teaching. A Bureau of Educational Research and 
Field Services offers consultant assistance to the schools of the state. 

36 



I. TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 



For Students Preparing to Teach in Elementary Schools or 
Nursery Schools and Kindergartens. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Eng. 1 Composition and American 

Literature 
Soc. 1 Sociology of American Life or 

Phil. 1 Philosophy for Modern 

Man or Psych. 1 Introduction to 

Psychology 
Bot. 1 General Botany 
Art 15 Fundamentals of Art (Elem. 

major) 
A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men) 
Health 2 Personal Health (women) 
P.E. Physical Education 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Eng. 2 Composition and American 

Literature 
G.&P. 1 American Government 
Zool. 1 General Zoology 
Mus. 16 Music Fundamentals for the 

classroom teacher 
A.S. 2 R.O.T.C. (men) 
Health 4 Community Health 

(women) 
P.E. Physical Education 
Sp. 3 Fundamentals of General 

American Speech (Childhood 

Education major) 



II. TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 

For Students Majoring in any of the Fields Preparing to Teach 
in Secondary Schools. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Eng. 1 Composition and American 
Literature 

Soc. 1 Sociology of American Life or 
Phil. 1 Philosophy for Modern 
Man or Psych. 1, Introduction to 
Psychology 

Sp. 1 Public Speaking 

A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men) 

Health 2 Personal Health (women) 

P.E. Physical Education 

Science, mathematics, foreign lan- 
guage, or requirements in major 
and minor fields 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Eng. 2 Composition and American 
Literature 

Sp. 2 Public Speaking 

G.&P. 1 American Government 

A.S. 2 R.O.T.C. (men) 

Health 4 Community Health 
(women) 

P.E. Physical Education 

Science, mathematics, foreign lan- 
guage, or requirements in major 
and minor fields 



RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences, 
and mathematics are required. For some major fields two units of mathematics 
are required. Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences, social sciences, 
and foreign languages are desirable for a program that permits the greatest 
amount of flexibility in meeting the requirements of various College of Educa- 
tion curricula. Fine arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 



37 



COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology 

Four-year programs lead to the bachelor of science degree in aero- 
nautical, chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering. Each program 
integrates these elements: (1) basic science including mathematics, physics, 
chemistry; (2) engineering science including mechanics of solids and fluids, 
engineering materials, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism; (3) profes- 
sional studies in aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical or mechanical engi- 
neering; (4) liberal arts and social studies in "The American Civilization 
Program," and (5) certain other required subjects including military 
science and physical activities. 

Each program lays a broad base for continued learning after college in 
protessional practice, in business or industry, in public service, or in graduate 
study and research. 

The following is representative of work performed by engineering graduates. 

the aeronautical engineer deals with problems related to transporting 
people and things by air and through space. Aerodynamics, thermodynamics, 
and the mechanics of fluids and solids are among his basic sciences. He may 
apply them in some phase of planning or producing airplanes, missiles, or 
rockets, or devising means to sustain and control their flight. 

the chemical engineer applies chemistry to development and economic 
production of industrial chemicals, fuels, modern synthetics and certain alloys. 
He also applies mechanics, thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and aspects of 
nuclear science to unit operations and processes which are fundamental in the 
design and operation of the chemical industries. 

the civil engineer is primarily a planner, a designer, a builder, and a 
manager of public works and private enterprise. His professional service plays 
a major role in designing, supervising construction, or managing virtually every 
large building, bridge, dam, highway, railway, airport, water supply, waste 
disposal system, city plan, industrial plant, public works project, etc. 

the electrical engineer puts mathematics and the physical sciences to 
practical use in designing systems to generate, transmit, distribute, and use 
electrical energy; to transmit and receive "intelligence," as for example by 
telephone, radio, radar, television and computers; and to regulate and control 
mechanical and industrial processes by electronics and servomechanisms. 

the mechanical engineer figures ways to transmit power economically by 
heat or by mechanical systems. He applies the mechanics of fluids and solids, 
thermodynamics, and an understanding of the behavior of engineering materials 
under different conditions. As a professional engineer he devises processes for 
industrial production. As an industrial agent he serves as a supervisor, manager, 
or sales representative. 



38 



RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

If you wish to become a professional engineer you should enroll in an 
academic program in high school. Subjects that are recommended and re- 
quired for admission are these: 

SUBJECTS RECOMMENDED REQUIRED 

English 4 units 4 units 

Mathematics (college preparatory) — including 

algebra (2), plane geometry (1), and solid 

geometry, trigonometry, or advanced 

mathematics 4 3V2 

History and social sciences 2 1 

Physical sciences 2 1 

Foreign language — German or French 2 

Unspecified academic subjects or suitable 

elect ives 2 6V2 

Total 16 16 

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 

All engineering students enroll in essentially the same subjects during their 
first year in college as follows: 

SEMESTER 
SUBJECTS j j, 

Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Elementary Mathematical Analysis 5 5 

General Chemistry 4 4 

Engineering Graphics, Introductory Mechanics 3 3 

Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. V2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total I6V2 18 

The numbers are "semester-credits." A student should plan to devote each 
week, on the average, three hours of effective work for each semester-credit 
on his schedule. 

Each student in the College of Engineering will select his major-line depart- 
ment — aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, or mechanical engineering, or 
fire protection — before he begins his sophomore year's work. Thereafter he will 
pursue the approved program of his department which leads to the bachelor's 
degree. 

Advanced engineering students who show promise of creativity and leader- 
ship in engineering, in the engineering sciences, and in teaching and research, 
are encouraged to continue in a program of graduate study leading to master's 
and doctor's degrees. There is an acute shortage of engineers with earned 
doctor's degrees. There are challenging opportunities for able men with such 
top-level preparation. The time to plan and to begin working for these top-level 
opportunities is while you are in high school. Your parents and your teachers 
can help provide the opportunity — after that your education is up to you. 
Plan to make the best of it! 

19 



COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 

The primary function of home economics is to integrate the con- 
tributions of the physical and biological sciences, the social sciences, psychology, 
philosophy, and art in the treatment of all phases of home and family life, to the 
end that they are used by families in all parts of society and by the agencies 
serving families. 

The educational program of the College of Home Economics is planned to 
help students function effectively as individuals, as family members and respon- 
sible citizens and to prepare men and women for positions for which home 
economics is a major or minor preparation. Entering freshmen may enroll 
without specifying a major area; however, a choice must be made by the be- 
ginning of the fourth semester. 

Graduates of the College are prepared to enter one of three broad areas of 
employment: Educational-community-family life, technical, and commercial 
consumer service areas. The various programs of study have certain common 
courses with possible options and electives to meet needs of students. The major 
curricula include: General and family life; home economics education and exten- 
sion; applied or practical art; food, nutrition, institution administration; and 
textiles and/or clothing. 

general and family life. The program is designed for students who wish 
a background in areas of home economics related to personal, home and com- 
munity living. Preparation for the career of homemaking is a recognized aspect 
of this curriculum. Graduates are employed with business firms as consultants 
with consumers of goods and services. 

education and extension. This program is designed for students who are 
preparing to teach home and family living or to become a home economics 
extension agent. Both programs include study in all phases of home economics 
and the allied sciences along with specified professional training. 
food, nutrition, institution administration. Students learn the scientific 
principles underlying food selection, purchase, preparation, and service for 
home and institution use. Food and nutrition are applied sciences; therefore, 
courses in chemistry, physiology, microbiology, psychology, and economics 
are essential to their understanding. Graduates in this area are employed in 
consumer education departments of business firms, communication areas, and 
state or community programs. Opportunities in food service include hospitals, 
schools and colleges, and commercial institutions. 

applied or practical art. This program permits a choice of three areas: 
art in advertising, housing, interior design, and costume design. Graduates have 
basic preparation in the areas of designing, promotion, selling or buying of wear- 
ing apparel, home furnishings, or both. 

textiles and clothing; textiles. This curriculum promotes understanding 
of textiles, fashion, clothing design and construction in relation to technological 
and social developments influencing consumer choices. Graduates have positions 
in homemaking and/or merchandising, designing, fashion promotion, textile 
testing, and research. 



40 




/: 



*? 



i 



r 




TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 



FIRST SEMESTER 

English Composition and 
Literature 

American Government 

Speech 

Family Life 

Design Fundamentals 

Personal Health (women) 

R.O.T.C. (men) 

Physical Activities 

General Chemistry or Labora- 
tory Science 



SECOND SEMESTER 

English Composition and 

Literature 
Sociology of American Life 
Consumer Textiles 
Community Health (women) 
R.O.T.C. (men) 
Physical Activities 
General Chemistry, Laboratory 

Science, or specified elective 



RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences, 
and mathematics are required. Additional units in the above areas and in home 
and family living are desirable in certain curricula. 



41 




COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
RECREATION, AND HEALTH 

Four year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree: 

physical education. The curriculum provides an adequate background in 
general education and scientific areas closely related to this field. Development 
of skills in a wide range of motor activities is emphasized. Many vocational 
opportunities are available in public and private schools, organized camping, 
youth and adult organizations which offer a program of physical activity. 

dance. With the increasing recognition of the importance and scope of dance 
in educational programs, the need for teachers adequately trained in dance 
far exceeds the number available. The professional curriculum in dance is 
constructed to meet the steadily rising demand for personnel qualified to teach 
dance in college, secondary, elementary schools, in camps, recreational agencies 
and in preparation for dance therapy. 

recreation. Through area courses in sports, speech and drama, music, arts 
and crafts, nature lore, and those courses in the major field itself, program 
planning, organization and administration, leadership, techniques, etc. students 
are qualified to accept leadership positions in hospitals, industry, churches, 
public departments, with the armed forces or the many public and private 
agencies. 

health education. A healthy nation is not primarily the responsibility of 
physicians and druggists but of the people themselves. This means that people 
need to knqw how to live healthfully and to utilize available health facilities 
— that is they all need health education. Persons qualified to teach health are 
needed in schools, colleges, community health agencies and hospitals. Students 
interested in qualifying for supervisory or college-level positions are encouraged 
to plan on doing graduate work either in school health or public health 
education. 



42 



physical therapy. Physical therapy is one of the professions which has 
come into prominence as the scope of medical care has expanded. The modern 
concept of the rehabilitation of acute and chronically disabled persons has 
created an increasing demand for physical therapy service. It offers careers 
for both men and women who are interested in becoming members of a 
service which assists the ill and handicapped achieve maximum restoration of 
physical function. 

The University of Maryland offers a course of physical therapy leading to 
the Bachelor of Science degree and to a certificate of proficiency in physical 
therapy. 

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

In addition to the four units of English and one unit each of Social and 
Natural Sciences, it is especially desirable for students to have at least one 
unit each in Biological and Physical Science and in Algebra and Plane Geometry. 
Any experience in music, drama, camping, playground and recreational activi- 
ties, and group leadership also will be helpful. In addition, participation in 
school programs of health and safety education and in physical education and 
athletics are desirable. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES 

The facilities on the campus include five gymnasia, two swimming pools, a 
physical fitness research laboratory, tennis courts, sports fields, golf driving 
range and golf course, dance studio, and an excellent library. The Washington 
YMCA camp, Camp Letts, also is used for certain activities. 

Students also are encouraged to use the excellent facilities of the Library of 
Congress, Army Medical Library and Museum, and the National Institutes 
of Health. 



EXPERIENCES 

In addition to classroom and laboratory work, opportunities for teaching 
on and off campus and participating in field experience are provided. Member- 
ship in professional groups such as Phi Alpha Epsilon, Aqualiners, Dance 
Club and Gymkana troupe is encouraged as well as participation in other 
campus activities. In each of the fields of specialization in this College unique 
opportunities in dance, sports, recreation, musical and dramatics organizations 
exist in the environs of Washington and Baltimore. 



TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 

first semester. English; Government and Politics; Speech; Introduction to 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health; Rhythmic Analysis and Move- 
ment; Sport Skills and Gymnastics; Basic Body Controls (Women); R.O.T.C. 
(Men) 

second semester. English; Zoology; Sociology, Philosophy or Economics; 
Modern Dance Techniques (Women); Skills in Square and Social Dance; Sport 
Skills and Gymnastics; R.O.T.C. (Men) 

43 




THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 

The profession of pharmacy merits and invites the serious consid- 
eration of meticulous and careful individuals who wish to pursue a career of 
dedicated service. 

The educational program of the School of Pharmacy is designed to train 
young women and men for the efficient, ethical practice of all branches of 
pharmacy; to instruct students in cultural and scientific subjects as well as 
in administrative and managerial methods for the orderly development of 
members of a profession and citizens in a democracy; to guide students into 
productive scholarship and research for the increase of knowledge and tech- 
niques in the healing arts of pharmacy. 

The five-year curriculum at the University of Maryland leading to the degree 
of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy consists of two years of pre-professional 
training available at College Park and three years of the pharmacy program 
offered in Baltimore. Students from other accredited universities or colleges 
offering appropriate courses may be admitted directly to the professional 
program at Baltimore, if admissions requirements are met. 

Strong encouragement is given to superior students to continue their educa- 
tion beyond the bachelor degree so that they may prepare for teaching and/or 
research positions. 

Scholarships for students enrolled in the pre-professional program at College 
Park are described in the section "Endowed Scholarships and Grants." 

The School of Pharmacy, a member of the American Association of Colleges 
of Pharmacy, is accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical 
Education. 

The prime opportunities available to pharmacists are in the fields of retail 
and hospital pharmacy. 



44 



The practice of retail pharmacy, as exemplified by a neighborhood or com- 
munity pharmacy, requires the skills and knowledge of the professional man and 
the operational activities of the business man in preparing and servicing the 
medicaments and other health supplies of the community. 

The hospital pharmacist utilizes his training in procuring, preparing, distrib- 
uting and controlling the drug supplies and adjunct materials of his institution. 

Pharmaceutical manufacturers employ pharmacists as analysts of raw mate- 
rials and finished products, as supervisors in the manufacturing plants and as 
medical sales representatives. 

Limited opportunities are available to pharmacy graduates in various local 
and federal agencies. 

An academic program in high school is prerequisite to enrollment in the 
Pharmacy School. Academic subjects which are recommended and required for 
admission to the Pre-Pharmacy Program at College Park are: 

Subject Recommended Required 

English 4 units 4 units 

College Preparatory Mathematics — including alge- 
bra ( 1 ) , plane geometry ( 1 ) and additional 
units in advanced algebra, solid geometry, trig- 
onometry, or advanced mathematics 4 2 

Physical Sciences (Chemistry and Physics) 2 1 

History and Social Sciences " 2 1 

Biological Sciences 1 

Foreign Language — German or French 2 

Unspecified academic subjects 1 8 

Total 16 16 



FRESHMAN PROGRAM AT COLLEGE PARK 

All pre-pharmacy students enroll for the following courses during their 
first year in college: 

Semester 

Courses I H 

General Chemistry 4 4 

Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry 3 3 

or or 

Elementary Mathematical Analysis 5 5 

General Zoology 4 

General Botany - 4 

Physical Activities 1 

Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) Vi 

Health (Women) 2 2 

Total 15>/2 or 19 17 or 19 

45 



THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 

The school of nursing offers both general and fundamental educa- 
tion for students who wish to prepare for professional nursing: (A) A generic 
four year college program planned for students who have no previous experi- 
ence or knowledge in nursing; and (B) A program designed for elevation to 
collegiate level the basic preparation of graduates of three year hospital diploma 
schools. Both programs lead to the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

In association with the Graduate School of the University the School of 
Nursing prepares professional nurses who hold Bachelor of Science degree in 
Nursing with a "B" or better average as instructors, supervisors, and clinical 
specialists in medical and surgical nursing, psychiatric nursing, pediatric nursing, 
obstetrical nursing and Administration in Nursing Education and/ or Services. 

Beginning students in nursing spend the first two academic years on the 
College Park campus. Students from other accredited colleges may be admitted 
directly to the Baltimore campus providing they meet admission requirements. 

Students in the graduate nurse supplementary program attend classes on 
either campus. Masters students take most of their work on the Professional 
School campus in Baltimore. 

The School of Nursing is accredited by the National League for Nursing in 
all areas including public health nursing. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES 

The facilities for instruction used by the School of Nursing include the 
various colleges and professional schools of the University and the University 
Hospital. Other facilities include the Baltimore City Health Department, Mary- 
land State Health Department, the State Department of Mental Hygiene and 
Montebello State Hospital. 

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR 
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 

English English 

Sociology Government and Politics 

Zoology Chemistry 

Chemistry Speech 

Speech Nursing 

Physical Activities Physical Activities 

English Math 10 Algebra 

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL 

English 4 years 

Mathematics 2 years 

History and Social Sciences 2 years 

Foreign Language 2 years or more 

Science 1 year 

(Biology, Chemistry or Physics) 

46 



UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

The primary purposes of the college are: (1) to extend the facili- 
ties of the University by offering adult educational programs in the on-campus 
evening division and at conveniently established off-campus centers located 
throughout the State of Maryland, the District of Columbia and at various 
overseas military centers; (2) to offer a Bachelor of Arts degree in General 
Studies and a Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies to adult off- 
campus students; and (3) to arrange conferences, institutes and special 
programs for interested groups of adults. 

Undergraduate and graduate courses are offered in the arts and sciences, 
business administration, education, military studies, and engineering. Both the 
Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies and the Bachelor of Science degree 
in Military Studies are available through University College, and either may be 
completed in its entirety off-campus. Graduate courses are offered only in the 
State of Maryland and the District of Columbia. 

The General Studies curriculum provides opportunity for programs in the 
areas of the social sciences, with concentrations of study in such fields as: 
economics, history, government and politics, sociology, geography, psychology 
and commerce. The Military Studies curriculum is designed for armed services 
personnel desiring to pursue military careers. Only persons who hold or have 
held a commission are eligible to complete this degree. 

Admission requirements for credit courses are the same off-campus as they 
are on-campus. All part-time students enrolling for their first Maryland course 
must present evidence of completion of high school or the equivalent before 
they will be permitted to enroll for a second term. For further information about 
admissions requirements, see the University College catalog or a University 
advisor. Graduate courses are open only to students who are fully matriculated 
in the Graduate School prior to the date of registration. 

Continuing educational programs are offered each year at the following 
centers in the State of Maryland and the District of Columbia: 

Aberdeen Proving Ground Fort Holabird Naval Research Laboratory 

Andrews Air Force Base Fort George G. Meade National Security Agency 

Baltimore Fort Ritchie Patuxent 

Boiling Air Force Base Maryland Penitentiary Pentagon 

Campus (College Park) National Bureau of Standards Walter Reed 

Edgewood Army Chemical Center Naval Ordnance Laboratory Westinghouse 

In addition, during the 1961-62 school year, courses offered primarily for 
teachers in service were given at the following locations throughout the State: 

Accokeek Dundalk Rockville 

Annapolis Easton Rollingwood 

Bel Air Ellicott City Salisbury 

Centreville Frederick Silver Spring 

Chestertown Gaithersburg Towson 

Cumberland Glen Burnie Wheaton 

Denton Hagerstown Woodlin 

District Heights Hughesville 

In addition, University College, through the Division of Conferences and 
Institutes, conducts informal education programs for interested adult groups. 

These programs are designed to the specific needs and characteristics of adult 
groups in business, industry, government, and in civic and professional organi- 
zations. 

For further information, see the University College catalog which may be obtained by writing the 
Dean, University College, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

47 



APPENDIX A 



FEES AND EXPENSES 



GENERAL 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Maryland for the 
exact amount of the charges. In cases where students have been awarded General Assembly 
Grants or University Grants, the amount of such grants will be deducted from the bill. 

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come prepared 
to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to classes until such payment 
has been made. 

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other charges as may be 
found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the cost to the student as low as 
possible. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of record issued to 
a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account. 



EXPLANATION OF FEES 

The application fee for the undergraduate colleges and the summer session partially defrays 
the cost of processing applications for admission to these divisions of the University. If a student 
enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee. 
Applicants who have enrolled with the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College 
Park or Baltimore, or at one of its off-campus centers are not required to pay the fee since they 
have already paid a matriculation fee. 

The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the cost of 
operating the University's physical plant, to pay administrative and clerical expenses and other 
costs which ordinarily would not be included as a j:ost of teaching personnel and teaching 
supplies. 

The Instructional Materials Fee represents the average of laboratory fees assigned to full- 
time undergraduate students. Graduate students, part-time undergraduate students and students 
enrolled in the Summer School will be billed for individual laboratory fees, and not the In- 
structional Materials Fee. Full-time undergraduate students subject to the fees set forth below 
will be billed the appropriate fee and also will be billed the Instructional Materials Fee: Math 
and Math. 1, S30.; Applied Music, $40.; and P. E. 8 Riding Class, S26. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. 
All students are eligible and all students are encouraged to participate in all of the activities of 
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate. 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student Govern- 
ment Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, student newspaper; the Old Line, 
literary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; class dues; and includes financial support for the 
musical and dramatic clubs and a cultural entertainment series. 

The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the 
Student Union Building, the Activities Building, and the Swimming Pool. 

The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a fund which will be used to expand the recrea- 
tional facilities on the College Park campus, especially the Student Union Building. 

The Infirmary Fee is charged for the support of the Student Health Service, but does not 
include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures. Expensive drugs will be charged at 
cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-ray, electro-cardiographs, basal metabolic 
rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing in the vicinity. 

The Advisory and Testing Fee is charged to cover partially the cost of the University 
Counseling Center and the Freshman Testing Program. 

Full-time undergraduate students who register for the second semester but who were not 
full-time undergraduate students in the first semester are required to pay the following addi- 
tional fees: Athletic Fee, $10.00; Student Activities, $8.00; Special Fee, $7.50; Recreational 
Facilities Fee, $12.50; Infirmary, $2.50; Advisory and Testing, $5.00. 

49 



DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE 

Effective immediately is the following definition of "resident" and "non-resident": 

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time of their 
registration their parents have been domiciled in the State of Maryland for at least six months. 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first registration 
in the University and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in the case of a minor, his 
parents move to and become legal residents of Maryland by maintaining such residence for at 
least six months. However, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident status 
to resident status must be established by him prior to the registration period set for any semester. 

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration they have 
been domiciled in Maryland for at least six months provided such residence has not been 
acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on 
active duty in the armed services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as 
satisfying the six months period referred to above except in those cases in which the adult was 
domiciled in Maryland for at least six months prior to his entrance into the armed service and 
was not enrolled in any school during that period. 

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place of abode. 
For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained. 



FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON-RESIDENTS 

FEES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS: 
MARYLAND RESIDENTS 

Fixed Charges 

Instructional Materials 

Athletic Fee 

Student Activities Fee 

Special Fee 

Recreational Facilities Fee 

Infirmary Fee 

Advisory and Testing Fee 



RESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, 
OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES 

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students. 
Total for Non-Resident Students 



First 


Second 




Semester 


Semester 


Total 


$100.00 


$100.00 


$200.00 


12.00 


12.00 


24.00 


20.00 




20.00 


12.00 




12.00 


15.00 




15.00 


25.00 




25.00 


5.00 




5.00 


5.00 




5.00 


$194.00 


$112.00 


$306.00 


Semester 


Semester 


Total 


$175.00 


$175.00 


$350.00 


$369.00 


$287.00 


$656.00 



BOARD AND LODGING 

Board $200.00 $200.00 $400.00 

Dormitory Room: 

Maryland Residents 115-130 115-130 230-260 

Other States and Countries 140-155 140-155 280-310 

The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veteran's Housing Units. The rates for these 
family units are as follows: two-room apartment $40 per month; three-room apartment $43 
per month. 

SPECIAL FEES 

Application Fee (see "Explanation of Fees," preceding page) $ 10.00 

Matriculation Fee 1 0.00 

Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00 

Practice Teaching Fee 24.00 

Special Fee for students requiring additional preparation in Mathematics, per semester 30.00 

(Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5, 10 or 18 and who fail in 

qualifying examination for these courses.) 
Special Guidance Fee per semester (for students who are required or who wish to take 

advantage of the effective study course, and /or the tutoring service offered by the 

Office of Intermediate Registration) 15.00 

Room Key Deposit (A room key deposit is payable upon initial entry to the dormitories. 
Upon return of the key, a refund will be made whenever the student does not plan 
to re-enter the dormitories the next succeeding semester.) 1 .00 

Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered for 
credit, with the exception that the non-resident fee will not be charged in the case of 
students not registering for credit in any courses. 

Special students are assessed fees in accordance with the schedule for the com- 
parable undergraduate or graduate classification. 



50 



LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES 

Paid by all students except full-time undergraduate students who are assessed the Instruc- 
tional Materials Fee. 

LABORATORY FEES PER SEMESTER COURSE I 

Agricultural Engineering S 3.00 Industrial Education 5.00 and S7.50 

Botany 5.00, 6.00 and 10.00 Mechanical Engineering 3.00 and 6.00 

Business Administration 7.50 and 10.00 Microbiology 11.00 and 20.00 

Journalism 3.00 and 6.00 Physical Activities Courses 6.00 

Statistics 3.50 Physics — 

Chemical Engineering 8.00 and 10.00 Lecture Demonstration 2.00 and 3.00 

Chemistry 12.00 and 20.00 Introductory 3.00 

Education (depending on Labora- All Other 10.00 

tory) 1.00,2.00,3.00, 5.00 Psychology 4.00 

Dairy 3.00 Office Techniques and Manage- 

Electrical Engineering 4.00 ment 7.50 and 10.00 

Entomology 3.00 Speech (depending on Labora- 

Home Economics (depending on tory) 1.00, 2.00, 3.00, 7.50 and 10.00 

Course) 3.00, 10.00 Radio and Stage Craft 2.00 

Horticulture 5.00 Zoology 8.00 

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES 

Fee for part-time student per credit hour 15.00 

(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean undergraduate students taking 
6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more than 6 semester hours are 
considered to be full time and must pay the regular full-time fees.) 

Late Registration Fee 5.00 

(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the filing of class 
cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration days. Those who do not 
complete their registration during the prescribed days must pay this fee.) 

Fee for change in registration 3.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00 

Makeup Examination Fee (for students who are absent during any class period when 

tests or examinations are given) 1 -00 

Transcript of Record Fee (one transcript furnished without charge) 1.00 

Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged for damage to property or equip- 
ment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual student will 
be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage 
or replacing equipment will be prorated. 
Library Charges: 

Fine for failure to return book from General Library before expiration of loan 

period per day .05 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of loan 
period : 

First hour overdue -25 

Each additional hour overdue 05 

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made. 
In the event it becomes necessary to transfer uncollected charges to the Cashier's office, 
an additional charge of SI. 00 is made. 

TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES 

Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs vary with the course pursued, but will 

average per semester 50.00 

FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Fee per semester hour $15.00 

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00 

Graduation Fee for Master's Degree 10.00 

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 50.00 

Infirmary Fee 5.00 

Foreign Language examination (first examination without charge) 5.00 

Testing Fee (Education Majors) 5.00 

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether or not they are 
residents of the State of Maryland. 

All fees, except Graduation Fee, are payable at the time of registration for each semester. 

Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation. 

No provision for housing students is made by the University. 

Graduate students entering in February pay an Infirmary fee of S2.50. 

51 



FEES FOR OFF-CAMPUS COURSES 

Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students — full time 
and part time, candidates for degrees, and non-candidates): 

For Undergraduates $ 10.00 

For Graduates 10.00 

Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking off-campus 

courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per credit hour 15.00 

Laboratory Fees: A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged in 
laboratory courses. Fees vary with the course and can be ascertained in any case by 
inquiry to the Dean of University College. 

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic year should 
file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures, in the Office of the Registrar. 
If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honor- 
able dismissal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled. 
The date used in computing refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is filed in the Office 
of the Registrar. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written consent of the 
student's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for all fees charged to them 
except the Application Fee, the Matriculation Fee and board in accordance with the following 
schedule: 

Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 

The Application Fee and the Matriculation Fee are not returnable in any instance. 

Board is refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the University. Refunds of 
board are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding students must 
be surrendered at the Auditor's Office in the Administration Building on the day of withdrawal, 
before any refund will be processed. 

In computing refunds to students who have received the benefit of scholarships and loans 
from University Funds, the computation will be made in such a way as to return the maximum 
amount to the scholarship and loan accounts without lbss to the University. 

No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity, Special, Recreational Facilities, Infirmary, and 
Advisory and Testing Fees is made to students who withdraw at the close of the first semester. 

No refunds of Fixed Charges, Lodging, Tuition, Laboratory Fees, Instructional Materials 
Fee, etc., are allowed when courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the 
University. 

When regularly enrolled part-time students in off-campus instruction officially drop a course 
or courses and continue with one or more courses, they may receive a refund of 80% for the 
dropped courses if they are officially dropped prior to the third meeting of the class or classes. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from the Office of 
the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for additional copies, there is a charge of 
$1.00 for each transcript. Checks should be made payable to the University of Maryland. 
Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance of the date when the 
records are actually needed. No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student 
or alumnus whose financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied. 



53 










W.'&S&Wt&f*' 



Mm** 



/ * 



» - t 






APPENDIX B 

HONORS, AWARDS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID 



HONORS, AWARDS 

scholarship honors— Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded to one-fifth 
of the graduating class in each College. First honors are awarded to the upper ha f of this group; 
second honors to the lower half. To be eligible for honors, a student must complete at least two 
years of resident work at the University with an average of B (3.0) or higher. 

milton abramowitz memorial prize in mathematics— A prize is awarded annually to a 
junior or senior student majoring in mathematics who has demonstrated superior competence 
and promise for future development in the field of mathematics and its applications. 

alpha chi sigma award— The Alpha Rho Chapter of the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary 
Fraternity offers annually a year's membership in the American Chemical Society to the senior 
majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose average has been above 3.0 for three and 
one-half years. 

alpha lambda delta award— Presented to the senior member of the group who has main- 
tained the highest average for three and a half years. She must have been in attendance in the 
institution for the entire time. 

alpha lambda delta senior certificate award— Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta, 
honorary scholastic society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5, receive this 
certificate. 

alpha zeta medal— The Professional Agricultural Fraternity oi Alpha Zeta awards annually 
a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest average record 
in academic work. 

American association of university women award— This award is presented to a senior 
woman selected for scholarship and community leadership. 

American institute of chemical engineers award— A certificate, pin, and magazine 
subscription are awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who attained the highest 
overall scholastic average during his freshman and sophomore years. 

American institute of chemists award— Presented for outstanding scholarship in 
chemistry and for high character. 

American institute of electrical engineers AWARD-The Washington Sectionof the 
American Institute of Electrical Engineers defrays the expenses of a year s membership as an 
associate in the Institute for the senior doing the most to promote Student Branch activities. 

American public relations association— The Baltimore Chapter of APRA presents an 
Annual Citation to the outstanding senior with a public relations major. 

American society of civil engineers AWARD-The Maryland Section of the American 
Society of Civil Engineers awards annually the first year's dues of an assoc.at e rnembersh p in 
the Society to a senior member of the Student Chapter on recommendation of the laculty ot 
the Department of Civil Engineering. 

American society for metals AWARD-Presented for outstanding attainments in metallurgy, 
Department of Chemical Engineering. 

appleman-norton award in BOTANY-The Department of Botany offers » a scholarship 
award of $100 in honor of Emeritus Professors C O Applernan and J B S Norton to ai emor 
major in Botany who is considered worthy on the basis of demonstra ed a*^eM«« 
in scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships upon the recom 
mendation of a committee of the faculty. of the Department of Botany. 

associated women students awards— Presented for outstanding achievement, character, 
and service to the University. 

55 



david arthur berman memorial award — This award is offered by the family of David 
Arthur Berman to the highest ranking junior in the Department of Chemical Engineering who 
is also a member of Tau Beta Pi. 

dinah berman memorial medal — The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is awarded annually 
to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in the College of 
Engineering. The medal is given by Mr. Benjamin Berman. 

b'nai b'rith award — The B'nai B'rith Women of Prince George's County present a Book 
Award for excellence in Hebrew Studies. 

citizenship prize for men — President Emeritus H. C. Byrd, of the Class of 1908, annually 
presents this award to the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate career, has most 
nearly typified the model citizen and who has done most for the general advancement of the 
interests of the University. 

citizenship prize for women — This prize is presented annually as a memorial to Sally 
Sterling Byrd, by her children, to that member of the senior class who best exemplifies the enduring 
qualities of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness, 
modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sacrifice for others, strength of character, 
and those other qualities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a fundamental part in 
the building of the nation. 

chi epsilon — A year's subscription to Civil Engineering is awarded annually by the 
Society to the outstanding civil engineering sophomore. 

ernie coblentz memorial trophy — Offered to the most outstanding freshman for work 
done on student publications. 

the carroll e. cox graduate scholarship award in Botany to the outstanding graduate 
student in the Department of Botany during the last year. 

Bernard l. crozier award — The Maryland Association of Engineers awards a cash prize 
of twenty-five dollars annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opinion 
of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University 

Virginia dare award — The Virginia Dare Extract Company awards annually a plaque and 
$25.00 to the outstanding student in ice cream manufacturing with an overall good standing 
in dairy. 

the danforth foundation and the ralston purina awards — The Danforth Foun- 
dation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer scholarships to outstand- 
ing men students in the College of Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed 
his junior year, the other for a student who has successfully completed his freshman year. The 
purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young men for leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer 
scholarships to outstanding Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one to a 
freshman. The purpose, of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young women for 
leadership training. 

Davidson transfer and storage company award — A $500.00 award is made to a high- 
ranking student in the College of Business and Public Administration who is concentrating in 
transportation. This award is made through the College of Business and Public Administration. 

delta delta delta medal — This sorority awards a medal annually to the woman who 
attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year. 

delta gamma scholarship award — This award is offered to the woman member of the 
graduating class who has maintained the highest average during three and one-half years at the 
University. 

delta sigma pi scholarship key — This award is offered to a member of the graduating 
class who has maintained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year course in the 
College of Business and Public Administration. 

education alumni award — Presented to the outstanding senior man and senior woman 
in the College of Education. 

goddard medal — The James Douglass Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded annually to 
the resident of Prince Georges County, born therein, who makes the highest average in his studies 
and who at the same time embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne 
G. Goddard James of Washington, D. C. 

grange award — The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has 
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious service to the 
College of Agriculture. 

56 



mahlon n haines award— An award of one hundred dollars is presented each year to the 
students in theDepartment of Fine Arts for outstanding work in the painting classes. 

Charles b hale dramatic awards— The University Theatre recognizes annually the man 
and woman members of the senior class who have done most for the advancement of dramatics 
at the University. 

Hamilton award— This award is offered by the Hamilton Watch Company to the graduating 
senior^n the College of Engineering who has most successfully combined proficiency in his major 
fie"d if JtudyS Ichievements-either academic, extra-curricular, or both-.n the social sciences 
or humanities. 

home economics alumni award— Presented to the student outstanding in application of 
home econon^STn her present living and who shows promise of carrying these into her future 
home and community. 

william h. hottel award— Presented to the most outstanding senior for work done on 
student publications during his college career. 

institute of aeronautical sciences awards— Free memberships in the Institute for one 
year ano cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Student Branch meeting and for the 
graduating aeronautical senior with the highest academic standing. 

joe elbert james memorial award— Gold watch annually awarded to the graduating 
senior in horticulture on basis of scholarship and promise of future achievement. 

machinery's award— For excellence in machine design, a copy of Machinery's Handbook 
and a^opTof *the Handbook Guide is awarded annually to a mechanical engineering senior. 

Maryland motor truck association award— A five hundred dollar award is made to a 
student maiorm^n Transportation with an interest in motor transportation who has shown ,n 
tnree years'Cf gaining an apparent ability to succeed. This award is made through the College 
of Business and Public Administration. 

Maryland press association annual ciTATioN-Presented to the outstanding senior in 
journalism. 

men's league cERTiFiCATES-Offered for outstanding achievement, character, and service 
to the University. 

men's league cup-This award is offered by the Men's League to the graduating male senior 
who has done the most for the male student body. 

omicron nu sorority medal— This honorary sorority awards a medal annually to the fresh- 
man woman in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholast.c average during 
the first semester. 

ph. beta kappa ASSOCIATION AWARD-This award is presented to the graduating senior .with 
the highest cumulative scholastic average whose basic course program has been in the liberal 
studies. 

phi chi theta key— The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded to the outstanding graduating senior 
woman in"neColkge of Business and Public Administration on the basis of scholarship, activities, 
and leadership. 

phi delta kappa award— Presented to an outstanding man in the graduating class of the 
College of Education. 

pi delta epsilon national medal of merit AWARDS-Offered by the National Council of 
Pi DeUa EpsS 'to 'the outstanding senior woman and the outstanding senior man in 
Journalism activities. 

pii or frficht carriers inc award-A five hundred dollar award is made to a senior student 
in the College of ^Business 'and Public Administration who has majored in transportanor .and 
who Lrdemon°!rated competence in this field of study. This award is made through the College 
of Business and Public Administration. 

P, SIGMA ALPHA-FRED HAYS MEMORIAL AWARD-This award I. COnsiStin? ,of ^JJtldSS 

dollars, is presented by an alumnus to the senior in Government and Politic having the nignest 
average in departmental courses. 

pi tau sigma AWARD-An annual handbook award to the most outstanding sophomore in 
mechanical engineering on the basis of scholastic average and instructors ratings. 

sigma alpha omicron AWARD-This award is presented to a senior student majoring in 
Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership. 

57 



Algernon Sydney sullivan award — The New York Southern Society, in memory of its 
first president, awards annually medallions and certificates to one man and one woman of the 
graduating class and one non-student who evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpful- 
ness to other men and women. 

tau beta pi award — The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national 
engineering honor society, awards annually an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College 
of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the greatest improvement in scholarship 
over that of his freshman year. 

wall street journal student achifvement award — Awarded annually to the graduating 
senior who has maintained the highest scholastic achievement in the field of financial administra- 
tion. The award consists of a silver medal embedded in clear plastic and one year's subscription 
to the Wall Street Journal. 

AIR FORCE ROTC AWARDS 

air force association award — The Air Force Association Silver Medal is presented to 
an outstanding advanced course cadet who has completed an Air Force Summer Training 
unit with a rating of 4.00 or better, who has a grade average of at least "B" in Air Force 
ROTC subject matter (to include Leadership Laboratory) during the present academic year 
and possesses a positive attitude toward AFROTC work and service in the Air Force; high 
standards of personal appearance, a high degree of initiative, judgment and self confidence, 
courteousness with respect to promptness, obedience and respect for military customs as 
well as high promotion potential as evidenced by capacity for responsibility, high produc- 
tivity, adaptability to change, maintenance of high personal and ethical standards and strong 
positive convictions. 

alumni cup — The Alumni Association offers each year a cup to the Leader of the best drilled 
Flight in competitive drill. 

American legion post no. 217 award — This award is presented to the senior advanced 
cadet who displays outstanding leadership. 

American legion gold medal — The gold medal is awarded to the senior cadet for 
academic achievement in leadership. 

armed forces communications medal — This medal is awarded to the senior advanced cadet 
in recognition of outstanding achievement in the field of electronics. 

arnold air society plaque — This plaque is awarded to the second year advanced cadet 
who has done the most to advance the AFROTC interests and activities for the Arnold Air 
Society. 

the convair air force rotc cadet award — Presented annually to an outstanding 
Sophomore AFROTC cadet who has been selected for the advance course, who has demon- 
strated outstanding qualities contributing to Air Force leadership such as positive attitude 
toward scholastic work and service in the Air Force, high standards of personal appearance, 
exemplary personal attributes of initiative, judgment, self confidence, demonstrated courtesy 
with respect to promptness, obedience and respect for military customs, as well as high 
promotion potential evidenced by capacity for responsibility, high productivity, adaptability 
to change, aptness and maintenance of highest personal and ethical standards. 

Chicago tribune afrotc awards — Two Gold Medals are presented annually to two 
sophomores, and two Silver Medals are presented annually to two freshmen who have 
expressed a sustained desire for an Air Force Commission, who are in the top ten percent 
of their leadership classes, who are in the top ten percent of their classes in other AFROTC 
subjects and who possess strong, moral character befitting a potential Air Force Officer. 

disabled American veterans' gold cup — This cup is awarded to the senior advanced cadet 
who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholarship, and citizenship. 

distinguished afrotc cadet awards — These awards are presented to senior naH«ts who 
have been outstanding in AFROTC and who are outstandine in their academic major fields. 
Distinguished AFROTC cadets are eligible to apply for regular Air Force commissions. 

governor's cup — This cup is offered each year by His Excellency, the Governor of Mary- 
land, to the best drilled squadron. 

hamill memorial plaque — This plaque, offered by the local chapter of Theta Chi Fraternity, 
is presented to the sophomore cadet excelling in leadership and scholarship. 

distinguished afrotc graduate — Presented to distinguished cadets of the AFROTC 
who continue to display outstanding academic and leadership qualities. 

58 



afrotc angel flight award— Presented to the most outstanding member of the Angel 
Flight. 

charles h. Dickinson memorial plaque— Offered by the Veterans Club, University of 
Maryland, to the junior cadet who has shown leadership ability, outstanding individual char- 
acteristics of military bearing. 

vandenberg guard award— Presented to the member of the Vandenberg Guard display- 
ing most leadership ability. 

glenn l martin aeronautical engineering award— This award is presented for academic 
excellence in the field of aeronautical engineering to a senior advanced cadet who has applied 
for flight training. 

military order of world wars award — Presented by the Military Order of World Wars 
to the outstanding graduate of the Cadet Leadership Academy of the University of Maryland 
Cadet Corps. 

military order of world wars, bethesda chapter — A sabre is presented annually to 
the officer of the Vandenberg Guard exhibiting the most ability, contributing the most effort, 
and who best exemplifies the ideals of leadership and service within the Vandenberg Guard 
during the preceding year. 

military science award — Presented to a member of the Scabbard and Blade Society 
who has set an outstanding record as a cadet and has contributed most to the Society. 

the national defense transportation association award — Presented annually to a 
senior AFROTC cadet who potentially qualifies for a baccalaureate degree in Business 
Administration, including 25 semester hours in courses related to air and/or surface trans- 
portation who is potentially qualified for award of AFSC 6021, Air Transportation Officer 
or AFSC 6031 Surface Transportation Officer, and who has demonstrated outstanding 
leadership qualities, academic achievement, aptitude for Air Force service, and meritorious 
achievement and noteworthy service in the promotion of preparedness for national defense 
of the United States. 

pershing rifle regimental medal— Presented to the member of Pershing Rifles who shows 
outstanding service to the company. 

pershing rifle silver and bronze medals — The Pershing Rifle Company presents 
these medals to the most outstanding first and second year basic cadets who are members 
of the Pershing Rifles. 

pershing rifle award— Medal presented by Pershing Rifle Company to the best drilled 
cadet of the corps who is not a member of Pershing Rifles. 

pershing rifle gold medal— This medal is awarded to the outstanding member of the 
Pershing Rifles. 

reiley memorial plaque— Presented by the family of George M. Reiley, Jr., to the 
member of the Flight Instruction Program showing the most aptitude for flying. 

reserve officers association senior award — Presented to the outstanding senior cadet 
of the Corps of Cadets. 

reserve officers association medals— Three medals, gold, silver, and bronze, are 
presented by this association to the three senior cadets demonstrating outstanding academic 
achievement in the AFROTC and in other studies. 

reserve officers association ribbons— The Air Force Reserve Officers Association 
presents ribbons to the 40 outstanding freshman cadets, the 30 outstanding sophomore cadets, 
and to 10 outstanding juniors. 

scabbard and blade coblentz memorial cup — This cup awarded to the Commander of 
the winning squadron in drill competition. 

society of American military engineers rotc award of merit— Presented annually, 
on a AFROTC wide competitive basis to the outstanding Junior and the outstanding Senior 
AFROTC cadet majoring in engineering, who are in the upper fourth of both the Air 
Science and his engineering class, and has been recommended as the outstanding Engineer- 
ing Student of the Year of his group in the AFROTC program by both his Professor of Air 
Science and the Dean of the College of Engineering. 

sons of the American revolution award— A Bronze Medal presented at the preroga- 
tive of the local chapter, Sons of American Revolution, to an AFROTC cadet completing 
his first year of training who has shown during his Freshman year a firm belief in, knowledge 

59 



of, and a positive attitude toward the Constitution of the United States of America, who 
has maintained a grade average of A in his AFROTC subjects, and has expressed and 
demonstrated an interest in both the Air Force ROTC advanced program, and in duty as 
an Air Force Officer. 

sun newspaper award — This award is presented to a basic cadet in recognition of being the 
best drilled basic cadet in competitive drill. 

secretary of the air force afrotc rifle match awards — AFROTC annually makes 
the following awards: A perpetual trophy to the highest scoring detachment team, a perma- 
nent trophy to the highest scoring detachment team and medals to each of five members of 
the first, second and third teams in the competition. 

afrotc area championship rifle team award — Presented annually to the highest 
scoring AFROTC team in each Air Force ROTC Area, entered in the Secretary of the Air 
Force Rifle Match, excluding the winning team. 

the william Randolph hearst trophy — Presented by the Baltimore News-Post for the 
Air Force ROTC Championship in the William Randolph Hearst National ROTC Rifle 
Competition. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

the alvin l. aubinoe basketball trophy — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for 
the senior who has contributed most to the squad. 

the alvin l. aubinoe football trophy — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for 
the unsung hero of the current season. 

the alvin l. aubinoe track trophy — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the 
senior who has contributed most to the squad during the time he was on the squad. 

john t. bell swimming award — To the Year's Outstanding Swimmer or Diver. 

louis w. berger trophy — Presented to the outstanding senior baseball player. 

william p. cole, hi, memorial lacrosse award — This award, offered by the teammates 
of William P. Cole, III and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is presented to 
the outstanding midfielder. 

joe deckman-sam silber trophy — This trophy is offered by Joseph H. Deckman and 
Samuel L. Silber to the most improved defense lacrosse player. 

halbert k. evans memorial track award — This award, given in memory of "Hermie" 
Evans, of the Class of 1940, by his friends, is presented to the outstanding graduating senior 
trackman. 

Herbert h. Goodman trophy — This trophy is offered by Herbert H. Goodman to the most 
outstanding wrestler of the year. 

charles leroy mackert trophy — This trophy is offered by William E. Krouse to the 
Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while at the University. 

Maryland ring — The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles L. Linhardt, of 
the Class of 1912, to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year. 

charles p. mc cormick trophy — This trophy is offered by Charles P. McCormick to the 
senior letterman who has contributed most to swimming during his collegiate career. 

anthony c. nardo memorial trophy — This trophy is awarded to the best football lineman 
of the year. 

edwin powell trophy — This trophy is offered by the Class of 1913 to the player who has 
rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year. 

Silvester watch for excellence in athletics — A gold watch, given in honor of former 
president of the University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annually to "the man who typifies the best 
in college athletics." 

teke trophy — This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon 
Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the University has rendered the greatest 
service to football. 

Robert e. theofeld memorial — This trophy is presented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman 
and is awarded to the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit and strong 
character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member of the boxing team. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Keys are awarded to the members of the Executive Committee of the Student Government 
Association, Men's League, Association of Women Students, and other organizations who 
faithfully perform their duties throughout the year. 

60 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID 

All requests for information concerning scholarships and grants-in-aid should be addressed 
to the Director of the Office of Student Aid, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 
Regulations and procedures for the award of scholarships are formulated by the Committee 
on Financial Aids. 

The Board of Regents of the University authorizes the award of a limited number of scholar- 
ships each year to deserving students. All scholarships and grants for the undergraduate depart- 
ments of the University at College Park are awarded by a faculty committee. Applicants are subject 
to the approval of the Director of Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission to the 
University are concerned. All recipients are subject to the academic and non-academic regulations 
and requirements of the University. 

Scholarships and grants are awarded to young men and women based upon apparent 
academic ability and financial need. In making awards, consideration is given to character, 
achievement, participation in student activities and to other attributes which may indicate success 
in college. It is the intent of the Committee to make awards to those qualified who might not 
otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity for higher education. 

The recipient of a scholarship or a grant is expected to make at least normal progress toward 
a degree. Normal progress toward a degree is defined by the Academic Probation Plan. 

The Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid reserves the right to review the scholar- 
ship program annually and to make adjustments in the amounts and recipients of awards in 
accordance with the funds available and scholastic attainment. 

The types of scholarships, grants and loan funds available follow: 

FULL SCHOLARSHIPS 

The University awards fifty-six full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees 
and books. Not more than twenty of these scholarships may be held by out-of-state students and 
at least twelve are reserved for women. Scholastic achievement and participation in student 
activities are given primary consideration in the award of these scholarships. 

UNIVERSITY GRANTS 

The University awards to deserving and qualified secondary school graduates a limited 
number of grants covering fixed charges only. 

GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS 

These grants are for fixed charges and are awarded by members of the Legislature, three for 
each Senator and one for each member of the House of Delegates. They may be awarded by a 
member of the House of Delegates or by a Senator only to persons in the county or in the legis- 
lative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of such grants 
are subject to approval by the Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as 
to qualifications for admission. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS 

A limited number of scholarships is awarded each year to students of exceptional academic 
ability out of funds derived from campus enterprises. The amount of these scholarships varies 
depending upon the extent of need. 

TEACHER EDUCATION GRANTS 

The General Assembly of Maryland provides grants equivalent to fixed charges to 
Maryland residents pursuing teacher education curricula on a full-time basis. Recipients 
agree to teach in Maryland public schools for at least two years immediately following 
graduation. No prior application is required. The agreement form must be signed by the 
student and countersigned by the parent, guardian or other responsible adult. 

GENERAL STATE TUITION SCHOLARSHIPS 

The General Assembly of Maryland provides a number of limited tuition scholarships 
to students entering college for the first time. These scholarships may be used in any 
approved institution of higher education within the State. At the University of Maryland, 
they cover the item listed as fixed charges. Awards are made by the State Scholarship 
Board based upon financial need and the results of a competitive examination. 

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS 

The University has a number of endowed scholarships and special grants. These are paid for 
by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief descriptions of these awards 
follow: 

albright scholarship — The Victor E. Albright Scholarship is open to graduates of Garrett 
County high schools who were born and reared in that county. Application should be made to 
the high school principals. 

alumni scholarships — The General Alumni Council of the University Alumni Association 
provides eleven scholarships in the amount of $250 each to be awarded respectively to schools or 
colleges represented on the Alumni Council. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership 
and need. 

61 



alumni association of the school of pharmacy scholarships — The Alumni Associa- 
tion of the School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland makes available annually 
scholarships to qualified pre-pharmacy students on the basis of worthiness, moral character, 
scholastic achievement and the need for financial assistance. These scholarships are open 
only to residents of the State of Maryland. Each scholarship not exceeding $500.00 per 
academic year is applied in partial defrayment of fees and expenses at College Park. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS SCHOLARSHIP IN METALLURGY A Scholarship of $500 is 

available to a competent student in the field of Metallurgy. The award will be made by the faculty 
in Metallurgy in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of all scholarships 
in the University. 

ethel R. Arthur memorial scholarship — This memorial scholarship fund has been 
established by Irving J. Cohen, M.D. At least one $250.00 award is made each year by the 
Scholarship Committee. A preference is given to students from Baltimore. 

alvin l. aubinoe student aid program — Scholarship grants up to $500 per school year to 
students in engineering, preferably those studying for careers in civil engineering, architecture or 
light construction. 

Baltimore panhellenic association scholarship — A scholarship is awarded annually by 
the Baltimore Panhellenic Association. This scholarship will be awarded to a student entering 
the junior or senior class, who is an active member of a sorority, who is outstanding in leadership 
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. This award is made by the Committee on 
Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women. 

Baltimore sunpapers scholarship in journalism — The Board of Trustees of the A. S. 
Abell Foundation, Inc., has contributed $500 to provide a scholarship in journalism to be awarded 
to a worthy senior in the College of Business and Public Administration who is majoring in 
Editorial Journalism. 

samuel wolfe blankman grant — The sum of $100 is awarded each year to a foreign 
student on the basis of worth and need to be determined by the Committee on Scholarships. The 
student must be a permanent resident of a country other than the United States, its possessions, 
or Canada. He may be a member of any college or school in the University. 

borden agricultural and home economics scholarships — A Borden Agricultural 
Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the College of Agriculture who has had two or 
more of the regularly listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study, 
has achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding 
college work. 

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the College of 
Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in foods and nutrition 
and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all 
other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work. 

colortone graphic arts and publication scholarship — A scholarship of $500.00 is 
made available annually by the Colortone Press, Inc. of Washington, D. C. to a senior 
enrolled in the Department of Journalism and Public Relations and majoring in public rela- 
tions. The recipient is also offered an opportunity of a supervised internship during the 
summer preceding his senior year. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships 
and Grants-In-Aid in cooperation with the College of Business and Public Administration. 

dr. ernest n. cory scholarship — This award is made annually to an outstanding junior 
or senior in the College of Agriculture, preferably one majoring in Entomology. The amount of 
the award will vary depending upon the earnings of a trust fund established in honor of Dr. 
Ernest N. Cory upon his retirement. The Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid cooper- 
ates with the College of Agriculture in selecting the student for this award. 

dairy technology scholarships and grants — The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland 
and the District of Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and grants-in-aid for 
students majoring in Dairy Products Technology. These awards are available both to high school 
graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students who have completed one or more 
years of their University curriculum. The purpose of these awards is to encourage and stimulate 
interest in the field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership, 
personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology. 
These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation 
with the Dairy Technology Society. 

exel scholarships — A substantial grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah 
B. Exel. These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships to worthy students in accord- 
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

62 



ANNF ARUNDEL COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— This grant is awarded 

tn a hieh school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum in the College of 
Engineering The amount of the award is S300 per year and will be available to the recipient for 
the normal Period of time to complete the program being pursued. This grant is awarded by the 
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Anne Arundel County 
Volunteer Fireman's Association and the College of Engineering. 

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA FIRE FIGHTERS ASSOCIATION GRANT— A $150.00 grant is awarded 

to i student who has completed his freshman year or has advanced standing in the Fire 
Protection 'curriculum. The award is made in cooperation with Fire Protection Department 
of the College of Engineering. 

1 ADIFS AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— This grant is 

awarded to an ouVstanding high school graduate who will enroll in the F.re Protection Curriculum 
? Tthe CoMege of Engineering The amount of this award is S500 per year and will be available 
o he recipient for the normal period of time to complete the program being pursued. This gran 
k awarded bv the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Ladies 
AuxihlS to the Ma ry i a nd State F.remen's Association and the College of Engineering. 

Maryland state firemen's association grant— A S300 scholarship is awarded annually 
to an outltanding high school student who enrolls in the Fire Protection Curriculum of the College 
of Ener n eer"ng This scholarship is for four years and is awarded to a student of high scholastic 
abihty wkh aVputation of good character and outstanding fire service interest. The award is 
made by he Facultv Committee on Scholarships in cooperation with the Maryland State Fire- 
Serfs Association and the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering. 

prince georges county volunteer firemen's association grant— An annual scholarship 
nf S30fl ^U awarded to an i outstanding high school student who enrolls in the Fire Protection Cur- 
• im, n f h fn We of Engineering The award is based on high scholastic ability, good 
cha acter anS outstanding fire 8 service 8 interest. The Faculty Committee on Scholarships and 
Grants-in-A^d cooperates with the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering 
Sic I the Board of ? Directors of the Prince Georges County -Volunteer Firemen's Association in 
selecting the student. 

food fair stores foundation scnoLARSHiPS-Each year a number of ^°^^^ 
availahle bv the Food Fair Stores Foundation to students from Anne Arundel, Baltimore, 
Hirfnrd Prince Georges Washington, Frederick, Montgomery, and Talbot counties and 
Silt more C " w sVudents receiving the e scholarships may pursue any of the four-year cur- 
ricuCs of the University. The scholarships are for $250 for an academic year and are 
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships as in the case of all other scholarships. 

victor frenkil scholarship-A scholarship of S250 is granted annua lly by Mr Victor 
Frenkil of Baltimore to a student from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the University. 

future nurses clubs scholarships-A limited number of $300.00 scholarships are 
made Ivailable by the Future Nurses Clubs of Maryland which are sponsored by the 
Women's Auxiliary of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and the Mary and 
League fof Nursing These scholarships are available to freshmen students from Maryland 
preparing for nursing. 

general motors scHOLARSHiP-This scholarship granted annually to any young man or 
young woman who is an outstanding individual entering the freshman .year The a ™ 
of the stipend depends upon the demonstrated need of the individual. The Sponsored Scholar 
ship Service evaluates the financial need in each case. 

goddard memorial scHOLARSHiPS-Four $500 scholarships ar e available ™™f*™*% 
the terms of the James and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through the > wi 11 so 
Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard. In granting these : awards .the Committee on^ Scholar 
ships will consider outstanding scholastic achievement and financial need Each award will be 
made on a year-to-year basis depending upon the accomplishment of the student. 

gordon-davis L.NEN supply scHOLARSHiP-The Gordon-Davis Linen Supply Company 
provides a fund to be granted to worthy students by the Committee on Scholarships and 
Grants-in-Aid. 

JOHN WILLIAM GUCKEYSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP-A Scholarship of $100.0C > » g^nted 

annually by Mrs. Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to John William Guckeyson, an honored 
Maryland alumnus. 

JAMES HARTIN ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIP AND DONALD PETER SH *^ M= MORIA ^ K " ^ s " 

SHiP-These two scholarships of $300.00 each are made available annually by .Mr J Mrs 
David C. Hartin. The first is awarded to a male student in the College of Engineering m^ 
the second to a male student in any college other than Educat ion - r to a fema e student 
in Nursing. These awards will be made annually by the Scholarship Committee to wortny 
students who are helping to earn their own college expenses. 

63 



william Randolph hearst foundation scholarships — These scholarships are made avail- 
able through a gift of the Baltimore News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of 
William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships up to $500 are awarded annually to undergraduates 
pursuing a program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to $1,000 are awarded annually for 
graduate study in history. These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and 
Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Departments of History and Journalism. 

inter-regional insurance conference scholarships — Fifteen awards are made annually 
for room, board, tuition, and fees to outstanding high school students enrolling in the Fire 
Protection Curriculum of the College of Engineering. Students residing in eleven states in the 
Conference area and the District of Columbia are eligible for these scholarships. Employment 
obligations are required. Recipients of scholarships are selected by the Scholarship Committee 
of the Inter-Regional Insurance Conference in cooperation with the Faculty Committee on 
Scholarships. 

iota lambda sigma (nu chapter) scholarship — This scholarship is awarded annually to 
a male student who wishes to enroll or is enrolled in the Industrial Education curriculum. The 
student must be a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his intention of teaching in 
Maryland. The amount of the scholarship is $200.00. 

kappa kappa gamma alumnae scholarship in speech therapy — An annual scholarship 
of $250.00 is awarded to a deserving woman duly admitted as a graduate student majoring 
in the field of speech therapy. The award is based upon the applicant's demonstrated 
interest in speech therapy as a career, academic accomplishments and initiative. This 
scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation 
with the Suburban Washington Alumnae Association of Kappa Kappa Gamma and the 
Speech Department. 

kappa kappa gamma nursing scholarship — This $100.00 Scholarship is made available 
annually by the Gamma Psi chapter of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority to a worthy 
student preparing for a career in nursing. Preference- for the award shall be given to an 
entering student from Maryland and she shall have a preference for its continuance while 
she is a student at College Park. 

venia m. keller grant — The Maryland State Council of Homemakers' Clubs makes avail- 
able this grant of $100 which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise who wishes 
to enroll or is enrolled in the College of Home Economics. It is awarded through the College of 
Home Economics in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships. 

kiwanis scholarship — A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by 
the Prince Georges County Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince Georges County, Maryland, 
who, in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship 
record, must have a reputation of high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship. 

leidy chemical foundation scholarship — A scholarship of $500.00 is granted 
annually to a graduate or undergraduate student preparing for a career in the general field 
of chemistry. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in 
cooperation with the Department of Chemistry. 

helen aletta linthicum scholarships — These scholarships, several in number, were estab- 
lished through the benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Con- 
gressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland 
for many years. They are granted to worthy young men and women who are residents of the State 
of Maryland and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a reputation 
for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead. 

the m club grants — The M Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited 
number of awards. They are granted by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who show 
promise in sports other than football. 

dr. frank c. marino scholarship — Dr. Frank C. Marino provides a $200 annual scholarship 
in Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Committee on 
Scholarships to a student who demonstrates special interest and promise in this field. 

Maryland educational foundation grants — The Maryland Educational Foundation 
provides funds each year for the education of several promising young men. These grants are 
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who qualify under the provisions of 
the Foundation. 

Maryland consumer finance scholarship — A scholarship fund of $500.00 per year 
is made available by the Maryland Consumer Finance Association. It may be awarded to 
one student or divided and awarded to two students. The awards are made to Maryland 
residents. 

Maryland pharmaceutical association scholarships — The Maryland Pharmaceutical 
Association makes available annually scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on the basis of 
worthiness, moral character, scholastic achievement and the need for financial assistance. 
Each scholarship not exceeding $500.00 per academic year is used in partial defrayment of 
fees and expenses at College Park. These scholarships are open only to residents of the 
State of Maryland. 

64 



eugene e and agnes f. meyer scholarships— A number of scholarships is made available 
each vear to promising students in meeting the costs of furthering their education, with preferential 
consideration to children of persons employed in public service, including service in the armed 
forces and the judiciary. 

mortar board scholarship— The Mortar Board Scholarship is awarded annually to a 
woman student on the basis of scholastic attainment, character and need. The selection of the 
student for this award is made through the Office of the Dean of Women and a representative of 
Mortar Board in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general 
principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

omicron nu award— This award is presented annually to the sophomore student in the 
College of Home Economics who attained the highest scholastic average during her fresh- 
man year. 

peninsula horticultural society scholarship— The Peninsula Horticultural Society pro- 
vides annually a $200 scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior student a resident ot 
Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who is majoring ,n Horticulture or related subjects 
particularly as they apply to the culture of fruits and vegetables. The award is made in cooperation 
with the Committee on Scholarships. 

phi beta kappa scholarship— A $250 scholarship is awarded to the student who at the end 
of the junior year has attained the highest cumulative average and whose basic course program 
has been in liberal studies. 

read's drug stores foundation scholarships— The Read's Drug Stores Foundation 
contributes annually several scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on the basis of worthiness, 
scholastic achievement, moral character and the need for financial assistance Each scholar- 
ship not exceeding $500.00 per academic year is applied to defray partially the : fees and 
expenses at College Park, Maryland. Recipients must have been residents of the State ot 
Maryland for at least one year prior to the awarding of the scholarship. 

the sears roebuck foundation grants— Eight grants of $300 each are provided by 
the Sears Roebuck Foundation to the sons of Maryland residents engaged In ^wultura^ 
oursuits who enroll in the freshman class of the College of Agriculture. One $300 grant 
fs awarded each year to the sophomore student in the College of Agriculture who has proved 
to be the outstanding student holding a Sears Roebuck grant during the previous year. These 
grants are awarded annually by the Committee on Scholarships. 

A limited number of similar grants from the Sears Roebuck Foundation is also available for 
students in the College of Home Economics. 

southern states cooperative scholarships-Two scholarships are awarded each year to 
sons of Southern States members— one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and the other tor 
outstanding work in FFA. The amount of each scholarship is $300 per year and will continue for 
four years These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-.n-A.d 
in cooperation with the College of Agriculture. 

adele h. stamp scholarship— This scholarship of $250.00 is awarded annually to a 
sophomore who is an active sorority member or pledge, who is outer anding m lead, rslnp 
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. Funds for this scholarship are pro 
Wded by the University of Maryland Panhellenic Association. The award ^smade by the 
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-In-Aid in cooperation with the office of the Dean of 
Women. 

steel club of Baltimore scholarship— This is a renewable scholarship of $500.00 
per year Male residents of Maryland who have expressed their intention of entering the 
steel industry on completion of their formal education are eligible. 

steel service center SCHOLARSHIP— A renewable scholarship of $350.00 per year is 
made available by various steel clubs of Baltimore. The award is made m accordance w.th 
the general principles underlying all other scholarships. 

janie g s taliaferro scHOLARSHip-Under the terms of the will of the late Janie G S^ 
Taliafer o a'bequest has been made to the University of Maryland to prov.de scholarship aid w 
worthy students. The income of the estate amounting to $350 annually is used as a scholarsh.p 
to a worthy young man or young woman who qualifies. 

j. mc kenny willis and son grant-A grant of $500 is made available s annually by J. 
McKenny Willis and Son, Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland ,o an 
outstanding student in vocational agriculture in Talbot County w „ h <? w '> ™™ 
of Agriculture. This grant is assigned by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance wun 



the terms of the award. 

r. m. watkins 
and conditions as a 
cational Foundation. 



r. m. watkins SCHOLARSHIP-This scholarship is made available under *e same terms 
and conditions as a Full University Scholarship from funds provided by the Maryland fcdu 



65 



western electric scholarship — This scholarship is awarded to a student in the College 
of Engineering. The amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and fees not to exceed 
$800 nor to be less than $400. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants- 
in-Aid. 

westinghouse air arm division scholarship — The Westinghouse Electric Corporation has 
established a scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineering and the physical 
sciences. The scholarship is awarded to a sophomore student and is paid over a period of three 
years in six installments of $250. Students in electrical or mechanical engineering, engineering 
physics or applied mathematics are eligible for the award. Selection of the recipient is based on 
achievement as reflected by scholastic standing and general college record. The award is made by 
the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the College of Engineering. 

women's club of bethesda scholarship — Two $250.00 scholarships have been made 
available to young women residents of Montgomery County by the Women's Club of 
Bethesda. Recipients must be accepted in the College of Education or the College of Nursing. 

the Arthur young and co. foundation, inc. scholarship — The Arthur Young and Co. 
Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship of $750 for an exceptional senior student con- 
centrating in accounting who is registered in the College of Business and Public Administration. 
This award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with 
the College of Business and Public Administration. 

STUDENT LOANS 

ndea student loans— The National Defense Education Act of 1958 provides funds for 
student loans. A student may borrow in one year a sum not exceeding $800 and during his 
entire course of study may borrow a sum not exceeding $5,000. The borrower must sign a note 
for the loan and agree to interest and repayment terms established by the University. Repayment 
of the loan begins one year after the borrower ceases to be a full time student and must be com- 
pleted within ten years thereafter. No interest is charged on the loan until the beginning of the 
repayment schedule. Interest after that date is to be paid at the rate of 3 percent per annum. 

The National Defense Education Act contains a provision which provides that up to fifty 
percent of a student loan plus interest may be cancelled in the event the borrower becomes a full 
time elementary or secondary school teacher. Such cancellation is to be at the rate of 10 percent 
a year to five years. 

Catherine moore brinkley loan fund — Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a 
loan fund is available for worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland. 

Joseph w. kinghorn and morley a. jull funds — Memorial trust funds have been 
established in honor of Joseph W. Kinghorn, first graduate of the University of Maryland 
Poultry Department. These funds are available as loans to students enrolled in the Poultry 
Department. 

edna b. mcnaughton memorial loan fund — This fund has been established by Mrs. 
W. B. Clayton in memory of Edna B. McNaughton who initiated and developed the program 
in Early Childhood Education at the University of Maryland. Priority is given to students 
enrolled in this program. 

jan steven rapke memorial loan fund — This fund has been established in memory 
of Jan Steven Rapke by his parents. Short-term, interest free loans are available to students 
in good standing to meet personal emergencies as they arise. It is the wish of the donors 
that the fund be administered with a minimum of formality. 

Siegfried e. weisberger jr. memorial fund — A memorial trust fund has been estab- 
lished in honor of Siegfried Weisberger, Jr., a Freshman student in Agriculture in 1958-59. 
Under terms of this loan, students in Agriculture may borrow money without interest for 
short term needs. 



66 



FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 



Admission, Housing director, office of admissions 

NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 

Scholarships and Grants-in-aid 

Loans and Student Employment director, office of student aid 

NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 



Counseling office of the dean of men 

NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN 
NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 

UNIVERSITY COUNSELING SERVICE 
BUILDING EE 



Specific Program Information office of the dean of the respective 

COLLEGES 

TO COMPLETE THE MAIL ADDRESS FOR 

THESE OFFICES, ADD: 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 



The College of 
Agriculture 



Catalog Series 1962-64 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Volume 17 



December 16, 1961 



No. 10 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published four times in January; three 
times in February, March, April, May, September and December; two times in June, 
October and November; and once in July and August. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter 
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. 



CONTENTS 



GENERAL 



University Calendar iv 

Board of Regents vi 

Officers of Administration vii 

Committee Chairmen, Faculty 

Senate 

The College 

General Information 

Special Advantages 

Coordination of Agricultural 

Work 

Facilities and Equipment 

Costs 

Air Science 

Scholarships and Grants-in- 

Aid 

Student Organizations 



Student Judging Teams _. 
Additional Information _. 

Awards 

Academic Information 

Department and Curricula. 

Admission 

Admission Requirements 

Table 

Junior Standing 

Requirements for 

Graduation 

Student Advisers 

Electives 

Field and Laboratory 

Practice 

Freshman Year 



CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 



Agriculture Curriculum 11 

University Requirements 11 

College Requirements 11 

Agriculture — General 12 

Agricultural Chemistry 13 

Agricultural Economics 14 

Agricultural and Extension 

Education 15 

Agricultural Engineering 16 

Agronomy — Crops and Soils 20 

Crops 20 

Soils 22 



Animal Husbandry 

Botany 

Dairy 

Entomology 

Horticulture 

Poultry Husbandry 

Special Curricula __ 

Pre-Forestry 



Pre-Theological 

Pre- Veterinary 

Special Students _. 
Two-Year Program 



23 
24 
25 
28 
29 
31 
32 
32 
32 
32 
33 
34 



COURSE OFFERINGS 



Agriculture 36 

Agricultural Economics 36 

Agricultural and Extension 

Education 40 

Agricultural Engineering 43 

Agronomy — Crops and Soils 46 

Animal Husbandry 50 



Botany 

Dairy 

Entomology 

Horticulture 

Poultry Husbandry 
Veterinary Science 



53 
58 
60 
62 
66 
69 



Agriculture Experiment Station 
Agricultural Extension Service 
Service and Control Programs . 



69 
70 
71 



Faculty of the College 

Supervising Teachers in Agriculture 



76 
87 



in 



UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

FALL SEMESTER 1961 
SEPTEMBER 

18-22 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 
25 Monday — Instruction Begins 

NOVEMBER 

22 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class 

27 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m. 
DECEMBER 

20 Wednesday — Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 

JANUARY 1962 

3 Wednesday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

24 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

25-31 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive — Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1962 
FEBRUARY 

5-9 Monday to Friday — Spring Semester Registration 
12 Monday — Instruction Begins 
22 Thursday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 

MARCH 

25 Sunday — Maryland Day 

APRIL 

19 Thursday — Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 

24 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

16 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Wednesday — Memorial Day, Holiday 

JUNE 

1 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

2-8 Saturday to Friday, inclusive — Spring Semester Examinations 

3 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

9 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1962 
JUNE 1962 

25 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

26 Tuesday — Summer Session Begins 
30 Saturday — Classes as Usual 

JULY 

4 Wednesday — Independence Day, Holiday 
AUGUST 

3 Friday — Summer Session Ends 

SHORT COURSES 1962 
JUNE 1962 

18-23 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 

AUGUST 

6-11 Monday to Saturday — 4-H Club Week. 

SEPTEMBER 

4-7 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



IV 



FALL SEMESTER 1962 

SEPTEMBER 

17-21 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 

24 Monday — Instruction Begins 

NOVEMBER 

21 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class 
26 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

DECEMBER 

21 Friday — Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 

JANUARY 1963 

3 Thursday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

23 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

24-30 Thursday to Wednesday — Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1963 

FEBRUARY 

4-8 Monday to Friday — Registration 
11 Monday — Instruction Begins 

22 Friday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 

MARCH 

25 Monday — Maryland Day (Not a Holiday) 

APRIL 

11 Thursday — Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 
16 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

15 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Thursday — Memorial Day, Holiday 

31 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

JUNE 

1-7 Saturday to Friday — Spring Semester Examinations 

2 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

8 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1963 
june 1963 

24 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

25 Tuesday — Instruction Begins 
29 Saturday — Classes as Usual 

JULY 

4 Thursday — Independence Day, Holiday 

AUGUST 

2 Friday — Summer Session Ends 

SHORT COURSES 1963 
JUNE 

17-22 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 
AUGUST 

5-10 Monday to Saturday— 4-H Club Week 
SEPTEMBER 

3-6 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

and 
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 

Charles P. McCormick 

Chairman 1966 

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2 

Edward F. Holter 

V ice-Chairman 1968 

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore 2 

B. Herbert Brown 

Secretary 1967 

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1 

Harry H. Nuttle 

Treasurer 1966 

Denton 

Louis L. Kaplan 

Assistant Secretary 1964 

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 5 

C. E. Tuttle 

Assistant Treasurer 1962 

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2 

Richard W. Case 1970 

Commercial Credit Building, Baltimore 

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965 

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown 

Thomas B. Symons 1963 

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park 

William C. Walsh 1968 

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967 

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18 



Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of 
seven years each, beginning the first Monday in June. Members may serve only two 
consecutive terms. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the 
Board. 

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland 
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 



VI 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

Principal Administrative Officers 

wilson H. elkins, President 

b.a., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936; D. phil., 
1936. 

albin o. kuhn, Executive Vice President 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948. 

f. lee hornbake, Vice President for Academic Affairs 
B.s., California State College, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936; ph.d., 1942. 

frank L. bentz, JR., Assistant to the President 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1942; PH.D., 1952. 

alvin E. cormeny, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and Development 
B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936. 



Emeriti 

harry c. byrd, President Emeritus 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickinson 
College, 1938; d.sc, Western Maryland College, 1938. 

j. freeman pyle, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration Emeritus 
ph.b., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925. 

adele H. stamp, Dean of Women Emerita 
b.a., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924. 



Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges 

MYRON s. aisenberc, Dean of the School of Dentistry 
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922. 

vernon E. Anderson, Dean of the College of Education 
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; PH.D., University of Colorado, 1942. 

ronald bamford, Dean of the Graduate School 
B.s., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; phj)., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

Gordon M. cairns, Dean of Agriculture 
B.s., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; PH.D., 1940. 

ray w. ehrensberger, Dean of University College 
B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; PH.D., Syracuse University, 
1937. 

noel e. foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy 
ph.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland, 
1932; ph.d., 1933. 

lester m. fraley, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
b.a., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939. 

vii 



Florence m. ciPE, Dean of the School of Nursing 
B.s., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940; 
edj)., University of Maryland, 1952. 

ladislaus F. CRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital 
r.n., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University of 
Denver, 1942; M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943. 

irvin c. haut, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station and Head, Department of 

Horticulture 
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; PH.n., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1933. 

roger howell, Dean of the School of Law 
b.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b., University of Maryland, 1917. 

verl s. lewis, Dean of the School of Social Work 

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; d.s.w., Western Reserve 
University, 1954. 

selma F. LrpPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics 

B.s., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945; ph.d., 
Pennsylvania State University, 1953. 

Frederic T. mavis, Dean of the College of Engineering 
b.s., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.e., 1932; PH.D., 1935. 

paul e. nystrom, Director, Agricultural Extension Service 

B.s., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a., Harvard 
University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951. 

donald w. o'connell, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration 1 
b.a., Columbia University, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., 1953. 

JAMES H. reid, Assistant Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration 1 
B.s., University of Iowa, 1923; m.a., American University, 1933. 

leon P. smith, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences 
b.a., Emory University, 1919; m.a., Universtiy of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930; Diploma 
de l'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932. 

william s. stone, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical Education 
and Research 

b.s., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d., University of Louisville, 1929; 

ph.d. (hon.), University of Louisville, 1946. 

General Administrative Officers 

c. watson algire, Director of Admissions and Registrations 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931. 

theodore R. aylesworth, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air Science 
B.s., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949. 



Appointment effective February 1, 1962. 
'Acting Dean, July 1, 1961— February 1, 1962. 



Vlll 



b. james borreson, Executive Dean for Student Life 
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944. 

David L. brigham, Director of Alumni Relations 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1938. 

c. wilbur. cissel, Director of Finance and Business 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939. 

helen E. Clarke, Dean of Women 
B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; ed.d., Teachers 
College, Columbia, 1960. 

William w. cobey, Director of Athletics 
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930. 

l. eugene cronin, Director of Natural Resources Institute 

a.b., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943; PH.D., 1946. 

Lester M. dyke, Director of Student Health Service 
B.s., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., 1926. 

ceary f. eppley, Dean of Men 
B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926. 

harry d. fisher, Comptroller and Budget Officer 
B.s., University of Maryland. 1943; c.p.a., 1948. 

george w. FOGG, Director of Personnel 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928. 

Robert J. mccartney, Director of University Relations 
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941. 

george w. Morrison, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical Plant 
(Baltimore) 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931. 

howard rovelstad, Director of Libraries 
b.a., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; b.s.l.s., Columbia University, 1940. 

orval l. ulry, Director of the Summer Session 
b.s., Ohio State University, 1938; M.A., 1944; PH.D., 1953. 

george o. weber, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical Plant 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1933. 



Division Chairmen 

john e. faber, jr., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; PH.D., 1937. 

harold c. hoffsommer, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences 
B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; PH.D., Cornell University, 1929. 

charles e. white, Chairman of the Lower Division 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926. 

ix 



CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE 

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY 

Peter P. Lejins (Arts and Sciences) , Chairman 

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE 

L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING 

Kenneth 0. Hovet (Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES 

Charles E. Manning (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION 

Benjamin Massey (Physical Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES 

James H. Reid 'Business and Public Administration). Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH 

Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS 

Albin 0. Kuhn f Executive Vice President), Chairman 

COMMITTEES ON LIBRARIES 

Aubrey C. Laud (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS 

Carl Bode (Arts and Science), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION 

John E. Foster (Agriculture), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM, AND TENURE 

Peter P. Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES 

Robert L. Green ( Agriculture) , Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE 

Guy B. Hathorn (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMTTTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION 

G. Kenneth Reiblich (Law), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS 

Harold F. Sylvester (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Augustus J. Prahl (Graduate School), Chairman 



CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE 

ADJUNCT COMMITTEE OF THE GENERAL COMMITTEE OF STUDENT 
LIFE AND WELFARE 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Richard F. Davis (Agriculture) , Chairman 

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP 
Paul E. Nystrora (Agriculture), Chairman 

STUDENT PURLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS 

Warren L. Strausbaugh (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

RELIGIOUS LIFE 

Redfield Allen (Engineering), Chairman 

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY 

Theodore R. Aylesworth (AFROTC), Chairman 

STUDENT DISCIPLINE 

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Vernon E. Krahl, (Medicine), Chairman 



XI 



The College of 
Agriculture 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE OFFERS AN EDUCATIONAL 
program designed to prepare students for careers in agricultural 
sciences, agricultural technology and agricultural business. Students 
receive a basic fundamental and cultural education, correlated with tech- 
nical agricultural courses and related sciences. 

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the 
name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the College was 
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act 
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the state and 
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the 
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore, 
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of 
this larger, more comprehensive organization. 

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were estab- 
lished as the result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively. 
A more complete description of these two services appears later in this bulletin. 



General Information 

General Information 

Graduates of the College of Agriculture are trained for employment in 
scientific areas related to agriculture, in agricultural business and industry or 
with a local, state or federal agency. Curricula in the College of Agriculture 
provide for broad training in cultural and scientific courses as well as in 
courses related to various areas of agricultural specialization. Programs are 
offered for: (1) those planning to pursue the agricultural sciences and who 
plan to do graduate study; (2) those planning to pursue the business activ- 
ities in agricultural and related industries, and (3) those planning to pursue 
the technology of animal and plant production, the engineering, chemistry, 
and food processing of agricultural products as well as teaching and exten- 
sion in agriculture. 

Many professors also conduct research studies in their respective fields. 
Through these studies the frontiers of knowledge are constantly being ex- 
tended. These new findings are incorporated in courses thereby making the 
instruction in agriculture dynamic. 

The close relationship of extension specialists, county agents, and home 
demonstration agents with farmers and farm families enables workers in the 
College to evaluate the farm situation. New farm problems are brought to 
the attention of the research Avorker and new developments are presented to 
farmers and their families. 

The coordination of teaching, research and extension provides for the 
effective training of students in the College of Agriculture for a career in 
agriculture. Many professors also contribute to the research and extension 
programs concerned with agriculture and food production, the development 
of new varieties and processing procedures, as well as adjustments in 
agricultural production and marketing. 

Trained workers in the College of Agriculture, through regulatory and 
service activities, are constantly working with actual problems associated with 
the improvement and maintenance of standards for farm products. Regulatory 
and control work extends over a wide range of activities and concerned 
with reducing losses due to insect pests and diseases; preventing and controll- 
ing serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals and plants; analyzing 
fertilizer, feed and lime for guaranteed quality; and analyzing and testing 
germination quality of seeds to insure better seeds for farm planting. Market- 
ing services include federal-state inspection, fresh egg law, dairy inspection, 
seed inspection, weight and measures and market news service. 

SPECIAL ADVANTAGES 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Agricultural 
Research Center of the United States Department of Agriculture. This is the 
largest, best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency in the 
world. Also, the University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Wash- 
ington. D. C, offices of the Department of Agriculture and other government 



General Information 

departments, including the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit 
these agencies and become acquainted with their work and the men who 
conduct this work. Such contacts have proved valuable to many University 
of Maryland graduates. 

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before 
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings 
and otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture 
in the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities to its 
students. 

COORDINATION OF AGRICULTURAL WORK 

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and 
regulatory functions within the individual departments, between the several 
departments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several 
departments are closely associated with the research, extension and regulatory 
work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote a 
portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordin- 
ation of these four types of work enables the University to provide a stronger 
faculty in the College of Agriculture, and affords a higher degree of speciali- 
zation than would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity 
to keep informed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly in 
touch with current trends and problems which are revealed in extension and 
regulatory activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end, 
so that the student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers 
of the several fields of knowledge as it is possible for an organization to put 
him. 

In order that the work of the College shall be responsible to agricultural 
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural indus- 
tries in the state, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be made 
most helpful for students who pursue them, advisory councils have been con- 
stituted in the major industries of agriculture. The councils are composed 
of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture has the benefit of their council 
and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and the students are 
kept abreast of developments. 

FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effec- 
tive instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the 
University of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and 
instruction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 2,000 acres, 
are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most 
complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the 
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle, 
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and 



General Information 

research in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are avail- 
able in the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, 
and for soils research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories 
and classrooms, a plant comprising twenty acres, and flocks of the important 
breeds of poultry. A research farm is available for experimental testing 
under field conditions. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate 
building, and has ample orchards, gardens and greenhouses for its various 
lines of work. A research farm is located near Salisbury where experimental 
work is carried on in the area of intense production. The Botany Department 
has excellent facilities available in laboratories, greenhouses, and field space 
for research in most phases of botany, especially in plant pathology, plant 
physiology, cytology and cytogenetics. A powerful X-ray machine, ultra 
centrifuge, and an electron microscope are the major pieces of equipment 
available; facilities for use of radio-isotopes are available for both teaching 
and research. 

COSTS 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $200.00 fixed 
charges; $106.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $230.00 to $260.00 lodging 
for Maryland residents, or $280.00 to $310.00 for residents of other states 
and countries. A charge of $350.00 is assessed to all students who are non- 
residents of the State of Maryland. 

A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A fee of $10.00 
must accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If a 
student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu 
of the matriculation fee. 

Complete information regarding costs is available in the publication, An 
Adventure in Learning. 

AIR SCIENCE 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, 
are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years. The 
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of Air Science training will be re- 
quired to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs 
first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science 
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or 
reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning Air Science, refer to University General 
and Academic Regulations, a publication mailed in September and February 
of each year to all new undergraduate students. 



General Information 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID 



A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students. 
These include awards granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the Borden 
Company, Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust Fund, the Danforth Foundation, the 
Ralston Purina Company, Southern States Cooperative, Inc., J. McKenny 
Willis and Sons, Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of 
Columbia, Miller Chemical and Fertilizer Corporation, and Peninsula 
Horticultural Society. 

These scholarships and grants-in-aid are awarded by the Faculty Com- 
mittee in accordance with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed 
information about these awards is contained in the publication An Adventure 
in Learning. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several 
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These 
organizations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Agricultural Engineering 
Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Student 
Institute of Food Technology, Future Farmers of America, Agronomy Club, 
Riding Club, Poultry Science Club, and the Veterinary Science Club. 

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fraternity. Members are 
chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain 
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council made up of representatives from the 
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to 
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is 
beneficial to the College. 

STUDENT JUDGING TEAMS 

The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy 
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members 
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for 
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete 
with teams for other state universities or agricultural colleges. 

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Detailed information concerning the American Civilization Program, fees 
and expenses, scholarships and awards, student life, and other material of a 
general nature, may be found in the University publication titled An Adven- 
ture in Learning. This publication may be obtained on request from the Office 
of University Relations, North Administration Building, University of Mary- 
land at College Park. A detailed explanation of the regulations of student and 
academic life, may be found in the University publication titled, University 



General Information 

General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in September and Feb- 
ruary of each year to all undergraduate students. 

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges 
should be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to: 

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK: 

Dean 

(College in which you are interested) 
The University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School in which you are interested) 
The University of Maryland 
Lombard and Greene Streets 
Baltimore 1, Maryland 

AWARDS 

ALPHA ZETA MEDAL 

The honorary agricultural fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a 
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest 
average record in academic work. The presentation of the medal does not 
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high 
scholarship. 

APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD 

This award is made annually to a senior for excellence in botany. 

CARROLL E. COX AWARD 

This cash award is made annually to the most outstanding graduate 
student in the Department of Botany. 

GRANGE AWARD 

The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who 
has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed 
meritorious service to the College of Agriculture. 

NATIONAL BLOCK AND BRIDLE AWARD 

The National Block and Bridle awards annually a plaque to the member 
of the Block and Bridle Club who has done the most for the local club during 
the year. 

NATIONAL PLANT FOOD INSTITUTE AWARD 

National Plant Food Institute awards annually the Agronomy Achieve- 
ment Award to the outstanding junior or senior student in Agronomy. The 
amount of award is $200. 



Awards, Academic Information 

VIRGINIA DARE AWARD 

The Virginia Dare Extract Company awards annually a plaque and 
$25.00 to the outstanding student in ice cream manufacturing with an over- 
all good standing in dairy. 

EDGAR P. WALLS AWARD 

Dr. Edgar P. Walls awards annually a gold watch to the senior doing 
outstanding work in horticultural processing. 



Academic Information 

DEPARTMENTS AND CURRICULA 

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as 
follows: Agricultural Economics (including agricultural business) ; Agricul- 
tural and Extension Education; Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (in- 
cluding crops and soils) ; Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant morphology 
and taxonomy, plant pathology, and plant physiology and ecology) ; Dairy 
(dairy husbandry and dairy technology) ; Entomology (including bee cul- 
ture) ; Horticulture (pomology, olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horti- 
culture and commercial processing) ; Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. 
In addition, there are curricula in Agricultural Chemistry and General Agri- 
culture. Courses of study may also be arranged for any who desire to return 
to the farm after one or more years of training in practical agicultural 
subjects. 

ADMISSION 

Deadlines for the receipt of applications for admission are September 
1, 1962 for the Fall Semester, 1962, and January 1, 1963 for the Spring 
Semester, 1963. 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply to 
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

The high school or preparatory school student who intends to apply for 
admission to the University should plan his secondary school program care- 
fully. He should select a program that will prepare him adequately to begin 
college work at the college level. He should allow for the fact that his 
interests may change by selecting a secondary school program that will enable 
him, when he enters the University, to have a maximum freedom of choice 
among the various curricula offered at the University. 

Every candidate for admission to the University must normally present 
sixteen units of high school subjects. It is required that seven of the minimum 
sixteen units be in college preparatory subjects as follows: 

English 4 units 

Mathematics (preferably algebra) 1 unit 

History or Social Sciences 1 unit 

Biological or Physical Sciences 1 unit 



Academic Information 

The other units should be chosen to give the student as strong a prepara- 
tion as possible for his work at the University. At least twelve of the units 
presented should be in college preparatory courses in academic subjects. 
Although there is no entrance requirement in foreign languages, two or more 
units are highly desirable for many programs and are suitable for all pro- 
grams. Likewise it is desirable that each student offer two units in history 
or social sciences, and two units in the biological and physical sciences. It 
is strongly recommended that all students present a unit of plane geometry 
in addition to the one or two units of algebra. 

It is recommended that the preparatory program in high school include: 

English 4 units 

Mathematics (college preparatory) 2 units 

(Agricultural Engineering and Agricultural 
Chemistry — 2 additional units) 

Biological and physical sciences 3 units 

History or social sciences 2 units 

Two units of foreign language are recommended for students in Agricultural 
Engineering, Agricultural Chemistry, Botany and Entomology. 

Deviation from these recommendations is permitted, but should be under- 
taken only upon competent advice. An unwise selection of preparatory courses 
can effectively prevent the student from pursuing certain curricula at the 
University or materially increase the time necessary to complete a particular 
curriculum. Every prospective applicant should be certain that his prepara- 
tion in mathematics is adequate for any program he might conceivably wish 
to enter. A special fee will be charged for all remedial work in mathematics 
with the exception of the course in solid geometry. 

A well-planned program of college preparatory work contributes much 
to the success of a student in his college work. This fact has an important 
bearing in estimating whether a candidate for admission is likely to be suc- 
cessful in his work at the University. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester 
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In 
computing this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses 
carrying one or more credits which have been taken up to the time of compu- 
tation shall be included; courses carrying "0" credit shall not be included; in 
every course only the most recent grade shall be counted; courses in the basic 
R.O.T.C., the physical education required of all University students, and the 
health courses required of all women students (i.e., the courses numbered 
A. S. 1, 2, 3, 4; P, E. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; Hea. 2, 4) shall not be included, 
but courses in the advanced R.O.T.C. and courses in health or physical edu- 
cation which are taken as electives shall be included. 

8 



Academic Information 

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full 
in the publication, University General and Academic Regulations. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 

Each student must acquire a minimum of 120 semester hour credits in 
academic subjects other than basic air science and physical activities. Men 
must complete the required Basic Air Science and 4 hours in physical activ- 
ities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 4 hours in 
physical activities. 

STUDENT ADVISERS 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty 
adviser, either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of 
heads of departments or persons selected by them to advise students with 
curricula in their respective departments. General advisers are selected for 
students who have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to 
pursue the general curriculum in agriculture. 

ELECTIVES 

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity 
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to 
add to their general education. 

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a 
student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed 
advisable to meet the requirements of his particular need. 

FIELD AND LABORATORY PRACTICE 

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities 
for practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each 
student whose major is in that department and who is in need of such 
experience. For inexperienced students in many departments this need may 
be met by one or more summers spent on a farm. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the 
same for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an 
opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the 
related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in 
high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of pro- 
grams in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the 
end of the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College 
of Agriculture to a curriculum in some other college of the University with 
little or no loss of credit. 



Academic Information 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum 
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selec- 
tion of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests and 
their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with 
no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who assists 
with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of the year ac- 
quaints the students with opportunities in the upper curricula in the College 
of Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of 
the freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized cur- 
riculum, he continues under the guidance of his general adviser in the Gen- 
eral Agriculture curriculum. 



10 



Curricula and Required 
Courses 

AGRICULTURE CURRICULUM 

All students in the College of Agriculture are required to complete a 
series of courses to satisfy University requirements, College requirements and 
departmental requirements. The remaining courses needed to complete a 
program of study are elected by the student with the approval of his adviser. 

Semester 
University Requirements: Credit Hours 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature' 6 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or alternate 1 3 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 6 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 1 6 

for men: 

Basic Air Science 5 

Physical Activities 4 

for women: 

Hea. 2— Personal Health 2 

Hea. 5 — Community Health 2 

Physical Activities 4 

College of Agriculture Requirements: 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 8 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

* Concurrently with A. S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course 
designated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. 
Under usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

Tor classification tests ynd alternate courses, see Program in American Civilization 
section published in University General and Academic Regulations. 

11 



General Agriculture Curriculum 

ELECT TWO OF THE FOLLOWING: 

Bot. 1 — General Botany (4) 
Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4) 
Microb. 1 — General Microbiology (4) 

Students failing to pass the pre-registration test in mathematics will be 
required to take Math. O. 

Students expecting to pursue the curriculum in either Agricultural 
Chemistry or Agricultural Engineering should, if qualified, take 
Math. 18 or 19. If not qualified they should take Math. I. 

Departmental Requirements 77 

Required courses are determined by the department for each specific curriculum 
and elective courses are approved by the adviser of the student's program. 

A program of courses for the freshman year is essentially the same for 
all students. However, there are some variations in several curricula. 

r— Semester—^ 
Freshman Year 1 II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or alternate — 3 

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology -- 4 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production — 3 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) Vi* 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2 

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) — 2 

AGRICULTURE— GENERAL 

The general agricultural curriculum provides for the development of a 
broad understanding in agriculture. 

The flexibility of this curriculum permits selection of electives that will 
meet individual vocational plans in agriculture and agriculturally related 
business and industry. 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Griculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 

General Agricultural Requirements: Credit Hours 

A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education 3 

Agr. Engr. 56 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2 

* Concurrently with A. S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course 
designated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. 
Under usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

12 



Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum 

Semester 
General Agricultural Requirements: {Continued) Credit Hours 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Agricultural Machinery 2 

Agr. Engr. 121 — Agricultural Machinery Laboratory 1 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Agron. 107 — Cereal Crop Production 3 

Agron. 108 — Forage Crop Production 3 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying 3 

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

Hort. 5 or 58 — General Horticulture 3 

P. H. 1 — Poultry Production 3 

Elect either of the following pairs of courses: 

Science Sequence 8 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 6 

Electives 1 21 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both 
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection 
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil 
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those 
handling food products. 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 
Agricultural Chemistry Requirements: Credit Hours 

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 21 — Quantitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 35 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2 

Chem. 36 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 

Chem. 37 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2 

Chem. 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 

Chem. 123 — Quantitative Analysis 4 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 

Geol. 1 — Geology 2 

Math. 20— Calculus 4 

Math. 21— Calculus 4 

Modern Languages 12 

Phys. 20 — General Physics 5 

Phys. 21 — General Physics 5 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Electives in Biology 6 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 14 

13 



Agricultural Economics Curriculum 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

This Department combines training in the business and economic aspects 
of agricultural production and marketing as well as the biological and physical 
sciences basic to agriculture. Programs are available for students in agricul- 
tural economics and in agricultural business. Students desiring to enter 
agricultural marketing, foreign service, or businesses affiliated with agricul- 
ture may elect the agricultural business option. Students interested primarily 
in the broad aspects of production and management as it relates to the opera- 
tion of a farm business may elect the agricultural economics option. These 
programs train students for employment in agricultural business and industry, 
in positions of sales or management, with local, state or federal agencies, 
extension workers, college teachers, researchers, farm operators or farm 
managers. 

Courses for the freshman and sophomore years are essentially the same 
for all students. In the junior year the student elects the agricultural econ- 
omics or agricultural business option according to his particular interest. 
Courses in this Department are designed to provide training in the applica- 
tion of economic principles to the production, processing, distribution and 
merchandising of agricultural products as well as the inter-relationship of 
business and industry associated with agriculture in a dynamic economy. The 
curriculum includes courses in general agricultural economics, marketing, 
farm management, finance, price, land economics, agricultural policy, and 
foreign agricultural trade. 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 
Required of both options: Credit Hours 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 6 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics 3 

A. E. 50 — Economics of Agriculture 3 

A. E. 101 — Marketing of Agricultural Products 3 

A. E. 106 — Prices of Agricultural Products 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

A. E. 199A-B— Seminar 2 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

Agricultural Economics Option: 

A. E. 104 — Agricultural Finance 3 

A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 3 

A. E. Ill — Land Economics 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Agricultural Machinery 2 

Agr. Engr. 121 — Agricultural Machinery Laboratory 1 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2 

Dairy 1 — Dairy Production or 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 

14 



Agricultural and Extension Education Curriculum 

Select three of the following courses: 

A. E. 114 — Foreign Trade in Farm Products 3 

Geog. 10 — General Geography 3 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Agricultural Tractors and Power Units 2 

Agr. Engr. 122 — Agricultural Tractors and Power Units Laboratory 1 

A. H. 150 — Livestock Markets and Marketing 3 

Soc. 113 — The Rural Community 3 

Electives 18 

Agricultural Business Option: 

A. E. 103 — Cooperation in Agriculture 3 

A. E. 112 — Economic Development of American Agriculture 3 

A. E. 114 — Foreign Trade in Farm Products 3 

Geog. 10— General Geography 3 

B. A. 20 — Principles of Accounting 3 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3 

Select three of the following courses: 

A. E. 119 — Foreign Agricultural Economies 3 

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 151 — Advertising 3 

B. A. 180 — Business Law 3 

Electives 16 



AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION 

This Department combines a broad general training in agriculture with 
basic work in the natural sciences, the social sciences and the humanities. 

Programs are available for students in agricultural education and agri- 
cultural extension. Students desiring to teach agriculture in secondary schools 
should elect the agricultural education option. Students interested primarily 
in agricultural extension may elect the agricultural extension option. Either 
option may lead to a variety of other educational career opportunities in 
rural businesses and agricultural agencies, as well as farm managers, re- 
search workers, and college teachers. Students interested in rural ministry 
often select this curriculum. 

The courses for the freshman and sophomore years are essentially the 
same. In the junior and senior years courses may be selected in either ex- 
tension methods or vocational agriculture teaching, according to the interest 
of the student. 

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, 
involving graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing 
either curriculum must present evidence of having acquired adequate farm 
experience after reaching the age of fourteen years. 

All students following the agricultural education curriculum are required 
to attend meetings of the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of 
America during their junior and senior years in order to gain needed train- 

15 



Agricultural and Extension Education Curriculum 

ing to serve as advisers of high school chapters of FFA upon graduation. 
Freshmen and sophomore agricultural education majors are also urged to 
become members of the FFA and to participate in the activities of the 
organization. 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 

Required of both options: Credit Hours 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying 3 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Agricultural Machinery 2 

Agr. Engr. 121 — Agricultural Machinery Laboratory 1 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Agricultural Tractors and Power Units 2 

Agr. Engr. 122 — Agricultural Tractors and Power Laboratory 1 

Agr. Engr. 104 — Farm Mechanics 2 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I and II 6 

R. Ed. 101 — -Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstration? 3 

R. Ed. Ill — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1 

R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education 3 

Science electives 6 

Agricultural Education Option: 

R. Ed. 107 — Observation and Analysis of Teaching Agriculture 3 

R. Ed. 103— Student Teaching 1 5 

R. Ed. 109 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3 

R. Ed. 112 — Departmental Management 1 

Agriculture electives 6 

Agricultural Extension Option: 

R. Ed. 150 — Extension Education 2 

R. Ed. 160 — Agricultural Communications 2 

R. Ed. 161 — 4-H Organization and Procedure 2 

Electives 12 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

This Department offers an educational program in agricultural engineer- 
ing technology for students in the College of Agriculture. These subjects may 

be grouped under five general classifications, farm power and machinery, 

1 Majors in agricultural education are also required to take R. Ed. 104 — Student 
Teaching (1-4) or its equivalent, to be arranged during a period prior to the opening 
of the University of Maryland in the fall of their senior year. 



16 



Agricultural Engineering Curriculum 

farm structures, soil and water conservation engineering, farm electrification, 
and mechanics and equipment for agricultural materials handling and pro- 
cessing. The technological aspects covered in these courses are designed to 
complement the education received by students in other departments of the 
College of Agriculture. 

Agricultural engineering, in the broadest sense, is the science of com- 
bining forces and materials of nature for the benefit of agriculture; as im- 
plied, an understanding of soil, plant, and animal sciences is the basis for 
intelligent applications of engineering principles in all phases of the agricul- 
tural industry. Because interrelated applications of all branches of engineer- 
ing are found in agriculture, or even on a single, diversified farm, education 
for the profession is necessarily founded on a broad base of mathematical, 
physical and engineering science complemented by basic agricultural sciences. 
Although boundaries between generally recognized fields of engineering over- 
lap in agricultural applications, the scope of the field together with personal 
preference generally leads to specialization in one of the four major areas 
of the profession. 

The field of farm power and machinery offers opportunities to agricul- 
tural engineers specifically interested in agricultural mechanization. The 
farm equipment industry employs many graduates who conceive, design, 
develop, and test new power units and machines. Others are employed in 
distribution: sales, sales promotion or service. 

Electric power and processing is concerned with productive applications 
of electricity in farm production and in other phases of the agricultural in- 
dustry. Electricity is used not only for light and power but also for heating 
and cooling processes and for automatic control and operation of equipment. 
Agricultural engineers with such interests are employed by electric power 
suppliers and crop processing organizations. 

Farm structure specialists are interested in farm buildings for structural 
design and functional use. Environmental requirements of animal shelters, 
crop storage and processing structures include control of temperature, 
humidity, and air movement for efficient utilization. Design must accommo- 
date heat and moisture of respiration from animal or vegetable origin. 
Manufacturers and fabricators of structural units and facilities employ agri- 
cultural engineers for research and educational programs to promote their 
products. 

Agricultural engineers specializing in soil and water control and conser- 
vation utilize hydraulics in irrigation, drainage, and soil erosion. Knowledge 
of how water flows over or through soil or infiltrates into soil are the tools of 
the engineer, but use of these tools is influenced by soil-moisture-plant rela- 
tionships. 

Farm management companies employ engineers to design soil and water 
conservation and other engineering systems for farms under their supervision 

17 



Agricultural Engineering Curriculum 

or for individual farmers. Other sources of employment include contracting, 
farm management, irrigation equipment design or sales and service, and 
related enterprises. 

State and federal institutions and agencies conduct programs of educa- 
tion and research in all areas of agricultural engineering. Research findings 
are frequently established in the agricultural industry through programs of 
action agencies such as the Agricultural Extension Service or the Soil 
Conservation Service. The agencies offer many opportunities for work in the 
field. 



University Requirements {see page 11) 



-Semester- 



Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

E. S. 1 — Engineering Graphics 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 18, 19 — Elementary Mathematical Analysis 1 5 5 

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

Agr. Engr. 2 — Orientation in Agricultural Engineering 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science Y2* 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 14% 18 

Semester 
Agricultural Sciences Credit Hours 

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

x\gron. 1 — Crop Production 3 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry: 01 
P. H. 1 — Poultry Production: or 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying 3 

Agron. 117 — Soil Physics (optional) (3) 



* Concurrently with A. S. 1 and 4 the student must carry au academic course 
designated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. 
Under usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

J A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student 
is adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math. 
1, Introductory Algebra, without credit. (Special Fee, $30.00.) 



18 



Agricultural Engineering Curriculum 



Agricultural Engineering 

Agr. Engr. 2— Orientation in Agricultural Engineering 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Agricultural Machinery 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Agricultural Tractors and Power Units 

Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Structures 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Soil and Water Conservation Engr 

Agr. Engr. 109 — Farm Applications of Electricity 

Agr. Engr. 131 — Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory'. 

Agr. Engr. 132 — Farm Power Analysis Laboratory 

Agr. Engr. 135 — Farm Structures Design Laboratory 

Agr. Engr. 137 — Soil and Water Conservation Engr. Lab 

Agr. Engr. 139 — Farm Electrification Engr. Lab 

Agr. Engr. 199 — Seminar 



Basic Sciences 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Math. 18, 19 — Elementary Mathematical Analysis *. 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 



Engineering Sciences 
Required 

E. S. 1 — Engineering Graphics 

E. S. 10 — Introductory Mechanics 

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials 

E. S. 21 — Dynamics 

C. E. 110 — Surveying I 

C. E. 110 or M. E. 102— Fluid Mechanics 

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering- 
M. E. 20, 21 — Manufacturing Tools and Processes 
M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 



Technical Electives 

Students will select Series A, B, or C. 

Scries A 

C. E. 30 — Materials of Engineering 

C. E. 160, 161__Structural Design 

Approved Elective 

Note: Student selecting Series A to take Agron. 117 

Series B 

C. E. 160— Structural Design 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 

M. E. 103— Metallography 

M. E. 101 — Kinematics 

M. E. 152 — Mechanical Engineering Design — or 

M. E. 156 — Heating and Air Conditioning 

Approved Elective 



Semester 
Credit Hours 

2 
2 
2 



8 

10 

8 

3 

10 



4 
3 
3 
2 
4 
(3) 
3 



'A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is 
adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math. 1, 
Introductory Algebra, with credit. (Special Fee $30.00) 



19 



Agronomy — Crops and Soils Curricula 

Series C 

C. E. 160— Structural Design 4 

E. E. 65 — Direct-Current Machinery 3 

E. E. 100— Alternating-Current Circuits 4 

E. E. 101 — Engineering Electronics 4 

E. E. 107 — Electrical Measurements 4 

Approved Elective 3 

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS 

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in production and 
breeding of forage crops, cereal crops, and tobacco; weed control; soil 
chemistry; soil fertility; soil physics; soil classification; and soil conserva- 
tion. A technical or a general curriculum may be elected by a student in 
either crops or soils. The technical curricula provide training in basic 
courses which will increase the student's understanding of the applied crops 
and soils courses. Training in these basic courses is required for advanced 
work in agronomy and is desired by many employers of students graduating 
in agronomy. 

General curricula in crops and soils permit the student to confine his 
training to applied courses but students following these curricula are en- 
couraged to elect some of the basic courses included in the technical 
curricula. 

Depending on the electives chosen, students graduating in agronomy 
are well prepared for advanced study, trained for general farming, farm 
management, specialized seed production, extension work, soil conservation, 
or employment with commercial seed, fertilizer, chemical or farm equipment 
companies. Additional information on opportunities in agronomy may be 
obtained by writing to the Department of Agronomy. 

CROPS 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 

Department of Agronomy Requirements: Credit Hours 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 

Agron. 101 — Senior Seminar in Agronomy 

Agron. 103— Crop Breeding 2 

Agron. 107 — Cereal Crop Production 3 

Agron. 108 — Forage Crop Production 3 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2 

Agron. 154 — Weed Control 3 

Agron. — Advanced Soils Courses 6 

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics or 

Zool. 104— Genetics 2 or 3 

Technical and General Courses for Crops Students 

(see explanation and lists below) 29 

Electives 12 

20 



Agronomy — Crops and Soils Curricula 

TECHNICAL CROPS CURRICULUM 

A minimum of 20 of the 29 hours of technical and general courses re- 
quired above must be selected from the technical courses. If the student 
desires to take more than 29 hours of technical courses they can be used as 
part of his 12 hours of electives or they can be substituted for other Depart- 
ment of Agronomy requirements with permission of the crops adviser. 

GENERAL CROPS CURRICULUM 

Same as Technical Crops Curriculum except that the 20-hour minimum 
of courses from the technical group does not apply. 

Semester 
Technical Courses Which May be Selected by the Crops Student Credit Hours 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 

Math. 13 — Elements of Mathematical Statistics 3 

Math. 18, 19 — Elementary Mathematical Analysis 5, 5 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4,4 

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 19 — Elements of Quantitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4,4 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 3 

Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 3 

Agr. 100 — -Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3 

General Courses Which May be Selected by the Crops Student 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. E. 50 — Economics of Agriculture 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Agricultural Machinery 2 

Agr. Engr. 121 — Agricultural Machinery Laboratory 1 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agriculture Crops 4 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorology 3 

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology 3 

Hort. 5 — Fruit Production 3 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3 

Agron. — Soils or crops courses not previously required 10 

21 



Agronomy — Crops and Soils Curricula 

SOILS 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (s.ee page 11) 

Semester 
Department of Agronomy Requirements: Credit Hours 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Agron. 107 — Cereal Crop Production 3 

Agron. 108 — Forage Crop Production 3 

Agron. 114 — Soil Classification and Geography 4 

Agron. 116 — Soil Chemistry 3 

Agron. 117 — Soil Physics 3 

Agron. — Additional Advanced Soils courses 6 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Technical and general courses for soils students 

(see explanation and lists below) 35 

Electives 12 

TECHNICAL SOILS CURRICULUM 

A minimum of 30 of the 35 semester hours of technical and general 
courses required above must be selected from the technical group. If the 
student desires to take more than 35 semester hours of technical courses they 
can be used as part of his 12 hours of electives or they can be substituted 
for other Department of Agronomy requirements with permission of the 
soils adviser. 

GENERAL SOILS CURRICULUM 

Same as Technical Soils Curriculum expect that the 30-hour minimum 
of courses from the technical group does not apply. 

Semester 
Technical Courses Which May be Selected by the Soils Student Credit Hours 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 

Math. 18, 19 — Elements of Mathematical Analysis 5, 5 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4,4 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 2,2 

Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2, 2 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics or 4,4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5,5 

Agr. 100 — Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3 

22 



Animal Husbandry Curriculum 

General Courses Which May be Selected by the Soils Student 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

T. E. 50 — Economics of Agriculture 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Agricultural Machinery 2 

Agr. Engr. 121 — Agricultural Machinery Laboratory 1 

Agr. Engr. 56 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 1 

Agr. Engr. 127 — Soil and Water Conservation Laboratory 1 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 3 

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 

Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorology 3 

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology 3 

Hort. 5 — Fruit Production 3 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3 

Microb. 135 — Soil Microbiology 4 

Agron. — Any advanced agronomy courses not previously required 10 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in animal husbandry is organized for the purpose of 
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry 
such as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and 
research workers in federal, state, and private institutions, and as workers in 
specialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary. 

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a 
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain 
types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical 
and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional work in col- 
leges, for investigational work in state and federal experiment stations or 
in commercial research laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field 
of teaching of highly specialized research should elect the more scientific 
course offered by this and by other departments. 

University Requirements {see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 

Department of Animal Husbandry Requirements: Credit Hours 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

A. H. 30 — Types and Breeds of Livestock 3 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 

A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding 3 

A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 3 

23 



Animal Husbandry, Botany Curricula 

Semester 
Department of Animal. Husbandry Requirements: (continued) Credit Hours 

A. H. 131 — Sheep Production 3 

A. H. 132 — Swine Production 3 

A. H. 140 — Livestock Management 1 3 

A. H. 150 — Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 

A. H. 160 — Meat and Meat Products 3 

A. H. 199A-B— Seminar 2 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Agricultural Machinery 2 

Angr. Engr. 121 — Agricultural Machinery Laboratory 1 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 6 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairy 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4 

V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 3 

Elect one of the following: 

Zool. 104— Genetics (3) 

Bot. 117— Plant Breeding (2) 

Electives 8-9 

BOTANY 

The Department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology, 
cytology, cytogenetics and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology 
and ecology. The required courses for the freshman and sophomore years 
are the same for all students. In the junior and senior years, the student 
elects botany courses to suit his particular interest. Courses are required in 
other subjects to contribute toward a broad cultural education, and to support 
the courses selected in the chosen field of botany. 

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of 
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research 
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories. 

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other voca- 
tions involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and 
positions with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial 
concerns. 

Students who wish to meet the requirements for certificates in secondary 
education may elect basic courses in education. An additional semester will 
usually be necessary to take certain courses in education, including the 
required practice teaching. As long as the demand continues, a series of ad- 
vanced courses will be offered in rotation in the summer session especially 
for teachers working toward the degree Master of Education in science 
teaching. 

1 Required for students lacking farm experienco. 

24 



Botany, Dairy Curricula 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 
Department of Botany Requirements: Credit Hours 

Bot. 2 — General Botany 4 

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 3 

Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 3 

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2 

Modern Language, preferably German 12 

Math. 10, 11 6 

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 8 

Botany electives or related courses 10 

Electives 12 

Students specializing in plant morphology or plant taxonomy will elect 
Bot. 114 and/or Bot. 128; those specializing in plant pathology will elect 
Bot. 122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 
126; those specializing in plant physiology or plant pathology will elect 
Organic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. 



DAIRY 

The Dairy Department offers instruction in two major lines of work; 
dairy husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum, 
students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding, 
management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suit- 
able choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for 
breed promotion and sales work, or employment with private and cooperative 
business organizations, and for county agent work. The dairy technology cur- 
riculum is designed to prepare students for practical and scientific work 
concerned with the processing and distribution of milk, manufacture and 
handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and other products, in dairy plan opera- 
tion and management, and in dairy inspection and quality control. Students 
satisfactorily majoring in dairy technology are qualified for the many tech- 
nical and applied positions in the various branches of the dairy industry. 

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a 
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for re- 
search in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested 
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students. 

25 



Dairy Curricula 

DAIRY HUSBANDRY CURRICULUM 
University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 
Dairy Department Requirements: Credit Hours 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3 

Agron. 10 — General Soils - 4 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying 3 

Dairy 20 — Dairy Production 3 

Dairy 102 — Physiology of Reproduction 3 

Dairy 103 — Physiology of Milk Secretion 3 

Dairy 105 — Dairy Cattle Breeding 3 

Dairy 199 — Seminar 1 

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4 

Microb. 131 — Applied Microbiology 4 

V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 3 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

A. E. 115 — Marketing Dairy Products 3 

Elect at least 6 semester credits from the following (electives should 
form an organized unit) : 

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry (3) 
Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry (3) 
Chem. 35 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2) 
Chem. 35 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 
Chem. 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2) 
Chem. 38 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Electives 20 

DAIRY TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM * 

Semester 

Technical Phase Credit Hours 

Agr. Engr. 113 — Special Problems in Agricultural Processing 3-4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis 4 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying 3 

Dairy 40 — Grading Dairy Products 2 

Dairy 108 — Dairy Technology 4 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 



•Students may elect to take either the Technical or the Business Phase. 



26 



Dairy Curricula 

Semester 
Technical Phase (continued) Credit Hours 

Dairy 110— Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter 4 

Dairy 112— Ice Cream Making 4 

Dairy 116 — Dairy Plant Management 3 

Dairy 199— Dairy Seminar 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4 

Microb. 131 — Applied Microbiology 4 

Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 3 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Elect at least 6 semester credits from the following (electives should 
form an organized unit) : 

Chem. 31— Elements of Organic Chemistry (3) 

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry (3) 

Chem. 35 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2) 

Chem. 36 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Chem. 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2) 

Chem. 30* — Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Elect one of the following: 

Math. 5 — Business Algebra (3) 

Math. 10— Algebra (3) 
Electives 25 

Business Phase 

A. E. 115 — Marketing Dairy Products 3 

Agr. Engr. 113 — Special Problems in Agricultural Processing 3 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business 3 

B. A. 20 — Principles of Accounting 3 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying 3 

Dairy 40 — Grading Dairy Products 2 

Dairy 108 — Dairy Technology 4 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 

Dairy 110— Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter 4 

Dairy 112 — Ice Cream Making 4 

Dairy 116 — Dairy Plant Management 3 

Dairy 199 — Dairy Seminar 1 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Math. 5 — Business Algebra 3 

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4 

Microb. 131 — Applied Microbiology 4 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Elect an organized unit from the following of at least three credits: 

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry (3) 
Chem. 35 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2) 
Chem. 36 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Electives 21 



27 



Entomology Curriculum 



ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum prepares students for work in various types of entom- 
ological positions. Professional entomologists are engaged in fundamental 
and applied research, regulatory and control services with state and federal 
agencies, commercial pest control, sales and developmental programs with 
chemical companies and other commercial organizations, consulting work, 
extension work, and teaching. 

A student wishing an undergraduate minor in entomology should take 
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of 
both the major and minor departments will select courses that will contribute 
most to the end he has in view. 

Most of the first two years of this curriculum is devoted to obtaining the 
essential background. In the junior and senior year there is opportunity for 
some specializing. 

University Requirements {see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 
Department of Entomology Requirements: Credit Hours 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

Ent. 105 — Medical Entomology 3 

Ent. 120 — Insect Taxonomy and Biology 4 

Ent. 198— Special Problems 2 

Ent. 199 — Seminar 2 

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4 

Elect 30 semester credits from the following: 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

Agr. 100 — Introductory Agri. Biometrics 3 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Agricultural Tractors and Power Units 2 

Agr. Engr. 122 — Agricultural Tractors and Power Laboratory 1 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 3 

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying 3 

French 1, 2 — Elementary French 6 

German 1, 2 — Elementary German 6 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 

Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 3 

Phys. 2 — Elements of Physics 3 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Electives 19 



28 



Horticulture Curricula 

HORTICULTURE 

The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits), 
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental horticulture, 
and processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter 
commercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and 
vegetable processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared to 
enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer companies, 
equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter specialized 
fields of research and teaching may take advanced work in the Department. 

POMOLOGY AND OLERICULTURE CURRICULUM 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Sem ester 
Department of Horticulture Requirements: Credit Hours 

Hort. 5, 6 — Tree Fruit Production 3,2 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3 

Hort. 59 — Berry Production 3 

Hort. 101 — Technology of Fruits 3 

Hort. 103 — Technology o£ Vegetables 3 

Hort. 114 — Systematic Horticulture 3 

Hort. 161 — Physiology of Maturation and Storage of 

Horticultural Crops 2 

Hort. 199 — Seminar 1 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

Elect one of the following courses: 

Bot. 125 — Diseases of Fruit Crops (2) 

Bot. 126 — Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2) 
Elect 7 semester credits from the following: 

Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management (3) 

Hort. 22 — Landscape Gardening (2) 

Hort. 62 — Plant Propagation (3) 

Hort. 107, 108— Woody Plant Materials (3, 3) 

Hort. 198— Special Problems (2, 2) 
Electives 28 

FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURAL CURRICULUM 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 

Department of Horticulture Requirements Credit Hours 

Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management 3 

Hort. 16 — Garden Management 3 

Hort. 22 — Landscape Gardening 2 

Hort. 56 — Elements of Landscape Design 2 

29 



Horticulture Curricula 

Semester 
Department of Horticulture Requirements: {continued) Credit Hours 

Hort. 62 — Plant Propagation 3 

Hort. 105 — Technology of Ornamentals 2 

Hort. 107, 108— Woody Plant Materials 3, 3 

Hort. 150, 151 — Commercial Floriculture 3, 3 

Hort. 152, 153 — Landscape Design 3,3 

Hort. 199 — Seminar 1 

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2 

Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Crops 2 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Ent. 116 — Insect Pests of Ornamental and Greenhouse Plants 3 

Electives 22 

PROCESSING OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS CURRICULUM 

University Requirements (see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 
Department of Horticulture Requirements Credit Hours 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3 

Hort. 61 — Introduction to Fruit and Vegetable Processing 1 

Hort. 101 — Technology of Fruits 3 

Hort. 103 — Technology of Vegetables 3 

Hort. 123— Quality Control 3 

Hort. 124 — Quality Control Systems 3 

Hort. 155, 156 — Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable Processing 3, 3 

Hort. 161 — Physiology of Maturation and Storage of Horticultural 

Crops 2 

Hort. 199— Seminar 1 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3,3 

Microb. 13 — Food and Sanitary Microbiology 4 

Agr. Engr. 113 — Special Problems in Agricultural Processing 3, 4 

Elect 8 semester credits from the following: 

Hort. 198— Special Problems (2, 2) 

B. A. 150— Market Management (3) 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management (3) 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis (4) 

Electives 15 



30 



Poultry Husbandry Curriculum 
POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student a 
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the 
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry im- 
provement work; and as a basis for graduate training of teaching and re- 
search in poultry husbandry. 

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of 
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for 
a professional career in poultry husbandry, are encouraged to take a lang- 
uage. However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required 
to complete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry. 

University Requirements {see page 11) 

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11) 

Semester 
Department of Poultry Husbandry Requirements: Credit Hours 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 

P. H. 3— Physiology of Hatchability 3 

P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 

P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management 3 

P. H. 104 — Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry 3 

P. H. 105— Poultry Genetics 3 

P. H. 109— Avian Physiology 3 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3 

A. E. 117 — Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry 3 

Agr. 100 — Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Eng. 7 — Technical Writing 2 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics 3 

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4 

Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2,2 

V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene 3 

V. S. 108 — Avian Anatomy 3 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Agricultural Engineering Elective 

Business Elective (B. A. 20, or 150, 180) 3 

Electives 18 



31 



Special Curricula 

SPECIAL CURRICULA 

PRE-FORESTRY STUDENTS 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
Avishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred to 
a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which a 
student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans 
to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture are sent to 
the Department of Botany of the University for counsel and advice in these 
matters. 

PRE-THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue 
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre- 
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four 
vear training of the College. In either case they should enroll as members 
of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological 
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the 
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, 
agricultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, econ- 
omics, psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Stu- 
dents desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agricul- 
ture of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or 
admissions officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

PRE-VETERINARY STUDENTS 

This program is designed for students desiring to prepare for the pro- 
fessional course in veterinary medicine. 

A combined degree is available to students in pre-veterinary science. A 
student who has completed 90 academic semester credits at the University of 
Maryland and who has completed 30 additional academic semester credits at 
the University of Georgia or at any accredited veterinary school is eligible 
to make application for the Bachelor of Science degree from the University 
of Maryland. 

Students wishing to apply for the combined degree must fulfill University 
and College requirements as set forth on page 11. 

The State of Maryland has entered a regional agreement with the State 
of Georgia which makes ten spaces a year available in the School of Veterin- 
ary Medicine, University of Georgia. The spaces are to be filled on a com- 
petitive basis from among qualified applicants. 

32 



Special Curricula 

Candidates, to be considered qualified, must have: 

a. Completed the curriculum shown below with grades not less than 
"C" in any subject; 

b. Taken the veterinary medical aptitude test; and 

c. Must be a bona fide resident of Maryland. 

All requirements must be completed by June prior to the September in 
which the student desires to matriculate in veterinary college. The pre- 
veterinary curriculum can be completed in two years but may be extended, 
thus making it possible for the applicant to select desirable electives. 

After the names of the candidates have been received, a Georgia Board 
of Admissions will assemble at the University of Maryland and will interview 
each candidate and receive the transcript and all pertinent documents relating 
to him. The selection will be made by the Office of Admissions, University 
of Georgia. 

The pre-veterinary curriculum should contain: 

Credit Hours 

American Government 3 

Biological Sciences 12 

Botany (4) 

Zoology (8) 

English 9 

Physical Sciences 26 

Inorganic Chemistry (8) 

Organic Chemistry (6) 

Mathematics (6) 

Physics (6) 
Animal Science 9 

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) 

Fundamentals of Dairying (3) 

Poultry Production (3) 

Air Science 5* 

Physical Education 4 

SPECIAL STUDENTS IN AGRICULTURE 

Mature students may, with the consent of the Dean, register as special 
students and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular cur- 
riculum, but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All University 
fees for these speial students are the same as fees for regular students. 

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses 
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements 
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of 

*Concurrently with A. S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

33 



Special Curricula 

the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to 
visit classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. This 
opportunity is created to aid florists, poultrymen and fruit-growers, gardeners, 
or other especially interested persons who are able to get away from their 
work at some time during the year. 

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit 
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for 
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four 
years. 

TWO-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE 

The objective of the two-year-program is to offer a course of study 
to students desiring to study agriculture in college but who may be able to 
spent not over two years in college. This program offers training to prepare 
students to return to the farm or for employment in related agricultural 
business and industry. 

Students in the two-year program will be admitted to the College of Agri- 
culture under established University entrance requirements. Students in this 
program will be required to take Basic Air Science (5 hours*), physical 
activities (4 hours) and basic sciences pertinent to agriculture. Other courses 
may be eletced according to the specific interest of the student. Each student 
will be assigned to an adviser to assist him in developing a program of study. 



* Concurrently with A. S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

34 



Course Offerings 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

35 



Agricultural Economics 

AGRICULTURE 

Agr. 1. Introduction to Agriculture. (1) 

First semester. Required of all beginning freshmen and sophomores in agriculture. 

Other students must get the consent of the instructor. A series of lectures introducing 
the student to the broad field of agriculture. (Poffenberger.) 

Agr. 100. Introductory Agricultural Biometrics. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Introduction to funda- 
mental concepts underlying the application of biometrical methods to agricultural 
problems with emphasis on graphical presentation of data, descriptive statistics, chi- 
square and t-tests, and linear regression and correlation. 

Agr. 200. Agricultural Biometrics. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, 
Agr. Biom. 100 or equivalent. A continuation of Agr. 100 with emphasis on analysis 
of variance and co-variance, multiple and curvilinear regression, sampling, experimental 
design and miscellaneous statistical techniques as applied to agricultural problems. 

Agr. 202, 203. Advanced Biological Statistics. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approved of instructor. An advanced course 
dealing with specialized experimental designs, sampling techniques and elaborations 
of standard statistical procedures as applied to the animal and plant sciences. 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

Professors: CURTIS, BEAL AND poffenberger. 
Associate Professors: HAMILTON, SMITH AND FOSTER. 
Assistant Professors: ishee, swope, wysong and martin. 

A. E. 50. Economics of Agriculture. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 37. A general course in agricultural economics, 
with special reference to population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agri- 
cultural wealth, land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, 
and marketing. (Swope.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. E. 101. Marketing of Agricultural Products. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. The development of marketing, 
its scope, channels, and agencies of distribution, functions, costs, methods used and 
services rendered. (Swope.) 

A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture. (3) 

First semester. (Offered 1963-64.) Historical and comparative development of farmers' 
cooperative organizations; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity 
developments; operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. 

36 



Agricultural Economics 

A. E. 104. Agricultural Finance. (3) 

Second semester. (Offered 1962-63.) A study of credit principles as applied to private 
and cooperative farm business and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for 
the benefits of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance (Ishee.) 

A. E. 106. Prices of Agricultural Products. (3) 

Second semester. A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, 

v.'ith emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Martin.) 

A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business. (3) 

First semester. A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing 

of farm accounts. (Wysong.) 

A. E. 108. Farm Management. (3) 

Second semester. A study of the organization and operation of farms from the stand- 
point of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors affecting 
profits. Students will make an analysis of the actual farm business and practices of 
different types of farms, and make specific recommendations as to how these farms may 
be organized and operate as successful businesses. (Ishee.) 

A. E. 111. Land Economics. (3) 

First semester. (Offered 1963-64.) A study of the principles, problems and policies in 

the utilization of land with special emphasis on agricultural land. (Ishee.) 

A. E. 112. Economic Development of American Agriculture. (3) 

First semester. (Offered 1962-63.) This course is designed to acquaint students with 
major economic development in American agriculture. It places particular emphasis 
upon the economic impact of major agricultural movements, such as, colonial agra- 
rianism, the disposition of the public domain, farm organizations, recent governmental 
farm programs and the relationship of agriculture to public affairs. (Smith.) 

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products. (3) 

First semester. (Offered 1963-64.) Economic principles in historical setting, trade 

barriers, foreign exchange problems, measures to promote trade, past and prospective 
trends of American imports and exports of farm products. (Foster.) 

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products. (2) 

First semester. (Offered 1962-63.) A study of principles and practices in the mar- 
keting of milk and manufactured dairy products, including the influence of significant 
geographical and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. 

(Beal.) 

A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables. (2) 

Second semester. (Offered 1962-63.) A study of principles and practices in the marketing 
of fresh and processed fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant 
geographical and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. 

(Swope.) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry. (3) 

Second semester. (Offered 1963-64.) This course embraces the economic phases of 
egg and poultry marketing. Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be dis- 
cussed along with marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities, 
transportation, government grading, storage and efficiency in marketing. Consumer 
preference, acceptance and purchases will be related to consumer income, pricing of 
competitive products and display methods. (Smith.) 

37 



Agricultural Economics 

A. E. 118. Foreign Agricultural Policies. (3) 

Second semester. This course deals with how the agricultural policies of the United 
States and foreign countries of major agricultural importance are formulated and 
conducted. Specific policies are evaluated. The effect of various incentives and barriers 
to American exports and imports of agricultural products is appraised with the 
assistance of visiting discussion leaders working at the policy level in the United States 
and other major agricultural countries. (Foster.) 

A. E. 119. Foreign Agricultural Economics. (3) 

First semester. This course deals with differences between the agricultural economies 
of several countries and their significance to world-wide production, trade, and con- 
sumption of the agricultural products of major importance to the United States. 
Special emphasis is given to the roles of institutional and governmental arrangements. 

(Foster.) 

A. E. 198. Research Problems. (1-2) (2 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. With the permission of the instructor, students will work 
on any research problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class 
meetings for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.) 

A. E. 199 A-B. Seminar. (1,1) 

First and second semesters. Students will prepare and present reports on economic 

literature and current agricultural economic problems. (Wysong.) 

Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. 
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104. 

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. 
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 107. 

Market Milk. 
See Dairy 109. 

Livestock Markets and Marketing. 
See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150. 

Meat and Meat Products. 

See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160. 

Advertising. 

See Business Administration, B. A. 151. 

Retail Store Management. 

See Business Administration, B. A. 154. 

For Graduates 

A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis. (1) 

Summer session only. An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts. 

Designed especially for teachers of agriculture and county agents. 

A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy. (3) 

Second semester. The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing 
the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon agricultural 
production, prices, and income. (Beal.) 

38 



Agricultural Economics 

A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation. (3) 

First semester. (Offered 1962-63.) Principles, theory and practical problems of tax- 
ation applied to the field of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equaliz- 
ing and reducing farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands and 
interstate agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farm- 
ers; taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. 

A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of Farm Taxation. (3) 

Second semester. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as they affect 
public services for rural people, with special emphasis on public education, public 
highways, public welfare, social security, public debt; and governmental research, exten- 
sion, and regulatory activities directly concerning agriculture. 

A. E. 214. Advanced Agricultural Marketing. (3) 

Second semester. Advanced study of the complex theoretical, institutional and legal 
factor governing both domestic and foreign agricultural trade, with particular atten- 
tion given to policies and practices affecting cost and price. (Beal.) 

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management. (3) 

Second semester. An advanced course in farm organization and management which 
applies the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of different 
sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is also given to ad- 
justments which have taken place in farming specific areas and probable changes in the 
future. (Ishee.) 

A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management. (1, 1) 

Summer session only. An advanced course in farm organization and management, 
especially designed for teachers of vocational agriculture. 

A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques. (3) 

First semester. A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research tech- 
niques. Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical 
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results. (Beal.) 

A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics. (3) 

Second semester. A critical analysis of the principles and problems in issuing and 
controlling land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, with special 
consideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and 
water resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised, problems of 
landed property are presented; and criteria essential to the development of a sound 
land policy are studied. (Ishee.) 

A. E. 220. World Agricultural Production. (3) 

First semester. A world-wide appraisal of the economic significance of the growth 
of population, changes in food and fiber requirements, development of land resources, 
development of crop and livestock productivity, substitute or supplementary products 
from factory and sea, the economic imbalance between developed and under-developed 
countries, financial and social limitations, and organized international agricultural 
development activities. (Foster.) 

39 



Agricultural and Extension Education 

A. E. 301. Special Problems in Agricultural Economics. (1-4) (4 cr. max.) 
First and second semesters. An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the 
economic problems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.) 

A. E. 302. Seminar. (1) 

First and second semesters. (2 credits maximum for M.S.; 6 credits maximum for Ph.D.) 
Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the supervision of 
the instructor. The work will consist of original investigation in problems of agricultural 
economics. (Staff.) 

A. E. 399. Research. 

Credit according to work accomplished. This course will consist of special reports 
by students on current economic subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by 
the members of the class and instructional staff. (Staff.) 



AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION 

Professor: cardozier. 

Assistant Professor: smith. 
Instructor: JOSEPH. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations. (2) 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course is designed to assist 
the student in relating the learning acquired with the problems of doing and demon- 
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of agriculture. 

(Smith.) 

R. Ed. 103. Student Teaching. (5) 

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic average and permission of instructor. 
Fulltime student teaching in an off-campus student teaching center under an approved 
supervising teacher of agriculture. Participating experience in all aspects of the work 
of a teacher of agriculture. (Cardozier, Smith.) 

R. Ed. 104. Student Teaching. (1-4) 

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic average and permission of instructor. 
Fulltime observation and participation in work of teacher of agriculture in off-campus 
student teaching center. Provides students opportunity to gain experience in the sum- 
mer program of work, to participate in opening of school activities, and to gain other 
experiences needed by teachers. (Cardozier, Smith.) 

R. Ed. S108 A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics. (1-1) 

Summer session only. The latest developments in the teaching of farm mechanics. 

Various methods in use will be compared and studied under laboratory conditions. 

R. Ed. 161. 4-H Organization and Procedure. (2) 

A study of the youth phase of cooperative and extension work. Emphasis is placed 
on the philosophy, objectives, organization, leadership development and methods used 
in conducting 4-H Club work at the local and county level. 

40 



Agricultural and Extension Education 

R. Ed. 198. Special Problems in Agricultural Education. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, approval of satff. Credit in 
accordance with amount of work planned. A course designed for advanced under- 
graduates for problems in teaching vocational agriculture. (Staff.) 

R. Ed. S199 A-B. Seminar in Agricultural Education. (1, 1) 

Summer session only. Investigations, reports and papers on the organization and 

administration of agricultural education. (Smith.) 

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching Agriculture. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This course deals 

with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups. (Smith.) 

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture. (3) 

First semester. A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming pro- 
grams, the organization and administration of Future Farmer activities, and objectives 
and methods in all-day instruction. (Cardozier.) 

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups. (1) 

First semester. Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. 
Determining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; and 
class management. Emphasis is on the conference method of teaching. (Smith.) 

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management. (1) 

Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107 and 109, 
or permission of the Head of the Department. The analysis of administrative pro- 
grams for high school departments of vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. 

(Smith.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education. (3) 

Second semester. An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural 
communities, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal 
life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning effects of 
educational offerings. 

R. Ed. 150. Extension Education. (2) 

Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The 
history, philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in ex- 
tension work. 

R. Ed. 160. Agricultural Communications. (2) 

First semester. A general introduction to communications and the application of com- 
munication principles and problems of teaching agricultural workers, person to person, 
with groups and through mass media. 

R. Ed. 170 A-B. Workshop Teaching Conservation of Natural Resources. (3-3) 
Fee, $25.00. This workshop is devoted to a study of the state's basic wealth, its natural 
resources, natural resource problems and practices pertinent to local, state, national and 
world welfare. 



11 



Agricultural and Extension Education 

For Graduates 

R. Ed. 201. Rural Life and Education. (3) 

First semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than alternate 
years.) Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. A sociological approach to rural educa- 
tion as a movement for a good life in rural communities. (Smith.) 

R. Ed. 203. Farm Organizations and Rural Education. (3) 

Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than alternate 
years.) Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. The part played by farm organizations in 
formal and informal education in the rural community. 

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often 
than alternate years.) In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current prob- 
lems facing teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons who 
have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Smith, Cardozier.) 

R. Ed. S207 A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture. (1, 1) 
Summer session only. A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of voca- 
tional agriculture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day programs. 

(Smith.) 

R. Ed. S209 A-B. Adult Education in Agriculture. (1, 1) 

Summer session only. Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, espec- 
ially young and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional 
methods are stressed. (Staff.) 

R. Ed. S210 A-B. The Land Grant College System. (1, 1) 

Summer session only. Development of Land Grant colleges and the role they have 

played in improving rural conditions. (Staff.) 

R. Ed. S213 A-B. Supervision and Administration of Vocational Agriculture. (1-1) 
Summer session only. Administrative and supervisory problems in vocational agriculture 
including scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher relationships and 
the responsibilities of superintendents and principals in the program. 

R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching. (1) 

Arranged. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than alternate years.) 
The role of the supervising teacher in checking progress, supervising and grading 
student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide program in 
training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation of beginning 
teachers. (Cardozier.) 

R. Ed. 225. Program Development in Extension Education. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 150 or equivalent. Principles and procedures 

of program planning and development in extension education. 

R. Ed. 240. Agricultural College Instruction. (1) 

Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more than alternate 
years.) Open to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of 
Agriculture. A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures 
dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural subjects 
at the college level. (Staff.) 

42 



Agricultural Engineering 

R. Ed. S250 A-B. Critique in Rural Education. (1, 1) 

Summer session only. Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and 

discussed. Students are required to make investigations, prepare papers and make 
reports. (Smith.) 

R. Ed. 301. Field Problems in Rural Education. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, six semester hours of grad- 
uate study. Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student 
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final report must 
follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Staff.) 

R. Ed. 302. Seminar in Rural Education. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Problems in the organization, administration, and super- 
vision of the several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. 

(Staff.) 
R. Ed. 399. Research. (1-6) 
First and second semesters. Summer session. Credit hours according to work done. 

(Staff.) 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor: GREEN. 

Associate Professor: GIENGER. 

Assistant Professors: HARRIS AND MATTHEWS. 

Agr. Engr. 2. Seminar, (no credit) 

First semester. One hour per week. Required of all students upon registration in 
agricultural engineering curriculum. A series of discussions on applications of engineer- 
ing sciences in agriculture. (Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 56. Introduction to Farm Mechanics. (2) 

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory 
fee, $3.00. A study of the hand tools and power equipment and their safe use as it 
applies to mechanized farms. Principles and practice in arc and gas welding, cold 
metal and sheet metal work are provided. Also, tool fitting, woodworking, plumbing, 
blue print reading and use of concrete. (Gienger.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Agr. Engr. 199. Seminar. (1) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Advanced undergraduates 

will review literature, present reports and discuss topics in agricultural engineering. 

(Green.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agr. Engr. 101. Agricultural Machinery. (2) 

First semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 121 or 
131 required. Materials and construction of agricultural machinery with particular 
reference to functions of unit assemblies and complete machines, and factors affecting 
their adaptation and management. (Matthews.) 

43 



Agricultural Engineering 

Agr. Engr. 102. Agricultural Tractors and Power Units. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 122 or 
132 required. Principles of internal combustion engines and fundamentals of power 
transmission and control mechanisms in self-propelled or stationary units. (Matthews.) 

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics. (2) 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Available 
only to seniors in agricultural education. This course consists of laboratory exercises 
in practical farm shop and farm equipment maintenance, repair, and construction 
projects, and a study of the principles of shop organization and administration, 
transmission and control mechanisms in self-propelled or stationary units. (Harris.) 

Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Structures. (2) 

First semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 135 
required for students in agricultural engineering curriculum. Functional and environ- 
mental requirements of farm structures are stressed. Characteristics of material and 
structural details of conventional types of construction are included. (Matthews.) 

Agr. Engr. 107. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. (1) 

Second semester. One lecture per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 127 
or 137 required. Applications of engineering science in erosion control, drainage, ir- 
rigation, and watershed management. (Green.) 

Agr. Engr. 109. Farm Applications of Electricity. (1) 

Second semester. One lecture per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 129 or 
139 required. Applications of electricity for lighting, heating, cooling or power and 
characteristics of motors and equipment considered in design to meet requirements. 

(Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 113. Special Problems in Agricultural. Processing. (3-4) 
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory a week. Laboratory optional. Prere- 
quisite, Physics 1 or 10. A study of problems in power transmission, hydraulics, elec- 
tricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, instruments and controls, materials handling, and 
analysis of time and motion as related to the processing of agricultural commodities. 

(Matthews.) 

Agr. Engr. 121. Agricultural Machinery Laboratory. (1) 

First semester. One three-hour laboatory period per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. 
Engr. 101 required. Studies of operating characteristics, adjustments and where applicable, 
calibration of current models of machinery. (Matthews.) 

Agr. Engr. 122. Agricultural Tractors and Power Laboratory. (1) 
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration in 
Agr. Engr. 102 required. Studies of power unit components as related to overall engine 
and tractor performance. (Harris.) 

Agr. Engr. 127. Soil and Water Conservation Laboratory. (1) 

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration in 
Agr. Engr. 107 required. Simple surveying and use of level for erosion control, irrigation 
and drainage. (Green.) 

Agr. Engr. 129. Farm Electrification Laboratory. (1) 

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration in 
Agr. Engr. 109 required. Layout and design of farmstead wiring plans together with 
essentials of wiring practices. (Staff.) 

44 



Agricultural Engineering 

Agr. Engr. 131. Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory. (1) 

First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration in 
Agr. Engr. 101 required. Prerequisite, C. E. 24 or M. E. 24. A study of design factors 
and force analysis including design of simple units. (Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 132. Farm Power Analysis Laboratory. (1) 

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration in 
Agr. Engr. 102 required. Prerequisite, M. E. 100. Determination of efficiency of internal 
combustion engines, forces and moments of tractor loading, and stability. Engineering 
aspects of hydraulic control systems and power transmissions are included. (Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 135. Farm Structures Design Laboratory. (1) 

First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. 
Engr. 105 required. Prerequisite, C. E. 160. Design of structures with emphasis on 
functional and environmental requirements for agriculture. (Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 137. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering Laboratory. (1) 

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites, C. E. 110 and C. E. 
140 or M. E. 102. Hydraulic design of water conveyance systems for erosion control, 
drainage and irrigation. (Green.) 

Agr. Engr. 139. Farm Electrification Engineering Laboratory. (1) 

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration in 
Agr. Engr. 109. Prerequisite, E. E. 52. Study of farmstead electrical loads and the 
design of distribution networks therefor. (Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 198. Special Problems in Farm Mechanics. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of Department. Not acceptable for 
majors in agricultural engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to credit. (Gienger.) 



For Graduates 

Agr. Engr. 201. Special Topics in Agricultural Engineering. (3) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Timely 
topics in specialized areas of agricultural engineering will be selected as needed by 
graduate students; for example, Instrumentation for Agricultural Engineering Research. 

(Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 301. Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering. (1-6) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Work assigned in proportion to amount 
of credit. (Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 302. Seminar. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.) 

Agr. Engr. 399. Research. (1-6) 

Credit according to work accomplished. (Staff.) 

45 



Agronomy — Crops and Soils 

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS 

Professor: STREET. 

Associate Professors: axley, decker, leffel, santelmann and strickling. 

Assistant Professors: CLARK, kresge, meade, miller and newcomer. 

CROPS 

Agron. 1. Crop Production. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Culture, use, improve- 
ment, adaptation, distribution, and history of field crops. (Santelmann.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agron. 103. Crop Breeding. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Prerequisite, Bot. 117 or Zool. 104. 
Principles and methods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plants and peren- 
nial forage species. (Leffel.) 

Agron. 104. Tobacco Production. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of the history, 
adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement of various types of tobacco, with 
special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production. Physical and chemical 
factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed. (Street.) 

Agron. 107. Cereal Crop Production. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. Study of the principles and practices of corn, wheat, 
oats, barley, rye, and soybean production. (Clark.) 

Agron. 108. Forage Crop Production. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for quality hay, silage 
and pasture. (Decker.) 

Agron. 109. Turf Management. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. A study of principles and practices in management of turf for lawns, athletic 
fields, playgrounds, airfields, and highway planting. 

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. The co- 
ordination of information from various courses in the development of balanced cropping 
systems, appropriate to different objectives in various areas of the state and nation. 

(Clark.) 

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) One lecture and one laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of seed production, processing, 
and distribution; federal and state seed control programs; seed laboratory analyses; 
release of new varieties and maintenance of foundation seed stocks. (Newcomer.) 

46 



Agronomy — Crops and Soils 

Agron. 154. Weed Control. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 

period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural 
practices and chemical herbicides in the control of weeds. (Santelmann.) 

Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS. 

For Graduates 

Agron. 201. Advanced Crop Breeding. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Prerequisite, Agron. 103 or equivalent. 
Genetic, cytogenetic, and statistical theories underlying methods of plant breeding. A 
study of quantitative inheritance, heterosis, heritability, interspecific and intergeneric 
hybridization, polyploidy, sterility mechanisms, inbreeding and outbreeding, and other 
topics as related to plant breeding. (Leffel.) 

Agron. 204.. Technic in Field Crop Research. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Field plot technic, application of 
statistical analysis to agronomic data, and preparation of the research project. 

(LeClerg.) 

Agron. 205. Advanced Tobacco Production. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. A study of the structural adaptation and chemical response of 
tobacco to environmental variations. Emphasis will be placed on the alkaloids and 
other unique components. (Street.) 

Agron. 207. Advanced Forage Crops. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, 
Bot. 101, Chem. 31 and 32, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A fundamental 
study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses and legumes to environmental 
factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, air temperature, 
humidity, length of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoliation 
practices. Relationship of these factors to life history, production, chemical and botanical 
composition, quality, and persistance of forages will be considered. (Decker.) 

Agron. 208. Research Methods. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of staff. Development of research viewpoint by 
detailed study and report on crop research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review 
of literature on specific phases of a problem. (Staff.) 

Agron. S210. Cropping Systems. (1) 

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest devel- 
opments in the field. 
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS. 

SOILS 

Agron. 10. General Soils. (4) 

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, 

; Chem. 1 or permission of instructor. A study of the fundamentals of soils including their 

origin, development, relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical properties, 

and chemical properties. (Kresge.) 






47 



Agronomy — Crops and Soils 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agron. S110. Soil Management. (1) 

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and county agents dealing with factors involved in management of soils in 
general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed on methods of maintain- 
ing and improving chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils. 

(Strickling.) 

Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Principles. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 10. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological charactertistics of soils that 
are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, or biological 
nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed 
and illustrated. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the manufacturing of commercial fertilizers and their use in soils 
for efficient crop production. (Axley.) 

Agron. 113. Soil Conservation. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of instructor. A study of the 
importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil erosion control. Special 
emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil conservation. The laboratory period will 
be largely devoted to field trips. (Pomerening.) 

Agron. 114. Soil Classification and Geography. (4) 

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 
10, or permission of instructor. A study of the genesis, morphology, classification and 
geographic distribution of soils. The broad principles governing soil formation are ex- 
plained. Attention is given to the influence of geographic factors on the development 
and use of the soils in the United States and other parts of the world. The laboratory 
periods will be largely devoted to field trips and to a study of soil maps of various 
countries. 

Agron. 116. Soil Chemistry. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) One lecture and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10, or permission of instructor. A study of the 
chemical composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil 
conditions; and soil fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil analysis will 
be studied with emphasis on their relation to fertilizer requirements. (Axley.) 

Agron. 117. Soil Physics. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in physics, or permission of 
instructor. A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship 
to soil productivity. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 119. Soil Mineralogy. (4) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64). Two lectures and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A study of the fundamental 
laws and forms of crystal symmetry and essentials of crystal structure; structure, occur- 

48 



Agronomy — Crops and Soils 

rence, association and use of minerals, determination of minerals by means of their 
morphological chemical and physical properties. Particular attention is given to soil- 
forming minerals. Laboratory periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about 
75 minerals. 

Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS. 

For Graduates 

Agron. 250. Advanced Soil Mineralogy. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, 
Agron. 10, Agron. 119 and permission of instructor. A study of the structure physical- 
■chemical characteristics and identification methods of soil minerals, particularly clay 
minerals, and their relationship to soil genesis and productivity. 

Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation. (3) 

F ir~t semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, 
Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. An advanced study of the theory of the chemical 
methods of soil investigation with emphasis on problems involving application of physical 
chemistry. (Axley.) 

Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. An advanced study 
of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity. 

(Strickling.) 

Agron. 253. Advanced Soil Chemistry. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) One lecture and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A continuation of Agron. 116 
with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements necessary for plant growth. (Axley.) 
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS. 

CROPS AND SOILS 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Agron. 198. Special Problems in Agronomy. (1) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Agron. 10, 107, 108 or permission of instructor. A 

detailed study, including a written report of an important problem in agronomy. (Staff.) 

Agron. 199. Senior Seminar. (1) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Agron. 107, and 108. Reports by seniors on current 

scientific and practical publications pertaining to agronomy. (Santelmann.) 

For Graduates 

Agron. 260. Recent Advances in Agronomy. (2-4) 

First semester. Two hours each year. Total credit four hours. Prerequisite, permission 

of instructor. A study of recent advances in agronomy research. (Staff.) 

Agron. 302. Agronomy Seminar. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Total credit toward M. S., 2: toward Ph.D., 6. Prerequisite, 

permission of instructor. (Staff.) 

Asmn. 399. Research. 

First and second semesters. Credit according to work done. (Staff.* 

49 



Animal Husbandry 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professors: FOSTER AND GREEN. 
Associate Professor: leffel. 
Assistant Professors: buric and young. 

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of the general 
problems in breeding, feeding, management and marketing of beef cattle, sheep, swine 
and horses. Practice is given in the selection of animals to meet market demands. Field 
trips may be made to near-by farms and packing plants. (Staff.) 

A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 
1. A study of the various types and breeds of livestock, their development, characteristics 
and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according to standards of excellence. 

(Staff.) 

A. H. 90. Livestock Judging. (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permission 
of instructor. Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. 
Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are maintained. 

(Buric.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging. (2) 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 90 and permission 
of instructor. An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com- 
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this course are 
chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate livestock judging 
contests. (Buric.) 

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
1, 3. Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the various feeds 
to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the calculation and compounding 
of rations. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, 
A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef cattle, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feeding, 
management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Foster.) 

A. H. 131. Sheep Production. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 
1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feeding, 
management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks. (Leffel.) 

50 



Animal Husbandry 



A. H. 132. Swine Production. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 
1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feeding, 
management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Young.) 

A. H. 134. Light Horse Production. (1) 

First semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Study of the light horse 

breeds with emphasis on the types of usefulness of each. A discussion of principles of 
selection and breeding of light horses is included in this course. (Leflel.) 

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production. (1) 

Second semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Included is a study of the 
organization of the light horse farm, proper methods of feeding and training, control 
of disease, treatment and care of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 140 Livestock Management. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) One lecture and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 110. A course designed to offer practical experience 
in working with livestock, especially to students who lack farm experience. Provides 
opportunities for students to learn practical methods of handling and managing beef 
cattle, sheep, and swine. Practice and training in fitting animals for shows and sales. 

(Buric.) 

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 
Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the nation's meat 
supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which affect the value of meat 
and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses and meat distributing centers. 

(Buric.) 

A. H. 198. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry. (1-2) (4 cr. max.) 
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Prere- 
quisite, approval of staff. A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which 
specific problems relating to animal husbandry will be assigned. (Staff.) 

A. H. 199 A-B. Seminar. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Advanced undergrad- 
uates will be required to review literature, present reports and discuss assigned topics 
relating to animal husbandry. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31 and 33; A. H. 110. 
Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor. Processes of digestion, absorption, 
and metabolism of nutrients; nutritional balances; nature of nutritional requirements 
for growth, production and reproduction. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104 or Bot. 117 and A. H. 
120 or A. H. 131 or A. H. 132 or Dairy 101. Graduate credit (1-3 hours)) allowed with 
permission of instructor. The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, 
selection, development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered. (Green.) 

51 



Animal Husbandry 

A. H. SI 30. Beef Cattle. (1) 

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agri- 
culture and Extension Service workers. Principles and practices underlying the econ- 
omical production of beef cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; 
selection, breeding, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial 
herds. (Foster.) 

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing. (2) 

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Graduates credit allowed, 
with permission of instructor. History and development of livestock markets and systems 
of marketing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of chances in transportaion and 
refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Smith.) 



For Graduates 

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, 
A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics. This course deals with the more 
technical phases of heredity and variation; selection indices; breeding systems; inherit- 
ance in farm animals. (Green.) 

A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, approval of staff. An intensive study of the newer develop- 
ments in animal breeding, animal physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology, and other 
closely allied fields as they apply to the management and commercial production of 
livestock. (Staff.) 

A. H. 207. Advanced Livestock Nutrition. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 31 and 33 or equivalent and A. H. Ill, or permission of instructors. Experi- 
mental techniques and recent developments in the feeding and nutrition of beef cattle, 
sheep and swine. (Leffel, Young.) 

A. H. 301. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry. (1-2) (4 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Prerequisite, 
approval of staff. Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the character of 
work the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

A. H. 302. Seminar. (1) (5 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon current 
scientific publications relating to animal husbandry or upon their research work, for 
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.) 

A. H. 399. Research. (1-6) 

First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by amount and character of work 
done. With the approval of the Head of the Department, students will be required to 
pursue original research in some phase of animal husbandry, carrying the same to com- 
pletion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.) 

52 



Botany 
BOTANY 

Professors: BAMFORD, GAUCH, weaver, d. t. morgan and krauss. 
Associate Professors: brown, o. d. morgan, rappleye and sisler. 
Assistant Professors: wilson, Patterson, galloway, krusberg, bell and 

WILLIAMS. 

Bot. 1. General Botany. (4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two laboratory periods 
a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all 
phases of the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the 
higher plants. 

Bot. 2. General Botany. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 
or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, 
liverworts, mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing their 
structure, reproduction, habitats, and economic importance. 

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, 
or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the principles of plant classification, 
based on the collection and identification of local plants. 

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, 
or equivalent. Laboratory feie, $6.00. An introductory study of the symptoms and causal 
agents of plant diseases and measures for their control. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Principles and methods involved in the collection, preservation 
and preparation of plant materials for microscopic examination, including the prepara- 
tion of temporary and permanent mounts, and photomicrography. (Paterson.) 

Bot. 199. Seminar. (1) 

First and second semesters. Two semester hours maximum credit. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. Discussion and readings on special topics, current literature, or 
problems and progress in all phases of botany. Minor experimental work may be pur- 
sued if facilities and the qualifications of the students permit. For seniors only, majors 
and minors in botany or biological science. (Brown.) 

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 101. Plant Physiology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 
and General Chemistry. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A survey of the general physiological 
activities of plants. (Krauss.) 

53 



Botany 

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 
and permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of plants in relation to their 
environments. Plant successions and formations of North America are treated briefly 
and local examples studied. (Brown.) 



For Graduates 

Bot. 200. Plant Biochemistry. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary organic chemistry, or equivalent. 
A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body and the 
chemical changes occurring therein. (Galloway.) 

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry Laboratory. (2) 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 200 or concurrent 
registration therein. Laboratory fee. $10.00. Application of apparatus and techniques to 
the study of the chemistry of plant materials. (Galloway.) 

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics. (2) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Prerequisite, Bot. 101 and introductory 
physics, or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical 
phenomena in plant life processes. (Galloway.) 

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods. (2) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory 
course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Galloway.) 

Bot. 204. Growth and Development. (2) 

First semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Prerequisite, 12 semester hours of plant science. 
A study of current developments in the mathematical treatment of growth and the effects 
of radiation, plant hormones, photoperiodism, and internal biochemical balance during the 
development of the plant. (Krauss.) 

Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants. (2) 

Second semester. Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection 
with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Krauss.) 

Bot. 209. Physiology of Algae. (2) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Prerequisite, Bot. 201, the equivalent in allied 
fields, or permission of the instructor. A study of the physiology and comparative bio- 
chemistry of the algae. Laboratory techniques and recent advances in algal nutrition, 
photosynthesis, and growth will be reviewed. (Krauss.) 

Bot. 210. Physiology of Algae-Laboratory. (1) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
previous or concurrent enrollment in Bot. 209, and permission of instructor. Laboratory 
fee, $10.00. Special laboratory techniques involved in the study of algal nutrition. 

(Krauss.) 

54 



Botany 
PLANT MORPHOLOGY, CYTOLOGY AND TAXONOMY 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy. (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110. 
or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. The origin and development of the organs and 
tissue systems in the vascular plants. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 113. Plant Geography. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. A study of plant distribution through- 
out the world and the factors generally associated with such distribution. (Brown.) 

Bot. 115. Structure of Economics Plants. (3) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) One lecture and two laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A detailed microscopic study of the 
anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable crops. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany. (1) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Prerequisites, 20 semester hours credit in 
biological sciences, including Bot. 1 or equivalent. Discussion of the development and 
ideas and knowledge about plants, leading to a survey of contemporary work in botan- 
nical science. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 117. General Plant Genetics. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. The basic principles of plant 
genetics are presented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation 
to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics of spcialized organs and tissues, sponta-> 
neous and induced mutations of basic and economic significance, gene action, genetic 
maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in relation to methods of plant 
breeding are the topics considered. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. A survey of the plants which are 
utilized by man, the diversity of such utilization, and their historic and economic 
significance. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 151S. Teaching Methods in Botany. (2) 

Summer session. Five two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the biological principles of 
common plants, and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in 
primary and secondary schools. 

Bot. 153. Field Botany and Taxonomy. (2) 

Summer session. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or General Biology. Five two-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Laboratory fee, 85.00. Offered 1958 and in rotation with other courses 
thereafter. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing the native plants 
of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other techniques will be used. Numerous short field 
trips will be taken. Each student will make an individual collection. (Brown.) 

55 



Botany 

For Graduates 

Bot. 211. Cytology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, introduc- 
tory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00. A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis 
and meiosis, and the relation of these to current theories of heredity and evolution. 

(Bamford, D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, 
Bot. Ill, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A comparative study of the morphology 
of the flowering plants, with special reference to the phylogeny and development of 
floral organs. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics. (3) 

First semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisite, introductory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00. An advanced study of 
the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene mutations and their relation to 
chromosome changes in corn and other favorable materials. (D. T. Morgan.) 

PLANT PATHOLOGY 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology. (2) 

First or second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or 
equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Advanced training in the basic research techniques and 
methods of plant pathology. (Wilson.) 

Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants. (2) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Symp- 
toms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning the diseases which 
affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern states. (Wilson.) 

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The symptoms and control of the 

diseases of tobacco, forage crops and cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.) 

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops. (2) 

First semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Symptoms 

and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the eastern United States. 

(Weaver.) 

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The recognition and control of 

diseases affecting the production of important vegetable crops grown in the eastern 

United States. (Kantzes.) 

Bot. 128. Mycology. (4) 

Second semester. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory study of the morphology, class- 
ification, life histories, and economics of the fungi. (Wilson.) 

56 



Botany 

Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology. (1) 

Summer session. Daily lecture for three weeks. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 
Given in accordance with demand. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Not offered 1962.) A course 
for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Discussion and denomination 
of the important diseases in Maryland crops. 

For Graduates 

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 
and Bot. 101. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Consideration of the physical, chemical and phy- 
siological aspects of plant viruses and plant diseases. (Sisler.) 

Bot. 223. Physiology of Fungi. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisites, Organic Chemistry and Bot. 101 or the equivalent in bac- 
terial or animal physiology. A study of various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, 
biochemical transformations, fungal products, and mechanism of fungicidal action. 

(Sisler.) 

Bot. 224. Physiology of Fungi Laboratory. (1) 

First semester. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 223 or concurrent 
registration therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Application of equipment and techniques in 
the study of fungal physiology. (Sisler.) 

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control. (3) 

First semester. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. An advanced 
course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease control. 

Bot. 241. Plant hematology. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Botany 
20 or permission of instructor. (Not offered 1962-1963.) Laboratory fee $10.00. The 
study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, genetics, 
physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and control. Recent advances in this field 
will be emphasized. (Krusberg.) 

Bot. 301. Special Problems in Botany. (2 or 3) 

First and second semester. Credit according to time scheduled and organization of 
course. Maximum credit toward an advanced degree for the individual student at the 
discretion of the Department. This course may be organized as a lecture series on a 
specialized advanced topic, or may consist partly, or entirely, of experimental procedures. 
It may be taught by visiting lecturers, or by resident staff members. Problems or topics 
may be in: A — Physiology; B— Ecology; C — Pathology; D — Mycology; E — Nematology; 
F — Cytology; G — Cytogenetics; H — Morphology I — Anatomy; or J — Taxonomy. (Staff.) 

Bot. 302. Seminar in Botany. (1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Discussion of 
special topics and current literature in all phases of botany. (Staff.) 

Bot. 399. Research. 

Credit according to work done. A minimum of 6 credit hours is required for the M.S. 
degree, and an additional minimum of 12 hours is required for the Ph.D. degree. 
Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to be undertaken. (Staff.) 

57 



Dairy 



DAIRY 



Professors: davis, arbuckle and keeney. 

Associate Professor: MATTICK. 

Assistant Professor: HEMKEN, KING, STEWART, VANDERSALL AND WILLIAMS. 

Instructor: SEELEY. 

Lecturer: plowman. 

DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Daily 1. Fundamentals of Dairying. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 
This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content of the course 
deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and managment and the manu- 
facturing, processing, distribution and marketing of dairy products. (Davis, Mattick.) 

Daily 20. Dairy Production. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Dairy 
1. A comprehensive course in dairy breeds, selection of dairy cattle, dairy cattle nutrition, 
feeding and management. (Hemken.) 

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal. (2) 

Freshmen, by permission of instructor. Analysis of dairy cattle type with emphases on 

the comparative judging of dairy cattle. (Stewart.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 102. Physiology of Reproduction. (3) 

First semester. Alternate years. (Offered 1962-1963.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Anatomy and physiology of reproductive 
processes and artificial insemination of cattle. (Williams.) 

Dairy 103. Physiology of Milk Secretion. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. The anatomy and growth of the 
mammary gland and the metabolism and physiology of biosynthesis in the ruminant. 

(Williams.) 

Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3) 

Second semester. (Offered 1962-1963.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104. A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis 
is placed on methods or evaluation and selection, systems of breeding, and breeding 
programs. (Plowman.) 

Dairy 198. Special Problems in Dairying. (1-4) (4 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Credit in accordance 
with the amount and character of work done. Special problems will be assigned which 
relate specifically to the work the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

Dairy 199. Dairy Seminar. (1) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Presentation and discussion 

of current literature and research work in dairying. (Staff.) 

58 



Dairy 



DAIRY TECHNOLOGY 



Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products. (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Market grades 

and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. (King.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 108. Dairy Technology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 
Microb. 133, Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Composition standards for milk and milk 
products, critical interpretation and application of practical factory methods of analyses 
for fat and solids; quality tests. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 109. Market Milk. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 
1, Microb. 133, Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Commercial aspects of the market 
milk industry relating to transportation, processing, and distribution; operation of a 
market milk plant; quality problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. 

(King.) 

Dairy 110. Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one five-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 
1, Microb. 131 or equivalent; Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $300. Methods of production 
of butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and milk products. Consideration is 
given to the procedures of processing, quality control and the physiochemical principles 

(Mattick.) 

Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 108. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing 
ice cream; fundamental principles; ingredients; quality control. (Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management. (3) 

Second semester. Two lecture periods and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, at least three advanced dairy products technology courses. Principles of 
dairy plant management record systems; personnel, plant design and construction; dairy 
machinery and equipment. (Mattick.) 

For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology 

Dairy S101. Advanced Dairy Production. (1) 

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy 
cattle nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.) 

Dairy 201. Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-1963.) Two one-hour lectures and one two- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Biochemical phy- 
siological, and bacteriological aspects of the nutrition of ruminants and other animals. 

(Vandersall.) 

59 



Dairy 

Dairy 202. Research Methods. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-1964.) One lecture and two laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. The application of biochemical, 
physio-chemical, and statistical methods to problems in biological research. (Stewart.) 

Dairy 301. Special Problems in Dairying. (1-5) (4 cr. max., M.S.; 8 cr. max., Ph.D.) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of professor in charge of work. Credit 
in accordance with the amount and character of work done. Methods of conducting 
dairy research and the presentation of results are stressed. A research problem which 
relates specifically to the word the student is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 

Dairy 302. Advanced Dairy Seminar. (1) 

First and second semesters. M.S. candidates can obtain 4 credits; Ph.D. candidates can 

obtain 6 credits. Assigned readings, presentation and discussion of timely topics and 
fundamental research in dairy science. (Staff.) 

Dairy 399. Research. (1-8) 

First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by the amount and quality of work 
done. Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the major 
professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a thesis in accord- 
ance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.) 



ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor: BICKLEY. 

Associate Professor: JONES. 

Assistant Professors: ABRAMS, HARRISON, HAVILAND AND JOHNSON. 

Lecturer: shepard 

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology. (3) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
one semester of college zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00 The position of insects in the 
animal kingdom, their gross structure, classification into orders and principal families 
and the general economic status of insects. A collection of common insects is required. 

Ent. 4. Beekeeping. (2) 

First semester. A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the 
honeybee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic 
importance and bee lore in literature. 

Ent. 20. Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Zool. 1 and Bot. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology, and control of insects 
injurious to fruit and vegetable crops, field crops and stored products. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prere- 
quisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The theory and practice of apiary management. 
Designed for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of 
bee management. (Abram3.) 

60 



Entomology 

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week Prerequisite, 
Ent. 1 or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of insects and 
related arthropods that affect the health and comfort of man directly and as vectors of 
disease. In discussion of the control of such pests the emphasis will be upon community 
sanitation. (Jones.) 

Ent. 107. Insecticides. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Department. The development and use of 
contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with reference to 
their chemistry, toxic action, compatibility, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. 

(Shepard.) 
Ent. 109. Insect Physiology. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures and occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of 
the Department. The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood, 
circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the nervous 
system, and metabolism. (Jones.) 

Ent. 115. Quarantine Procedures. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Department. Lectures on the principles and 

procedures involved in preventing the introduction of foreign pests and the limitation 
of spread of endemic or introduced pests. (Johnson.) 

Ent. 116. Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants. (3) 
Second semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Bot. 1 and Zool. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology, and control of 
insects injurious to plants grown in ornamental plantings, nurseries, and under glass. 

(Haviland.) 
Ent. 119. Insect Pests of Domestic Animals. (2) 

First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Ent. 1, or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology, 
and control of insects and related arthropods injurious to horses, cattle, hogs, sheep, 
goats, and poultry. (Haviland.) 

Ent. 120. Insect Taxonomy and Biology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Introduction to the principles of systematic entomology 
and the study of all orders and the important families of insects; immature forms 
considered. (Bickley.T 

Ent. S121. Entomology for Science Teachers. (4) 

Summer. Five lectures and five two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. This course will include the elements of morphology, taxonomy and biology of 
insects using examples commonly available to high school teachers. It will include 
practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and experimenting with insects insofar as 
time will permit. (Haviland.) 

Ent. 198. Special Problems. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Credit and prerequisites, to be determined by the Depart- 
ment. Investigations of assigned entomological problems. (Staff.) 

Ent. 199. Seminar (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Presentation of original work, 

reviews and abstracts of literature. (Staff.) 

61 



Horticulture 



For Graduates 



Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology. (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory 
fee, $3.00. Insect structure, with special reference to functions. Emphasis on internal 
anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in physiology or research in morphology. 

(Haviland.) 

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology. (2) 

Second semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of fundamental factors in- 
volved in the relationship of insects to their environment. Emphasis is placed on the 
insect as a dynamic organism adjusted to its surroundings. (Harrison.) 

Ent. 206. Culicidology. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63.) One lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The classification, distribution, ecology, 
biology, and control of mosquitoes. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 207. Advanced Insect Physiology. (4) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, one year of 
Organic Chemistry and Ent. 109 or equivalent. In this course students rear experimental 
insects, make up reagents and solutions to be used, set up equipment, calibrate it, and 
make detailed measurements and observations on the functions of selected organ systems. 

(Jones.) 
Ent. 301. Advanced Entomology. (1-6) 

Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the Department. First and second 
semesters. Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied entomology, 
with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual research. 

(Staff.) 
Ent. 399. Research. 

First and second semesters. Required of graduate students majoring in entomology. 
This course involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for publica- 
tion must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the requirement for 
an advanced degree. (Staff.) 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors: HAUT, KRAMER, LINK, SCOTT, SHANKS, STARK AND THOMPSON. 
Associate Professors: Reynolds, shoemaker and wiley. 
Instructors: HOGAN AND TODD. 

Hort. 5, 6. Tree Fruit Production. (3, 2) 

First and second semesters. (Second semester offered in alternate years only, 1963-64.) 
One or two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Courses must be taken in 
sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of commercial varieties and principles and 
practices in fruit production, harvesting and storage. One field trip required. 

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A 

detailed study of greenhouse construction and management. 

62 



Horticulture 

Hort. 16. Garden Management. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants, and roses 
and their cultural requirements. 

Hort 22. Landscape Gardening. (2) 

First semester. The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their 
application to private and public areas. 

Hort. 56. Elements of Landscape Design. (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods per week. A course dealing with basic design 

in the use of trees, shrubs, evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants on home 

properties. 

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production. 

Hort. 59. Berry Production. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of small fruits 
including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, and cranberries. 

Hort. 61. Introduction to Fruit and Vegetable Processing. (1) 

Second semester. Early history and development of the various types of preservation of 

horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brining. The 

relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases are 

emphasized. 

Hort. 62. Plant Propagation. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants. 

Hort. 63. Flower Store Management. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, §5.00. A study of the operation 
and management of a flower store. Laboratory period devoted to principles and practice 
of floral arrangements and decoration. 

For. 30. Elements of Forestry. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one two-hour 
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. Not open to freshmen. A general survey 
of the field of forestry, including timber values, conservation, protection, silviculture, 
utilization, meisuration, engineering, recreation and lumbering. Principles and practices 
of woodland management. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Hort. 152. Landscape Design. (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 22; 
prerequisite or concurrently, Hort. 107. A consideration of the principles of landscape 
design and supplemented by direct application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.) 

63 



Horticulture 

Hort. 153. Landscape Design. (3) 

Second semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. Advanced 

landscape design. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 199. Seminar. (1) 

First semester. Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing 

recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hort. 101. Technology of Fruits. (3) 

First semester. (Offered 1962-63.) Prerequisites, Hort. 6, Bot. 101. A critical analysis of 
research work and application of the principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and 
botany to practical problems in commercial production. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 103. Technology of Vegetables. (3) 

Second semester. (Offered 1963-64.) Prerequisites, Hort. 58, Bot. 101. For a description 
of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101. (Stark.) 

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A study of the physiological plant processes as 
related to the growth, flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants. 

(Link.) 

Hort. 107, 108. Woody Plant Materials. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 11. A field and laboratory study of trees, 
shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plantings. (Hogan.) 

Hort. 114. Systematic Horticulture. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and horticultural classi- 
fication of fruits and vegetables. 

Hort. SI 15. Truck Crop Management. (1) 

Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture and 
extension agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods of 
production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will receive 
special attention. 

Hort. 123. Quality Control. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Principles involved in the evaluation of factors of quality in horticultural 
products including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanitation factors and statistical 
presentation of results. (Kramer.) 

Hort. 124. Quality Control Systems. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 123. Development of quality control systems designed 
to maintain specific levels of quality for selected food products. (Kramer.) 

64 



Horticulture 

Hort. SI 24. Tree and Small Fruit Management. (1) 

Summer session only. Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and county 
agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new improved commercial methods of 
production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and their solu- 
tion will receive special attention. 

Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture. (1) 

Summer session only. A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstration 
agents and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of lawns, 
flowers and shrubbery to beautify homes. 

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Hort. 11. Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing of 
cut flowers. (Link.) 

Hort. 155, 156. Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable Processing. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory fee, $5.00 
per semester. The fundamentals of canning, freezing and preserving of horticultural 
crops with emphasis on the chemical, biochemical and microbiological aspects of 
processing. (Wiley.) 

Hort. 159. Nursery Management. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108. A study of all phases 
of commercial nursery management and operations. (Hogan.) 

Hort. 160. Arboriculture. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 107 and 108. A study of the 
planting and maintenance of ornamental shrubs and trees, including basic principles 
of park, institution and estate maintenance. (Hogan.) 

Hort. 161. Physiology of Maturation and Storage of Horticultural Crops. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1962-63.) Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Bot. 101. Factors related to maturation and application of scientific prin- 
ciples to handling and storage of horticultural crops. (Scott.) 

Hort. 198. Special Problems. (2, 2) (4 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. Credit arranged according to work done. For major stu- 
dents in horticulture or botany. Four credits maximum per student. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organization of research projects 
and presentation of experimental results in the field of biological science. Topics 
included will be: sources of research financing, project outline preparation, formal 
progress reports, public and industrial supported research programs, and technical and 
popular presentation of research data. (Haut.) 

65 



Poultry Husbandry 

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific 
knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in pomology. 

(Thompson.) 

Hort. 203, 204, 205. Experimental Olericulture. (2, 2, 2) 

First semester and in sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 101, a systematic review of scien- 
tific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in 
olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific knowledge and 
practical observations as applied to commercial practices in floriculture. (Link.) 

Hort. 207. Methods oj Horticultural Research. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. A critical 

study of research methods which are or may be used in horticulture. (Scott.) 

Hort. 210. Experimental Processing. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A systematic review of scientific 
knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in processing. 

(Kramer.) 

Hort. 302. Advanced Seminar. (1, 1) 

First and second semester. Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special 
topics or recent research publications in horticulture. Three credit hours maximum 
allowed toward the M.S. degree or six credits maximum toward the Ph.D. degree. 

(Haut, Staff.) 

Hort. 399. Advanced Horticultural Research. (2-12) 

First and second semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.) 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

Professors: shaffner and combs. 

Associate Professor: quigley. 

Assistant Professors: creek, helbacka and wilcox. 

P. H. 1. Poultry Production. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This is a general 
comprehensive course covering all phases of modern poultry husbandry practices, in- 
cluding breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, 
and the economics of production and distribution of poultry products. (Quigley.) 

P. H. 3. Physiology of Hatchability. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one lab- 
oratory period a week. The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles 
of hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery industry are 
discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are assigned. 

(Shaffner.) 

66 



Poultry Husbandry 

P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging. (1) 

First semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week. 
The theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means is emphasized, including 
correlation studies of characteristics associated with productivity. Contestants for re- 
gional collegiate judging competitions will be selected from this class. (Quigley.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Nutritive requirements of poultry and the ingredients used to meet 
these requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases 
commonly encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.) 

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered in 1962-63.) Prerequisite, ten hours 
of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. A symposium on finance, investment, plant 
layout, specialization, purchase of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, 
egg, broiler, and turkey production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, 
production and financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week. A study of the technological factors concerned with the processing, 
storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry, and of the factors affecting their quality 
and grading. (Helbacka.) 

P. H. 105. Poultry Genetics. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64.) Prerequisites, P. H. 1 and 
Zool. 104. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Inheritance of factors 
related to egg and meat production and quality are stressed. An experiment utilizing 
procedures of pedigreed matings will be performed in the laboratory. (Wilcox.) 

P. H. 109. Avian Physiology. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Zool. 
1 and V. S. 108. (V. S. 108 may be taken simultaneously with P. H. 109.) The basic 
physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive system. Special emphasis 
is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates. (Wilcox.) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics, A. E. 117.) 

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107. 

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108. 

67 



Poultry Husbandry 

P. H. Sill. Poultry Breeding and Feeding. (1) 

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems 
concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will be 
devoted to nutrition. (Combs, Wilcox.) 

P. H. S112. Poultry Products and Marketing. (1) 

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry 
products and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grading, pre- 
servation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. (Helbacka.) 

P. H. 198. Special Poultry Problems. (1-2) (3 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned 
special problems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The poultry 
staff should be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
P. H. 101, Chem. 31, 32, 33 and 34, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A 
fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, antibiotics, and 
carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and metabolism of these 
substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of synthetic diets are con- 
sidered. (Combs.) 

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 
102 or its equivalent. The role of the endocrines in avian reproduction, is considered. 
Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of 
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed. (Shaffner.) 

P. H. 205. Poultry Literature. (1-4) 

First and second semesters. Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written re- 
ports required. Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are dis- 
cussed. (Staff.) 

P. H. 207. Poultry Nutrition Laboratory. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64.) One lecture and one laboratory 
period a week. To acquaint graduate students with common basic nutrition research 
techniques useful in conducting experiments with poultry. Actual feeding trials with 
chicks, as well as bacteriological and chemical assays will be performed. (Creek.) 

P. H. 302. Poultry Seminar. (1) (2 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. Oral reports on current research projects by staff members, 

graduate students, and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.) 

P. H. 399. Poultry Research. (1-6) 

First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Practical and 
fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the supervision of staff 
members toward the requirements for the degrees of M. S. and Ph.D. (Staff.) 

68 



Agricultural Extension Service 
VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Professors: BRUECKNER, POELMA AND DE VOLT. 

Associate Professors: BYRNE AND CHANG. 
Assistant Professor: WIERSIG. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

V . S. 101. Anatomy and Physiology. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Normal structure of 
the domesticated animals; normal physiological activities; interrelationship of structure 
and function. (Wiersig.) 

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Nature of disease; 

immunity; prevention and control; common diseases of farm animals. (Wiersig.) 

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Microb. 
1, P. H. 1. Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention, con- 
trol, and eradication. (De Volt.) 

V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1. Gross 

and microscopic structure, dissection and demonstration. (De Volt.) 

For Graduates 

V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy. (2) 

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Theory of 

the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations, photography. 

(Chang, Byrne.) 

V . S. 399. Animal Disease Research. (2-6) 

First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, 

veterinary degree or consent of staff. Studies of practical disease phases. 

(Poelma, DeVolt, Wiersig, Byrne, Brueckner.) 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station serves Maryland agriculture in 
much the same manner as research laboratories serve large corporations. 
Maryland agriculture comprises over thirty thousand individual businesses, 
and there is neither sufficient capital, nor income so that each one of these 
can conduct research. Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking 
such as farming, are as numerous and perplexing as the problems of any 
business. Certainly our production of food would be much more costly if it 
were not for the research results that have been obtained by the Agricultural 
Experiment Station. 

69 



Agricultural Extension Service 

The station is a joint federal and state undertaking. Passage of the 
Hatch Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the 
purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great 
impetus to the development of research work in agriculture. This work was 
further encouraged by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Purnell 
Act in 1925, the Bankhead-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act 
of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is 
supported by these Acts and by state appropriations centers at College Park. 
On the University campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects 
and diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is 
also the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their experimental 
herds. About eight miles from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, 
the Plant Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work connected 
with soil fertility, plant breeding and general crop production problems. An 
experimental farm near Upper Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobacco 
growing and curing. A farm near Salisbury is devoted to solution of the 
problems of producers of broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern 
Eastern Shore area. Two experimental farms are operated near Ellicott City; 
one is devoted to livestock problems and the other to dairy cattle nutrition 
and forage research. Also tests of various crop and soil responses are distrib- 
uted throughout the state. These different locations provide the opportunity to 
conduct experiments under conditions existing where the results will be 
put into practice. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has 
given the Station an excellent standing with farmers of the state. 

AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE 

Paul E. Nystrom, Director 

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, estab- 
lished by state and federal laws in 1914, extends practical agricultural and 
home information beyond the classrooms of the University of Maryland to 
young people, farmers, homemakers, and people in businesses relating to 
agriculture and home economics. 

The work of the Cooperative Extension Service is cooperatively 
financed by the federal, state and county governments. In each county there 
is a County Agricultural Agent and County Home Demonstration Agent with 
associates and assistants as funds permit and work require. Backed by a 
staff of specialists at the University, these agents are in close contact with 
local people and their problems. 

It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the 
Cooperative Extension Service of the University and the United States De- 
partment of Agriculture. The Cooperative Extension Service is the educa- 
tional arm in Maryland of the United States Department of Agriculture. 

In Maryland, the Cooperative Extension Service works in close associa- 

70 



Service and Control Programs 

tion with all rural groups and organizations. In addition to work on the 
farms and in the farm homes, the Extension program is aimed at the many 
rural, non farm, and urban people who service the agricultural industries 
of the state, including consumers. 

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are de- 
veloped as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs and other 
youth groups. Through their diversified activities, the boys and girls are 
given a valuable type of instruction and training, and are afforded an oppor- 
tunity to develop self-confidence, preseverance, citizenship and leadership. 

The Cooperative Extension Service in cooperation with the College of 
Agriculture and the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses 
in various lines, many of which are held at the University. Some of these 
courses have been held regularly over a period of years and others are added 
as the need and demand develop. Short courses have been held in recent 
years for the following groups: rural women, 4-H Club boys and girls, 
nurserymen, florists, poultry industry fieldmen, poultry products marketing, 
beekeepers, greenkeepers, sanitarians, conservation, cow testers, feed manu- 
facturers and distributors, and dairy marketing technicians. 

SERVICE AND CONTROL PROGRAMS 

The state law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Mary- 
land shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. Numerous 
services are performed by technically trained personnel which result in the 
improvement and maintenance of high standards in the production, process- 
ing and distribution of farm products. 

In addition the improvement of many control or regulatory activities 
are authorized by the state law and are carried out by the following agencies 
responsible to the State Board of Agriculture. 

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE 

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How- 
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on Article 
43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Section 542 through Section 558, 
of the Laws of Maryland, 1951. The Dairy Department is charged with the 
administration of the law. 

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure 
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, 
that samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such products 
are correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their 
agents shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure 
correctness of tests made for official inspections or for public record. To 
achieve these purposes the law requires the licensing of all dealers who pur- 
chase milk and cream from producers, whether the purchases are by 
measure, weight, or test, and the licensing of all persons sampling, weighing 






71 



Service and Control Programs 

and testing milk and cream when the results of such samples, weights, and 
tests are to serve as a basis of payment to producers. 

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of 
the Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing 
milk and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all 
weighers, samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfac- 
torily passing the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of 
weighers, samplers, testers and dairy plants. 

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 

All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the 
importance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm pro- 
ducts. The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the farmer 
in marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the 
farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the marketing of his 
products. In the performance of these responsibilities, the Department carries 
out programs in extension marketing, conducts market surveys, compiles and 
disseminates marketing information and market data, operates a market 
news service, provides an agricultural inspection and grading service, main- 
tains a consumer information service and enforces and interprets the agri- 
cultural marketing laws of the state. The regulatory aspects of the Depart- 
ment's functions are carried out as the agent of the State Board of Agricul- 
ture under the authority of various state laws relating to the marketing of 
farm products. A close working relationship is maintained with other special- 
ists in the Extension Service, all departments of the Agricultural Marketing 
Service, the Maryland Crop Reporting Service, and the Agricultural Mar- 
keting Service of the United States Department of Agriculture. The voluntary 
and dynamic cooperation of the personnel in these various activities brings to 
bear on agricultural marketing problems an effective combination of research, 
education, and service. 

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act 
gave additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing 
problems. The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing 
the state program under Title II of this act. 

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all 
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals are interested, 
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local commun- 
ities. Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock and Pocomoke. 
Department headquarters is at the University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland. 

MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of 
Agriculture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the intro- 
duction of diseases of animals and poultry from ouside of the state and 

72 



Service and Control Programs 

with control and eradication of such diseases within the state. The service 
is further charged with the responsibility of cooperating with the State De- 
partment of Health in the suppression of diseases of animals and poultry 
which affect the public health. 

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine 
brucellosis are conducted in cooperation with the Agricultural Research 
Service of the United States Department of Agriculture. The field force 
of state employed veterinarians is augmented by a number of federal veterin- 
arians in the conduct of these control programs. The control of swine 
brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and many other disease con- 
ditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance. 

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in 
the main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salis- 
bury, Centreville, Bel Air, Frederick, Hagerstown, Oakland and Preston. 

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE 

The Seed Inspection Service administers the state seed law; inspects 
seeds sold throughout the state; collects seed samples for laboratory exam- 
ination; reports the results of the examinations to the parties concerned; 
publishes summaries of these reports which show the relative reliability of 
the label information supplied by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats 
tobacco seed intended for planting in the state; makes analyses, tests, and 
examinations of seed samples submitted to the laboratory; and advises seed 
users regarding the economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Service also 
cooperates with the Agricultural Marketing Service of the United States 
Department of Agriculture in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in 
Maryland. 

The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforce- 
ment of the seed law however, for state citizens may submit seed samples to 
the laboratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regard- 
ing suitability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available 
to individuals without charge. The growth of this service has been steady 
since the establishment of the laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, 
city and country, are directly interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, 
lawns, gardens, or fields. 

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 

In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under 
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspection" 
as designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of 
Maryland of 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and 
re-enacted with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural 
Department," and eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections 
were again re-enacted with such changes in the wording as were necessary 

73 



Service and Control Programs 

to bring them into conformity with the re organization of the Maryland State 
College of Agriculture and Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. 
Subsequently all regulatory functions including newly enacted Articles in 
regard to the bee diseases, mosquitoes, and aerial spraying, were transferred 
to the State Board of Agriculture under Chapter 391 of the "Acts of the 
General Assembly." 

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and 
to protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. 
A considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of 
orchards, crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooper- 
ation with the federal government in the inspection and certification of 
materials that come under quarantine regulations is another major function 
of the Department. The Department enforces the provisions of the Apiary 
Law, including inspection of apiaries. This service includes control and 
eradication of diseases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of 
apples, peaches, etc., inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet 
potatoes for seed, control of white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc. 

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties 
are to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the state, 
to correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the state 
and to cooperate with state and federal agencies in the interest of a perma- 
nent program of improved drainage. 

STATE INSPECTION SERVICE 

Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials and Pesticides 

The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural 
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes 
necessary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced 
by the State Inspection Service. Included in this legislation are the State 
Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials, and Pesticide laws. 

Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases: First, 
the commodities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, 
and with proper labels; second, official samples must be collected by the De- 
partment's inspectors from all parts of the state ; third, chemical and physical 
examinations must be made to establish that professed standards of quality 
are being met; fourth, results must be assembled and published in concise 
and understandable form, with the reports made available to all interested 
persons; and fifth, the prosecution of those responsible for flagrant violations. 

Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime 
samples submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service. 

74 



Service and Control Programs 

Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with compar- 
able federal agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained 
not only state-wide, but also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, 
timeliness, and unbiased fair treatment of the consumer and manufacturer 
alike. 

The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the 
manufacturer with technical advice, and to safeguard him from unfair 
competition. 

For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies 
in large measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and 
seller. However, in those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, back- 
ing by the courts, both federal and state, can be depended upon for enforce- 
ment assistance. 



75 



The 1962-64 Faculty 

Administrative Officers 

Gordon m. cairns, Dean of Agriculture and Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
b.s., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; PH.D., 1940. 

paul R. poffenberger, Assistant Dean-Instruction, and Professor of Agricultural Eco- 
nomics 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; PH.D., American University, 1953. 

irvin c. haut, Director of Experiment Station and Professor and Head of Horticulture 
B.s., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; PH.D., 
University of Maryland, 1933. 

paul e. nystrom, Director of Extension and Professor of Agricultural Economics 

b.s., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a., Harvard 
University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951. 

Professors 

wendell s. arbuckle, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing 
B.s., Purdue University, 1933; a.m., University of Missouri, 1937; PH.D., 1940. 

ronald bamford, Professor and Head of Botany 

B.s., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

george M. beal, Professor of Agricultural Economics 

b.s., Utah State College, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1938; ph.d., 1942. 

william e. bickley, Professor and Head of Entomology 

b.s., University of Tennessee, 1934; M.S., 1936; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1940. 
Arthur l. brueckner, Professor and Head of Veterinary Science 

b.s., University of Kentucky, 1914; V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1924. 
fred l. bull, Extension Professor, Soil Conservation 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1925. 
george J. burkhardt, Professor of Agricultural Engineering 

b.s., University of Wisconsin, 1933; b.s.m.e., 1934; M.S., 1935. 
virgus R. cardozier, Professor and Head of Agricultural and Extension Education 

b.s., Louisiana State University, 1947; M.S., 1950; PH.D., Ohio State University, 1952. 
gerald f. combs, Professor of Poultry Husbandry 

b.s., University of Illinois, 1940; ph.d., Cornell University, 1948. 

john M. curtis, Professor and Head of Agriculturel Economics 
b.s., North Carolina State College, 1947; M.S., 1949; ph.d., University of Maryland, 
1961. 

richard e. davis, Professor and Head of Dairy 

B.s., University of New Hampshire, 1950; M.S., Cornell University, 1952; PH.D., 1953. 
harold M. devolt, Professor of Poultry Pathology 

M.S., Cornell University, 1926; d.v.m., 1923. 

76 



Faculty 

lewis P. ditman, Research Professor of Entomology 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1929; ph.d., 1931. 

Raymond N. doetsch, Professor of Microbiology 

B.s., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., University of Indiana, 1944; ph.d., Universitj 
of Maryland, 1948. 

john E. foster, Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry 
B.s., North Carolina State College, 1926; M.S., Kansas State College, 1927; ph.d., 
Cornell University, 1937. 

hugh c. gauch, Professor of Plant Physiology 

B.s., Miami University, 1935; M.S., Kansas State College, 1937; ph.d., University of 
Chicago, 1939. 

Robert L. green, Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering 

b.s.a.e., University of Georgia, 1934; M.S., Iowa State College, 1939; ph.d., Michigan 
State University, 1953. Registered Professional Engineer. 

willard w. green, Professor of Animal Husbandry 

b.s., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1934; ph.d., 1939. 

russell c. hawes, Professor of Marketing 

B.s., Rhode Island State College, 1921; M.S., University of Rhode Island, 1942. 

mary juhn, Research Professor, Poultry Physiology 
B.s., Zurich, 1916; PH.D., University of Zurich, 1923. 

mark keeney, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing 

B.s., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; m.s., Ohio State University, 1948; PH.D., 
Pennsylvania State College, 1950. 

albert v. krewatch, Extension Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
b.s., University of Delaware, 1925; M.S., 1929; e.e., 1933. 

amihud kramer, Professor of Horticulture 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1942. 

Robert w. krauss, Professor of Plant Physiology 

a.b., Oberlin College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1949; ph.d., University of 
Maryland, 1951. 

albin o. kuhn, Professor of Agronomy and Executive Vice-President 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948. 

george s. langford, Professor of Entomology and State Entomologist 

B.s., Clemson College, 1921; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; ph.d., Ohio State 
University, 1929. 

conrad B. link, Professor of Floriculture 

B.s., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; ph.d., 1940. 

Margaret T. loar, Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration Agent Leader 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1941. 

77 



Faculty 

john w. magruder, Extension Professor and County Agent Leader 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925; M.S., Cornell University, 1941. 

delbert T. morgan, Professor of Botany 

B.s., Kent State University, 1940; m.a., Columbia University, 1942; PH.D., 1948. 

Margaret Oliver, Extension Professor and Home Demonstration Agent Leader 
B.S., Huntington College, 1932; m.a., Columbia University, 1954. 

Reginald L. reagan, Professor of Veterinary Virology 
Major, U. S. Army, Retired. 

russell G. rothgeb, Research Professor in Agronomy 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1924; M.S., Iowa State College, 1925; PH.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1928. 

leland e. scott, Professor of Horticultural Physiology 

B.s., University of Kentucky, 1927; M.S., Michigan State College, 1929; PH.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1943. 

clyne s. shaffner, Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry 
b.s., Michigan State College, 1938; M.S., 1940; ph.d., Purdue University, 1947. 

james B. shanks, Professor of Floriculture 

b.s., Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; PH.D., 1949. 

mary s. shorb, Research Professor, Nutrition 

B.S., College of Idaho, 1928; sc.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1933. 

francis c. stark, Professor of Vegetable Crops 
B.s., Oklahoma A. & M., 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1941; ph.d., 1948. 

orman e. street, Professor of Agronomy 
b.s., South Dakota State College, 1924; M.S., Michigan State College, 1926; ph.d., 
1933. 

Arthur H. Thompson, Professor of Pomology 
b.s., University of Minnesota, 1941; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1945. 

william p. walker, Professor of Agricultural Economics 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1921; M.S., 1924. 

Leslie o. weaver, Extension Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.s.a., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; PH.D., Cornell University, 1943. 

78 



Faculty 

evelyn D. whitehouse, Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration Agent Leader 
B.s., South Dakota State College, 1932; m.a., George Washington University, 1958. 

w. sherard wilson, Extension Professor and State 4-H Club Agent 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1932. 

Associate Professors 

JOHN H. axley, Associate Professor of Soils 
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1937; PH.D., 1945. 

frank L. bentz, jr., Associate Professor of Soils and Assistant, President's Office 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952. 

theodore L. bissell, Extension Associate Professor of Entomology 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1920; M.S., Cornell University, 1936. 

Russell G. brown, Associate Professor of Botany 

B.s., West Virginia University, 1929; M.S., 1930; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1934. 

Robert L. bruce, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant County Agent Leader 
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1949; M.S., Cornell University, 1952. 

Robert J. Byrne, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

D.V.M., Cornell University, 1944; M.S., George Washington University, 1958. 

SING c. chanc, Associate Professor of Veterinary Virology 

B.s., University of Nanking, China, 1929; ph.d., Rutgers University, 1939. 

James L. cason, Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry 

B.S., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, 1948; M.S., Michigan State College, 1950; ph.d., 
North Carolina State College, 1956. 

SING c. chang, Associate Professor in Veterinary Virology 

b.s., University of Nanking, China, 1929; ph.d., Rutgers University, 1939. 

Cornelia M. cotton, Associate Professor, Veterinary Science 

a.b., Cornell University, 1921; M.S., Syracuse University, 1926; ph.d., University of 
Maryland, 1943. 

A. morris decker, jr., Associate Professor of Crops 
b.s., Colorado A. & M., 1949; M.S., Utah State College, 1950; ph.d., University of 
Maryland, 1953. 

harry w. dencler, Extension Associate Professor, Forestry 
B.s., Syracuse University, 1935. 

james riley Ferguson, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry 
B.s., Colorado A. & M., 1941; M.S., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1953. 

Phillips w. foster, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics 
B.s., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois, 1956; ph.d., 1958. 

79 



Faculty 

guy w. gienger, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1933; M.S., 1936. 

paul M. galbreath, Associate Professor of Soil Conservation 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1940; ll.b., 1954. 

Castillo graham, Associate Professor of Entomology 

B.s., Mississippi A. & M. College, 1927; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930; PH.D., 
1932. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1929; M.S., 1931. 

basil c. hatziolos, Associate Professor of Pathology 

d.v.m., Veterinary School of Alfort, France, 1929; dr. vet. in an. hus., Veterinary 
School of Berlin, Germany, 1932. 

lavonia hilbert, Extension Associate Professor and Clothing Specialist 
b.s., West Virginia University, 1937; m.a., Columbia University, 1946. 

john H. hoyert, Associate Professor of Agronomy 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; PH.D., 1951. 

Robert B. johnson, Associate Professor of Veterinary Physiology 
a.b., University of South Dakota, 1939. 

jack colvard jones, Associate Professor of Entomology 

b.s., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1942; PH.D., Iowa State College, 1950. 

emory c. leffel, Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1953. 

Robert c. leffel, Associate Professor of Agronomy 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., Iowa State College, 1950; PH.D., 1952. 

William A. Matthews, Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops 

B.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930. 

Joseph F. mattick, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing 
B.s., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; ph.d., 1950. 

Virginia mcluckie, Extension Associate Professor and Home Economist 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1953. 

charles P. merrick, Extension Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1933. 

amos R. Meyer, Extension Associate Professor of Marketing 
B.s., Ohio State University, 1940. 

jeanne S. moehn, (mrs.), Extension Associate Professor and Family Life Specialist 
B.s., Iowa State University, 1940. 

omar D. morgan, jr., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 

b.ed., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; ph.d., University of Illinois, 1950. 

80 



Faculty 

john l. morris, Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1958. 

ray A. Murray, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics 

B.s., University of Nebraska, 1934; m.a., Cornell University, 1938; PH.D., 1949. 

Gilbert j. plumer, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1949; d.v.m., New York State Veterinary College, Cornell 
University, 1953. 

george D. quigley, Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry 
B.s., Michigan State College, 1925. 

Robert d. rappleye, Associate Professor of Botany 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; PH.D., 1949. 

charles w. Reynolds, Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops 

B.A., University of Alabama, 1941; B.s., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S., 
1949; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1954. 

benjamin L. Rogers, Extension Associate Professor of Pomology 

B.S., Clemson College, 1943; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; PH.D., University 
of Maryland, 1950. 

john R. schabinger, Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry 

B.s., University of Delaware, 1943; M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1947; PH.D., 
North Carolina State College, 1961. 

mark m. shoemaker, Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening 
B.A., University of Michigan, 1921; m.l.d., 1922. 

hugh d. sisler, Associate Professor in Plant Pathology 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; PH.D., 1953. 

harold D. smith, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics 

b.a., Bridgewater College, 1943; M.S., University of Maryland, 1947; ph.d., American 
University, 1952. 

george A. Steven's, Extension Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics 

B.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941; M.S., 1949; ph.d., University of Maryland, 
1957. 

edward strickling, Associate Professor of Soils 
B.s., Ohio State University, 1937; ph.d., 1949. 

"William c. supplee, Research Associate in Poultry Husbandry 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; PH.D., 1931. 

m. gist welling, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant County Agent Leader 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1957. 

Robert c. wiley, Associate Professor of Horticulture Processing 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1950; PH.D., Oregon State College, 1953. 

81 



Faculty 

Paul N. winn, Research Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S., 1958. 

Assistant Professors 

george j. abrams, Assistant Professor of Apiculture 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1927; M.S., 1929. 

aloise A. bell, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
B.s., University of Nebraska, 1955; M.S., 1958; ph.d., 1961. 

JOHN buric, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry 

B.s., West Virginia University, 1948; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

neri A. clark, Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1954; ph.d., 1959. 

ROY cassell, Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club Leader 
b.s., West Virginia University, 1951. 

charlotte A. conaway, Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club 
Agent 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1957. 

Richard d. creek, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry 
B.s., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1955. 

john l. crothers, JR., Extension Assistant Professor, Department of Markets 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1954. 

Donald w. dickson, Assistant Professor and Publications Editor 
b.s., Baldwin Wallace College, 1947. 

Charles P. Ellington, Extension Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
b.s., University of Georgia, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

paul H. engle, Extension Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry 
B.s., Ohio State University, 1950; M.S., 1953; ph.d., 1957. 

kenneth E. felton, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1950; b.s.c.e., 1951. 

Raymond a. galloway, Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1956; ph.d., 1958. 

loren f. goyen, Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club Agent 
B.s., Kansas State University, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959. 

Wallace c. harding, jr., Extension Assistant Professor of Entomology 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1956; ph.d., 1961. 

wesley L. Harris, Assistant Professor in Agricultural Engineering 

b.s.a.e., University of Georgia, 1953; M.S., 1958; ph.d., Michigan State University, 1960. 

Floyd p. Harrison, Assistant Professor of Entomology 

B.s., Louisiana State University, 1951; M.S., 1953; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1955. 

82 



Faculty 

Elizabeth E. haviland, Assistant Professor of Entomology 

a.b., Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; M.A., Cornell University, 1926; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1936; PH.D., 1945. 

norman v. helbacka, Assistant Professor, Poultry Marketing 
B.s., University of Minnesota, 1952; M.S., 1954; PH.D., 1956. 

roger w. hemken, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry 

B.s., University of Illinois, 1950; M.S., 1954; PH.D., Cornell University, 1957. 

HAROLD H. hoecker, Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics 
b.s., Iowa State College, 1941. 

william L. hollis, Research Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops 

b.s., University of Delaware, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1957. 

Herman A. hunter, Extension Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops 
b.s., Clemson College, 1923; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926. 

Sidney ishee, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics 

B.s., Mississippi State College, 1950; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1952; PH.D., 
1957. 

carl N. johnson, Extension Assistant Professor of Landscape Gardening 
B.S., Michigan State College, 1947. 

warren T. johnson, Assistant Professor of Entomology 

B.s., Morris Harvey College (W. Va.), 1947; M.S., Ohio State University, 1951; PH.D., 
University of Maryland, 1956. 

james G. kantzes, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; PH.D., 1957. 

Raymond L. king, Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing 
A.B., University of California, 1955; PH.D., 1958. 

james d. kornder, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Medicine 

B.s., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.S., Ohio State University, 1952; d.v.m., 1956. 

conrad B. kresge, Assistant Professor of Soils 

B.s., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; M.S., 1956; PH.D., 1959. 

loren R. krusberg, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 

b.s., University of Delaware, 1954; M.S., North Carolina State College, 1956; PH.D., 
1959. 

Elizabeth langsdale, Extension Assistant Professor and Home Furnishing Specialist 
b.s., Illinois State University, 1938; m.e., Pennsylvania State University, 1954. 

gonrad h. liden, Assistant Professor, Administrative Assistant to the Dean 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., 1949. 

James p. Marshall, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics 

B.s., University of Kentucky, 1957; m.a., Michigan State University, 1957; PH.D., 1961. 

83 



Faculty 

james E. martin, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics 

B.s., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1954; M.S., N. C. State College, 1956; PH.D., Iowa 
State University, 1961. 

floyd v. Matthews, JR., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
b.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1951. 

John A. meade, Assistant Professor of Crops 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., 1955; PH.D., Iowa State University, 1958. 

james R. miller, Assistant Professor of Soils 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1953; PH.D., 1956. 

Joseph L. newcomer, Assistant Professor — Seed Programs 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1955. 

james L. Nicholson, Extension Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Robert A. paterson, Assistant Professor of Botany 

b.a., University of Nevada, 1949; M.A., Stanford University, 1951; PH.D., University 
of Michigan, 1957. 

judith A. pheil (mrs.), Extension Assistant Professor in Food and Nutrition 
b.s., Hood College, 1931. 

james A. pomerening, Assistant Professor of Soils 

B.s., University of Wisconsin, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1956; ph.d., Oregon 
State College, 1960. 

joanne w. reitz, Extension Assistant Professor and Home Management Specialist 
B.s., Indiana State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1952. 

paul w. santelmann, Assistant Professor, Crops 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., Michigan State College, 1952; ph.d., Ohio 
State University, 1954. 

clodus r. smith, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Extension Education 
b.s., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; ed.d., Cornell University, 1960. 

Robert J. snyder, Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops 

b.s., Pennsylvania State College, 1949; M.S., 1951; ph.d., Pennsylvania State Uni- 
versity, 1955. 

allen l. steinhauer, Assistant Professor of Entomology 

B.s., University of Manitoba, 1953; M.S., Oregon State College, 1955; ph.d., 1958. 

wolcott e. stewart, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry 

b.s., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., 1956; ph.d., 1957. 
daniel A. swope, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics 

b.s., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1943; ph.d., 

Pennsylvania State University, 1958. 

Bernard a. twigg, Extension Assistant Professor 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955; ph.d., 1959. 

84 



Faculty 

JOHN H. vandersall, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
B.s., Ohio State University, 1950; M.S., 1954; PH.D., 1959. 

Donald o. wiersig, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Medicine 
D.v.M., Iowa State College, 1949. 

frank H. wilcox, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry 
B.s., University of Connecticut, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1953; PH.D., 1955. 

floyd j. Williams, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
B.s., Ohio State University, 1955; M.S., 1958; PH.D., 1961. 

Walter l. Williams, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
B.s., University of Missouri, 1952; PH.D., 1955. 

jack B. wilson, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.s., West Virginia University, 1953; M.S., 1954; PH.D., 1957. 

JOHN w. wysong, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics 

B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois, 1954; ph.d., Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1957. 

edgar p. young, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry 
b.s., Ohio State University, 1954; M.S., 1956; PH.D., 1958. 

Instructors 

Robert J. beiter, Instructor in Agricultural Economics 
b.s.. University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1957. 

melvin c. brennan, Instructor, Visual Aids 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1952. 

sanford farwell, Extension Instructor and Exhibits Specialist 
B.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1954. 

le moyne hogan, Instructor in Horticulture 

B.s., Louisiana State University, 1953; M.S., 1957. 

E. C. Joseph, Instructor in Agricultural and Extension Education 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1954; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959. 

elroy R. krestensen, Instructor in Entomology 
B.S., University of Florida, 1949; M.S., 1951. 

william G. lancston, Extension Instructor in Agricultural Economics 
B.s., University of Georgia, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959. 

burnell k. rebert, Extension Instructor, Marketing 
b.s., Elizabethtown College, 1947. 

donald j. seeley, Instructor in Dairy Technology 

B.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950. 
Thomas M. stabler, Extension Instructor in Poultry Husbandry 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1956. 

85 



Faculty 

glenn j. stadelbacher, Extension Instructor in Horticulture 
B.s., Southern Illinois University, 1958. 

Hermann s. todd, Instructor in Horticulture 
b.s., Ohio State University, 1937. 

Research Associate 

esam ahmed, Research Associate in Horticulture 

B.s., Cairo University, 1945; M.S., Alexander University, 1953; PH.D., University of 

Maryland, 1957. 

constantine a. sorokin, Research Associate, Plant Physiology 

Diploma in Agronomy, Donn Agricultural Institute; m.a., Russian Academy of Agri- 
cultural Science, 1936; ph.d., University of Texas, 1955. 

Lecturers 

dean r. plowman, Lecturer in Dairy Husbandry 

B.s., Utah State College, 1951; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; PH.D., 1956. 

harold h. shepard, Lecturer in Entomology 

B.s., Massachusetts State College, 1924; M.S., University of Maryland, 1927; PH.D., 
Massachusetts State College, 1931. 

Emeriti 

charles o. appleman, Professor of Plant Physiology, Emeritus 
ph.d., University of Chicago, 1910. 

ernest n. cory, Professor of Entomology, Emeritus 

b.s., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909; M.S., 1913; ph.d., American University, 
1926. 

samuel H. devault, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing, Emeritus 
a.b., Carson-Newman College, 1912; a.m., University of North Carolina, 1915; PH.D., 
Massachusetts State College, 1931. 

william b. kemp, Director of Experiment Station, Emeritus 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1912; PH.D., American University, 1928. 

john B. s. NORTON, Professor of Botany, Emeritus 

b.s., Kansas State College, 1896; M.S., 1900; sc.D., (hon.), University of Maryland. 

thomas b. symons, Dean of Agriculture, Emeritus 

b.s., Maryland Agricultural College, 1902; M.S., Maryland State College, 1905; d. agr., 
University of Maryland, 1918. 

* Supervising Teachers in Agriculture 

ahalt, louis F., B.s., University of Maryland, 1940; M.S., 1952. 
Middletown High School, Middletown, Maryland. 



*Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers during the prac- 
tice teaching period in cooperation with the Department of Agricultural Education. 

86 



Faculty 

baer, wilfred o., B.s., The Pennsylvania State University, 1942; M.S., 1952 
Sudlersville High School, Sudlersville, Maryland. 

lewis, glenn w., b.s., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1953 
Easton High School, Easton, Maryland. 

miller, harry t., b.s., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1952 
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland. 

pope, james l., b.s., University of Maryland, 1957 
Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Maryland. 

reid J. martin, B.s., University of Maryland, 1950 
North Dorchester High School, Hurlock, Maryland. 

remsberg, george c, jr., b.s., University of Md., 1939; M.S., 1951 
Walkersville High School, Walkersville, Maryland. 

scott, Joseph k., b.a., Bridgewater College, 1935; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 
1940 
Williamsport High School, Williamsport, Maryland. 

sparks, loring t., b.s., University of Maryland, 1953 
Hereford High School, Parkton, Maryland. 

Thompson, john l., b.s., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1959 
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland. 

watkins, donald e., b.s., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., Cornell University, 1924. 
Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Maryland. 



87 



The College of 
Arts and Sciences 



Catalog Series 1962-64 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Volume 17 



March 22, 1962 



No. 20 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published four times in January; three 
runes in February, March, April, May, September and December; two times in June, 
October end November; and once in July and August. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter 
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. 



CONTENTS 



GENERAL 



University Calendar v 

Board of Regents vii 

Officers of Administration viii 

Chairmen, Faculty Senate xi 

General Information 1 

History 2 

Requirements for Admission 2 

Costs 2 

Degrees 3 

Residence 3 

For Additional Information 3 

Academic Information 4 

General Requirements for 

Degrees 4 



Work in Freshman and 

Sophomore Years 4 

The Program in American 

Civilization 5 

Air Science, Physical Educa- 
tion and Health 6 

College Requirements 7 

Junior Requirements 3 

Normal Load 8 

Advisers 8 

Electives in Other Colleges 

and Schools 8 

Certification of High School 

Teachers 9 



CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 



General A.B. Curriculum 10 

I. American Civilization 10 

II. The Humanities 11 

Art 11 

Classical Languages and 

Literatures 12 

Comparative Literature 13 

English 13 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures 13 

Music 14 

Philosophy 15 

Speech and Dramatic Art 16 

III. The Social Sciences 17 

Economics 17 

Geography 17 

Government and Politics 13 

History 18 

Psychology 19 

Sociology 20 

General B. S. Curriculum 21 

IV. The Biological Sciences 22 



General Biological Sciences 22 

Botany 22 

Microbiology 23 

Psychology 24 

Zoology 25 

V. The Physical Sciences 25 

General Physical Sciences 25 

Chemistry 26 

Mathematics 27 

Physics 27 

Honors in Physics 28 

VI. Pre-Professional 

Curriculums 28 

Combined Program in Arts 

and Sciences and Law 28 

Combined Program in Arts 

and Sciences and 

Dentistry 29 

Combined Program in Arts 

and Sciences and 

Medicine 31 

(continued on next page) 



ill 



CONTENTS 



COURSE OFFERINGS 



American Civilization 35 

Art 36 

Botany 39 

Chemistry 40 

Classical Languages and 

Literatures 45 

Comparative Literature 43 

Economics 49 

English Language and Literature 50 
Foreign Languages and 

Literatures 53 

Geography 65 

Geology 65 



Government and Politics 65 

History 66 

Mathematics 72 

Microbiology 83 

Music 85 

Applied Music 90 

Philosophy 91 

Physics and Astronomy 95 

Psychology 104 

Sociology 109 

Speech and Dramatic Art 115 

Zoology 122 



Faculty 127 



IV 



UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

FALL SEMESTER 1961 
SEPTEMBER 

18-22 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 
25 Monday — Instruction Begins 

NOVEMBER 

22 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Glass 
27 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 ajn. 

DECEMBER 

20 Wednesday — Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 

JANUARY 1962 

3 Wednesday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

24 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

25-31 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive — Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1962 

FEBRUARY 

5-9 Monday to Friday — Spring Semester Registration 
12 Monday — Instruction Begins 
22 Thursday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 

MARCH 

25 Sunday — Maryland Day 

APRIL 

19 Thursday — Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 

24 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

16 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Wednesday — Memorial Day, Holiday 

JUNE 

1 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

2-8 Saturday to Friday, inclusive — Spring Semester Examinations 

3 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

9 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1962 
JUNE 1962 

25 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

26 Tuesday — Summer Session Begins 
30 Saturday — Classes as Usual 

JULY 

4 Wednesday — Independence Day, Holiday 

AUGUST 

3 Friday — Summer Session Ends 

SHORT COURSES 1962 
JUNE 1962 

18-23 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 
AUGUST 

6-11 Monday to Saturday— 4-H Club Week. 
SEPTEMBER 

4-7 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



V 



FALL SEMESTER 1962 

SEPTEMBER 

17-21 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 

24 Monday — Instruction Begins 

NOVEMBER 

21 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class 
26 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

DECEMBER 

21 Friday — Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 

JANUARY 1963 

3 Thursday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

23 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

24-30 Thursday to Wednesday — Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1963 

FEBRUARY 

4-8 Monday to Friday — Registration 
11 Monday — Instruction Begins 

22 Friday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 

MARCH 

25 Monday — Maryland Day (Not a Holiday) 

APRIL 

11 Thursday — Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 
16 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

15 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Thursday — Memorial Day, Holiday 

31 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

JUNE 

1-7 Saturday to Friday— Spring Semester Examinations 

2 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

8 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1963 

june 1963 

24 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

25 Tuesday — Instruction Begins 

JULY 

4 Thursday — Independence Day, Holiday 

AUGUST 

16 Friday — Summer Session Ends 

SHORT COURSES 1963 

JUNE 

17-22 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 

AUGUST 

5-10 Monday to Saturday — 4-H Club Week 

SEPTEMBER 

3-6 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



VI 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

and 
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 

Charles P. McCormick 

Chairman 1966 

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2 

Edward F. Holter 

V ice-Chairman 1968 

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore 2 

B. Herbert Brown 

Secretary 1967 

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1 

Harry H. Nuttle 

Treasurer 1966 

Denton 

Louis L. Kaplan 

Assistant Secretary 1964 

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15 

C. E. Tuttle 

Assistant Treasurer 1962 

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2 

Richard W. Case 1970 

Commercial Credit Building, Baltimore 

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965 

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown 

Thomas B. Symons 1963 

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park 

William C. Walsh 1968 

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967 

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18 

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of 
seven years each, beginning the first Monday in June. Members may serve only two 
consecutive terms. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the 
Board. 

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland 
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

vii 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

Principal Administrative Officers 

wilson h. elkins, President 

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936; d. phil., 
1936. 

albin o. kuhn, Executive Vice President 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; PH.D., 1948. 

R. lee hornbake, Vice President for Academic Affairs 

B.s., California State College, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936; PH.D., 1942. 

frank L. bentz, Assistant to the President 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1942; PH.D., 1952. 

alvin E. cormeny, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and Development 
b.a., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936. 

Emeriti 

harry c. byrd, President Emeritus 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickinson 
College, 1938; d.sc, Western Maryland College, 1938. 

adele h. stamp, Dean of Women Emerita 

b.a., Tulane University, 1921; m.a., University of Maryland, 1924. 

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges 

myron s. aisenberg, Dean of the School of Dentistry 
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922. 

Vernon e. Anderson, Dean of the College of Education 

B.s., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d., University of Colorado, 1942. 

ronald bamford, Dean of the Graduate School 

B.s., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

Gordon m. cairns, Dean of Agriculture 

B.s., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; PH.D., 1940. 

William p. Cunningham, Dean of the School of Law 

A.B., Harvard College, 1944; ll.b., Harvard Law School, 1948. 

ray w. ehrensberger, Dean of University College 

b.a., Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; PH.D., Syracuse University, 
1937. 

noel e. foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy 
PH.C, South Dakota State College, 1929; B.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland, 
1932; ph.d., 1933. 

via 



lester M. fraley, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
b.a., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939. 

Florence M. gipe, Dean of the School of Nursing 
B.s., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940; 
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952. 

ladislaus F. grapski, Director of the University Hospital 
r.n., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1933; b.s., University ci 
Denver, 1942; m.b.a., in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943. 

ikvin c. haut, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station and Head, Department of 

Horticulture 

B.s., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1933. 

verl s. lewis, Dean of the School of Social Work 
a.b., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.s.w., Western Reserve 
University, 1954. 

selma F. lippeatt, Dean of the College of Home Economics 

B.s., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945; PKJ)., 
Pennsylvania State University, 1953. 

charles manning, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences 

b.s., Tufts College, 1929; m.a., Harvard University, 1931; ph.d., University of North 
Carolina, 1950. 

Frederic T. mavis, Dean of the College of Engineering 

b.s., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935. 

paul E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service 
B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.P.A., Harvard 
University, 1948; u.p.a., 1951. 

donald w. o'connell, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration 
b.a., Columbia University, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., 1953. 

william s. stone, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical Education 
and Research 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville, 1929; 

ph.d. (hon.), University of Louisville, 1946. 

General Administrative Officers 

c. watson alcire, Director of Admissions and Registrations 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931. 

theodoue R. aylesworth, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air Science 
b.s., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949. 

B. james borreson, Executive Dean for Student Life 
b.a., University of Minnesota, 1944. 



IX 



uavid L. brigham, Director of Alumni Relations 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938. 

C. Wilbur, cissel, Director of Finance and Business 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939. 

helen E. Clarke, Dean of Women 
b.s., University of Michigan, 1943; m.a., University of Illinois, 1951; ed.d., Teachers 
College, Columbia, 1960. 

william w. cobey, Director of Athletics 
a.b., University of Maryland, 1930. 

L. eugene cronin, Director of Natural Resources Institute 

a.b., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943; PH.D., 1946. 

lester M. dyke, Director of Student Health Service 
b.s., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., 1926. 

geary F. eppley, Dean of Men 

b.s., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926. 

harry d. fisher, Comptroller and Budget Officer 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1943; c.p.a., 1948. 

george w. fogg, Director of Personnel 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928. 

Robert J. mccartney, Director of University Relations 
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941. 

george w. Morrison, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical Plant 
(Baltimore) 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931. 

Werner c. rheinboldt, Director, Computer Science Center 

dipl.math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; dr.rer.nat., University of Freiburg, 1955. 

Howard rovelstad, Director of Libraries 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; b.s.l.s., Columbia University, 1940. 

orval L. ulry, Director of the Summer Session 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1938; m.a., 1944; ph.d., 1953. 

george o. weber, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical Plant 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1933. 

Division Chairmen 

JOHN E. faber, jr., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; PH.D., 1937. 

harold c. hoffsommer, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences 
b.s., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929. 

charles E. white, Chairman of the Lower Division 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926. 

X 



CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE 

1961-1962 

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY 

Peter P. Lejins (Arts and Sciences) , Chairman 

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE 

L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING 

Kenneth 0. Hovet (Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES 

Charles Manning (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION 

Benjamin Massey (Physical Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES 

James H. Reid (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH 

Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PUELIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS 

Albin 0. Kuhn (Executive Vice President), Chairman 

COMMITTEES ON LIBRARIES 

Aubrey C. Laud (Arts and Sciences) , Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS 

Carl Bode (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION 

John E. Foster (Agriculture), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM, AND TENURE 

Peter P. Lejins (Arts and Sciences) , Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES 

Robert L. Green (Agriculture), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE 

Guy B. Hathorn (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION 

G. Kenneth Reiblich (Law), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS 

Harold F. Sylvester (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Augustus J. Prahl (Graduate School), Chairman 



XI 



CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE 

ADJUNCT COMMITTEE OF THE GENEUAL COMMITTEE OF STUDENT 
LIFE AND WELFARE 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Richard F. Davis (Agriculture), Chairman 

yiNANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELF 

Paul E. Nystrom (Agriculture) , Chairman 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS 

Warren L. Slrausbaugh (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

RELIGIOUS LIFE 
Redfield Allen (Engineering), Chairman 

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY 

Theodore R. Aylesworth (AFROTC), Chairman 

STUDENT DISCIPLINE 
J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Vernon E. Krahl (Medicine), Chairman 



Xll 



The College of 
Arts and Sciences 



General Information 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES OFFERS ITS STUDENTS 
a liberal education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelli- 
gently with the problems which confront them and whose general educa- 
tion will be a continuing source not only of material profit but of genuine 
personal satisfaction. It also offers each student the opportunity to con- 
centrate in the field of his choice; this element of depth serves both as an 
integral part of his education as a foundation for further professional train- 
ing or pursuits. 

Students in other colleges of the University are offered training in funda- 
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education. 

The course required by the University of the baccalaureate degree in 
any college emphasize the development and nature of American civilization. 
All of these courses except one are given by the College of Arts and Sciences. 



General Information 

HISTORY 

This college is an outgrowth of the Division of Language and Literature 
and the Division of Applied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts of 
Maryland State College. In 1921 the School of Liberal Arts and the School 
of Chemistry were combined and other physical and biological sciences were 
brought into the newly formed College of Arts and Sciences. In later re- 
organizations some departments have been added and some transferred to the 
administrative control of other colleges. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION 

Deadlines for the receipt of applications for admission are Stpember 1, 
1962 for the Fall Semester, 1962, and January 1, 1963 for the Spring 
Semester, 1963. 

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, 
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools 
of the University. Application must be made to the Director of Admissions, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

The student who intends to pursue a program of study in the College of 
Arts and Sciences should include the following subjects in his high school 
program: English, 4 units; college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane 
geometry), 3 or 4 units; foreign language, 2 or more units; biology, chem- 
istry, or physics, 2 units; history and social sciences, 1 or more units. 

The student who wishes to major in chemistry, mathematics, physics, 
botany, microbiology, zoology, or who wishes to follow a pre-medical or 
pre-dental program, should include 4 units of college preparatory mathe- 
matics (algebra, plane geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced mathe- 
matics, if available) . He should also include chemistry and physics. 

A complete statement of admission requirements and policies will be 
found in the publication entitled An Adventure in Learning. A copy may be 
obtained by writing to the Office of University Relations, North Administra- 
tion Building, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

COSTS 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $200.00 fixed 
charges; $106.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $230.00 to $260.00 lodging for 
Maryland residents, or $280.00 to $310.00 for residents of other states and 
countries. A matriculuation fee of $10.00 is charged all new registrants. A 
fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for ad- 
mission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is 
accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee. A charge of $350.00 is assessed stu- 
dents who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs write for a copy of the 
publication entitled An Adventure in Learning. 



General Information 



DEGREES 



The degree conferred on students who have met the requirements pre- 
scribed by the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science, and Bachelor of Music. 

Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors 
in departments of the humantities or social sciences are awarded the degree 
of Bachelor of Arts. 1 Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors 
in departments of the humanities or social sciences are awarded the degree 
of Bachelor of Sciences." Those who complete satisfactorily a special pro- 
fessional program in the Department of Music are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Music. 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program 
of Arts and Sciences and Medicine or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, 
will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Sciences. Students who complete 
satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and Sciences and 
Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts. 

RESIDENCE 

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a 
baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in 
residence in this University. 

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 
30 semester hours credit of the arts program in residence in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, College Park. 

The complete statement of this requirement may be found in the 
University publication, University General and Academic Regulations. 

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and 
awards, student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found 
in the University publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This pub- 
lication may be obtained on request from the Office of University Rela- 
tions, North Administration Building, University of Maryland at College 



a The Departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, al- 
though administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer 
courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments 
as in those of the other Departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are 
administrated by the College of Arts and Sciences. 

2 The Department of Botany, although administered by the College of Agriculture, 
offers courses for Arts and Sciences students. A major may be elected in this depart- 
ment as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Sciences ad- 
ministered by the College of Arts and Sciences. 



General Information, Academic Information 

Park. A detailed explanation of the regulations of student and academic life,, 
may be found in the University publication titled, University General and 
Academic Regulations. This is mailed in September and February of each 
year to all new undergraduate students. 

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges 
should be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to: 

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK: 

Dean 

(College in which you are interested) 
The University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School in which you are interested) 
The University of Maryland 
Lombard and Greene Streets 
Baltimore 1, Maryland 

Academic Information 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Ails and Sciences may 
be conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements: 

1. University requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements. 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other 
than Basic Air Science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire 
in addition 5 semester hours in Basic Air Science, and 4 semester hours in 
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours in 
hygiene and 4 semester hours in physical activities. 

WORK IN THE FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS 

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is 
designed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him 
for concentration in the latter part of his course. 

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such 
proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in 
the field of his special interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic 
ability must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study is 
to be obtained. 



Academic Information 

The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to 
he best fitted. It will be noted that a common group of studies is required 
of all students who are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects 
should be taken, if possible, during the freshman and sophomore years. 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

The University considers that it is important for every student to 
achieve an appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its 
culture. It has therefore established a comprehensive program in American 
Civilization. This program is also designed to provide the student with a 
general educational background. 

Work in American civilization is offered at three distinct academic 
levels. The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the 
University and is described below. The second level is for undergraduate 
students wishing to carry a major in this field. The third level is for stu- 
dents desiring to do graduate work in this field (see catalog for the Gradu- 
ate School). 

All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of 
Maryland must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) 
obtain 24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the 
American Civilization Program. Although the courses in the program are 
prescribed generally, some choice is permitted, especially for students who 
demonstrate in classification tests good previous preparation in one or more 
of the required subjects. 

The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows: 

1. English (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4), American history (6 
hours, H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are 
required subjects; however, students who qualify in one, two, or all three 
of these areas by means of University administered tests are expected to 
substitute certain elective courses. Through such testing a student may be 
released from 3 hours of English (9 hours remaining an absolute require- 
ment) , 3 hours of American history (3 hours remaining as an absolute 
requirement), and 3 hours of American government. Students released 
from 3 hours of English will take Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those 
released from 3 hours in history will take H. 56 instead of H. 5 and 6. 
Students who have been exempted from courses in English, American his- 
tory, or American government may not take such courses for credit. 

Special note for foreign students: 

The foreign student is required to take a special classification test in 
English before registering for the required English courses. He may be 
required to take Foreign Language 1 and 2 — English for Foreign Students — 
before registering for English 1. 



Academic Information 

The foreign student may meet the foreign language requirement by 
taking additional courses in English as stated below under the foreign 
language requirement. 

The foreign student should register for Speech 3, Fundamentals of 
General American Speech, rather than for the speech course normally re- 
quired in his curriculum. 

2. For the additional hours of the 24 hours required the student elects 
one course from the following group (Elective Group I) : 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics (not open to freshmen; students 
who may wish to take additional courses in economics should 
substitute Econ. 31 for Econ. 37). 

Phil. 1 — Philosophy for Modern Man. 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology. 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life. 

3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 
or 9 hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history, or 
American government (see 1 above), shall select the replacements for these 
courses from any or all of the following groups: (a) more advanced courses 
in the same department as the required courses in which the student is 
excused, or (b) Elective Group I (see 2 above) provided that the same 
course may not be used as both a Group I and a Group II choice, or (c) 
Elective Group II. Group II consists of the following 3-hour courses: 

H. 42 — Western Civilization; either H. 51 or 52 — The Humanities; 
either Music 20 — Survey of Music Literature or Art 22 — History of Ameri- 
can Art; and Soc. 5 — Anthropology. 

AIR SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH 

1. Basic Air Science for men — five semester hours. Required fresh- 
man and sophomore years. 

2. Health for women — four semester hours. Required freshman year. 

3. Physical Activities for men and women — four semester hours. Re- 
quired freshman and sophomore years. 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regula- 
tions, are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two 
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for gradua- 
tion and it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years 
of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. 
Transfer students who have not fulfilled this requirement will complete the 
course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry 
as electives during their junior and senior years Advanced Air Science 
courses which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United States 
Air Force. 



Academic Information 

For further details concerning air science refer to University General 
and Academic Regulations, a publication mailed in September and Febru- 
ary of each year to all new undergraduate students. 

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS 

1. Foreign language — twelve semester hours in one language, unless 
otherwise specified. (Students selecting a modern foreign language who 
qualify by placement examination for the fifth semester of the language will 
be required to take only nine hours, and those who qualify for the sixth 
semester will be required to take only six hours. Placement tests are not 
given in Latin or Greek. Students selecting Latin or Greek to meet the 
foreign language requirement must take twelve semester hours of the language 
selected.) The languages which may be offered to meet this requirement 
are French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Greek, Spanish and Chinese. 

German 9 may not be taken to meet the college requirement of 12 hours 
of language unless the student has finished German 7 or German 8. Stu- 
dents who wish to offer foreign language not included in this list should 
consult the Head of the Foreign Language Department for a recommendation 
to the Dean. 

Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by offering twelve hours 
of English in addition to the regular English requirement. The special 
course in English for foreign students (Foreign Language 1, 2) may be 
included in the additional hours of English. This option may not be used 
by pre-medical students. 

A foreign student may not meet the foreign language requirement by 
taking freshman or sophomore courses in his native language. 

2. Natural science and mathematics — twelve semester hours, unless 
otherwise specified. Candidates for the A.B. degree must demonstrate 
eligibility to take Math. 10 or must complete satisfactorily Math. 3. The 
science courses elected require the approval of the Dean; they will be 
selected from the Departments of Botany, Chemistry, Entomology, Geology, 
Microbiology, Physics, Zoology. At least one course must include laboratory 
experience and one course must be elected in each of the Divisions of 
Biological and Physical Sciences except in the case of students whose science 
courses are specifically prescribed in their curricula. 

3. Speech — two or three semester hours in accordance with the par- 
ticular curriculum. 

4. Major and minor requirements — When a student has completed 
satisfactorily the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he 
will select a major in one of the departments of an upper division and for 
graduation will complete a departmental major and a minor. The courses 
constituting the major and the minor must conform to the requirements of 
the department in which the major work is done. 

The student must have an average of not less than "C" in the intro- 
ductory courses in the field in which he intends to major. 



Academic Information 

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental re- 
quirements, of 24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses 
numbered 100 or above. 

A minor in programs leading to the A.B. degree shall consist of a 
coherent group of courses totalling 18 semester hours in addition to the 
requirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in a single 
department in courses numbered 100 or above. The courses comprising the 
minor must be chosen with the approval of the major department. 

No minor is required in programs leading to the B.S. degree, but the 
student must take such supporting courses in science or other fields as are 
required by his major department. 

The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least 
"C;" some departments will count toward satisfaction of the major require- 
ment no course completed with a grade of less than "C." The average grade of 
the work taken in the major and minor fields combined must be aj: least 
"C." A general average of "C" in courses taken at the University of Mary- 
land is required for graduation. 

JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 academic semester hours 
with an average grade of at least "C" in the freshman and sophomore years 
before he will be permitted to begin advanced work on his major and minor. 
See University General and Academic Regulations for full statement of this 
rule. 

NORMAL LOAD 

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit 
per semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities, air 
science, and hygiene. 

A student must have the approval of his adviser and dean to take more 
than the normal program prescribed in his curriculum. 

ADVISERS 

Each freshman in this college will be assigned to a faculty adviser who 
will help the student, during his first year, to select his courses and to 
determine what his field of major concentration should be. 

The student at the sophomore level and above will be advised by a fac- 
ulty member in his major department. Students following the three-year 
programs in dentistry, law, and medicine will be advised by the special 
advisers for these programs. 

ELECTIVES IN OTHER COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of 
the University may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree 
in the College of Arts and Sciences. 



Academic Information 

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various col- 
leges and schools is as follows: College of Education — 24; all other col- 
leges 20. The combined credits from the colleges and schools shall not 

exceed 20 (or 24 if courses in education are included). Schools of Den- 
tistry, Law, and Medicine — in combined degree programs the first year of 
professional work must be completed. 

CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective 
high school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and 
minor in one of the departments of this College. A student who wishes to 
work for a teacher's certificate should consult his adviser before the junior 
year. 

SPECIAL HONORS 

1. A program of readings for special honors in literature is open to 
undergraduates in any college of the University who have the approval of 
their dean and of the Head of the Department of English. Candidates are 
examined on an approved list of literary works including translations from 
foreign languages. Application may be made to the Head of the Depart- 
ment of English at any time before the beginning of the junior year. 

2. The Honors Program of the College is made up of the Depart- 
mental Honors Programs. Its general aim shall be to encourage and recog- 
nize superior scholarship. Its more particular aim shall be to provide 
qualified students with a maximum opportunity for intensive and often 
independent study to the end of achieving integration and depth in their 
major fields of study. The Honors Program of each department is set up 
and administered by the Departmental Honors Committee. The College 
Committee on Honors Programs acts as an advisory and regulatory body. 
Admission to the Program shall ordinarily be at the beginning of the first 
or second semester of the student's junior year. As a general rule only 
students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 will be admitted. 
Students admitted to the program enjoy some academic privileges. A com- 
prehensive examination over the field of his major program is given to 
candidates near the end of their senior year. On the basis of the student's 
performance on the Final Honors Comprehensive Examination and in meet- 
ing such other requirements as may be set by the Departmental Honors 
Committee, the faculty may vote to recommend the candidate for the ap- 
propriate degree (A.B., B.M., or B.S.) without departmental honors; for 
the appropriate degree with (departmental) Honors; or for the appro- 
priate degree with (departmental) High Honors. Successful candidacy will 
be symbolized by appropriate announcement in the Commencement Program 
and by citation on the successful student's academic record and on his 
diploma. 



GENERAL A.B. CURRICULUM 

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students plan- 
ning to major in one of the departments of the Divisions of Humanities or 
Social Studies. Since some departmental majors require prerequisites 
which should be taken during the first two years, individual programs must 
be prepared in consultation with the assigned adviser; the elective hours 
listed may be used for this purpose. Lower division advisers and the heads 
of the Departments of Music and Sociology have available copies of nor- 
mal curricula for distribution to students who wish additional information 
about majors in art, music, or sociology. 

r- Semester— x 
Freshman Year ' « 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 1 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government or Group I elective 1 3 

Group I elective or G. & P. I 1 — 3 

Foreign Language" 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3-4 3-4 

Speech 1 — Public Speaking and elective 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) yn* 2 

Hea. 2, 4 — Health (women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total ____18%-19% 17-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 1 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 1 3 3 

Foreign Language (continued) 3 3 

Natural Science or Mathematics 3-4 3-4 

Elective 3 3-6 

A. S. 3,4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16%-20% 

I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

The University has a comprehensive program in American studies. It 
begins with required courses on the freshman and sophomore level, in- 
cludes a major for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate work 
on the M.A. and Ph.D. level. (For information concerning the graduate 
program, see the Graduate School Catalog.) 



♦Concurrently with A. S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular cur- 
riculum. 

1 See The Program in American Civilization on pages 5-6. 

2 A placement test is given during registration week for students wishing to pursue 
a language they bave studied in high school. 

10 



The Humanities Curriculums 

The student who majors in American civilization has the advantage 
of being taught by cooperating specialists from various departments. The 
committee in charge of the program represents the Departments of English, 
History, Government and Politics, and Sociology. Members of the Commit- 
tee serve as official advisers to students electing to work in the field. 

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of 
securing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of 
concentration. Studies in American civilization are supplemented by studies 
in source cultures and interacting cultures; however in planning a curricu- 
lum, students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments 
primarily concerned with the program. The program must include at least 
42 semester hours of work from the departments participating in the pro- 
gram. These credits constitute collectively a major and a minor. At least 
20 of these 42 hours of advanced work must be in 100-level courses. All the 
advanced work should be so distributed that the student will take at least 
9 hours in each of three out of the four cooperating departments, including, 
of course, the department of his concentration. 

In his senior year, each major student is required to take a conference 
course (American Civilization 137, 138) in which the study of American 
civilization is brought to a focus. During this course, the student analyzes 
eight or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in Ameri- 
can life and thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical mat- 
ters, in formulating problems for special investigation, and in group 
discussion. 

Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in 
American civilization should consult with their Lower Division adviser. 
Upperclassmen should consult with the Executive Secretary of the Ameri- 
can Civilization curriculum, Assistant Professor Beall. 

Suggested sample curriculum for American civilization majors: 

Junior year: H. 52 — The Humanities (3) ; H. 105 and 106 — Social & 
Economic History of the United States (3, 3) ; Eng. 150 and 151 — Ameri- 
can Literature (3, 3) ; G. & P. 144— American Political Theory (3) ; Phil. 
121 — American Philosophy (3); Electives (9). 

Senior year: American Civilization 137 and 138 — Conference course 
in American Civilization (3, 3) ; G. & P. 174— Political Parties (3) ; Phil. 
154 — Political and Social Philosophy (3) ; Soc. 105 — Cultural Anthropol- 
ogy (3) ; Soc. 125— Cultural History of the Negro (3); H. 133 and 134 
— History of Ideas in America (3, 3); Electives (6). 

II. THE HUMANITIES 

Art 

Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who 
take the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career 

11 



The Humanities Curriculums 

for which art is a necessary background; Art Major B for those who pre- 
pare themselves for creative work on a professional basis. 

In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to 
more advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles 
involved in visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form of 
actual practice of drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains a 
knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and of the methods 
and procedures underlying good quality of performance. 

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the crea- 
tive faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, neces- 
sarily places emphasis on general history, composition, and art apprecia- 
tion, with subsequent choices of special art epochs for greater detailed 
study. 

Art history and art appreciation are of special interest to students 
majoring in English, history, languages, philosophy, or music. It is sug- 
gested that they schedule Art 9, 11, and 22, History of Art, and History of 
American Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller understanding 
of their major. Art 20 is recommended for English, languages, philosophy, 
home economics, and education majors. Art 22, History of American Art, 
is advised for majors in the American civilization courses. Home econom- 
ics and horticulture majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as 
a useful means of training observation and developing understanding of, 
and proficiency in, the visual arts. 

Courses required in all art majors: Art 1 — Basic Drawing (3) ; Art 
5— Basic Design (3); Art 9, 11— History of Art (3, 3); Art 20— Art 
Appreciation (2). 

Courses required in cultural art major: Art 22 — History of American 
Art (3). 

Courses required in creative art major: Art 7 — Landscape Painting 
(3). 

The Department of Art reserves the right to retain any work of stu- 
dents for the permanent collection of the University. 

Classical Languages and Literatures 

No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages. For details 
on registration for Latin and Greek, see preliminary paragraph at head of 
course listings below in this catalog. 

major IN LATIN: Latin 1, 2, 3, and 4 or their equivalent must have 
been completed before a student may begin work on a major in Latin. A 
student majoring in Latin will then begin his concentration with Latin 5. 
A major consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours beginning with Latin 
5, twelve hours of which must be taken in 100-level courses. A major stu- 
dent who has taken Latin 1, 2, 3, and 4 may use credit so obtained to ful- 

12 



The Humanities Curriculums 

fill the twelve-hour foreign language requirement of the College of Arts and 
Sciences. Those registering initially for Latin 5 must fulfill this require- 
ment in another foreign language, preferably Greek. 

Comparative Literature 

All literature courses numbered 100 or above in the departments of 
Classics, Foreign Language and English as well as courses in Comparative 
Literature are accepted for a major in comparative literature. Students with 
this major must have a knowledge of at least one approved foreign language 
demonstrated by successful completion of a course numbered 100 or above 
in that language. 

Of the possible 24-40 hours offered as a major, the following courses 
are required: 

Comparative Literature 101-102 and 150. 

Six hours of other comparative literature courses. 

Course work may not be limited to the nineteenth and twentieth cen- 
turies. Latin 70 is highly recommended. Comparative literature courses 
may be counted toward a major or minor in English. 

English 

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do grad- 
uate work, are urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that 
required for graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is rec- 
ommended that the students give special consideration to the following: Latin, 
Greek, French, German, philosophy, history, and fine arts. 

Students who major in English must choose 24 hours of the possible 
24-40 hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows: 

1. Three hours in language ( Eng. 3, 101, 102, 104, 107). 

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 115, 116, 121). 

3. Nine hours in survey or type courses (six hours from Eng. 110, 
111, 112, 113, 120, 122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135; 55 or 56; 
three hours from Eng. 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157). 

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156). 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 

In French, German, and Spanish the underclass prerequisites, which 
must be satisfied before a student can begin work toward a major, are the 
courses numbered 1, 2, 6, 7, and 11 (or 9 in German), except that highly 
qualified students in 7 (or also 8 in German) may bypass 11 (or 9 in 
German), and except that first-term juniors may be permitted to take 11 

13 



The Humanities Curriculums 

(or 9 in German) concurrently with 75. In Russian, the underclass pre- 
requisites are Russian 1, 2, 6, and 7. 

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish, one 
for the general student or the future teacher, and the other for those inter- 
ested in a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understand- 
ing another nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and 
other aspects. 

literature and language major: Language and literature are stressed 
in this type of major. Specific minimum requirements in the program for 
a major in French, German, or Spanish are: three semester courses in ad- 
vanced language (two to be selected from courses numbered 12, 80, 81 
and one from courses numbered 103, 104) ; two semesters of the survey 
of literature (courses numbered 75, 76, or 77, 78) ; four semester courses 
selected from literature courses numbered 100 or above; and Comparative 
Literature 101 and 102 — a total of 33 hours. Requirements for a major in 
Russian comprise three semesters of advanced language, as follows: Russian 
12 or 13; Russian 71 or 72; Russian 80 or 81. Also, two semesters of the 
survey of literature, Russian 75 and 76; four semesters in 100-level courses; 
and Comparative Literature 101, 102 — a total of 33 hours. Beyond this 
minimum, further courses in the Department are desirable and, as electives, 
work in American and Comparative Literature is strongly recommended. In 
all language programs, including the Foreign Area Major, the Head of 
Department has authority to relieve a student of the requirement in Com- 
parative Literature 101 and 102. 

foreign area major: The area study major in French, German or 
Spanish endeavors to provide the student with a knowledge of various 
aspects of the country whose language he is studying. Specific minimum 
requirements in the program for this major are: five semester courses in 
advanced language (courses numbered 12, 71, 72, 80, 81) ; two semester 
courses in civilization (courses numbered 171, 172 or 173, 174) ; two 
semester courses selected from literature courses numbered 100 or above; 
and Comparative Literature 101 and 102 — a total of 33 hours. The student 
takes, as a minor, 18 hours in geography, history, political science, sociology, 
economics, or other human science courses, distributed through these fields, 
in consultation with advisers in the Foreign Language Department. 

Music 

The functions of the Department are (1) to help the general student 
develop sound critical judgment and discriminating taste in the art of music; 
(2) to provide professional training based on a foundation in the liberal 
arts; (3) to prepare the student for graduate work in the field; (4) to pre- 
pare him to teach in the public schools. To this end, two degrees are offered: 
the Bachelor of Music, with a major in theory-composition, history-litera- 

14 



Major in Theory- 


Composition 


History 


Academic courses 








specified 1 42 


sem. 


hrs. 


42 sem, 


unspecified 9 






9 


Theory and Literature 








lower division 27 






23 


upper division 16 






22 


Applied Music 26 






24 



The Humanities Curriculums 

ture, or applied music; and the Bachelor of Arts, with a major in music. 
The Bachelor of Science degree, with a major in music education, is offered 
in the College of Education. 

Courses in music theory, literature, and applied music are open to all 
students who have completed the specified prerequisites or their equivalents. 
The University Orchestra, Band, Chapel Choir, Madrigal Singers, Women's 
Chorus, and Men's Glee Club are likewise open to qualified students. 

THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC degree: The curriculum leading to the de- 
gree of Bachelor of Music is designed for students who wish to prepare for 
careers as performers or private teachers, or to prepare for music teaching 
on the college level. The course requirements in the three major areas may 
be summarized as follows. A list of specific courses is available in the de- 
partmental office. 

History-Literature Applied Music 

hrs. 42 sem. hrs. 
10 

23 
13 
32 

In addition, eight semester hours in ensemble courses; Air Science 
(men), health (women)*, and physical activities*. 

the bachelor of arts degree: The curriculum leading to the Bache- 
lor of Arts degree with a major in music is designed for students whose 
interests are cultural rather than professional. The departmental require- 
ments include sixteen semester hours in music theory, eighteen semester 
hours in music history and literature, eight semester hours in applied music, 
in addition to not more than six semester hours in the larger ensembles. A 
list of specific courses is available in the departmental office. 

Philosophy 

The Department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students 
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical eval- 
uation concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the sig- 
nificance of the principal types of human experiences and activities. 

Phil. 1 — Philosophy for Modern Man is available to those students 
who wish to explore the field of philosophy, but who have not sufficient free 
electives to take some of the more specialized courses offered by the Depart- 

^niversity requirement: American Civilization Program, 24 semester hours; Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences requirements: 12 semester hours in foreign languages, and 
6 semester hours in mathematics or science. 

*As required in the general A.B. curriculum. 

15 



The Humanities Curriculums 

ment. Phil. 1 is a Group I elective in the American Civilization Program. 
As such it is directed in part toward examining the philosophical basis of 
American ideas and ideals. But it is concerned also with the general edu- 
cational aspects of the program and hence deals with the larger philosophi- 
cal questions relating to the nature of man as a thinking, feeling and valu- 
ing member of human society. 

To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their 
subjects, the Department offers a choice among a group of specifically re- 
lated courses: Phil. 52 — Philosophy in Literature; Phil. 53 — Philosophy of 
Religion; Phil. 145— Ethics; Phil. 147— Philosophy of Art; Phil. 152— 
Philosophy of Social and Historical Change; Phil. 154 — Political and Social 
Philosophy; Phil. 155— Logic; Phil. 156— Philosophy of Science; Phil. 158 
— Philosophy of Language. 

To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the Depart- 
ment offers historical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent and con- 
temporary, Oriental, and American philosophy. The last course is particu- 
larly relevant for students of American civilization. 

The courses in logic (Phil. 41 and Phil. 155) are recommended in the 
Arts-Law curriculum and the government and politics program. 

Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in 
English, literature, the social sciences, American civilization, psychology, 
and in the pre-ministry and pre-law fields. Interested students should con- 
sult with the Chairman of the Department. 

Freshmen and sophomores planning to major in philosophy should con- 
sult the Chairman of the Department about preparation for the major. 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

The courses in this Department have two main functions: (1) to pro- 
vide training in basic oral communication skills to meet the general needs 
of undergraduates of the University; (2) to provide integrated specialized 
training for students who wish to major or minor in speech. 

A major may be taken in the Speech Department in one of two gen- 
eral areas, the speech arts or the speech sciences. The speech arts include 
theater, radio and television, public speaking, and oral interpretation; the 
speech sciences include phonetics, semantics, speech pathology and audiol- 
ogy. The undergraduate program provides a level of training that will pre- 
pare students to enter several professional fields. Specifically, these fields 
are: (1) teaching speech and dramatic art or directing these activities; (2) 
radio and television; (3) speech and hearing therapy. In addition, ade- 
quate preparation and training for graduate work is provided. 

Minors in speech are adapted to meet the needs of students majoring 
in English, the social sciences, journalism and public relations, elementary 
education, nursery school — kindergarten education, pre-law and pre-minis- 
try fields. 

16 



The Social Sciences Curriculums 

Prerequisites for all majors in speech are Speech 1, 3, or 4, 5 and 6, 
and Zool. 1. Major requirements: 30 hours of courses in speech with 15 
hours of courses numbered 100 and above, in either the speech arts or 
speech sciences. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted to- 
ward completing the major requirements for graduation. 

Specific requirements for professional training in speech and hearing 
therapy include completion of the general requirements for speech majors 
with the following additions: Zool. 14, 15; Psych. 1, 5, 131; a minimum of 
21 hours of speech sciences at the 100 level. 

Qualified students, depending upon specialized interests, are invited to 
participate in the activities of the University Theater, Radio-Television Guild, 
and the Calvert Debate Club. 



III. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Economics 

Students registered in the College of Arts and Sciences may major in 
economics. During the freshman and sophomore years prospective eco- 
nomics majors should consult with their Lower Division adviser in Arts and 
Sciences concerning preparation for the major. Normally Economic Devel- 
opments (2, 2) is taken during the freshman year and Principles of Eco- 
nomics (3, 3) during the sophomore year. 

Juniors and seniors are advised by the faculty of the Department of 
Economics, which is administered in the College of Business and Public 
Administration. In addition to the ten lower division credits listed above, 
economics majors must complete a minimum of 26 credits with an average 
grade of not less than "C." National Income Analysis (3), Advanced Eco- 
nomic Principles (3) and Elements of Statistics (3) are required. Other 
courses to meet the requirements of the major are to be selected with the 
aid of a faculty adviser. Descriptions of courses in economics will be found 
in the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. Addi- 
tional information about the curriculum in economics may be obtained at 
the departmental office. 

Geography 

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to 
the A.B. degree. Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses and 
major in geography from a liberal arts point of view although the Depart- 
ment is administered by the College of Business and Public Administration. 
Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in geography should consult 
their Lower Division advisers and the Department of Geography. 

17 



The Social Sciences Curriculums 

The following courses are required: Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3) ; Geog. 30 
(3) ; Geog. 35 (3) ; Geog. 40 and 41 (3, 3) ; Geog. 170 (3) ; Geog. 199 
(3) ; and 15 hours in other geography courses numbered 100 to 198. 

The following science courses are required: Bot. 1 (4) ; Chem. 1 (4) ; 
Agron. 114 (4). The following supporting courses are also required: Bot. 
113 (2) ; Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3) ; Soc. 105 (3). Certain of these courses 
are applicable to the minor. Please consult Senior Adviser, Department of 
Geography. 

Government and Politics 

Although this Department is administered by the College of Business 
and Public Administration, government and politics is a recognized major 
field for students in the College of Arts and Sciences, leading to the A.B. 
degree. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in government and 
politics should consult their Lower Division advisers about preparation for 
the major; additional information about the government and politics pro- 
gram may be obtained at the departmental office. Juniors and seniors ma- 
joring in government and politics are advised by the faculty of that Depart- 
ment. 

For further information concerning the courses offered in government 
and politics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Adminis- 
tration. The government and politics curriculum described in that catalog 
does not apply to students in the College of Arts and Sciences. Such stu- 
dents must complete instead the following requirements: 

1. At least 36 semester hours of government and politics. 

2. No course in which the grade is less than "C", made after Sep- 
tember 1947, may be counted as part of the major work. 

3. An adequate diversification of study in the various fields of gov- 
ernment and politics, under the guidance of the faculty of the De- 
partment. 

If desired, students may specialize in state and local government, public 
administration, public law, public policy, political theory, comparative gov- 
ernment, or international relations. 

History 

The Department of History recognizes that the study of history supplies 
the general student with the cultural background for the several fields of 
knowledge. At the same time the curriculum provides preparation for those 
entering specific fields of professional activity: (1) the teaching of history 
and the social sciences at the secondary level, (2) journalism, (3) research 
and archival work, (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the curriculum 

18 



The Social Sciences Curriculums 

offers adequate preparation and training for those who intend to pursue 
graduate study. 

The program of the undergraduate student majoring in history is 
planned to insure a diversification of courses with the aim of familiarizing 
the student with the subject matter and disciplines of the broad fields of 
history. A faculty adviser, designated by the Department, will assist each 
undergraduate major in planning his program and in selecting courses to 
meet both major and minor requirements. The student will be expected to 
confer at regular intervals with his faculty adviser regarding the progress 
of his studies. 

Undergraduate history majors must meet the following departmental 
requirements : 

1. Prerequisites for majors are H. 5, 6 (unless exempted by examin- 
ation) and H. 41, 42. 

2. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 27 semester 
hours in the series, H. 51, to H. 199. 

3. Every history major is required to complete the proseminar course, 
H. 199, three semester hours. 

4. The remaining 24 hours of major work in advanced courses must 
show the following minimum distribution: (a) 9 hours in Ameri- 
can history (including Latin American and Canadian) and (b) 9 
hours in European and Asian history. 

5. No grades of "D" will be counted in computing the hours to sat- 
isfy the major requirement. 

6. Completion of the minor. 

The undergraduate major will, during his junior year, file with his fac- 
ulty adviser a minor sequence. The minor requirement may be satisfied by 
(1) a single sequence of 18 semester hours in any one of several related 
departments such as government and politics, economics, sociology, philos- 
ophy, literature, and geography; or (2) a split minor sequence to include 
two departments, provided a minimum of 9 hours is offered in each depart- 
ment, a total of 18 hours. In certain cases, and only on the basis of an 
approved written application, the student may offer a combination social 
science minor sequence of at least 18 hours or a combination humanities 
minor sequence of at least 18 hours. In all cases the minor sequence must 
include at least 6 semester hours of 100-level work in a single depart- 
ment. The average grade in the minor must be "C" or better. 

Psychology 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of So- 
cial Sciences (for the B.A. degree) and the Division of Biological Sciences 

19 



The Social Sciences Curriculums 

(for the B.S. degree) and offers educational programs related to both of 
these fields. The functions of the undergraduate curriculum in psychology 
are to provide an organized study of the behavior of man in terms of the 
biological conditions and social factors which influence such behavior. In 
addition, the undergraduate program in psychology is arranged to provide 
a level of training that will equip the students to enter certain professional 
pursuits which require a background in this field. It is important to note, 
however, that the undergraduate degree in psychology is not in itself rec- 
ognized as carrying any professional status. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree with a major in 
psychology are: Psych. 1, 90, and 150, and two from the following three: 
Psych. 145, 146, 147. The additional courses will be chosen by the student 
in discussion with his advisor, and these courses will total to a minimum 
of 23 hours. A minor program is organized to supplement the work in the 
major, and for the B.A. degree this minor program will ordinarily consist 
of courses in the social sciences. The departmental requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science degree are given elsewhere in these pages. No student 
who has ever received a second grade lower than "C" in the major require- 
ments listed above will be certified for graduation with a maj or in psychology. 

Sociology 

The major in sociology offers a liberal education and at the same time 
provides a background for those professional fields which focus on an under- 
standing of human relationships. 

Departmental requirements consist of a minimum of 30 semester hours in 
sociology and for the minor, a coherent group of courses totalling 18 hours. 
Of the latter at least 6 hours must be 100-level courses in a single department. 
Sociology credit with a grade of less than "C" may not be counted toward the 
major requirement. 

Courses required of all sociology majors: — Soc. 1, 2, 183, 186, and 196. 

There are several suggested areas of emphasis within the sociology major, 
some with additional requirements: — (1) General Sociology; (2) Anthro- 
pology, (3) Community Studies (rural, urban, and suburban groups and their 
populations) ; (4) Crime Control Curriculum (a four year preprofessional 
program in the field of crime and delinquency and their prevention and con- 
trol) ; (5) Sociology-Education (fulfills requirements for secondary teaching 
certification) ; (6) Social Instructions (the structure and functioning of social 
institutions including the family, religion, economic, governmental, and edu- 
cational) ; (7) Pre-professional Social Work Curriculum (provides pre- 
professional preparation for entering a professional social work school, and 
qualifications for certain social work positions for which post-graduate pro- 
fessional education is not required); (8) Social Psychology; (9) Intercul- 
tural Sociology: (10) Industrial and Occupational Sociology. A statement of 
the course requirements and other recommended courses is available in the 
departmental office. 

20 



Biological Sciences Curriculums 

GENERAL B.S. CURRICULUM 

The curricula required of students majoring in departments of the Divi- 
sions of Biological Sciences and Physical Sciences vary much in regard to 
the year in which University and College required courses are scheduled in 
order to assure the proper sequential and prerequisite arrangement of 
major courses. The following curriculum, which gives the subjects required 
of students who plan to major in departments of the Divisions of Biological 
or Physical Sciences, is, therefore, quite flexible; individual programs must 
be prepared in consultation with the assigned adviser. Lower division advisers 
and department heads have available copies of normal curricula for dis- 
tribution to students who wish additional information about majors in de- 
partments of these divisions. 

r- Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Amercan Literature 1 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government or Group I elective 1 3 

Group I elective or G. & P. I 1 __ 3 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

Mathematics - Science 8-9 8-10 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) %* 2 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17^-18^ 21-23 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 1 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 1 3 3 

Foreign Language 2 3 3 

Mathematics Science 9-12 9-12 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 21-24 19^-22% 



* Concurrently with A. S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

n See The Program in American Civilization on pages 5-6. 

2 A placement test is given during registration week for students wishing to pur- 
sue a language they have studied in high school. Some departmental curricula require 
German. Most of the departments prefer or require French or German. 

21 



Biological Sciences Curriculums 

IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

General Biological Sciences 

The program has been prepared for the student who is interested in bi- 
ology but whose interest has not yet centered in any one of the biological 
sciences. This program is also a suitable one for the pre-dental student who 
plans to earn the B.S. degree before entering dental school. This program, 
however, is not recommended for the pre-dental student. The program in- 
cludes work in botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology, and intro- 
duces the student to the general principles and methods of each of these bio- 
logical sciences. The student may then emphasize any one of these areas in 
completing his program. 

By proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a stu- 
dent may concentrate his work sufficiently in one area of biology to be able 
to continue graduate work in that field. However, a student who is definitely 
planning to do graduate work would be well-advised to major in one specific 
field of biology as soon as his interest becomes definite. 

The student following this program must meet the general requirements 
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French or 
German to meet the foreign language requirements and Speech 7 (or Speech 
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in speech. 

Required introductory courses in the biological sciences: Microb. 1; Bot. 
1; Ent. 1; Zool. 1. These courses must be passed with an average grade of at 
least "C". The pre-dental student must take Zool. 2 as well. 

Required supporting courses in mathematics and the physical sciences: 
Math. 10, 11; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 11. The student working in most areas 
of biology will also need a year of organic chemistry (Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 or 
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38). Additional work in chemistry may also be required by 
the student's adviser, in accordance with the needs of the student's field of 
emphasis. The pre-dental student must include Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 in his 
program. 

Advanced courses in the biological sciences: The student must complete at 
least 30 semester hours of advanced work selected from the fields of botany, 
microbiology, entomology, and zoology. Of these credits at least 18 must be 
at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments. The 
following courses in psychology may be counted as part of the required 30 
semester hours but may not be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 semester 
hours at the 100 level: Psych. 106, 136, 145, 180, 181, 195. 

A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the de- 
partment in which he plans to do the most work. 

Botany 

Botany is recognized as either a major or minor field in Arts and 
Sciences, leading to the B.S. degree. The Botany Department is admin- 

22 



Biological Sciences Curriculums 

istered by the College of Agriculture, but students register for botany courses 
and major or minor in this subject just as if the Department were in the 
College of Arts and Sciences. Course descriptions and further information 
about the Botany Department are given in the catalog for the College of 
Agriculture. 

Freshmen and sophomores should consult their lower division adviser 
and also the Botany Department adviser, in planning the major program. The 
four lower division courses, General Botany — Bot. 1 and 2; Diseases of 
Plants — Bot. 20; and Plant Taxonomy — Bot. 11, total 14 credit hours and 
should be taken during the first two years. Sufficient upper division courses 
to give a total of 40 credit hours in botany must be taken. Included in these 
will be Plant Physiology— Bot. 101; Plant Microtechnique — Bot. 110; 
Plant Anatomy — Bot. Ill; Plant Ecology — Bot. 102; and electives. The bot- 
any electives chosen depend in part, on the student's chief interest. 

To support the courses in botany, major students are required to take 
General Chemistry — Chem. 1 and 3; Mathematics — Math. 10 and 11 as a 
minimum; Physics — Phys. 10 and 11; General Zoology — Zool. 1; General 
Microbiology — Microb. 1; Genetics; and 12 hours of a modern language, 
preferably German. 



Microbiology 

The Department of Microbiology has as its primary aim providing the 
student with thorough and rigorous training in microbiology. This entails 
knowledge of the basic concepts of bacterial cytology, physiology, taxonomy, 
and genetics, as well as an understanding of the biology of infectious 
disease, immunology, general virology, and various applications of micro- 
biological principles to public health and industrial arts. In addition, the 
Department pursues a broad and vigorous program of basic research, and 
encourages original thought and investigation in the above mentioned areas. 

The Department also provides desirable courses for students majoring in 
allied departments who wish to obtain vital, supplementary information. 
Every effort has been made to present the subject matter of Microbiology 
as a basic core of material that is pertinent to all biological sciences. 

MICROBIOLOGY CURRICULUM: The field of microbiology is too vast in 
scope to permit specialization during undergraduate study. Accordingly, 
the curriculum outlined below includes the basic courses in microbiology 
and allied fields. 

A student planning a major in microbiology should consult his adviser 
during the first year. The supporting courses should be chosen only from the 
biological or physical sciences. 

A grade of "D" in a course in microbiology will not be counted toward 
completing the major requirements for graduation. 

23 



Biological Sciences Curriculums 

Courses required in major and supporting courses: — Microb. 1 — Gen- 
eral Microbiology (4) ; Microb. 50 — Cytology of Bacteria (2) ; Microb. 101 
— Pathogenic Microbiology (4) ; Microb. 131, 133 — Applied Microbiology 
(4, 4); Microb. 60, 62— Microbiological Literature (1, 1), Microb. 103 — 
Serology (4) ; Microb. 161 — Systematic Bacteriology (2) ; Microb. 150 — 
Microbial Physiology (2) ; Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry (4, 4) ; Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry (3, 3) ; Chem. 19— Elements 
of Quantitative Analysis (4) ; Chem. 161, 163— Biochemistry (2, 2) ; Math. 

10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3,3) ; Phys. 10, 11 — 
Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4). 

medical technology program: This is a professional program intended 
for those students who wish to prepare for technical work in any type of a 
medical laboratory. Because of its technical nature, it is broader in require- 
ments and allows fewer electives. By proper planning of one's schedule begin- 
ning in the sophomore year, courses in zoology may be taken in place of 
electives or certain courses in microbiology. These courses should include 
Zool. 1 and 2 — General Zoology; Zool. 108 — Animal Histology; Zool 110 — 
Parasitology; and the following courses in microbiology; Microb. 105 — 
Clinical Methods, and Microb. 108 — Epidemiology. 

The student who elects this program should try to obtain summer em- 
ployment in a medical laboratory. This progam is so designed that a student, 
with proper planning, can prepare himself for admission to any of the train- 
ing schools for medical technology located in various hospitals. These training 
schools require two, three or four years of collegiate work, and after one 
year of hospital apprenticeship, the student is eligible to take examinations 
for the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical 
Pathologists (M.T.) if he so desires. 

Psychology 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Bio- 
logical Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational 
programs to both these fields. Further details on the undergraduate program 
in psychology are given elsewhere in these pages. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree with a major in psy- 
chology are the same as for the B.A. degree, described on pages 19-20. A can- 
didate for the B.S. degree with a major in psychology will offer as support- 
ing courses at least 18 hours from among the following groups: Math. 10, 

11, 18, 19, 20, 21, 130, 132; Phys. 10, 11, 60, 104, 105, 109; Zool. 1, 2, 5, 
14, 15, 102, 104. The additional 12 hours that are required by the College of 
Arts and Sciences may be selected from this group. The departmental re- 
quirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree are given elsewhere in these pages. 
No student who has ever received a scond grade lower than C in the major 
requirements listed above will be certified for graduation with a major in 
psychology. 

24 



Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences Curriculums 

Zoology 

Two courses of study have been established as described below. At 
least thirty-two hours of zoology, with an average grade of "C", are required 
for a major in the Department. Zool. 14, 15, 55S and 131 will not be counted 
as part of the 32 hour major requirement. 

ZOOLOGY: Copies of the suggested curricula for majors in zoology who 
are interested in any phase of animal study, pre-medical training, and pre- 
dental training are available from advisers and from the zoology office. 

Courses required for all majors in zoology are: Zool. 1, 2 — General 
Zoology and the Animal Phyla (4, 4) ; Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate 
Morphology (4) ; and Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology (4) . 

Supporting courses must include the following: Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, 
Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3) or Math. 18, 19 — Elementary 
Mathematical Analysis (5, 5) ; Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4) ; 
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry (4, 4) ; Organic Chemistry — Chem 31, 32, 
33, 34 (6) or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 (8) ; and one of the following courses: 
Bot. 2 — second semester of General Botany (4) ; Chem. 19 — Elements of 
Quantitative Analysis (4) ; or Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4) . 

fisheries: The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent oppor- 
tunity for the study of fisheries and marine zoology. In addition to the courses 
specified for other majors in zoology, students interested in following the 
fisheries curriculum must take: Zool. 127 — Ichthyology (4) ; and Zool. 130 — 
Hydrobiology (4) . Supporting courses must include, in addition to those 
above, the following: Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis (4) ; Chem. 19 — 
Elements of Quantitative Analysis (4) ; German 1, 2 — Elementary German 
(3, 3): German 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3). The student 
in this curriculum is also required to spend part of his summers in practical 
work in fisheries. 

V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

General Physical Sciences 

This program has been prepared for the student who desires an introduc- 
tion to the physical sciences but whose interest has not yet centered in any 
one field of the physical sciences. The program includes some advanced work 
in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, and permits the student to emphasize 
one of these fields without having to meet the full requirements for a major 
in one specific field. The program is suitable for the pre-medical or pre-dental 
student who plans to complete the requirements for the B.S. degree before 
entering medical or dental school. This program is also suitable for the 
woman student who is interested in science and wishes to become a technical 
assistant or technical writer in one of these fields, but who does not plan to do 

25 



Physical Sciences Curriculums 

graduate work. The program is not recommended for students who may later 
do graduate work in mathematics or in one of the physical sciences. 

The student following this program must meet the general requirements 
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French 
or German to meet the foreign language requirement and Speech 7 (or Speech 
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in speech. 

Required introductory courses in mathematics and the physical sciences: 
Math. 18, 19; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21 or 15, 16). These courses 
must be passed with an average grade of at least "C" for the student to be 
eligible to continue with this program. 

Required supporting courses for pre-medical or pre-dental students: The 
pre-dental student must include Zool. 1, 2 and must include Chem. 35, 36 
37, 38 in his program. The pre-medical student must include Zool. 1, 2, 5, 
20 in his program and must include Chem. 19, 35, 36, 37, 38 in his ad- 
vanced work in his program. Students interested in technical writing should 
take Eng. 7, in addition to the courses in English required of all students. 

Advanced courses in mathematics and the physical sciences: The stu- 
dent must complete at least 36 semester hours of advanced work selected from 
the Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. Of these credits at 
least 18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the three de- 
partments with no less than 3 in the second department. The student should 
normally take calculus (Math. 20, 21) inasmuch as practically all the ad- 
vanced work in mathematics and physics requires calculus. 

Chemistry 

The science of chemistry is so broad that completion of a well-planned 
course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The curri- 
culum outlined below describes such a course of study. The sequence of 
courses given should be followed as closely as possible; it is realized, how- 
ever, that some deviation from this sequence may be necessary toward the 
end of the program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, unless otherwise 
designated, are required of students majoring in chemistry. 

first year: Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry (4, 4) ; Math. 18, 19 — 
Elementary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); Speech 7 — Public Speaking (2). 
second year: Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 21 — Quantitative 
Analysis (4) ; Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) ; Chem. 
36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) ; Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 
4); German 1, 2 — Elementary German (3, 3). third year: Chem. 123 — 
Quantitative Analysis (4) ; Chem. 141, 143 — Advanced Organic Chemistry 
(2, 2) ; Chem. 144— Advanced Organic Laboratory (2) ; Phys. 20, 21— 
General Physics (5, 5) ; German 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German (3, 
3); Electives (1-2, 2-3). fourth year: Chem. 101 — Advanced Inorganic 
Chemistry (2); Chem. 187, 189— Physical Chemistry (3, 3); Chem. 188, 
190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) ; Chem. 146— The Identification 

26 



Physical Sciences Curriculums 

of Organic Compounds (2) ; Electives (5-8, 5-8) ; (Eng. 7 is strongly rec- 
ommended.) 

Mathematics 

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of mathematics in 
preparation for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in mathematics. 

No grade of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completion of 
the requirements for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average 
grade of "C" is required in the supporting courses. 

courses required in major: Math. 18, 19 — Elementary Mathematical 
Analysis (5, 5); Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4); Math. 110— Advanced 
Calculus and 21 credit hours of electives which must include six hours of 
algebra, three hours of geometry or topology and one at least of the courses 
Math. Ill — Advanced calculus (4) ; Math 114 — Differential equations (3) or 
Math. 146 — Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics. Supporting courses in- 
clude Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics (5, 5) and an approved program of 
at least 12 additional hours outside the Department, of which at least 6 
hours must be at the 100 level and 6 hours in one department; these 
courses may be in the physical sciences or in another area chosen by the 
student. The foreign language requirement should be satisfied by either 
German, French or Russian. 

Physics 

The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in 
the fundamentals of physics in preparation for graduate work or teaching, 
or for positions in governmental and industrial laboratories. Students who 
enter the University intending to major in physics are urged to take dur- 
ing the first two years the introductory courses Phys. 15, 16, 17, 18, and 
two semesters of Phys. 60. However, students who enter physics after tak- 
ing one of the other elementary physics courses (either Phys. 10, 11 or 
Phys. 20, 21) can reach approximately the same level by taking Phys. 50, 51, 
Phys. 102, and two semesters of Phys. 60. All students should accompany 
these basic courses with Math. 18, 19 — Elementary Mathematical Analysis 
(5, 5) ; and Math. 20, 21 — Calculus (4, 4). Physics majors are encouraged 
to try to enroll in the accelerated honors sections of these courses when 
they are qualified. 

After completion of the courses mentioned above, the Physics majors 
will be required to take the following courses: Physics 127, 128 — Elements 
of Mathematical Physics (4, 4) or Physics 106 — Theoretical Mechanics 
(3) ; and Physics 118 — Introduction to Modern Physics (3) ; Physics 119 — 
Modern Physics (3) ; and at least two semesters of advanced laboratory 
courses (e.g., Phys. 100, 109, 110, 140, 141, 150 or 190). Supporting courses 
must include at least one additional mathematics course approved by the 
physics advisor (which is usually Mathematics 110 or Mathematics 152). 

27 



Physical Sciences Curriculums 

Students who wish to be recommended for graduate work must maintain 
a "B" average and should also include as many as possible of the follow- 
ing courses: Physics 109 — Electronic Circuits (4) ; Physics 120 — Nuclear 
Physics (4) ; Physics 122— Properties of Matter (4) ; Physics 140, 141— 
Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory (3, 3) ; Physics 144, 145— Meth- 
ods of Theoretical Physics (4, 4) ; and Mathematics 110, 111 — Advanced 
Calculus (4, 4) . 

Recommended course programs are available from the Physics Depart- 
ment. Students may major in physics only if a grade "C" is attained in 
each semester of the elementary physics courses and in each of the required 
mathematics courses. 

HONORS IN PHYSICS 

Any students who complete Math. 21 and at least 12 credits in physics 
by the end of the sophomore year and who have maintained a 3.0 cumu- 
lative average in the total academic program as well as in physics and in 
mathematics may apply for admission to the Honors Program in physics. 
This program involves some independent work in addition to the normal 
physics major program and also requires the completion of the comprehensive 
examination in physics during the second semester of the senior year. 
Candidates for departmental honors in physics are selected from participants 
in the Honors Program. For further details, interested physics majors should 
consult their advisers. 

Astronomy 

A new program leading to the B.S. degree in Astronomy is being pre- 
pared. Details can be gotten from the Department of Physics and Astronomy. 

VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMS 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW 

Some law schools will consider only those applicants who have com- 
pleted a four-year college program leading to the A.B. or B.S. degree. 
Other law schools, including the School of Law of the University of Mary- 
land, will accept applicants who have successfully completed a three-year 
program of academic work. Law schools do not prescribe the specific courses 
which the student should take in his pre-law work, but do not require that 
the student follow one of the standard programs offered by the undergrad- 
uate college. 

FOUR YEAR PROGRAM: The student who plans to complete the require- 
ments for the A.B. or B.S. degree before entering law school should select 
one of the major fields for concentration. Pre-law students most commonly 
select one of the following subjects as their major: American civilization, 
economics, English, government and politics, history, philosophy, psychol- 
ogy, sociology, speech. During his first two years, the pre-law student will 

28 



Pre-Professional Curriculums 

normally follow the General A.B. Curriculum described earlier in these pages. 
During his junior and senior year, the pre-law student will complete the 
major and minor requirements for the A.B. degree. The requirements in 
the various major fields are described elsewhere in this catalog. 

THREE YEAR PROGRAM: The student who plans to enter law school at 
the end of his third year should follow the General A.B. Curriculum during 
his first two years. During his junior year he will complete the require- 
ments for a minor (18 semester hours) in one of the fields of concentra- 
tion. He will also be able to take some additional courses as electives. His 
program for the first three years must include all of the basic courses re- 
quired for a degree from the College of Arts and Sciences and a minor of 
18 semester hours as approved by his pre-law adviser. He must earn a total 
of 92 academic semester hours, exclusive of the credits in air science (men), 
health (women), and physical education as required of all undergraduate 
students. 

COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW: The student who 

successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) de- 
scribed above and who is admitted to the School of Law of the University 
of Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Arts degree after the suc- 
cessful completion of one year of full-time courses in the School of Law 
in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening 
Division of the School of Law). The completion of a year's work in the 
Law School constitutes the student's major. The combined program must 
include at least 120 academic semester hours, exclusive of required work 
in air science (men), health (women), and physical activities. The student 
must earn at least a "C" average in all of his work at College Park, and at 
least a "C" average in 28 semester hours of work in the School of Law. A stu- 
dent who enters the combined program with advanced standing must com- 
plete the final 30 academic semester hours of pre-law work in residence in 
the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible candidates are recommended for 
the degree of Bachelor of Arts by the faculty of the College of Arts and 
Sciences upon the concurrent recommendation of the Dean of the School 
of Law. 

The course of study at the School of Law requires three years of full- 
time work for completion. Students who successfully complete the program 
are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 



COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY 

Candidates for admission to dental schools should normally plan to 
take at least a three-year undergraduate program. Although the School of 
Dentistry of the University of Maryland considers some applications from 
students with only two years of undergraduate preparation, it requires three 
years of the great majority of its candidates and expects these candidates to 
meet the full requirements of the combined degree in Arts and Sciences and 
Dentistry as described below. 

29 



Pre-Professional Curriculums 

Certain science courses are prescribed for all candidates for dental 
school: Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3, 35, 36, 37, 38; Math. 10, 11 (or 18, 19); 
Phys. 10, 11, or 20, 21). These courses must be included in any pre-dental 
program. The student who wishes to be a candidate at the end of his sec- 
ond year must complete all of these courses during the first two years. All 
requirements must be completed by June of the year in which the student 
expects to enter dental school. 

Neither successful completion of a pre-dental program nor of degree 
requirements guarantees admission to a dental school. All dental schools, in- 
cluding that of the University of Maryland, have their own admission re- 
quirements and procedures. Dental schools expect candidates to attain an 
academic average substantially higher than the minimum average required 
for graduation from college. Through its pre-dental advisers and its Com- 
mittee on the Evaluation of Pre-Dental Students this College attempts to 
assist its applicants with their problems. 

FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM: The student electing this program should select 
one of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. Pre- 
dental students following the four-year program most commonly select one 
of the following subjects as their major field: microbiology, general bio- 
logical sciences, general physical sciences, psychology, zoology. These pro- 
grams are described elsewhere in this catalog. However, a student may meet 
dental school requirements in most of the majors offered in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, provided that he includes in his program the science 
courses specifically prescribed by dental schools. The student's pre-dental 
adviser will assist the student in planning a program which will meet both 
the dental school requirements and also the requirements for the A.B. or 
B.S. degree. 

three-year PROGRAM: The student electing to follow this program 
must complete all the courses specially required by the dental school. He 
must earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits 
in air science (men), health (women), and physical activities required of 
all undergraduate students. He must complete supporting courses as ap- 
proved by his pre-dental adviser. He must follow very carefully the pro- 
gram as outlined below: 

Freshman Year: Eng. 1, 2; Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3; Math. 10, 11; air 
science (men) ; Health 2, 4 (women) ; physical activities. 

Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4; Group I Electives; G. & P. 1; Chem. 35, 
36, 37, 38, H. 5, 6; foreign language (French or German or Latin) ; air 
science (men) ; physical activities. 

Note: Students planning to apply for admission to dental school at the 
end of the second year must take Phys. 10, 11, in place of H. 5, 6. The 
student who takes the two-year program will not be eligible for the Bache- 
lor of Science degree. 

30 



Pre-Professional Curriculums 

Junior year: Phys. 10, 11; foreign languages (continued); Speech 7; 
supporting courses as approved by a pre-dental adviser; electives. 

Supporting courses for the Arts-Dentistry degree may be selected from 
the following combination: zoology, 6 hrs. above 100; microbiology, 8 hrs. 
above 100; Chem. 19 plus 3 hours above 100 in any science; Chem. 161, 
162, 163, and 164; or 9 hours above 100 in any one department in the 
arts, humanities or social sciences. 

Any student who begins the three-year program may change to a four- 
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his pro- 
gram accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses neces- 
sary in certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for 
the student to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given 
in the junior and senior year. 

COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY: The student 

who successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) 
described above and who is admitted to the School of Dentistry of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree after 
successful completion of the first year in the School of Dentistry. The com- 
pletion of a year's work in the School of Dentistry constitutes the student's 
major. The combined program must include at least 120 academic semes- 
ter hours, exclusive of required work in air science (men), health (wo- 
men), and physical activities. The qualitative grade requirements of the 
College of Arts and Sciences and of the University must be fulfilled. A stu 
dent who enters the combined program with advanced standing must com 
plete the final. 30 semester hours of pre-dental work in residence in the Col 
lege of Arts and Sciences. Eligible candidates are recommened for the de 
gree of Bachelor of Science by the faculty of the College of Arts and Sci 
ences upon the concurrent recommendation of the Dean of the School o 
Dentistry. 

The course of study at the School of Dentistry requires four years for 
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded 
the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery. 



COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE 

The student planning to request admission to a medical school must 
pursue a course of study which meets the requirements prescribed by the 
Council of Medical Education of the American Medical Association and 
those added or recommended by the particular medical school of his choice. 

Some medical schools will consider only those applicants who will have 
completed a four-year college program and will have earned the A.B. or 
B.S. degree at the time of entrance into medical school. Other medical 
schools will consider applicants who will have completed three years of col- 
lege work. The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland accepts 

31 



Pre-Professional Curriculums 

some candidates who will have completed only three years of college work 
but looks with more favor upon the four-year program for most students. 
Both the four-year program and the three-year program are described be- 
low. In both pograms all required science courses must be completed by 
June of the year in which the student expects to enter medical school. 

Neither successful completion of a pre-medical program nor of degree 
requirements guarantees admission to any medical school. All medical 
schools, including that of the University of Maryland, have their own ad- 
mission requirements and procedures. Medical schools expect candidates 
to have attained an academic average substantially higher than the minimum 
average required for graduation from college. Through its Committee on 
the Evaluation of Pre-Medical Students this College attempts to assist its 
applicants with their problems. 

FOUR year PROGRAM: The student electing this program should select 
one of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. In addi- 
tion to meeting all general degree requirements and the specific require- 
ments of the major selected, the pre-medical student must include in his pro- 
gram the following required pre-medical courses: Zool. 1, 2, 5, 20; Chem. 
1, 3, 19, 35, 36, 37, 38; Math. 10, 11 (or 18, 19) ; Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21) . 

Pre-medical students, following the four-year program, most commonly 
select one of the following subjects as their major field: microbiology, gen- 
eral physical sciences, psychology, zoology. These programs are described 
elsewhere in this catalog. However, a student may meet medical school re- 
quirements in most of the majors in the College of Arts and Sciences, pro- 
vided that he includes in his program the individual courses specifically 
prescribed by medical schools. The student's premedical adviser will assist 
the student in planning a program which will meet both the medical school 
requirements and also the requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree. 

THREE-YEAR PROGRAM: The student electing to follow this program must 
complete all of the courses specifically required by the medical school. He 
must earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits 
in air science (men), health (women), and physical activities required of 
all undergraduate students. He must follow very carefully the program as 
outlined in the following paragraphs. 

Freshman year: Eng. 1, 2; G. & P. 1; Group I Elective; Math. 10, 11; 
Chem. 1, 3; Zool. 1, 2; air science (men), health 2, 4 (women); physical 
activities. 

Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4; Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38; Zool. 5, 20; 
foreign language (French or German or Latin) ; air science (men) ; physi- 
cal activities. 

Junior year; H. 5, 6; foreign language (continued); Chem. 19, Phys. 
10, 11; Sp. 7; Psych. 1; minor courses as approved by the pre-medical 
adviser. 

32 



Pre-Professional Curriculums 

Any student who begins the three-year program may change to the four- 
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his pro- 
gram accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses neces- 
sary in certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for the 
student to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given in 
the junior and senior years. The majority of students would therefore be 
wise to plan a four-year program on entrance and not attempt the highly- 
concentrated three-year program. 

COMBINED DEGREE IN ART AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE: The student 

who successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) 
described above and who is admitted to the School of Medicine of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree 
after successful completion of the first year in the School of Medicine. 
The completion of a year's work in the School of Medicine constitutes the 
student's major. The combined program must include at least 120 academic 
semester hours, exclusive of the required work in air science (men), health 
(women), and physical activities. The qualitative grade requirements of the 
College of Arts and Sciences and of the University must also be fulfilled. 
A student who enters the combined program with advanced standing must 
complete the final 30 semester hours of pre-medical work in residence in 
the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible candidates are recommended for 
the degree of Bachelor of Science by the faculty of the College of Arts and 
Sciences upon the concurrent recommendation of the Dean of the School 
of Medicine. 

The course of study at the School of Medicine requires four years for 
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded 
the degree of Doctor of Medicine. 

medical technology: Registry as a Medical Technician (MT) re- 
quires 90 hours of basic academic work; followed by a year of specialized 
training in a hospital laboratory school, and the passing of an examination 
given by the Registry of Medical Technicians. There are some hospital 
training schools already requiring four years of training prior to the 
specialized work. 

The Department of Microbiology (page 23) offers a four-year pro- 
gram which adequately prepares a student for acceptance by a hospital 
training school or for positions in governmental, research or hospital la- 
boratories, but it does NOT enable the student to take the "registry examina- 
tion" without additional training. 



33 



Course Offerings 



AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Committee on American Civilization: assistant professor beall, Executive 
Secretary. 

Professors: LAND, HOFFSOMMER, MURPHY AND PLISCHKE. 

AmcT. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. Four American classics (drawn from fields of the Depart- 
ments of English, Government and Politics, History, and Sociology, which cooperate 
in the program) are studied each semester. Specialists from the appropriate depart- 
ments lecture on these books. For the first semester of this academic year the classics 
are: Franklin's Autobiography, The Life and Writings of Thomas Jefferson, De Tocque- 
ville's Democracy in America, and Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson; for the second 
semester, Thoreau's Walden, Howell's A Hazard of New Fortunes, Veblen's Theory of 
the Leisure Class, and Riesman's The Lonely Crowd. Through these books and the 
lectures on them, the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a 
focus. 

This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization Pro- 
gram. The course also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating depart- 
ments; a student may take either or both semesters. 

The student majoring in American civilization can obtain his other courses prin- 
cipally from the offerings of the Departments of English, History, Government and 
Politics, and Sociology. (Beall and cooperating specialists.) 

For Graduates 

Amer. Civ. 201, 202. Seminar in American Civilization. (3, 3) ) 

First and second semesters. (Bode.) 

Amer. Civ. 399. Thesis Research. (1-6) 

35 



Art 



ART 



Professor and Acting Head: lembach. 

Associate Professor: maril. 

Assistant Professors: GRUBAR, stites and o'connell. 

Instructors: jamieson and freeny. 

Art 1. Basic Drawing. (3) 

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing preparatory to life and portrait 

drawing and painting Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of 
relative proportions, values, and modeling, etc. (O'Connell.) 

Art 2. Basic Drawing. (3) 

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing from model, (head and figure) 

with emphasis on structure and movement. (Jamieson.) 

Art 3. Rendering. (2) 

Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Methods of rendering architectural, 

interior, and landscape architectural drawings. Included are: techniques of monotone 

wash and water color. (Stites.) 

Art. 5. Basic Design. (3) 

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. A basic course in design for 
beginners consisting of the theory and practice of design. Theory of design deals with 
design elements such as line, shape, form, etc., and design principles such as contrast, 
balance, rhythm, etc. Design practice consists of working with pencil, pen, water color, 
casein, and other painting media in terms of organization, representation and space. 

(Freeny.) 

Art 6. Still Life. (3) 

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Art 5. A continu- 
ation of Art 5 with emphasis on more advanced still life painting problems with differ- 
ent media. (Jamieson.) 

Art 7, 8. Basic Painting. (3, 3) 

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing and painting; organization of 

landscape material with emphasis on compositional structure. (Maril.) 

Art 9. History of Art. (3) 

A survey of the cultures from prehistoric times to the Renaissance, as expressed 

through painting, sculpture, and architecture. (Stites.) 

Art 11. History of Art. (3) 

Designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned with the 
development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renaissance to the pres- 
ent day. (Grubar, Stites.) 

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture. (2, 2) 

Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Study of three-dimensional compositions in 

round and bas-relief. Mediums used: clay, plasteline, plaster, wood, stone. (Maril.) 

Art 15. Fundamentals of Art. (3) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. This course emphasizes the fundamental 
principles of the creative, visual arts for those wishing to teach. It includes elements 
and principles of design, perspective, and theory of color. Studio practice is given in 
the use and application of different media. (Lembach, O'Connell.) 

36 



Art 

Art 20. Art Appreciation. (2) 

An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The student 
becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual arts. He is 
made aware of the underlying structure that results in the "wholeness" of an art work. 
He will see examples (original and reproductions) of masterpieces of art. (Lembach.) 

Art 22. History of American Art. (3) 

This course may be taken by students who qualify to select courses within Elective 
Croup II of the American Civilization Program. The development of painting, sculp- 
ture and architecture in America from the colonial period to the present. 

(Grubar, Stites.) 
Art 100. Art Appreciation. (2) 

This course enables students to develop a basis for understanding works of art. It 
investigates the forms and backgrounds of painting, sculpture and architecture. 

(Grubar.) 
Art 102, 103. Creative Painting. (3, 3) 

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, and 7. Assign- 
ments of pictorial composition aimed at both mural decoration and easel picture prob- 
lems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the student's own desire for 
personal expression. (Maril.) 

Art. 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting, Intermediate). (3, 3) 
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. Careful obser- 
vation and study of the human figure for construction, action, form, line, and color. 

(Jamieson.) 

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting). (3, 3) 

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 
Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed. (Freeny.) 

Art 108, 109. Modern Art. (3, 3) 

A survey of the developments in various schools of modern art. Works of art analyzed 
according to their intrinsic values and in their historical background. Collections of 
Washington and Baltimore are utilized. (Grubar, Stites.) 

Art 110. Print Making. (3) 

Basic experiences in the various print making media: woodcut, etching, and lithography. 

Emphasis on a demonstrated understanding of the means of making fine prints. 

(O'Connell.) 
Art 111. Print Making. (3) 

Development in depth of not more than two print making media leading to a demon- 
strated capability with the techniques as means to artistic ends. (O'Connell.) 

Art 113, 114. Illustration. (3, 3) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. This course 
is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into practical fields, thereby 
preparing the student to meet the modern commercial advertising problems. Special 
emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book illustrating. (Jamieson.) 

Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced). (3, 3) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. This course is for 

those who have completed Art 6 and wish to specialize in Still Life Painting, and more 
creative work. (Jamieson.) 

37 



Art 

Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced) . (3, 3) 

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 105. This course is 
for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop greater proficiency in the 
use of the figue in creative work. (Jamieson.) 

Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced) . (3, 3) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. This course 

is for those who have completed Art 106, 107 and wish to specialize in portraiture. 

(Freeny.) 

Art 185, 186. Renaissance and Baroque Art in Italy. (2, 2) 

Prerequisite, Art 11. The first term is concerned with the emergence and development 
of Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture through the first quarter of the 
16th century. In the second term Mannerism and the Baroque phases are studied. 

(Grubar, Stites.) 

Art 188, 189. History of 16th and 17th Century Painting. (2, 2) 

Prerequisite, Art 11. A study of the development of painting and related arts. The 
first semester study will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th century and 
the emergence of the Baroque style. During the second semester, the paintings of 
France, Spain, England, and the Low Countries will be considered. (Grubar.) 

Art 190, 191. Special Problems in Art. (2 or 3, 2 or 3) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week or its equivalent in art history and 
appreciation. Permission of Department Head. Designed to offer the advanced art 
student special instruction in areas not offered regularly by the Dapartment. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be 
offered. 

Art 205, 206. Advanced Problems in Drawings. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, at least one year of traditional methods in drawing from life models. An 

investigation of the many media of drawing and the potentials existing therein. (Staff.) 

Art 210. Materials and Techniques of Painting. (3) 

A technical investigation of painting methods from the Renaissance to the present. 

Preparation of grounds, media, underpainting, glazes, and emulsions for tempera. 

(Jamieson.) 

Art 215, 216. Advanced Problems in Painting. (3, 3) 

An understanding of the formal structures of traditional painting is expected. Problems 
will be developed by the individual students that will express their creative potentials. 
An experimental attitude will be encouraged. Investigation will be made of new 
painting media. (Staff.) 

Art 220. Creative Tests in Plastics Media. (3) 

Technical and creative tests employing the latest plastics media used by contemporary 

artists. Special emphasis is placed on Polymer Tempera. (Jamieson.) 

Art 276, 277. Advanced Problems in Art Education. (3, 3) 

A closely integrated series of definite problems pursued in an exploratory, individual 

manner, determined by the student's professional needs. (Lembach.) 

38 



Art, Botany- 
Art 230, 231. Experimentation in Sculpture. (3, 3) 

Professional aspects of sculpture, independent research and experimentation are stressed. 

(Freeny.) 

Art 235. Materials and Techniques in Sculpture. (3) 

For the advanced student interested in a better understanding of his materials. 
Methods of armature building, casting, and the varieties of stone, wood, metal and 
plastic materials will be experimented with and discussed. (Freeny.) 

Art 245. Materials, Media and Techniques in Art. (3) 

A laboratory-lecture course required of all majors in the history and criticism of art. 
An intensive study and practical application of materials, media and techniques em- 
ployed during the various historic periods. (Staff.) 

Art 250. Amercan Pre-Columbian and Colonial Art. (3) 

An investigation of the arts of the various Indian cultures, the period of exploration, 

and the early and later phases of Colonial development. (Grubar, Stites.) 

Art 255. Seminar in Nineteenth Century American Art. (3) 

A critical examination of painting, sculpture and architecture from the end of the 

Colonial period until 1860. (Grubar.) 

Art 260. Seminar in Contemporary Art. (3) 

Prerequisites, Art 108, 109 and the consent of the instructor. An intensive study of the 
major developments in Western European and American art from 1900 until the present 
day. (Grubar.) 

Art 265. Baroque Art. (3) 

Advanced problems in Italian and Northern European art of the Baroque period. 

(Grubar, Stites.) 

Art 270. Romanesque and Gothic Art. (3) 

Architectural, sculptural and painting problems in Western Europe. (Grubai, Stites.) 

Art 271. Early Christian and Byzantine Art. (3) 

A study of church architecture, sculpture, painting, mosaic, and the minor arts, with 

particular emphasis on iconography. (Grubar, Stites.) 

Art 275. Classical Art. (3) 

Problems in pre-Greek, Greek, Etruscan and Roman art. (Grubar, Stites.) 

Art 280. Far Eastern Art. (3) 

Painting, sculpture, architecture and the minor arts of China, Japan and related countries 

from the earliest times to the end of the nineteenth century. (Staff.) 

Art 285. Middle and Near Eastern Art. (3) 

The art and architecture of India, Iran, Mesopotamia and Egypt. (Staff.) 

Art 399. Research-Thesis. (1-6) (Staff.) 

BOTANY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select botany as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective cred- 
its. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agri- 
culture. 

39 



Chemistry 

CHEMISTRY 

Laboratory fees in chemistry are $12.00 per laboratory course per se- 
mester except for Chemistry 270, for which the fee is $20.00. 

Professor and Head'. WHITE. 

Professors: lippincott, pratt, reeve, rollinson, svirbely, veitch and 

WOODS. 
Research Professor: bailey. 

Associate Professors: jaquith, pickard, purdy and STUNTZ. 
Assistant Professors: ATKINSON, BOYD, carruthers, GORDON, GRIM, henery- 

LOGAN, KASLER, LAKSHMANAN, PETRAKIS, AND STEWART. 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

Chem. 15. Qualitative Analysis. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

(Jaquith.) 

Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. (4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. An introduction to the basic theory 
and techniques of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Primarily for students in engi- 
neering, agriculture, pre-medical, and pre-dental curricula. (Purdy.) 

Chem. 21. Quantitative Analysis. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite, Chem. 15. An intensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic 
quantitative analysis, covering primarily volumetric methods. Required of all students 
majoring in chemistry. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 123. Quantitative Analysis. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite, Chem. 21. A continuation of Chem. 21, including volumetric, gravimetric, 
electrometric, and colorimetric methods. Required of all students majoring in chem- 
istry. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 125. Instrumental Analysis. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. A study of the application of 
physicochemical methods to analytical chemistry. Techniques such as polarography, 
potentiometry, conductivity and spectrophotometry will be included. (Purdy.) 

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per 

week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33. 

Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographic Analysis. (1, 1) 

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 

190 and consent of the instructor. (White.) 

40 



Chemistry 

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per 
week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a pre- 
requisite for Chem. 223. A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry. Chem. 
223 is devoted to study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 225. Advanced Instrumental Analysis. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. An intensive study of physico- 
chemical methods as applied to analytical chemistry. Laboratory work will include 
txperiments in such fields as polarography, coulometry and amperometry, potentiometry 
and spectrophotometry, nephelometry- (Purdy.) 

Chem. 226. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisites, Chem. 125, 225, or consent of instructor. A study of advanced methods 
with emphasis on the modern techniques of analytical chemistry. (Purdy.) 

Chem. 266. Biological Analysis. (2) 

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 

19, 33. A study of analytical methods applied to biological material. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisites, Chem. 33, or Chem. 37, 38. This course is designed primarily for students 
in home economics. (Henery-Logan.) 

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33, or Chem. 
37. This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chem- 
istry, and for those students in home economics who need a more extensive course in 
biochemistry than Chem. 81. (Henery-Logan.) 

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 

Chem. 33, or Chem. 38. (Henery-Logan.) 

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 143, or con- 
sent of instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 

consent of instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 265. Enzymes. (2) 

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 163. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 267. The Chemistry of Natural Products. (2) 

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 143. The chem- 
istry and physiological action of natural products. Methods of isolation, determination 
of structure, and synthesis. (Henery-Logan.) 

41 



Chemistry 

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry. (2-4) 

First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisites, Chem. 161, 162 and consent of instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 269. Advanced Radiochemistry. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 205 or consent of in- 
structor. Utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to problems 
in the life sciences. (Lakshmanan.) 

Chem. 270. Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2) 

Second semester. One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 210 and 269 (or concurrent registration in Chem. 269) and consent of instructor 
Registration limited. Laboratory training in utilization of radioisotopes with special 
emphasis on applications to problems in life sciences. (Lakshmanan.) 

INORGANIC AND GENERAL CHEMISTRY 

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry. (4, 4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures, one quiz, and two 
two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra or 
equivalent. (Staff.) 

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry. (3, 3) 

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. An abbreviated course in 
general chemistry for students in home economics and pre-nursing. This course is open 
only to students registered in home economics and pre-nursing. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 17. Equilibrium and Stoichiometry. (2) 

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. A systematical study 
of the equilibria and stoichiometry involved in acid-base, precipitation, complex forma- 
tion, and oxidation-reduction reactions. Not open to students with credit in Chem. 
19 or 21. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 23. Inorganic Structure and Chemical Bonding. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 17, 19, or 21. Atomic 
structure, elementary molecular structure, chemical bonding from valence bond approach 
and from molecular orbital approach, bonding in coordination compounds, and the 
ionic bond. 

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 123. 

Chem. 102. Inorganic Preparations. (2) 

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 

123. . (Boyd.) 

Chem. 111. Chemical Principles. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3, 
or equivalent. Not open to students seeking a major in the physical sciences, since the 
course content is covered elsewhere in their curricula. A course in the principles 
of chemistry with accompanying laboratory work consisting of simple quantitative ex- 
periments. (Credit applicable only toward degree in College of Education.) (Jaquith.) 

One or more courses of the group 201-214 will be offered each semes- 
ter depending on demand. 

42 



Chemistry 

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. (Gordon, White.) 

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Boyd.) 

Chem. 205. Radiochemistry. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents. (2) 

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. (Jaquith.) 

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, 

Chem. 205 (or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor. (Lakshmanan.) 

Chem. 211, 213. Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 201, 203 or 
equivalent. An examination of some current topics in modern inorganic chemistry. 

(Boyd, Grim.) 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bac- 
teriology, and home economics. (Reeve.) 

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Chem. 37, summer session. Two lectures per week. Pre- 
requisite, Chem. 3. A course for chemists, chemical engineers, pre-medical students, 
and pre-dental students. (Woods.) 

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Chem. 38, summer session. Two three-hour laboratory 

periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. 

(Woods.) 

Chem. 115. — A Survey of Organic Chemistry. (4) 

Summer school only. Open ONLY to registrants in the National Science Foundation 
Summer Institute. Five one-hour lectures per week; five three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. A systematic survey of compounds of carbon at the elementary level. 

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. An 

advanced study of the compounds of carbon. (Reeve.) 

Chem. 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory. (2-4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods 

per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. The systematic identification of 
organic compounds. (Pratt.) 

43 



Chemistry 

Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis. (2) 

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
consent of the instructor. The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, 
halogen and certain functional groups. (Kasler.) 

One or more courses from the following group, 240-251, will custom- 
arily be offered each semester. 
Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers. (2) 

An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of polymeriza- 
tion, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. (Bailey.) 

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Pratt J 

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 251. The Heterocyclics. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations. (2-4) 

First and second semesters. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

(Pratt.) 

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced Course. (2-4) 
First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent registration therein. (Pratt.) 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; 
Phys. 20, 21; Math 20, 21; or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists 
and chemical engineers. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 188, 190. 

(Svirbely.) 

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. A laboratory 

course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 188A. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2) 

Similar to Chem. 188 but modified for majors in chemical engineering. Students who 

have had Chem. 19, 21, or equivalent cannot register for this course. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. One three-hour laboratory period per 

week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Carruthers.) 

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187 and 
189, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281 through 
323, will be offered each semester depending on demand. 

44 



Classical Languages and Literatures 

Chem. 281. Theory of Solutions. (2) 

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equiva- 
lent. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy. (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Lippincott.) 

Chem. 295. Heterogeneous Equilibria. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics. (3) 

Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry. (3) 

Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

(Svirbely.) 

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics. (3) 

Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations. (2) 

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure. (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of 

single crystal x-ray methods. (Stewart.) 

Chem. 319, 321. Quantum Chemistry. (3, 2) 

Three lectures a week first semester. Two lectures a week second semester. 

(Lippincott, Vanderslice.) 
Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Mason.) 

SEMINAR AND RESEARCH 

Chem. 351. Seminar. (1) 

First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Chem. 399. Research. 

First and second semesters. Summer session. (Staff.) 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professor and Head: AVERY. 
Assistant Professor: hubbe. 

No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages. The following 
schedule will apply in general in determining the course level at which stu- 

45 



Classical Languages and Literatures 

dents will register for Latin and Greek. All students whose stage of achieve- 
ment is not represented below are urgently invited to confer with the Head 
of the Department. 

Students offering or 1 unit of Latin will register for course 1. 
Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for course 3. 
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for course 4. 
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for course 5. 

No credit will be given for less than two semesters of Elementary Latin 
or Greek except as provided below in the course description of Latin 1, 2. 

LATIN 

Latin 1, 2. Elementary Latin. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. The essentials of Latin grammar, exercises in translation, 
composition, and connected reading. A student who has had two units of Latin in 
high school may register for Latin 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit; how- 
ever, he may, under certain conditions, register for Latin 2 for credit with depart- 
mental permission. (Hubbe and Avery.) 

Latin 3. Intermediate Latin. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 1, 2 or equivalent. Grammar review, 
Latin readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading of selections 
from Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War. (Hubbe.) 

Latin 4. Intermediate Latin. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 3 or equivalent. Selected orations of 

Cicero. (Avery.) 

Latin 5. Vergil's Aeneid. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 4 or equivalent. Selections from 

Vergil's Aeneid. (Avery.) 

Latin 51. Horace. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 5 or equivalent. Selected Odes and Epodes of 

Horace. (Avery.) 

Latin 52. Livy. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Latin 51 or equivalent. Selections from Livy's history. 

(Avery.) 

Latin 61. Pliny's Letters. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 52 or equivalent. Selected letters of Pliny the 

Younger. (Avery.) 

Latin 70. Greek and Roman Mythology. (3) 

Second semester. Taught in English, no prerequisite. A systematic study of the 
divinities of ancient Greece and Rome and the classical myths concerning them. 
This course is particularly recommended for students planning to major in Foreign 
Languages, English, History, the Fine Arts, and Journalism. (Avery.) 

46 



Classical Languages and Literatures, Comparative Literature 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Prerequisite for 100 level courses, Latin 61. 

Latin 101. Catullus and the Roman Elegiac Poets. (3) 

Lectures and readings on Catullus as a writer of lyric, an imitator of the Alexandrians, 
and as a writer of elegy, and on Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid as elegists. The read- 
ing of selected poems of the four authors. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 102. Tacitus. (3) 

Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman historiography before Tacitus and on the 
author as a writer of history. The reading of selections from the Annals and Histories. 
Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 103. Roman Satire. (3) 

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman satire. The read- 
ing of selections from the satires of Horace, Petronius' Cena Trimalchionis, and the 
satires of Juvenal. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 104. Roman Comedy. (3) 

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman comedy. The read- 
ing of selected plays of Plautus and Terence. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 105. Lucretius. (3) 

Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman Epicureanism. The reading of selections 

from the De rerum natura. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 111. Advanced Latin Grammar. (3) 

Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or equivalent. An intensive study of the 

morphology and syntax of the Latin language supplemented by rapid reading. (Avery-) 

For Graduates 

Latin 210. Vulgar Latin Readings. (3) 

Summer session. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive review of the 
phonology, morphology, and syntax of Classical Latin, followed by the study of the 
deviations of Vulgar Latin from the classical norms, with the reading of illustrative 
texts. The reading of selections from the Peregrinato ad loca sancta and the study 
of divergences from classical usage therein, with special emphasis on those which 
anticipate subsequent developments in the Romance Languages. Reports. (Avery.) 

GREEK 

Greek 1, 2. Elementary Greek. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. The essentials of Greek grammar, exercises in translation, 

composition and connected reading. (Hubbe.) 

Greek 3. Intermediate Greek. (3) 

First semester, Prerequisite, Greek 1, 2 or equivalent. Grammar review, Greek 
readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading of selections from the 
Anabasis of Xenophon. (Hubbe.) 

47 



Comparative Literature 

Greek 4. Intermediate Greek. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Selections from the Homeric 

epics. See Greek 6. (Hubbe.) 

Greek 5. Herodotus. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 4 or equivalent. Selections from Herodotus' history 

of the Persian Wars. (Hubbe.) 

Greek 6. The New Testament. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Greek 6 will be substituted 
for Greek 4 upon demand of a sufficient number of students. The study of New- 
Testament Greek and its deviations from Classical Greek. The reading of selections 
from the four Gospels. (Hubbe.) 

Greek 51. Euripides. (3) 

Second semester. Prerquisite, Greek 5 or equivalent. Selected plays of Euripides. 

(Hubbe.) 

Greek 52. Plato (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 51 or equivalent. Selected dialogues of Plato. 

(Avery.) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Professors: aldridge and cooperating specialists. 

Students may major in Comparative Literature. Also courses in Com- 
parative Literature may be counted toward a major or minor in English 
when recommended by the student's major advisor. 

Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry. (2) 

First semester. Homer's Iliad and Odessy, with special emphasis on the literary 

form and the historical and mythological background. 

Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry. (2) 

Second semester. Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied and other 
European epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with 
the Greek epic. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature. (3, 3) 
First semester. Survey of the background of Europe's literature through study of 
Creek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt of modern 
literatures to the ancients. Second semester: Study of medieval and modern continental 
literature. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature. (3) 

Second semester. A study of the sources, development and literary types. (Myers) 

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France. (3) 

First semester. Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau 
to Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Parsons.) 

(not offered 1962-1963) 

48 



Comparative Literature, Economics 

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany. (3) 

Second semester. Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger 
to Heine in English translations. (Prahl.) 

(not offered 1962-1963) 

Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature. (3) 
Second semester. A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treat- 
ment by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen. (3) 

First semester. A study of the life and chief work of Henrik Ibsen with special 

emphasis on his influence on the modern drama. 

(not offered 1962-1963) 

'Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama. (3) 

First semester. The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes 
in English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, 
and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages. (3) 

Narrative, dramatic, and lyric literature of the Middle Ages studied in translation. 

(Cooley.) 

Comp. Lit. 150. Conference Course in Comparative Literature (3) 

Second semester. A tutarial type discussion course correlating the courses in various 
literatures which the student has previously taken with the primary themes and master- 
pieces of world literature. This course is required of undergraduate majors in compara- 
tive literature, but must not be taken until the final year of the student's program. 

(Aldridge) 

For Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 201. Problems in Comparative Literature (3). 

Second semester. A research seminar for M.A. candidates only. (Aldridge) 

Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature. (3) 

A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's masterpieces. 

(Goodwyn.) 

Comp. Lit. 301. Seminar in Themes and Types. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, one year's work in the literature and the knowledge of 
one language other than English. Intensive study of fundamental motifs and trends 
in western literature. (Aldridge.) 



ECONOMICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select economics as 
a major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective 
credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Busi- 
ness and Public Administration. 

49 



English Language and Literature 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professor and Head: MURPHY. 

Professors: aldridge, bode, cooley, harman (emeritus), mc manaway 

(P.T.), FLEMING, AND ZEE VELD. 
Associate Professors: BALL, BARNES, FLEMING, GRAVELY, HOVEY, JERMAN, 
LUTWACK, MISH, WARD, AND WEBER. 

Assistant Professors: Andrews, beall, brown, coulter, Herman, martin, 

MYERS, PORTZ, SCHAUMANN, SMITH, AND THORBERG. 

Instructors: beckman, birdsall, bottum (p.t.), clubb (p.t.), cooper, 

CROZIER, DEMAREE, DUNN, GOCHBERG, GOLDBERG (P.T.), HAN, HARE, 
HERMAN, HOLTON, JELLMA, LETZRING, JOHNSON (P.T.), MCMILLAN 
(P.T.), MERKEL, MILLER, MONCADA, NELSON, ROGERS, RYAN, E. SIMPSON, 
STAHR, STEVENSON, STONE, THOMAS (P.T.), TROUSDALE, WALT, WEAVER, 
WHALEY AND WHITNEY. 

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Required of freshmen, Eng. 1 is the pre- 
requisite of Eng. 2. See Eng. 21. Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; 
frequent themes. Readings are in American literature. (Barnes, Staff.) 

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Required 
of sophomores. Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign 
classics being read in translation. (Cooley, Staff.) 

Eng. 7. Technical Writing. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. For students desiring practice in writing 

reports, technical essays, or popular essays on technical subjects. (Coulter, Walt.) 

Eng. 8. College Grammar. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An analytical study of modern 

English grammar. (Ball.) 

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An intensive study of representative 
stories, with lectures on the history and technique of the short story and other narrative 
forms. (Herman.) 

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. (Portz, Myers.) 

Eng. 14. Expository Writing. (3) 

Not offered on College Park campus. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Credit will not be 
given for Eng. 7 in addition to Eng. 14. Methods and problems of exposition; prac- 
tice in several kinds of informative writing. 

Eng. 15. Readings in Biography. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An analytical study in the form and technique 

of biographical writing in Europe and America. (Ward.) 

50 



English Language and Literature 

Eng. 21. Advanced Freshman Composition and Literature. (3) 

First and second semesters. Replaces the Eng. 1 and 2 requirement for students ex- 
empt from Eng. 1. Includes a survey of fundamentals covered in Eng. 1 in addition 
to material comparable to that of Eng. 2. (Thorberg, Staff.) 

Eng. 55. English Literature from the Beginnings to 1800. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. (Smith, Staff.) 

Eng. 56. English Literature from 1800 to the Present. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. (Smith, Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Eng. 4 and junior standing are prerequisite to courses numbered 
101 to 199. 



Eng. 101. History of the English Language. (3) 
First semester. 

Eng. 102. Old English. (3) 
First semester. 



(Herman.) 



(Ball.) 



Eng. 104. Chaucer. (3) 

First semester. The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and the principal minor 

poems. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 107. American English. (3) 

Second semester. The English language as developed in the United States. Dialects, 

vocabulary, past and present problems of usage. (Ball.) 

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Zeeveld, Mish.) 

Eng. 112, 113. Literature of the Renaissance. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800. (3) 

Second semester. The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with em- 
phasis upon the comedy of manners. (Ward.) 

Eng. 121. Milton. (3) 

Second semester. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660. (3) 

First semester. The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.) 

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700. (3) 

Second semester. The Ago of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Mish.) 

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Myers.) 

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Weber.) 



51 



English Language and Literature 

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Jerman, Cooley.) 

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Ward, Jerman.) 

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry. (3) 

First semester. The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century. 

(Fleming.) 
Eng. 144. Modern Drama. (3) 

First semester. The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.) 

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel. (3) 
Second semester. Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. 

(Andrews.) 

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy. (3) 

Second semester. (Barnes.) 

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Representative American poetry and prose from colonial 
times to the present with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century. 

(Bode, Manning, Gravely, Lutwack.) 

Eng. 152. The Novel in America. (3) 

First semester. A historical survey of the development of the American novel from 

its eighteenth century beginnings to the twentieth century. (Hovey.) 

Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Two writers studied intensively each semester. 

(Gravely, Manning, Portz.) 

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore. (3) 

First semester. Historical background of folklore studies; types of folklore with par- 
ticular emphasis on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 160. Advanced Expository Writing. (3) 

Second semester. Theories of composition; practice in writing essays and critical papers. 

(Myers.) 

Eng. 170. Creative Writing. (3) 

First semester. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 172. Play writing. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 190, 191. Honors Conference and Reading. (1, 1) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in English. Candidates will take 

Eng. 190 in their junior year and Eng. 191 in their senior year. (Staff.) 

Eng. 199. Senior Proseminar in Literature. (3) 

Open only to seniors. First and second semesters. Required of candidates for honors 
and strongly recommended to those who plan to do graduate work. Individual reading 
assignments; term paper. (Cooley.) 

52 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 
For Graduates 

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods. (3) 

First semester. An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mish.) 

Eng. 202. Middle English. (3) 

Second semester. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 204. Seminar in Medieval Literature. (3) 

First semester. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (McManaway, Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth Century Literature. (3) 

Second semester. (Mish.) 

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature. (3) 

First and second semesters. (Jerman.) 

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Lutwack.) 

Eng. 218. Seminar in Literature and the Other Arts. (3) 

(Myers.) 

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Bode, Hovey.) 

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 230. Special Studies in English Literature. (3) 

Individual reading projects in literary works and related scholarship of a limited 

period; conferences; reports. (Staff.) 

Eng. 231. Special Studies in American Literature. (3) 

Individual reading projects in literary works and related scholarship of a limited period; 

conferences; reports. (Staff.) 

Eng. 241, 242. Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Bode, Hovey.) 

Eng. 399. Thesis Research. (1-6) 

Arranged. (Staff.) 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professor and Head: ALDEN. 

Professors: falls, goodwyn, jones, prahl, quynn, smith, and zucker 

(emeritus). 
Associate Professors: alter, bingham, dobert, hering, kramer (emeritus) , 

NEMES, PARSONS, RAND AND ROSENFIELD. 

53 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, bridgers, hall, iiitchcock, mendeloff, 

NORTON, ROVNER, AND SCHRADIECK. 

Lecturer: JOHNSON. 

Instructors: AMENT (P.T.), ANDERSON (P.T.), ARMSTRONG, BLAIR, BOYD, CAP, 
CARROZZA, CHEN, CLEMENS, (P.T.), DEMAITRE, DE VANGUARDIA, GREENBERG 
(P.T.), HERDOIZA, MEIJER, (P.T.), PANCIO, ROSWELL, SAENZ, SEIDMAN 
(P.T.), AND ZINOVIEFF. 

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given 
for all students who have had some foreign language in high school and 
wish to do further work in that language. By this means the Department 
assigns each student to the suitable level of instruction. Any student who 
fails to qualify for the second semester of his langauge will be required to 
register for the first without credit or register for a different language. (Stu- 
dents who wish to continue Latin should consult the section on classical 
languages elsewhere in these pages). 

No credit will be given for the elementary first semester (1) alone un- 
less followed by further study. 

German 9 is not to be taken to meet the college requirement of 12 hours 
of language unless the student has finished German 7 or German 8. 

A student whose native language is taught at the University may not 
meet the language requirement by taking freshman or sophomore courses 
in his language. 

honors in French, German OR Spanish: A student whose major is in 
French, German or Spanish and who maintains an approved average in his 
grades may read for honors in French, German or Spanish. A candidate 
for honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings 
in an area of his special interest. Application may be made to the Head 
of the Department of Foreign Languages in the second semester of the sopho- 
more year. 

Attention is called to the courses in comparative literature elsewhere in 
these pages. 

Foreign Language 1-2. English for Foreign Students. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs 
of the non-English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the differences 
between English and various other languages are stressed. (Bridgers.) 

Foreign Language 140. Oral Practice in Modern Foreign Languages. (French, German, 
Russian, or Spanish) . (3) 

Development of fluency in modern foreign languages, stress on correct sentence 
structure and idiomatic expression. Especially designed for teachers, or for practice 
in speaking the language. (Rovner, Staff.) 

Foreign Language 171. Advanced Phonetics (French). (3) 

First semester. Pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their production, 

the stress group, intonation. (Hall.) 

Attention is called to Ed. 142 and Ed. 143. 
54 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

FRENCH 

French 0. Elementary French for Graduate Students. (0 or audit) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Intensive elementary course in the 

French language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to acquire a 

reading knowledge. (Hall.) 

French 1-2. Elementary French. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Given as intensive course in summer session. Two recita- 
tions and two audio-lingual drills per week. Study of linguistic structure and 
development of audio-lingual and writing ability. (Alter, Staff.) 

French 3. Elementary French, Honors Course. (3) 

First and second semesters. Two recitations and two audio-lingual drills per week. 
Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates from French 1. Students taking 
this course will normally continue in French 7. (Alter.) 

French 5. Review of Elementary French. (3) 

First and second semesters. Two recitations and two audio-lingual drills per week, or 
three recitations and one audio-lingual drill, depending on circumstances. Enrollment 
limited to students who, having taken placement examination, have failed to qualify 
for French 6. (Staff.) 

French 6-7. Intermediate French. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite: French 2 or equivalent, or 
French 5, except that recommended students may_ enter French 7 from French 3. 
Study of linguistic structure, further development of audio-lingual and writing ability, 
and reading of literary texts with discussion in French. Usually there will be an 
honors section for qualified students. (Bingham, Staff.) 

French 10. Scientific French. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7. Reading of technical and scientific 

prose with some attention to audio-lingual and linguistic objectives. (Staff.) 

French 11. Introduction to French Literature. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7. Required of all students who 
continue in advanced courses of Department, with the exception of superior students who 
are premitted to bypass an introduction to French literature. (Staff.) 

French 12. Conversation and Composition. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7. A practical language course 
recommended for all students continuing in French. May be taken concurrently with 
French 11. (Alter, Staff.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

French 41-42. French Phonetics. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7 or equivalent. Elements of 

French phonetics, diction and intonation. (Hall.) 

French 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 11 and 12 or equivalent. For students 
who, having a good knowledge of French, wish to become more proficient in the written 
and spoken language. (Quynn, Bingham.) 

55 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

French 75-76. Survey of French Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 11 or equivalent. An elementary 

survey of the chief authors and movements in French literature. (Quynn, Rosenfield.) 

French 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 11 and 12 or consent of instructor. For 

students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. (Alter.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

French 101. Applied Linguistics. (3) 

The nature of Applied Linguistics and its contributions to the effective teaching of 
foreign languages. Comparative study of English and French, with emphasis upon 
points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of related drills. 

(Mendeloff.) 

French 103-104. Advanced Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Translation from English into French, free composition, 

practical study of syntactical structure. (Alden.) 

French 107. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3) 

French literary history from the ninth through the fifteenth century, selected readings 

from representative texts. (Mendeloff.) 

French 111. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century. (3) 

The Renaissance in France; humanism; Rabelais and Calvin; the Pleiade; Montaigne. 

(Falls.) 

French 115-116. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. First semester: Descartes, Pascal, Corneille, Racine. Sec- 
ond semester: the remaining great classical writers, with special attention to Moliere. 

(Quynn, Rosenfield.) 

French 125-126. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. First semester: development of the philosophical and sci- 
entific movement; Montesquieu. Second semester: Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. 

(Falls, Bingham.) 

French 131-132. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism to 

Symbolism. Second semester: the major prose writers of the same period. 

(Bingham, Quynn.) 

French 141-142. French Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism to the 

present time. Second semester: the contemporary novel. (Alter, Alden.) 

French 171-172. French Civilization. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester: 

the historical development. Second semester: present-day France. (Rosenfield, Bingham.) 

French 199. Honors Seminar. (3) 

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other students will be admitted on 
special recommendation. Conducted in French. Discussion of a central theme with 
related investigations by students. (Staff.) 

56 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be 
offered. 



French 201. The History of the French Language. (3) 

French 203. Comparative Romance Linguistics. (3) 
Same as Spanish 203. 

French 207. Medieval French Literature. (3) 



French 211-212. Seminar in French Classicism. (3, 3) 

French 220-221. The Age of Enlightenment. (3, 3) 

French 230. Seminar in Romanticism. (3) 

French 235-236. The Realistic Novel in the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3) 

French 243-244. The Contemporary French Theater. (3, 3) 

French 245-246. Seminar in the Contemporary Novel. (3, 3) 

French 251-252. The History of Ideas in France. (3, 3) 

French 271-272. Advanced Writing and Stylistics. (3, 3) 

French 281-282. Reading Course. (3, 3) 



(Smith, Mendeloff.) 
(Smith, Mendeloff.) 

(Smith, Mendeloff.) 
(Quynn.) 
(Bingham.) 
(Quynn.) 



(Alter.) 
(Falls.) 

(Alden.) 
(Rosenfield.) 

(Alden.) 
(Staff.) 
(Staff.) 



French 291-292. Seminar. (3, 3) 

Topic to be determined. 

French 399. Research. (1-6) 

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of master's and 

doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

GERMAN 

German 0. Elementary German for Graduate Students. (0 or audit) 
First and second semesters. Summer session. Intensive elementary course in the Ger- 
man language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to acquire a reading 
knowledge. (Staff.) 

German 1-2. Elementary German. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Given as intensive course in Summer session. Three recita- 
tions and one audio-lingual drill per week. Study of linguistic structure. Extensive 
drill in pronunciation and conversation. (Jones, Staff.) 



57 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

German 3. Elementary German, Honors Course. (3) 

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week. 

Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates from German 1. Students taking 

this course will normally continue in German 7. (Staff.) 

German 5. Review of Elementary German. (3) 

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week. 

Limited to students who, having taken placement examination, have failed to qualify 
for German 6. (Staff.) 

German 6-7. Intermediate Literary German. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite: German 2 or equivalent, 
or German 5, except that recommended students may enter German 7 from German 3. 
Usually there will be an honors section for qualified students. (Roswell, Staff.) 

German 8. Scientific German. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 6. Reading of technical and scientific 

prose. (Roswell, Staff.) 

German 9. Conversation and Composition. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7, or 6 with consent of the in- 
structor. A practical language course recommended for all students continuing in 
German. (Dobert, Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

German 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7, or equivalent. A thorough study 

of the more detailed points of German grammar with ample practice in composition. 

(Anderson, Staff.) 

German 75-76. Survey of German Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7, or equivalent. A survey of the 

chief authors and movements in German literature. (Hering, Staff.) 

German 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7 and 9, or consent of instructor. 

For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 

(Dobert, Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

German 103-104. Advanced Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Translation from English into German, free composition, 

letter writing. (Anderson, Staff.) 

German 125-126. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, 

Goethe, Schiller. (Hering, Staff.) 

German 131-132. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Study of the literary movements from romanticism to 

naturalism. (Prahl, Staff.) 

58 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

German 141-142. German Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to 

the present. Modern literary and philosophical movements will be discussed. 

(Dobert, Staff.) 

German 171-172. German Civilization. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions; 

great men, customs, and general culture. (Dobert, Staff.) 

German 191. Bibliography and Methods. (3) 

Second semester. Especially designed for German majors. (Anderson, Staff.) 

German 199. Honors Seminar. (3) 

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other students will be admitted on 
special recommendation. Conducted in German. Discussion of a central theme with 
related investigations by students. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be 
offered. 

German 201. History of the German Language. (3) 

(Anderson, Jones.) 

German 203. Gothic. (3) 

(Anderson, Jones.) 

German 204. Old High German. (3) 

(Anderson, Jones.) 

German 205. Middle High German. (3) 

(Anderson, Jones.) 

German 207. Literature of Old High German and Middle High German. (3) 

(Anderson, Jones.) 

German 211-212. Literature of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. (3, 3) 

(Hering.) 



German 224-225. Goethe and his Time. (3, 3) 

German 226. Schiller. (3) 

German 230. German Romanticism. (3) 

German 234. The German Drama of the Nineteenth Century. (3) 

German 250. The German Lyric. (3) 

German 281-282. Reading Course. (3, 3) 



(Hering.) 
(Prahl.) 
(Prahl.) 
(Dobert.) 
(Hering.) 
(Dobert.) 

59 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

German 291-292. Seminar. (3, 3) 

Topic to be determined. (Stafi.) 

German 399. Research. (1-6) 

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in preparation of master's and 

doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

SPANISH 

Spanish 1-2. Elementary Spanish. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Given as intensive course in Summer session. Three recita- 
tions and one laboratory hour per week. Study of linguistic structure and development 
of audio-lingual and writing ability. (Rovner, Staff.) 

Spanish 3. Elementary Spanish, Honors Course. (3) 

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. 

Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates from Spanish 1. Students taking 

this course will normally continue in Spanish 7. (Staff.) 

Spanish 5. Review of Elementary Spanish. (3) 

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. 
Enrollment limited to students who, having taken the placement examination, have 
failed to qualify for Spanish 6. (Staff.) 

Spanish 6-7. Intermediate Spanish. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite: Spanish 2 or equivalent, 
or Spanish 5, except that recommended students may enter Spanish 7 from Spanish 3. 
Study of linguistic structure, further development of audio-lingual and writing ability, 
and reading of literary texts with discussion in Spanish. Usually there will be an honors 
section for qualified students. (Panico, Staff.) 

Spanish 11. Introduction to Spanish Literature. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 7. Required of all students who con- 
tinue in advanced courses of Department, with the exception of superior students who 
are permitted to bypass an introduction to Spanish literature. Conducted in Spanish. 
Reading of literary texts, discussion, and brief essays. (Staff.) 

Spanish 12. Review of Oral and Written Spanish. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 7. A practical language course rec- 
ommended for all students continuing in Spanish. May be taken concurrently with 
Spanish 11. (Norton, Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Spanish 41-42. Spanish Phonetics. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 7 or equivalent. Descriptive study 
of the Spanish sound system. Practice in phonetic perception, transcription and articu- 
lation. Particular attention to sentence phonetics: juncture, rhythm, stress, pitch. 

(Mendeloff.) 

Spanish 51-52. Commercial Spanish. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 12 and consent of instructor. De- 
signed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage, commercial letters and business 
forms. Fundamental principles of Spanish shorthand will be included if warrented by 
the interest and ability of the class. (Rovner.) 

60 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 



Basic survey of the 
(Parsons, Rand.) 



Basic survey of the 
(Nemes.) 



Spanish 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 and 12 or equivalent. Intended to 

give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. (Parsons, Rand.) 

Spanish 75-76. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 or equivalent. 

history of Spanish literature. 

Spanish 77-78. Survey of Spanish-American Literature. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 or equivalent, 
history of Spanish-American literature. 

Spanish 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 and 12 or consent of instructor. For 

students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. (Nemes.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Spanish 101. Applied Linguistics. (3) 

Nature of Applied Linguistics and its contribution to the effective teaching of foreign 
languages. Comparative study of English and Spanish with emphasis upon points of 
divergence. Analysis, evaluation, and construction of related drills. (Mendelofi.) 

Spanish 103-104. Advanced Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition, 

writing and speaking. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 107. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3) 

Spanish literary history from the eleventh through the fifteenth century. Selective 

readings from representative texts. (Mendeloff, Parsons.) 

Spanish 111. Poetry of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. (3) 

Renaissance, mystics, and baroque poetiy. (Goodwyn, Rand.) 

Spanish 112. Prose of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. (3) 

Selected readings in the pastoral, sentimental, picaresque novel and in the Romances 

of Chivalry. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 113. Drama of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. (3) 
Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, and others. 

(Parsons, Rovner.) 



Spanish 114. Lope de Vega. (3) 
Selected works of Lope de Vega. 

Spanish 115-116. Cervantes. (3, 3) 

Drama, Exemplary Novels and Don Quixote. 

Spanish 125. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3) 

Reform and neo-classicism: Feijoo and Luzan. 

Spanish 131. Nineteenth Century Fiction. (3) 

Reading of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth century. 

Spanish 135. Modern Spanish Poetry. (3) 

Significant poets of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 



(Parsons, Rovner.) 

(Goodwyn, Rand.) 

(Goodwyn.) 

(Parsons, Rand.) 

(Nemes, Rand.) 



61 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

Spanish 136. Modem Spanish Drama. (3) 

Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Parsons, Rand.) 

Spanish 141-142. Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3) 

First semester: Modern Spanish thought in the Generation of 1898 and after. Second 

semester: the contemporary Spanish novel. (Rand.) 

Spanish 161. Spanish-American Fiction. (3) 

The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present and their 

reflection of society in the Hispanic republics of the Western Hemisphere. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 162. Spanish-American Poetry. (3) 

Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and writers. 

(Nemes.) 

Spanish 163. Spanish-American Essay. (3) 

Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and it relationship to social 

and political conditions in Spanish America. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 171-172. Spanish Civilization. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. A survey of two thousand years of Spanish history, out- 
lining the cultural heritage of the Spanish people, their great men, traditions, customs, 
art and literature, with special emphasis on the interrelationship of social and literary 
history. (Rand.) 

Spanish 173-174. Latin-American Civilization. (3,3) 

First and second semesters. Introductory survey of the cultures of Latin America; the 
historical-political background and the dominating concepts in the lives of the people. 

(Goodwyn, Nemes.) 

Spanish 199. Honors Seminar. (3) 

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other students will be admitted 
on special recommendation. Conducted in Spanish. Discussion of a central theme 
with related investigations by students. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be 
offered. 



Spanish 201. The History of the Spanish Language. (3) 
Spanish 203. Comparative Romance Linguistics. (3) 



(Mendeloff.) 

(Mendeloff, Smith.) 

Spanish 207. Medieval Spanish Literature. (3) 

(Mendeloff, Parsons.) 

Spanish 215-216. Seminar: The Golden Age in Spanish Literature. (3, 3) 

(Goodwyn, Parsons, Rovner.) 

Spanish 233. The Novel of the Nineteenth Century. (3) 

(Goodwyn, Parsons.) 

62 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

Spanish 234. The Drama of the Nineteenth Century. (3) 

(Goodwyn, Parsons.) 

Spanish 237-238. Seminar in Hispanic Poetry (Ninteenth and Twentieth Centuries). 

(3,3). 

(Nemes, Rand, Goodwyn.) 



Spanish 241-242. Spanish Prose of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3) 
Spanish 245. The Drama of the Twentieth Century. (3) 
Spanish 263. Colonial Spanish-American Literature. (3) 
Spanish 264. National Spanish-American Literature, Seminar. (3) 
Spanish 281-282. Reading Course. (3, 3) 



(Rand.) 

(Rand.) 

(Nemes.) 

(Nemes.) 

(Staff.) 



Spanish 291-292. Seminar. (3, 3) 

Topic to be determined. (Staff.) 

Spanish 399. Research. (1-6) 

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of master's and 

doctoral thesis. Conferences. (Staff.) 

RUSSIAN 

Russian 1-2. Elementary Russian. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. 

Elements of grammar, pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation. 

(Hitchcock, Staff.) 

Russian 6-7. Intermediate Russian. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts 

designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture. 

(Hitchcock, Staff.) 

Russian 10. Scientific Russian. (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 7 or equivalent. Reading of technical and scientific prose. 

(Hitchcock.) 

Russian 12-13. Conversation and Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 7 or equivalent. A practical language 

course recommended for all students continuing in Russian. (Hitchcock.) 

Russian 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 7 or equivalent. Designed to give 

a thorough training in the structure of the language; drill in Russian composition. 

(Hitchcock, Staff.) 

Russian 75-76. Survey of Russian Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 7 or equivalent. An elementary 

survey of Russian literature. (Hitchcock.) 

63 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

Russian 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 12, 13, or consent of instructor. For 

students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 

(Hitchcock, Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Russian 101-102. Modern Russian Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Works of Maxim Gorky, Alexei Tolstoy, P. Romanov, 

M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Hitchcock.) 

Russian 103-104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Centry. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermantov, Turgenev, 

Dbstoevsky, Leo Tolstoy, Chekhov. (Hitchcock.) 

HEBREW 

Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; 

exercises in translation. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 6, 7. Intermediate Hebrew. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Hebrew 2 or equivalent. Texts designed to 

give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 12-13. Conversation and Composition. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Hebrew 7 or equivalent. A practical language 

course recommended for all students continuing with Hebrew. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 75, 76. Survey of Hebrew Literature. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Hebrew 7 or equivalent. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 101. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 102. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Prophets. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 103. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 

The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 104. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 

The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival) (Greenberg.) 

CHINESE 

Chinese 1, 2. Elementary Chinese. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory period per week. Ele- 
ments of pronunciation, simple ideograms, colloquial conversation, translation. 

(Chen.) 
Chinese 6, 7. Intermediate Chinese. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chinese 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of Chinese life, thought, and culture. (Chen.) 

64 



Geography, Geology, Government and Politics 

Chinese 101, 102. Readings from Chinese History. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chinese 7 or equivalent. Based on an anthol- 
ogy of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties. (Chen.) 

Chinese 171, 172. Chinese Civilization. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. This course supplements Geog. 134 and 135, Cultural 
Geography of East Asia. It deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, govern- 
ment, and great men. Second semester: developments in China since 1911. The course 
is given in English translation. (Chen.) 

ITALIAN 

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian. (3, 3) 

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Elements of grammar and exer- 
cises in translation. 

Italian 6, 7. Intermediate Italian. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Italian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts 

designed to give some knowledge of Italian life, thought, and culture. (Carozza.) 

GEOGRAPHY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select geography as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective credit. 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and 
Public Administration. 

GEOLOGY 

Lecturer: CURRIER 

Geol. 1. Geology. (3) 

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural geology. 

Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals composing the earth; the 

movement within it; and its surface features and the agents that form them. 

Geol. 2. Engineering Geology. (2) 

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications. 

Geol. 119. Soil Mineralogy. (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
A study of the fundamental laws and forms of crystal symmetry and essentials of 
crystal structure; structure, occurence, association and use of minerals, determination 
of minerals by means of their morphological, chemical and physical properties. Par- 
ticular attention is given to soil-forming minerals. Laboratory periods will be devoted 
to a systematic study of about 75 minerals. 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select government 
and politics as a major field, and may also take courses in this Department 
for elective credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the Col- 
lege of Business and Public Administration. 

65 



History 

HISTORY 

Professor and Head: LAND. 

Professors: BAUER, CHATELAIN, GORDON, MERRILL, PRANGE AND WELLBORN. 

Associate Professors: conkin, Ferguson, jashemski, rivlin, sparks and 

STROMBERG. 

Assistant Professors: callcott, crosman, farquhar, gatell, pitt, Robert- 
son, AND YANEY. 
Instructor: VAN NESS. 

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization. (3, 3) 

Required of all students who entered the University after 1944-45. Normally to be 
taken in the sophomore year. An historical survey of the main forces in American life 
with emphasis upon the development of our democratic heritage. First semester from 
the colonial period through the Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War. 

(American History Staff.) 

H. 41, 42. Western Civilization. (3, 3) 

This course is designed to give the student an appreciation of the civilization in which 

he lives in its broadest setting. The study begins with the collapse of classical civili- 
zation and comes to the present. (European History Staff.) 

H 51, 52. The Humanities. (3, 3) 

Either of these courses may be taken by students who qualify to select courses within 
Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. In surveying history from 
prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural development is emphasized. The course 
is a study of the achievements of the various civilizations which have contributed to 
the common cultural heritage of western civilization. It is designed as an introductory 
course in history which will make a more direct contribution to the other liberal art 
fields. First semester to the Renaissance. Second semester since the Renaissance. 

(Jashenski.) 

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain. (3, 3) 

A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all classes. Espe- 
cially recommended for English majors and minors and pre-law students. First semes- 
ter to 1485. Second semester, since 1485. (Gordon.) 

H. 56. American Life and Thought. (3) 

Required of all students who qualify by examination for exemption from H. 5, 6. 
Normally to be taken in sophomore year. A survey of significant historical trends and 
selected problems in the development of American civilization from the colonial era to 
recent times. Not to be used as a general elective course. (American History Staff.) 

H. 61, 62. Far Eastern Civilization. (3, 3) 

This course seeks to give the student an understanding of a great civilization radically 
different from our own and an appreciation of the complex problems of the Far East 
and of American policy there. The approach is interdisciplinary within an historical 
framework. (Farquhar) 

H. 71, 72. Islamic Civilization. (3, 3) 

This course seeks to give the student an insight into a culutral heritage that dominates 
the lives of over four hundred million people today. The study covers Islam in Spain, 
North Africa, Africa below the Sahara, India, and Indonesia as well as the Middle East. 
The approach is humanistic within an historical framework. (Rivlin.) 

66 



History 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

AMERICAN HISTORY 

H. 101. American Colonial History. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The settlement and development of colonial 

America to the middle of the eighteenth century. (Ferguson.) 

H. 102. The American Revolution. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The background and course of the American 

Revolution through the formation of the Constitution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 103. The Formative Period in America, 1789-1824. (3) 

The evolution of the Federal government, the origins of political parties, problems of 
foreign relations in an era of international conflict, beginnings of the industrial revo- 
lution in America, and the birth of sectionalism. (Ferguson.) 

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A synthesis of American life from Independence 

through the Civil War. (Chatelain.) 

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil War. (3) 
Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The development of American life and insti- 
tutions, with emphasis upon the period since 1876. (Chatelain.) 

H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1824-1860. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An examination of the political history of 
the U. S. from Jefferson to Lincoln with particular emphasis on the factors producing 
Jacksonian democracy, Manifest Destiny, the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, 
the Republican Party, and secession. (Sparks.) 

H. 115. The Old South. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the institutional and cultural Ufe 
of the ante-bellum South with particular reference to the background of the Civil War. 

(Callcott.) 

H. 116. The Civil War. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Military aspects; problems of the Confeder- 
acy; political, social, and economic effects of the war upon American society. A tour 
of one selected battlefield is a required part of the course. (Sparks.) 

H. 118, 119. Recent American History. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Party politics, domestic issues, foreign rela- 
tions of the United States since 1890. First semester, through World War I. Second 
semester, since World War I. (Merrill.) 

H. 121. History of the American Frontier. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The Trans-Allegheny West. The westward 
movement into the Missisippi Valley. (Pitt.) 

H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Problems of construction in both South and 

North. Emergence of big business and industrial combinations. Problems of the farmer 

and laborer. (Merrill.) 

67 



History 

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6 or the equivalent. A historical study of the diplomatic negotia- 
tions and foreign relations of the United States. First semester from the Revolution to 
the Civil War; second semester, from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.) 

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or equivalent. A consideration of the changed position of the 

United States with reference to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.) 

H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An intellectual history of the American peo- 
ple, embracing such topics as liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Conkin.) 

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the historical forces resulting in 
the formation of the Constitution, and development of American constitutionalism in 
theory and practice thereafter. (Gatell) 

//. 141, 142. History of Maryland. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or equivalent. First semester, a survey of the political, social 
and economic history of colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical 
development and role as a state in the American Union. (Chatelain.) 

H. 145, 146. Latin American History. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, 6 hours of fundamental courses. A survey of the history of Latin Amer- 
ica from colonial origins to the present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social 
development, with special emphasis upon relations with the United States. First sem- 
ester, the colonial period. Second semester, the Republics. (Crosman.) 

H. 147. History of Mexico. (3) 

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence period and upon 

relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin American neighbors. 

(Crosman.) 

H. 148. History of Canada. (3) 

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. A history of Canada, with special emphasis 
on the nineteenth century and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the 
United States. (Gordon.) 

EUROPEAN HISTORY 

H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece. (3) 

A survey of the ancient civilizations of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece, with particu- 
lar attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 153. History of Rome. (3) 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the Republic and 

down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski) 

H. 155. Medieval Civilization. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. A survey of 
medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire to the thir- 
teenth century. (Robertson) 

68 



History 

H. 159, 160. History of European Ideas. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54 or the equivalent. Beginning with a review of 
the basic Western intellectual traditions as a heritage from the Ancient World, the 
course will present selected important currents of thought from the scientific revolution 
of the sixteenth and seventeenth century down to the twentieth century. First semester 
through the eighteenth century. Second semester, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

(Stromberg) 

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3) 

Prerequisite, H. 41, 42, or 53, or the permission of the instructor. The culutre of the 
Rennaisance, the Prostestant revolt and Catholic reaction through the Thitry Years War. 

(Staff.) 

H. 163, 164. History of the British Empire. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. First semester, the development of England's 
Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the war for American Independence (1783). 
Second semester, the rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem 
of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the evolution of the British Empire into 
a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the dependent 
Empire. (Gordon.) 

H. 165. Constitutional History of Great Britain. (3) 

A survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the real property 
aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the development of Parliament, 
and the expansion of liberties of the individual. (Gordon.) 

H. 167, 168. History of Russia. (3, 3) 

A history of Russia from earliest times to the present. (Yaney.) 

H. 169, 170. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919. (3, 3) 
Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. A study of the political, economic, social and 
cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. 

(Bauer.) 

H. 171, 172. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3) 
Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. A study of political, economic, and cultural 
developments in twentieth century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved 
in the two World Wars and their global impacts and significance. (Prange.) 

H. 173. The Soviet Union. (3) 

A history of the Bolshevik Revolution and the founding of the Soviet Union: the eco- 
nomic policy and foreign policy of the U.S.S.R. to the present. (Yaney.) 

ASIAN HISTORY 

H. 181, 182. The Middle East. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, six hours from the following groups of courses: H. 41, 42; H. 51, 52; 

or H. 53, 54. A survey of the historical and institutional developments of the nations 

of this vital area. The Islamic Empires and their cultures; impact of the west; breakup 

of the Ottoman Empire and rise of nationalism; present day problems. (Rivlin.) 

H. 183. The Contemporary Middle East. (3) 

H. 181 or 182 recommended though not required. The development of middle eastern 
institutions in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries with reference to the emergence 
of contemporary states and their place in world affairs. (Rivlin.) 

69 



History 

H. 187, 188. History of China. (3, 3) 

A history of China from earliest times to the present. The emphasis is on the develop- 
ment of Chinese institutions that have molded the life of the nation and its people. 

(Farquhar.) 
H. 189. History of Japan. (3) 

A history of Japan from earliest to modern times. Emphasis is placed on the evolution 
of institutions and thought. (Farquhar.) 

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing. (3) 

First and second semesters. Discussions and research papers designed to acquaint the 
student with the methods and problems of research and presentation. The student will 
be encouraged to examine those phases of history which he regards as his specialties. 

(Staff.) 

For Graduates 

H. 200. Historiography: Techniques of Historical Research and Writing. (3) 
An introduction to the professional study of history, including an examination of the 
sources and nature of historical knowledge, historical criticism, and synthesis. Required 
of all candidates for advanced degrees in history. (Staff.) 

H. 201. Seminar in American History. (3) 

(American History Staff.) 
H. 202. Historical Literature: American. (1-6) 

Readings in the standard works and monographic studies to meet the requirements of 
qualified giaduate students who need intensive concentration in American history. 

(American History Staff.) 
H. 203. Seminar in the History of Maryland. (3) 

(Land.) 
H. 205. Seminar in American Economic History. (3) 
A seminar in the problems of American economic history of selected periods. 

(Staff.) 
H. 206. Seminar in American Social History. (3) 

A seminar in the problems of American social history of selected periods. (Pitt.) 

H. 208. Seminar in Recent American History. (3) 

Emphasis will be placed on the period since 1900. (Merrill.) 

H. 211. Seminar in American Colonial History. (3) 

A seminar on selected problems of early American history. (Land.) 

H. 212. Seminar in the American Revolution. (3) 

A seminar on problems of American history in the revolutionary era. (Ferguson.) 

H. 214. Seminar in the Middle Period of American History. (3) 

A seminar in the sources and problems of American political and military history from 
the Jackson Era to the election of Lincoln. (Sparks.) 

H. 215. Seminar in the Old South. (3) 

A seminar on problems in the history of the ante-bellum South. (Callcott.) 

H. 216. Seminar in the American Civil War. (3) 

A seminar in the sources and problems of the history of the American Civil War. Mili- 
tary and political problems are emphasized. (Sparks.) 

70 



History 

H. 217. Seminar in Reconstruction American. (3) 

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War: political social, and economic 

reconstruction. (Merrill.) 

H. 221. Seminar in Western History. (3) 

A seminar on American frontier history in the trans-Appalachian region and the Great 

Plains. ( pitt -) 

H. 233. Seminar in Early American Intellectual History. (3) 

A seminar on selected problems of American Intellectual history before 1859. 

(Conkin.) 

H. 234. Seminar in Recent American Intellectual History. (3) 

A seminar on problems of American intellectual history since 1859. (Conkin.) 

H. 245. Topics in Latin American History. (3) 

Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in Latin American 

history. (Crosman.) 

H. 251. Seminar in Greek History. (3) 

A seminar in the sources and problems of Greek history. "Greek Federal Leagues" 
and "Political Instiutions of the Greek Gty-States" are usually offered in alternate 
years. (Jashemski.) 

H. 253. Seminar in Roman History. (3) 

A seminar in the sources and problems of Roman history. (1) "The Provinces of the 
Roman Empire," (2) "Roman Political Institutions," (3) "Roman Religion," (4) 
"Municipal Life and Institutions (with emphasis on Pompeii)" are usually offered in 
successive years. (Jashemski.) 

H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society. (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the important litera- 
ture and interpretations of such topics as feudalism, the medieval church, schools and 
universities, Latin and vernacular literature, art and architecture. (Staff.) 

H. 259. Seminar in European Intellectual History. (3) 

A seminar in modern European intellectual history with emphasis on the eighteenth 

and nineteenth centuries. (Stromberg.) 

H. 260. Historical Literature: European. (1-6) 

Readings in the standard works and monographic studies to meet the requirements of 

qualified graduate students who need intensive concentration in European history. 

(European History Staff.) 

H. 265. Seminar in Middle Eastern History. (3) 

A seminar in selected problems of Middle Eastern history. (Rivlin.) 

H. 267. Seminar in Russian History. (3) 

A seminar in nineteenth and twentieth century Russian history with emphasis on eco- 
nomic and political problems. (Yaney.) 

H. 269. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Europe. (3) 

A seminar on problems in the history of western Europe during the nineteenth cen- 
tury. (Bauer.) 

71 



Mathematics 

H. 281. Problems in the History of World War 1. (3) 

Investigation of various aspects of the First World War, including military operations,. 

diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the War and its aftermath. 

(Prange.) 
H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II. (3) 

Investigation of various aspects of the Second World War, including military operations, 
diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its aftermath. 

(Prange.) 
H. 285. Seminar in the History of Britain. (3) 

A seminar in selected problems of the history of the United Kingdom. (Gordon.) 

H. 286. Seminar in the History of the British Empire. (3) 

A seminar on selected problems in the history of the British empire. (Gordon.) 

H. 289. Seminar in Chinese History. (3) 

A seminar on selected problems in the history of China. (Farquhar.) 

H. 290. Historical Literature'. Asian (1-6) 

Readings in the standard works and monographic studies to meet the requirements of 

qualified graduate students who need intensive concentration in Asian history. 

(Asian History Staff.) 

H. 390. The Teaching of History in Institutions of Higher Learning. (1) 
Investigation and discussion of professional teaching of history at the college level: 
course construction, presentation of subject matter, testing, instrumental aids, evaluation 
of instruction. Required of all graduate assistants. (Land, Staff.) 

H. 399. Thesis Research. (1-6) 

(Staff.) 

MATHEMATICS 

Professor and Head: COHEN. 

Professors: DIAZ*, DOUGLIS, FULLERTON, GOOD, JACKSON, MARTIN, MAYOR 
(P.T.), RICHESON, AND STELLMACHER. 

Research Professors: PAYNE* AND WEINSTEIN*. 

Associate Professors: brace, ehrlich, horvath, hummel, pearl, reinhart, 

PUKANSZKY, AND ZEDEK. 

Research Associate Professor: GOLDHABER. 

Assistant Professors: correl, garstens, karp, lehner, nieto, sedwick, 

AND SHEPHERD. 

Research Assistant Professor: hubbard* 

Instructors: DYER, HENNEY, lepson, mar, mc clay, vanderslice (p.t.) 

and zemel. 
Lecturers: sinkov (p.t.) and syski (p.t.). 

The Mathematics Department Colloquium meets frequently throughout 
the academic year for reports on current research by the resident staff, vis- 
iting lecturers, and graduate students. In addition the Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics Colloquium meets at frequent inter- 



* Member of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 

72 



Mathematics 

vals for research in those fields. All colloquium meetings are open to the 
public. 

The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, national honorary mathematics fra- 
ternity meets regularly for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest 
to the undergraduate. The programs are open to the public. 

The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit 
of algebra for entrance: Math. 1 or 10. 

The following course is open to students who offer two or more units 
of algebra for entrance: Math. 18. 

Students are enrolled in Math. 10 or 18 provided they pass the 
mathematics section of the general classification test given to incoming stu- 
dents during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. 
if their curriculum calls for Math. 10, and in Math. 1 if their cur- 
riculum calls for Math. 18. 

In general students should enroll in only one of the course sequences, 
Math. 10-11-14-15, Math. 18-19-20-21. In case this rule is not followed, 
proper assignment of credit will be made upon application to the Department 
of Mathematics. 
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics. (0) 

First and second semesters. Recommended for students whose curriculum calls for 
Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the qualifying examinations for these courses. Special fee, 
$30. The fundamental principles of algebra. (Henney, Staff.) 

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra. (0) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit of algebra. Recommended for stu- 
dents whose curriculum calls for Math. 18 and who fail the qualifying examination for 
this course. Special fee, $30. A review of the topics covered in a second course in 
algebra. (Henney, Staff.) 

Math. 3. Fundamentals of Mathematics. (4) 

First and second semesters. This course is open to all students and is designed to give 
an introduction to mathematical thinking: Content: logical structure for several ele- 
mentary mathematical systems, historical advances in typical phases of mathematics 
and their role in world development, famous unsolvable problems, currently unsolved 
problems, applications of mathematics to other fields of learning. (Correl, Staff.) 

Math. 10, 11. Introduction to Mathematics. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, at least one unit each of 
high school algebra and geometry; completion of high school algebra recommended. 
Open to students not majoring in mathematics or the physical and engineering sciences. 
Logic, sets, counting, probability; sequences, sums; elementary algebra and trans- 
cendental functions and their geometric representation; systems of linear equations, 
factors, matrices. (Good, Staff.) 

Math. 14, 15. Elementary Calculus. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite. Math. 11 or equivalent. 
Open to students not majoring in mathematics or the physical and engineering sciences. 
Basic ideas of differential and integral calculus, elementary techniques and applications. 

(Correl, Staff.) 

73 



Mathematics 

Math. 18, 19. Elementary Mathematical Analysis. (5, 5) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, high school algebra com- 
pleted and plane geometry. Open to students in the physical sciences, engineering, 
and education. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one of the 
course sequences, Math. 5, 10-11, 18-19. The elementary mathematical functions, 
composed of algebraic, exponential, trigonometric types and their inverses, are studied 
by means of their properties, their graphical representations, the identities intercon- 
necting them, the solution of equations involving them. The beginning techniques of 
calculus are included. Other material may be selected from such topics as permuta- 
tions, combinations, probability, statistics, determinants, vectors, matrices, and solid 
analytic geometry. (Horvath, Staff.) 

Math. 20, 21. Calculus. (4, 4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Three lectures and two one-hour drill 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Math. 19 or equivalent. Open to students in engineer- 
ing, education, and the physical sciences. Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and 
minima, curve sketching, rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and 
physical applications, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite 
series. (Jackson, Staff.) 

Math. 30. Elements of Mathematics. (4) 

Prerequisite, high school elementary algebra highly desirable. Preferred course in mathe- 
matics for elementary education majors. Topics from algebra and number theory are 
presented to provide a proper mathematical insight into arithmetic for the prospective 
elementary school teacher. Topics included are: inductive proof, the system of natural 
numbers based on the Peano axioms, mathematical systems, groups, fields, the system 
of integers, the system of rational numbers, congruences, divisibility, systems of enum- 
eration. (Garstens.) 

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers. (3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 
Required of students in mechanical and electrical engineering. Differential equations of 
the first and second order with emphasis on their engineering applications. 

(Hummel, Staff.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 



ALGEBRA 



Math. 100. Vectors and Matrices. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The algebra of vector spaces 
and matrices, with emphasis upon those aspects of interest to students in applied 
mathematics. (Pearl.) 

Math. 103, 104. Introduction to Modern Algebra. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. For Math 104, the usual prerequisite of Math. 
103 may be waived upon consent of instructor. In Math. 103 are studied the basic 
concepts of abstract algebra: integral domains, divisibility, congruences; fields, ordered 
fields; the fields of rational numbers, of real numbers, of complex numbers; polynom- 
ial domains over a field, including classical results on the theory of polynomial equa- 

74 



Mathematics 

tions with rational, real, or complex coefficients; unique factorization domains, irre- 
ducibility criteria; rings. In Math. 104 are studied groups, vector spaces, linear trans- 
formations, matrices. (Rosen) 

Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers. (3) 

Summer session (2) . Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Integers, divisibility, 
Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime numbers, Moebius function, congru- 
ences, residues. (Good.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor. Groups, rings, fields, vectors and 

matrices, linear transformations, linear dependence, rank, canonical forms. (Ehrlich.) 

Math. 202. Linear Algebra. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Linear manifolds, the lattice of sub- 
spaces, projectivities, dualities, the ring of endomorphisms, the full linear group and 
its subgroups. (Pearl.) 

Math. 203. Galois Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Field extensions, automorphisms of 
a field, the Galois group of a polynomial equation, solvability by radicals, recent devel- 
opments in Galois theory. (Goldhaber) 

Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An introductory course in abstract groups, topologi- 
cal spaces, and the study of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The 
concept of a uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation prob- 
lem will be considered together with the subject of Lie groups. (Pukanszky.) 

Math. 206. Number Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Foundations, linear and higher congruences, law 
of reciprocity, quadratic forms, sieve methods, elements of additive number theory and 
density, distribution of prime numbers and L-functions, discussion of unsolved problems. 

(Good.) 

Math. 208. Ring Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of the class, 
emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following: ideal theory, structure theory 
of rings with or without minimum condition, division rings, algebras, nonassociative 
rings. (Ehrlich.) 

Math. 209. Group Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of the class, 
emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following aspects of discrete group 
theory: finite groups, abelian groups, free groups, solvable or nilpotent groups, groups 
with operators, groups with local properties, groups with chain conditions, extensions. 

(Ehrlich.) 

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra. (3) 
(Arranged.) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

75 



Mathematics 

ANALYSIS 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (4, 4) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Limits and continuity of real and complex func- 
tions, Riemann integration, partial differentiation, line and surface integrals, infinite 
series, elements of vector analysis, elements of complex variable theory. Emphasis on 
problems and techniques. (Nieto) 

Math. 112. Infinite Processes. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math 21 or equivalent. Construction of the real numbers from the 
rational numbers, sequences of numbers, series of positive and arbitrary numbers, 
infinite products, conditional and absolute convergence, sequences and series of func- 
tions, uniform convergence, integration and differentiation of series, power series and 
analytic functions, Fourier series, elements of the theory of divergent series, extension 
of the theory to complex numbers and functions. (Douglis.) 

Math. 114. Differential Equations. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 110 or equivalent. Ordinary differential equa- 
tions, symbolic methods, successive approximations, solutions in series, orthogonal func- 
tions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. (Jones) 

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 114. Partial differential equations of first and second order, char- 
acteristics, boundary value problems, systems of equations, applications. (Martin.) 

Math. 117. Fourier Series. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math 110 or equivalent. Representation of functions by series of orthogonal 
functions. Applications to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial 
differential equations of physics and engineering. (Horvath) 



For Graduates 

Math. 212. Special Functions. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or consent of instructor. Gamma function; 
second order differential equations in the complex domain, regular and irregular singu- 
larities; hypergeometric functions, Riemann's P-functions, Legendre functions, con- 
fluent hypergeometric functions, Whittaker functions, Bessel functions. (Diaz.) 

Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 111 and 114, or consent of instructor. Existence and uni- 
queness theorems for systems of ordinary differential equations and for partial differ- 
ential equations, characteristic theory, reduction to normal forms, the methods of finite 
differences. (Stellmacher) 

Math. 218. Integral Equations. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 287, or consent of instructor. Integral 
equations of the first and second kind, Volterra's equation, Abel's equation and frac- 
tional differentiation; the Fredholm theory, the Hilbert-Schmidt theory, Mercer's 
theorem expansion in orthonormal series; existence theorems of potential theory and 
other applications. (Payne) 

76 



Mathematics 

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis. (3) 
(Arranged). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Math. 278. Advanced Topics in Complex Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 288 or consent of instructor. Material selected to suit interests and 
background of the students. Typical topics: conformal mapping, algebraic functions, 
Riemann surfaces, entire functions, Dirichlet series, Taylor's series, geometric function 
theory. (Hummel.) 

Math. 280, 281. Linear Spaces. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 287 or equivalent. Linear vector spaces and their topologies, linear 

operations and transformations and their inverses, Banach and Hilbert spaces. 

(Horvath) 

Math. 286, 287. Theory of Functions. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. Ill or equivalent. Basic topics in real and complex variable theory, 
real and complex number systems, point sets on the line and in space, continuity, Rie- 
mann and Stieltjes integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, residues, power series, analytic 
functions, introduction to Lebesgue measure and integration. (Fullerton) 

Math. 288. Theory of Analytic Functions. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or a course in complex variables. Advanced 
topics in complex function theory, properties of power series, entire functions, con- 
formal mapping, classification of singularities, harmonic functions. (Zedek.) 

Math. 289. Measure and Integration. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math 287 or a course in real variables. Set functions, 
abstract theory of measure, differentiability properties and absolute continuity of set 
functions, measurable functions, abstract integration theory, introduction to linear 
spaces. (Rosen.) 

GEOMETRY AND TOPOLOGY 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Math. 122. Introduction to Point Set Topology. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 110 or Math 146 or equivalent. Open and closed sets, connected- 
ness, compactness, transformations, homeomorphisms; application of these concepts to 
various spaces with particular attention to the Euclidean plane. (Hummel.) 

Math. 123. Introduction to Algebraic Topology. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 122 and 103, or equivalent. Chains, cycles, homology groups for 

surfaces, the fundamental group. (Reinhart.) 

Math. 124. Introduction to Projective Geometry. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Elementary projective geometry largely from the 
analytic approach, projective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective 
coordinates, projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Mayor.) 

Math. 125. Introduction to Algebraic Geometry. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 103 or Math. 124 or equivalent. Plane algebraic curves, algebraic 
functions, ideas in polynomial rings, theory of elimination, points, multiplicity, dimen- 
sion, theory of places, algebraic varieties, algebraic correspondences, the theories of Rie- 
mann-Roch. (Reinhart.) 

77 



Mathematics 

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis. (3, 3) 
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The differential geometry of curves and surfaces 
with the use of vector and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, cur- 
vilinear coordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic 
geometry, curves on a surface, applications to problems in dynamics, mechanics, elec- 
tricity, and relativity. (Jackson.) 

Math. 128. Euclidean Geometry. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Recommended for students in the College of Edu- 
cation. Axioms of Euclidean geometry; axiomatic method, models, properties of axioms; 
proofs of some basic theorems from the axioms; modern geometry of the triangle, cir- 
cle, and sphere. (Mayor.) 

Math. 129. Non-Euclidean Geometry. (5) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Recommended for students in the College of 
Education. Axiomatic development of non-Euclidean geometry, trigonometry, application 
of calculus to non-Euclidean geometry. (Jackson.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. Ill or consent of instructor. Curves and surfaces, geometry in the 

large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, surfaces of constant curvature. (Jackson.) 

Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, Math. 103 and 123, or consent of instructor. Homology, cohomology, and 

homotopy theory of complexes and spaces. (Reinhart.) 

Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 122 or consent of instructor. Foundations of mathematics based on 
a set of axioms, metric spaces, convergence and connectivity properties of point sets, 
continua and continuous curves, the topology of the plane. (Lehner.) 

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology. (3) 
(Arranged) . Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Math. 130. Probability. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Combinatory analysis, total, com- 
pound, and inverse probability, continuous distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and La- 
place, theory of errors. (Staff.) 

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Frequency distributions and their parameters, multi- 
variate analysis and correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical in- 
ference. (Staff.) 

Math. 133. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 132 or equivalent. Advanced methods in correlation analysis, regres- 
sion analysis, analysis of variance and sequential analysis, curve fitting, testing of hy- 
potheses, non-parametric testing, machine tabulation of statistics. (Staff.) 

78 



Mathematics 



For Graduates 



Math. 230, 231. Elements of Probability and Mathematical Statistics. (4, 4) 
Prerequisite, Math. Ill or consent of instructor. For mathematics majors and other 
students with mathematical background wishing to acquire theoretical concepts. Axio- 
matic foundations of probability theory, distribution functions, moments and cumulants, 
characteristic functions, limit laws, binominal, Poisson, and normal distributions, dis- 
tributions related to the normal, estimation and testing hypotheses, confidence intervals, 
Gauss-Markov theorem, general linear hypotheses; selected topics ia the design of 
experiments, multivariate analysis, non-parametric inference, sequential analysis, stoch- 
astic processes. (Syski.) 

HISTORY AND FOUNDATIONS 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Math. 140. History of Mathematics. (3) 

Summer Session (2). Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. A survey of the 

historical development of mathematics and of the mathematicians who have contributed 

to that development. (Jackson.) 

Math. 146. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Construction of the number system 
starting with the Peano axioms for the natural numbers, developments of the algebraic 
structures associated with the integers and rationals, theory of sets, equivalence classes, 
order relations, finite and infinite cardinals, positions of the various number systems in 
the hierarchy of order types. (Correl.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 244. Mathematical Logic. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Propositional calculus, predicate calculus and rela- 
tions, formal deduction, the deduction theorem and the decision problem. (Karp.) 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS, MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Math. 155. Numerical Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 110 and 114, or consent of instructor. A brief survey of computing 
machines, study of errors involved in numerical computations. The use of desk machines 
and tables. Numerical solutions of polynomial and transcendental equations. Inter- 
polation, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary differential equations, sys- 
tems of linear equations. (Stellmacher.) 

Math. 156. Programming for High Speed Computers. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. General character- 
istics of high-speed automatic computers; logic of programming, preparation of flow 
charts, preliminary and final coding; scaling, use of floating point routines; construc- 
tion and use of subroutines; use of machine for mathematical operations and for auto- 
matic coding. Each student will prepare and, if possible, run a problem on a high 
speed computer. (Sinkov.) 

79 



Mathematics 

Math. 158. Games and Linear Relations. (3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Theory of games, minima* theorem, 
theory of linear programming, simplex method, systems of linear inequalities and the 
nature of their solutions, geometrical interpretations. (Pearl.) 

Math 160, 161. Analytic Mechanics. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, 
elementary, celestial mechanics, Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, 
two, and three degrees of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial 
differential equation. (Martin.) 

Math. 162. Applied Mathematics I. (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 21 or consent of instructor. Calculus of functions of several real 
variables: limits, continuity, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, line and surface 
integrals. Vector valued functions. Curvilinear coordinates. Theorems of Green, 
Gauss and Stokes. Physical applications. (Not open to students with credit for Math. 
152) . (Sedgewick.) 

Math. 163. Applied Mathematics II. (3) 

Prerequisite: Math. 162 or 152 or consent of instructor. The complex field. Infinite 
processes for real and complex numbers. Calculus of complex functions. Analytic 
functions and analytic continuation. Theory of residues and application to evaluation 
of integrals. Conformal mapping. (Not open to students with credit for Math. 116 or 
154). (Sedgewick.) 

Math. 164. Applied Mathematics HI. (3) 

Prerequisite: Math. 64 and 163 or 154 or consent of instructor. Fourier and Laplace 
transforms. Evaluation of the complex inversion integral by the theory of residues. 
Applications to systems of ordinary and partial differential equations. (Not open to 
students with credit for Math. 153). (Sedgewick.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 250. Tensor Analysis. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, Math. Ill or 152, or consent of instructor. Algebra and 
calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, differential invariants; 
applications to physics and engineering, and in particular the theory of relativity. 

(Stellmacher.) 

Math. 251. Hilbert Space. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. The Euler-Lagrange 
and general Hilbert space, scalar product, metric, strong and weak convergence, linear 
functionals, symmetric operators, complete continuity, eigenvalues, orthonormal sys- 
tems, Schwarz-Bessel inequality and Parseval identity, eigenvalues in subspaces, spectral 
theorem. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 252. Variational Methods. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. The Eule-Lagrange 
equation, minimal principles in mathematical physics, estimation of capacity, torsional 
rigidity and other physical quantities; symmetraisation, isoperimetric inequalities, 
estiniation of eigenvalues; the minimax principle. (Payne.) 

Math. 253, 254. Spectral Theory in Hilbert Space. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 251 or consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of the spectral 
theory of self-adjoint operators in Hilbert Space, a presentation of the extension theory 
for symmetric operators, and applications to ordinary and partial differential operators. 

80 



Mathematics 

Math. 255, 256. Advanced Numerical Analysis. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 155, or consent of instructor. Review of numerical differ- 
entiation and integration, solution of ordinary differential equations, stability, accuracy, 
use of high-speed digital machines, properties of elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic par- 
tial differential equations, conversion of partial differential equations to partial differ- 
ence equations, stability and convergence of methods for solving partial difference 
equations, rates of convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods, iterative meth- 
ods, the method of characteristics. General methods of solving problems, existence and 
uniqueness theorems for difference equations associated with partial differential equations, 
stability of solutions, perturbation, iterative procedures, steepest descent, eigenvalue 
problems. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 260. Foundations of Mathematical Physics. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. General survey of mathematical 
methods and results employed in various branches of mathematical physics. The fol- 
lowing are among the general topics to be discussed: vector analysis and integral iden- 
tities (Green-Gauss, Stokes, etc.), ordinary and partial differential and difference equa- 
tions, integral equations, formulation of typical boundary and initial value problems 
and indication of the main methods of solution. (Diaz.) 

Math. 261, 262. Fluid Dynamics. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. Basic kinematic and dynamic con- 
cepts, equation of continuity, velocity, potential and stream function, vorticity, Ber- 
noulli's equation; perfect incompressible fluids, Helmholtz' vorticity theorems, plane 
hydrodynamics, Kutta-Joukowski theory of lift, conformal mapping, vortices and vortex 
sheets, Prandtl-Munk theory of finite wings; viscous fluids, Navier-Stokes equations, 
boundary layer theory; perfect gases, method of characteristics, subsonic, transonic, 
and supersonic flows, hodograph method, theory of shock waves. (Payne.) 

Math. 263, 264. Elasticity. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 260, or consent of instructor. Stress and strain, nuclei of 
strain, compatibility equations, Saint-Venant principle, bending, torsion and flexure of 
beams, complex variable methods, Airy's stress function, axial symmetry, strain energy 
and potential energy, buckling, bending, and vibration of plates and shells. (Hubbard.) 

Math. 265. Hyperbolic Differential Equations. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. Two variables, Cauchy's 
problem, characteristics, Reimann's method, properties of the Riemann function, quasi- 
linear equations and canonical hyperbolic systems, wave equation in n-dimensions, 
methods of Hadamard and Riesz, Euler-Poisson equation and the singular problems, 
Huygen's principle. (Nieto) 

Math. 266. Elliptic Differential Equations. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. The equations of 
Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and Green, potentials of volume and 
surface distributions, harmonic functions, Green's function and the problems of Dirich- 
let and Neumann; linear elliptic equations with variable coefficients, in particular the 

81 



Mathematics 

equations of Stokes and Beltrami; fundamental solutions, the principle of the maxi- 
mum, and boundary value problems; introduction to the theory of non-linear equations. 

(Stellmacher.) 

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics. (3) 
(Arranged.) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

FOR TEACHERS OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Math. 181. Foundations of Number Theory. (3) 

Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc- 
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching 
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the 
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their curric- 
ulum. Axiomatic developments of the real numbers. Elementary number theory. 

(Jackson.) 
Math. 182. Foundations of Algebra. (3) 

Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. 
Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of 
mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physical 
sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in thir curriculum. Mod- 
ern ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations. (Good.) 

Math. 183. Foundations of Geometry. (3) 

Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. 
Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of 
mathmatics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physical 
sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their cuuriculum. A 
study of the axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. (Lehner.) 

Math. 184. Foundations of Analysis. (3) 

Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. 
Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of 
mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physical 
sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. 
A study of the limit concept and the calculus. (Previous knowledge of calculus is not 
required.) (Good.) 

Math. 199. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of Science 

and Mathematics. Seminar. (1-3) 
Lectures and discussions to broaden and deepen the student's appreciation for mathe- 
matics as a logical discipline and medium of expression. Special emphasis on topics 
relevant to current curriculum studies and revisions. (Staff.) 

RESEARCH 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 190. Honors Seminar. (2) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, permission of the Depart- 
mental Honors Committee. Reports by students on suitable mathematical literature; 
solution of various interesting problems. (Senior Staff.) 

82 



Microbiology 

Math. 191. Honors Reading Course {Credit according to work done.) 
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, permission of the Depart- 
mental Honors Committee. Selected readings on topics in mathematics of special interest 
to the student under the guidance of a staff member. (Senior Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 298. Proseminar in Research (1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one semester of graduate work in mathe- 
matics. A seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical 
logic, axiom systems, and set theory. (Cohen.) 

Math. 399. Research. 
(Arranged.) 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor and Head: FABER. 

Professors: HANSEN, pelczar and doetsch. 

Associate Professor: LAFFER. 

Assistant Professor: HETRICK 

Lecturer: stadtman. 

Microb. 1. General Microbiology. (4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The physiology, culture and differentiation of 
microorganisms. Fundamental principles of microbiology in relation to man and his 
environment. (Pelczar.) 

Microb. 50. Cytology of Bacteria. (2) 

Second semester. Two lecture periods per week. Prerequisites, Microb. 1. A consider- 
ation of morphology, differentiation, and cytochemistry of the eubacterial cell and 
related forms. (Doetsch.) 

Microb. 60, 62. Microbiological Literature. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in micro- 
biology with junior standing. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpreta- 
tion and presentation of reports. (Doetsch.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Microb. 101. Pathogenic Microbiology. (4) 

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, §11.00. The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man 
and animals with emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of microorganisms, 
types of disease, modes of disease transmission, prophylactic, therapeutic and epide- 
miological aspects. (Faber.) 

Microb. 103. Serology. (4) 

Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Microb. 101. Laboratory fee, §11.00. Infection and resistance; principles and types of 
immunity; hypersensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic immunolo- 
gical reactions and their application. (Faber.) 

83 



Microbiology 

Microb. 104. History of Microbiology. (1) 

First semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in micro- 
biology. History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The 
modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in relation to early 
theories. (Doetsch.) 

Microb. 105. Clinical Methods. (4) 

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. A practical course designed to integrate 
clinical laboratory procedures in terms of hospital and public health demands. (Faber.) 

Microb. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health. (2) 

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 1. History, char- 
acteristic features, and epidemiology of the important communicable diseases, public 
health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.) 

Microb. 121. Advanced Methods. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The application of quantitative 
techniques for measurement of enzyme reactions, mutations, fermentation, analyses, and 
other physiological processes of microorganisms. (Hansen, Pelczar.) 

Microb. 131, 133. Applied Microbiology. (4, 4) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, Microb. 1. Laboratory fee $11.00. The application of microorganisms and 
microbiological principles to milk, dairy products, and foods; industrial processes; soil; 
water and sanitation operations. (Doetsch, Hansen, Laffer, Pelczar.) 

Microb. 150. Microbial Physiology. (2) 

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in microbiology. 
Aspects of the growth, death, and energy transactions of microorganisms are consid- 
ered, as well as the effects of the physical and chemical environment on them. 

(Doetsch.) 

Microb. 161. Systematic Bacteriology. (2) 

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in microbiology. 
History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international codes of nomen- 
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (Hansen.) 

Microb. 181. Microbiological Problems. (3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, 16 credits in microbiology. 
Registration only upon the consent of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. This 
course is arranged to provide qualified majors in microbiology and majors in allied 
fields an opportunity to pursue specific microbiological problems under the supervision 
of a member of the Department. (Faber.) 

For Graduates 

Microb. 201. Medical Mycology. (4) 

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
30 credits in microbiology and aillied fields. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Primarily a study 
of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the methods of isolation and iden- 
tification. (Laffer.) 

84 



Microbiology, Music 

Microb. 202. Genetics of Microorganisms. (2) 

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An 
introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to microorganisms. Spon- 
taneous and induced mutations, interaction between clones. (Hansen.) 

Microb. 204. Bacterial Metabolism. (2) 

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in microbiology 
and allied fields, including Chem. 161 and 162. Bacterial nutrition, enzyme formation, 
metabolic pathways and the dissimilation of carbon and nitrogen substrates. (Pelczar.) 

Microb. 206, 208. Special Topics. (1-4, 1-4) 

First and second semesters. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in 
microbiology. Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special sub- 
jects in the field of microbiology. (Staff.) 

Microb. 210. Virology and Tissue Culture. (2) 

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101 or equivalent. 
Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. Principles of tissue 
culture. (Hetrick.) 

Microb. 211. Virology and Tissue Culture Laboratory. (2) 

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101 
or equivalent. Registration only upon consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $20.00. Lab- 
oratory methods in virology and tissue culture. (Hetrick.) 

Microb. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism. (1) 

Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 204 and consent of 
instructor. A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with 
emphasis on metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.) 

Microb. 280. Seminar-Research Methods. (1) 

First semester. Discussions and reports prepared by majors in microbiology engaged 

in current research; presentation of selected subjects dealing with recent advances in 
microbiology. (Staff.) 

Microb. 282. Seminar-Microbiological Literature. (1) 

Second semester. Presentation and discussion of current literature in microbiology. 

(Staff.) 
Microb. 399. Research. 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Credits according to work done. Labora- 
tory fee, $11.00. The investigation is outlined in consultation with and pursued under 
the supervision of a senior staff member of the Department. (Staff.) 

MUSIC 

Professor and Head: ULRICH. 

Associate Professor: springmann. 

Professors: grentzer, Jordan, and Randall. 

Assistant Professors: berman, eisenstadt, Henderson, and meyer. 

Instructors: bernstein, de vermond, gordon, head, heim and traver. 

Music 1. Introduction to Music. (3) 

Second semester. Open only to music or music education majors; other students take 

Music 20. Music 1 and 20 may not both be counted for credit. Three lectures per 

85 



Music 

week. A study of the forms and styles of music, leading to an intelligent appreciation 
of the art and providing a foundation for more advanced courses in the Department of 
Music. (Ulrich.) 

Music 4. Men's Glee Club. (1) 

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until 
a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover 
a cycle of about six semesters. (Traver.) 

Music 5. Women's Chorus. (1) 

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until 
a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover 
a cycle of about six semesters. (Traver.) 

Music 6. Orchestra. (1) 

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until 
a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover 
a cycle of about six semesters. (Berman.) 

Music 7, 8. Theory of Music. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. A fun- 
damental course in the elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales, chord structures, 
and tonalities through ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The student must 
achieve a grade of "C" in Music 8 in order to register for Music 70. 

Music 9. Chamber Music Ensemble. (1) 

First and second semesters. This course does not fulfill the ensemble requirements of 
the various curricula. Three laboratory hours per week. Rehearsal and performance of 
selected works for small ensembles of strings, winds, and piano or small vocal ensem- 
bles. May be repeated for credit; the music studied will cover a cycle of about six 
semesters. (Staff.) 

Music 10. Band (1) 

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until 
a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover 
a cycle of about six semesters. (Henderson.) 

Music 15. Chapel Choir. (1) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Open to all students in the University, 
subject to the Director's approval. The Choir will appear at services held in the Mem- 
orial Chapel. May be taken until a total of six semester hours of credit has been 
earned. (Springmann.) 

Music 16. Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3) 

First and second semesters. Open to students majoring in elementary education or 
childhood education; other students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not both be 
counted for credit. The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related to the needs 
of the classroom and kindergarten teacher, and organized in accord with the six-area 
concept of musical learning. (Traver.) 

Music 20. Survey of Music Literature. (3) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Open to all students except music 
and music education majors, and may be taken by students who qualify to select courses 
within Group II of the American Civilization Program. Music 1 and 20 may not both 
be taken for credit. A study of the principles upon which music is based, and an intro- 
duction to the musical repertoires performed in America today. (Gordon.) 

86 



Music 

Music 21, 22. Class Voice. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. A laboratory course in which a variety 
of voices and vocal problems are represented. Principles of correct breathing as applied 
to singing; fundamentals of tone production and diction. Students are taught to de- 
velop their own voices. Repertoire of folk songs and songs of the Classical and Roman- 
tic periods. (Randall.) 

Music 23, 24. Class Piano. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Functional piano training for begin- 
ners. Development of techniques useful for school and community playing. Basic piano 
techniques; chord, arpeggio, and scale techniques; melody and song playing; simple 
accompaniments, improvisation for accompaniments and rhythms; sight reading and 
transposition, and playing by ear. Music 24, continuation of Music 23; elementary rep- 
ertoire is begun. (de Vermond.) 

Music 31, 32. Advanced Class Voice. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Prerequisite, Music 22 or equivalent 
vocal training. Continuation of Music 22, with more advanced repertoire for solo voice 
and small ensembles. A special section for music-education majors will include the study 
of methods and materials for teaching class voice. (Staff.) 

Music 33, 34. Advanced Class Piano. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 24 or equivalent piano training. Four 
hours per week. Advanced keyboard techniques. Continuation of skills introduced in 
Music 24; transposition, modulation, and sight reading; methods of teaching functional 
piano. Music 34, development of style in playing accompaniments and in playing for 
community singing. More advanced repertoire. (de Vermond.) 

Music 70, 71. Advanced Theory of Music. (4, 4) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 8 with a grade of at least "C". Three 
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. An integrated course of written harmony, 
keyboard harmony, and ear training. Continuation of the principles studied in Music 
8. Harmonic progressions; Music 70, eighteenth century chorale style; Music 71, nine- 
teenth century styles including chromatic and modulatory techniques. Realization of 
figured basses, and composition in the smaller forms. Advanced study of solfege, with 
drill in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Application of harmonic principles 
to the keyboard. (Bernstein, Staff.) 

Music 80, 82. Class Study of String Instruments. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. Fundamental bowings, 
technical problems, vibrato, and a study of ensemble materials. Music 80, violin and 
viola; Music 82, cello and bass, and a continuation of violin. (Berman.) 

Music 81, 83. Class Study of Wind Instruments. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. A study of wind and per- 
cussion instruments, with emphasis on ensemble training. The student will acquire an 
adequate playing technique on one instrument in both woodwind and brass categories, 
and must gain an understanding of the acoustic principles and construction of all wind 
and percussion instruments. (Jordan, Henderson.) 

Music 120, 121. History of Music. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Music 1 or 20 and junior standing. A study 
of musical styles from their origins in western Europe to their present-day manifesta- 
tions. The interaction of music and other cultural activities. Music 120, the Greek 
period to Bach; Music 121, Bach to the present. (Jordan.) 

87 



Music 

Music 141, 142. Musical Form. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A study of the organizing prin- 
ciples of musical composition, their interaction in musical forms, and their functions in 
different styles. Music 141, the phrase to the rondo; Music 142, the larger forms. 

(Jordan) 

Music 143, 144. Composition. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. (Music 146 not offered 1961-62.) Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. 
principles of musical composition, and their application to the smaller forms. Original 
writing in nineteenth and twentieth century musical idioms for various media. (Staff.) 

Music 145, 146. Counterpoint. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. (Music 146 not offered 1961-62.) Prerequisite, Music 70,71. 
A course in eighteenth century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of imitation 
in the invention and the choral prelude. Original writing in the smaller contrapuntal 
forms. (Bernstein.) 

Music 147, 148. Orchestration. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. (Music 148 not offered 1961-62.) Prerequisite, Music 70, 
71. A study of the ranges, musical functions, and technical characteristics of the instru- 
ments, and their color possibilities in various combinations. Practical experience in or- 
chestrating for small and large ensembles. (Jordan.) 

Music 150. Keyboard Harmony. (2) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Music 
70, 71. The application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired in 
Music 70, 71. Harmonization of melodies, improvisation and accompanying, playing from 
dictation, and transposition. (Meyer.) 

Music 160, 161. Conducting. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Music 160 or the equivalent is prerequisite to Music 161. 
A laboratory course in conducting vocal and instrumental groups. Baton technique, 
score reading, rehearsal techniques, tone production, style, and interpretation. Music of 
all periods will be introduced. (Grentzer, Henderson.) 

Music 166. Survey of the Opera. (3) 

Second semester. (Not offered 1961-62) . Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. 

A study of the music, librettos, and composers of the standard operas. (Jordan.) 

Music 167. Symphonic Music. (3) 

First semester. Summer session (2) . Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The 
study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present. The concerto, sym- 
phony, overture, and other forms are examined. (Ulrich.) 

Music 168. Chamber Music. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The history and liter- 
ature of chamber music from the early Baroque period to the present. Music for trio 
sonata, string quartet and quintet, and combinations of piano and string instruments is 
studied. (Ulrich.) 

Music 169. Choral Music. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The history and litera- 
ature of choral music from the Renaissance to the present, with discussion of related 
topics such as Gregorian chant, vocal chamber music, etc. (Jordan.) 

88 



Music 

Music 175. Canon and Fugue. (3) 

Prerequisite, Music 146 or the equivalent. Composition and analysis of the canon and 

fugue in the styles of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries. (Bernstein.) 

For Graduates 

Music 200. Advanced Studies in the History of Music. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121, and consent of instructor. A critical study 
of one style period (Renaissance, Baroque, etc.) will be undertaken. The course may 
be repeated for credit, since a different period will be chosen each time it is offered. 

(Jordan.) 

Music 201. Seminar in Musicology. (3) 

Prerequisites, Music 120, 121 and consent of instructor. The work of one major com- 
poser (Bach, Beethoven, etc.) will be studied, with emphasis on musicological method. 
The course may be repeated for credit, since a different composer will be chosen each 
time it is offered. Gordon.) 

Music 202. Pro-Seminar in the History and Literature of Music. (3) 
Prerequisites, Music 121 and graduate standing. An introduction to graduate study in 
the history and literature of music. Bibliography and methodology of systematic and 
historical musicology. (Jordan.) 

Music 203. Seminar in Musicology. (3) 

Prerequisites, Music 121 and graduate standing. An intensive course in one of the 
areas of musicology such as performance practices, history of music theory, history of 
notation, or ethnomusicology. Since a cycle of subjects will be studied, the course may 
be repeated for credit. (Bernstein.) 

Music 204. American Music. (3) 

Prerequisites, Music 121 and graduate standing. A lecture course in the history of 

American art music from Colonial times to the present. (Jordan.) 

Music 206. Advanced Modal Counterpoint. (3) 

Prerequisites, Music 146 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. An intensive course 
in the composition of music in the style of the late Renaissance. Analytical studies of 
the music of Palestrina, Lasso, and Byrd. (Bernstein.) 

Music 207. The Contemporary Idiom. (3) 

Prerequisite, Music 146 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. Composition and 

analysis in the twentieth-century styles, with emphasis on techniques of melody, har- 
mony, and counterpoint. (Staff.) 

Music 208. Advanced Orchestration. (3) 

Prerequisites, Music 148 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. Orchestration proj- 
ects in the styles of Debussy, Ravel, Stravinsky, Schoenberg, Bartok, and others. 

(Henderson.) 

Music 209. Seminar in Musical Composition. (3) 

Prerequisites, Music 144 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. An advanced course 

in musical composition. (Staff.) 

89 



Music 

Music 212, 213. Interpretation, Performance, and Analysis of the Standard 

Repertoire. (4, 4) 
Prerequisite, consent of graduate faculty in the Department. A seminar in analysis 
and interpretation for the graduate performer, with advanced instruction at the instru- 
ment of the works studied. In Music 213 a seminar paper and a full-length recital 
are required. (Staff.) 

Music 218. Teaching the Theory, History, and Literature of Music. (3) 
Prerequisite, graduate standing and consent of instructor. A course in teaching meth- 
odology, with emphasis on instruction at the college level. (Ulrich.) 

Music 399. Thesis Research. (3-6) 

Research in Theory or History and Literature of Music, and Musical Composition. 

May be repeated for credit. (Staff.) 

APPLIED MUSIC 

Course number. A new student or one taking applied music for the 
first time at this University should register for Music X. He will receive 
the proper classification at the end of his first semester in the Department. 
Special fee of $40.00 per semester for each applied-music course. 

Section number: Every student taking an applied-music course should, 
in addition to registering for the proper course number, indicate the instru- 
ment chosen by adding a section number as follows: 

Sec. 1, Piano Sec. 6, Bass Sec. 11, Horn 

Sec. 2, Voice Sec. 7, Flute Sec. 12, Trumpet 

Sec. 3, Violin Sec. 8, Oboe Sec. 13, Trombone 

Sec. 4, Viola Sec. 9, Clarinet Sec. 14, Tuba 

Sec. 5, Cello Sec. 10, Bassoon Sec. 15, Organ 

Music 12, 13. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course) 

First and second semesters. Freshman course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice 
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice 
hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for piano majors 
in the B. Music curriculum only. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student will 
register for Music 12, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 12D if taken for four 
hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 13 and Music 13D. (Staff.) 

Music 52, 53. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course) 

First and second semesters. Sophomore course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice 
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice 
hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental 
majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 13 (or 13D) on the same 
instrument. Special fee of §40.00 per semester. The student will register for Music 52, 
if taken for two hours credit; and Music 52D, if taken for four hours credit. The same 
principle applies to Music 53 and Music 53D. (Staff.) 

Music 112, 113. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course) 

First and second semesters. Junior course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice hours 
per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice hours 
per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental or 

90 



Philosophy 

vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 53 (or 53D) on the 
same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student will register for 
Music 112, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 112D, if taken for four hours 
credit. The same principle applies to Music 113 and Music 113D. (Staff.) 

Music 152, 153. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course) 

First and second semesters. Senior course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice hours 
per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice hours 
per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental or 
vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 113 (or 113D) on 
the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student will register for 
Music 152, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 152D, if taken for four hours 
credit. The same principle applies to Music 153 and Music 153D. (Staff.) 



PHILOSOPHY 

Professors: LAVINE AND YOLTON. 

Associate Professors: pasch and schlaretzki. 

Assistant Professor: diamadopoulos 

Phil. 1 Philosophy for Modern Man. (3) 

Each semester. Modern man's quest for understanding of himself and his world, with 
particular reference to American ideas and ideals. This course is one of a group of 
four courses within Elective Group I of the American Civilization Program. It may 
also be taken by students who qualify by tests to select substitute courses in the pro- 
gram (provided the student has not taken the course in his Group I elective). (Staff.) 

Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics. (3) 

First semester. An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help the stu- 
dent increase his ability to employ language with understanding and to reason cor- 
rectly. Topics treated include: the uses and abuses of language, techniques for making 
sound inferences, and the logic of science. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature. (3) 

Second semester. Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas contain- 
ing ideas significant for ethics, social policy, and religion. (La vine.) 

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion. (3) 

First semester. This course seeks to provide the student with the means by which he 
may approach intelligently the main problems of religious thought: the nature of reli- 
gious experience, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting claims of religion 
and science, and the place of religion in the community and in the life of the in- 
dividual. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy. (3) 

First semester. A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. 
The chief figures discussed: the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, 
Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. (Diamadopoulos.) 

91 



Philosophy- 
Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy. (3) 

Second semester. A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th, 
and 18th centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza, 
Leibniz, Locke, Berkley, Hume and Kant. (Diamadopoulos.) 

Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy. (3) 

Second semester. A brief summary of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of 
Indian thought will center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philoso- 
phers, and the chief Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center about 
Confucius, Lao-tse and their disciples, particular attention being given to the develop- 
ment of democratic ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. (Staff.) 

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Phil. 123, extension (3) . Designed as electives for students 
who wish to acquaint themselves with the field of philosophy. Phil. 123 not necessarily 
a prerequisite for Phil 124. An exploration of the fundamental beliefs which determine 
what men make of their lives and of the world they live in. Each semester classic 
statements of these beliefs by great philosophers will be chosen for class discussion on 
the basis of their significance for the problems confronting modern man. (Staff.) 

Phi!. 125. The Great Philosophers. (3) 

Offered in Baltimore only. A discussion of the ideas of the great Western philosophers, 

based on readings in their works. (Staff.) 

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization. (3) 

First semester. A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assump- 
tions, goals, and methods of contemporary democracy, fascism, socialism, and commu- 
nism, with special attention to the ideological conflict between the U.S. and Russia. 

(Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories. (3) 

Second semester. A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the 
proper ends of education and the implications of these views for educational practice. 

(Staff.) 

Phil. 145. Ethics. (3) 

Second semester. A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct, 
aimed at developing such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to contem- 
porary personal and social problems and to the formulation of an ethical philosophy of 
life. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 147. Philosophy of Art. (3) 

First semester. An inquiry into the nature and functions of art. The course will begin 
with an examination of the relations between art and imitation, art and craft, art and 
beauty, art and pleasure, art and form, art and expression, art and not-art, and good, 
bad, and great art, and conclude with a considertion of the uses of art, propagandistic, 
religious, escapist, and therapeutic. (Staff.) 

Phil. 152. Philosophy of Social and Historical Change. (3) 

First semester. A survey and an assessment of the religious, the philosophic, and the 
scientific approaches to socio-historic change, including the theories of linear progress, 
evolutionary progress, cyclical repetition, Hegelian-Marxian dialectic, Weberian secu- 
larization and bureaucratization. (Lavine.) 

92 



Philosophy- 
Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy. (3) 

Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and functions of society and of the state. 
Attention is given to the major classical and contemporary theories, but the course is 
not primarily historical. The central problems: determination of the grounds of poli- 
tical obligation; reconciliation of the claims of personal freedom and social welfare. 

(Schlaretzki.) 
Phil. 155. Logic. (3) 

Second semester. A critical exposition of deductive logic. The course includes an exam- 
ination and appraisal of Aristotelian logic and a systematic presentation of the founda- 
tons of modern logic. Consideration is given to the application of the techniques of 
logic in the organization of knowledge and in scientific method. This course does not 
presuppose Phil. 41, but forms a natural sequel to it. (Pasch.) 

Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science. (3) 

First semester. An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation, 
hypotheses, verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the basic 
concepts and presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to society. 

(Diamadopoulos, Lavine.) 

Phil. 158. Philosophy of Language. (3) 

Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and function of language and other forms 

of symbolism. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 160. Medieval Philosophy. (3) 

First semester. A history of philosophic thought in the West from the close of the Clas- 
sical period to the Renaissance. Based on readings on the Stoics, early Christian writers, 
Neoplatonists, later Christian writers and Schoolmen. (Staff.) 

Phil. 162. American Philosophy. (3) 

Second semester. A survey of American philosophical thought from the 18th century 
to the present. Special attention is given to Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson, Royce, Peirce, 
James, Dewey and Santayana. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 163. Nineteenth Century Idealism. (3) 

First semester. A survey of Idealist thought following Kant: the Romantic Idealists, 

Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, the British School. (Lavine.) 

Phil. 164. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy. (3) 

First semester. A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention 
will be given to such thinkers as James, Bergson, Russell, Dewey, and Whitehead and 
to such movements as Pragmatism, Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism, and Existential- 
ism. Particular consideration will be paid to the bearing of these developments on con- 
temporary problems of science, religion and society. (Yolton.) 

Phil. 166. Philosophy of Plato. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101 or consent of the instructor. A critical study of 

selected dialogues. (Diamadopoulos.) 

Phil. 167. The Philosophy of Aristotle. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil 101 or consent of the instructor. A critical study 

of selected portions of Aristotle's writings. (Diamadopoulos.) 

Phil. 168. The Philosophy of Kant. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 102 or consent of instructor. A critical study of 

selected portions of Kant's writings. (Lavine, Yolton.) 

93 



Philosophy- 
Phil. 170. Metaphysics. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, 3 hours of philosophy. A critical study of rival meta- 
physical theories. Analysis of basic metaphysical categories and methods. (Staff.) 

Phil. 171. Epistemology. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, 3 hours of philosophy. Systematic analysis of the 
central problems in the theory of knowledge. Idealism, realism, phenomenalism, prag- 
matism, empiricism, rationalism, positivism, and language analysis will be discussed in 
the light of contemporary developments. (Pasch.) 

Phil. 175. Symbolic Logic. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 41 or 155 or consent of the instructor. A study of the 
historic development of symbolic logic and a careful analysis of recent systems and 
techniques. (Pasch.) 

Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations. (1-3) 

Each semester. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Phil. 215. Advanced Philosophy of Religion. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. Philosophical consideration of 

selected problems. (Staff.) 

Phil. 220. Inductive Logic and Scientific Method. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of the logic 

of scientific procedure and of the structure and validity of scientific generalization. 

(Staff.) 

Phil. 230. The British Empiricists. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. A critical study of selected 

writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Yolton.) 

Phil. 232. The Continental Rationalists. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. A critical study of the 
systems of some of the major 17th and 18th century rationalists, with special reference 
to Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz. (Staff.) 

Phil. 255. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.) 

Phil. 256. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.) 

Phil. 260. Seminar in Ethics. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of represent- 
ative ethical theories. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 261. Seminar in Aesthetics. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of represent- 
ative aesthetic theories. (Staff.) 

Phil. 292. Selected Problems in Philosophy. (1-3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.) 

Phil. 399. Research in Philosophy. (1-12) 

Each semester. (Staff.) 

94 



Physics and Astronomy 

PHYSICS AND. ASTRONOMY 

Professor and Head: TOLL. 

Professors: estabrook, ferrell, hornyak, marion, morgan, myers, opik, 

SINGER, SNOW, WEBER, AND WESTERHOUT. 

Professors (Part-Time) : Friedman, HAY ward, and f. stern. 

Research Professor: burgers* 

Visiting Research Professor: WESKE.* 

Associate Professors: day, glover, griem, Holmgren, laster, mac donald, 

SUCHER, E. STERN, WAGGONER, AND ZIPOY. 

Associate Research Professor: hama.* 

Assistant Professors: Armstrong, burnstein, condon, detenbeck, falk, 

GLICK, GREENBERG, ONEDA, PRANGE, RODBERG, STEINBERG, AND VAN WIJK. 

Assistant Research Professors: BOYD*, tidman*, and WEISS.* 

Research Associates: aaron, bettinger, figuera, gayley, maeda, naga« 

RAJAN, PATI, PRAKASH, SATO, SWAMY, AND TAKETANI. 

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, successful passing of the qualify- 
ing examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. The 
first half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student 
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics. (3) 
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration 
fee, $3.00. The second half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for 
the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys. 10, 11. Fundamentals of Physics. (4, 4) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11 or concur- 
rent enrollment in Math. 18. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00 per 
semester. A course in general physics treating the fields of mechanics, heat, sound, 
electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. This course satisfies the minimum 
requirements of medical and dental schools. (Singer, Steinberg, Staff) 

Phys. 15, 16. Introductory Physics: Mechanics, Fluids, Heat, and Sound. (4, 4) 
First and second semesters. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. 
Prerequisites, a high school physics course and concurrent enrollment in Math. 18, 19, 
or consent of instructor. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00 per semester. The first 
half of a broad, detailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for physics majors 
and other students with superior backgrounds in mathematics and the sciences. 

(Hornyak.) 

Phys. 17. Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism. (4) 

First semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 15, 16 and concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and Math. 20. Lecture demonstra- 
tion fee, $3.00. The third quarter of a broad, detailed introduction to physics, 
intended primarily for physics majors and other students with superior backgrounds 
in mathematics and the sciences. (Griem.) 



*Member of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 

95 



Physics and Astronomy 

Phys. 18. Introductory Physics: Optics and Modern Physics. (4) 

Second semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 17 and concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and Math. 21, or consent of instructor. 
Lecture demonstration fee, §3.00. The last quarter of a broad, detailed introduction 
to physics, intended primarily for physics majors and other students with superior 
backgrounds in mathematics and the sciences. (Griem.) 

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (5) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations and one two-hour laboratory 
period a week. Math. 20 to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all students 
in the engineering curricula. (Burnstein, Estabrook, MacDonald, Staff.) 

Phys. 21. General Physics: Electricity, Magnetism, ar.d Optics. (5) 
First and second semesters Three lectures, two recitations, and one two-hour laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 20, Math. 21 to be taken concurrently. Lecture 
demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00. The second half of a course in general physics. 
Required of all students in the engineering curricula. 

(Burnstein, Estabrook, MacDonald, Staff.) 

Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys. 52. Heat. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to 

be taken concurrently. (Schamp.) 

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity. (3) 

Second semester. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures a week. 

Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. (Ferrell.) 

Phys. 54. Sound. (3) 

Second semester. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures a week. 

Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Laster.) 

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. {2 credits per semester) 
Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21 or concurrent 
enrollment in Phys. 17 or Phys. 18. Laboratory fee, $10,000 per semester. Selected 
experiments. (E. Stern.) 

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. (2 credits per semester) 

Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, four credits of Phys. 60 or 
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Selected fundamental experi- 
ments in electricity and magnetism, elementary electronics, and optics. (E. Stern.) 

Phys. 102. Optics. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. 
It is suggested, but not required, that Phys. 60 or Phys. 100 be taken concurrently with 
this course. Geometrical optics, optical instruments, wave motion, interference and 
diffraction, and other phenomena in physical optics. (Zipoy.) 

Phys. 103. Applied Optics. (3) 

First semester (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures a week. 

Prerequisite, Phys. 102. A detailed study of physical optics and its applications. 

(Myers) 

96 



Physics and Astronomy 

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21; 
Math. 21. Electrostatics, direct current and alternating current circuitry, electromag- 
netic effects of steady currents, electromagnetic induction, radiation, development 
of Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector, wave equations, and electronics. (Armstrong) 

Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 51 or consent 
of instructor. A detailed study of Newtonian mechanics. Dynamics, the motion of 
rigid bodies, oscillation problems, etc., are studied. Lagrange's equation of the first 
kind and the Hamilton- Jacobi equation are introduced. (Singer.) 

Phys. 108. Physics of Electron Tubes. (3) 

First semester. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 104 must be taken previously or concurrently. A study of the 
electromagnetic principles relevant to electron tubes and of their applications. 

(Steinberg.) 
Physics 109. Electronic Circuits. (4) 

Second semester. Three hours of lecture and two of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 
Physics 100 and concurrent enrollment in Physics 105 or Physics 128. Theory of semi- 
conductor and vacuum tube circuits. Application in experimental physics. (Condon.) 

Phys. 110. Special Laboratory Projects in Physics. (1, 2, or 3) 

Two hours laboratory work a week for each credit hour. One to three credits may be 
taken concurrently each semester. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 100 and consent of adviser. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hour. 
Selected advanced experiments. 'Staff.) 

Phys. 111. Physics Shop Techniques. (1) 

First semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 100 or con- 
sent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Machine tools, design and construction of 
laboratory equipment. (Horn.) 

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Two lectures 
a week. Prerequisites, intermediate physics and Math. 21. A study of the physical 
principles involved in biological processes, with particular emphasis on current re- 
search in biophysics. (Mullins) 

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics. (3, 3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 106 and Math. 21. Kinematics of fluid 
flow, properties of incompressible fluids, complex variable methods of analysis, wave 
motions. (Hama.) 

Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, general physics and integral 
calculus, with some knowledge of differential equations and a degree of maturity as 
evidenced by having taken one or more of the courses Phys. 50 through Phys. 110. 
Introductory discussion of special relativity, origin of quantum theory, Bohr atom, wave 
mechanics, atomic structure, and optical spectra. (Hornyak, Waggoner.) 

Phys. 119. Modern Physics. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118. A survey of nuclear 
physics, x-rays, radioactivity, wave mechanics, and cosmic radiation. 

(Rodberg, Waggoner.) 

97 



Physics and Astronomy 

Phys. 120. Nuclear Physics. (4) 

Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or equivalent. Shell 
model, liquid drop model, statistical model of nuclei, interaction of radiation and 
charged particles with matter, nuclear reactors, conservation laws, beta decay and other 
selected topics. (Detenbeck, Holmgren.) 

Phys. 121. Neutron Physics and Fission Reactors. (4) 

Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 120. Neutron diffusion and 

reactor physics. (Marion) 

Phys. 122. Properties of Matter. (4) 

First semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or equivalent. Thermal, 
elastic, and electromagnetic properties of solids. Charactristics of fluids, and high poly- 
mer physics. (Glover, E. Stern.) 

Physics 123. Introduction to Atmospheric and Space Physics. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Physics 127 and Physics 118 or 
consent of instructor. Motions of charged particles in magnetic fields, aspects of plasma 
physics related to cosmic rays and radiation belts, atomic phenomena in the atmosphere, 
thermodynamics and dynamics of the atmosphere. (Singer, Laster.) 

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. Dynamics of gas parti- 
cles, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, diffusion, Brownian motion, etc. (Day.) 

Phys. 127, 128 Elements of Mathematical Physics: 

Mechanics, Potential Theory, and Electromagnetic Waves (4, 4) . First and second sem- 
esters. Prerequisite, Physics 18 and Mathematics 21, or consent of instructor. A careful 
study of mathematical approaches used in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, and 
physical optics. (Marion.) 

Phys. 130, 131. Basic Concepts of Physics. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, junior standing. Lec- 
ture demonstration fee, $2.00 per semester. A primarily descriptive course intended 
mainly for those students in the liberal arts who have not had any other course in 
physics. This course does not satisfy the requirements of professional school nor serve 
as a prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses. The main emphasis in the 
course will be on the concepts of physics, their evolution and their relation to other 
branches of human endeavor. (Laster.) 

Phys. 140, 141. Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory. (3, 3) 

One lecture and four hours of laboratory a week. Prerequisites, two credits of Phys. 
100 and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Classical experi- 
ments in atomic physics and more sophisticated experiments in current techniques in 
nuclear physics. Enrollment is limited to ten students. (Detenbeck, Glover, Holmgren.) 

Phys. 144, 145. Methods of Theoretical Physics. (4, 4) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Physics 127, 128. A survey of basic ideas in 
thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. An introduction to electrodynamics, quan- 
tum mechanics, and relativity. Primary emphasis will be placed upon the mathematical 
methods involved in our understanding of these topics. (Ferrell.) 

Phys. 150. Special Problems in Physics. 

Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of adviser. Research 
or special study. Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hour 
when appropriate. (Staff.) 

98 



Physics and Astronomy 

Phys. 190. Independent Studies Seminar. 

Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment is limited to students ad- 
mitted to the Independent Studies Program in Physics. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, 213, 234, 235, 237 and 
258 are given every year; all others will be given according to demand. 

Physics 200, 201. Theoretical Dynamics. (3, 3) 

Each semester. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, Physics 127 or equivalent. 
This basic course for graduate study in physics covers advanced classical mechanics, 
hydrodynamics, elasticity, thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. It is normally 
taken concurrently with Physics 204, 205. (Myers, Glick.) 

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A detailed 

study of advanced classical mechanics. (Marion, Myers.) 

Physics 204, 205. Electrodynamics. (3, 3) 

Each semester. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, Physics 128 or equivalent. 
This basic course for graduate study in physics covers electrodynamics and relativity. 
It is normally taken concurrently with Physics 200, 201. (Sucher, Zipoy.) 

Physics 206. Plasma Physics. (3) 

Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite, Physics 204, 205. Knowledge of complex 

variable theory is also desirable. A detailed study of plasma physics. (Tidman.) 

Phys. 208. Thermodynamics. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. The first and second 
laws of thermodynamics are examined and applied to homogeneous and non-homogen- 
eous systems, calculations of properties of matter, the derivation of equilibrium condi- 
tion and phase transitions, the theory of irreversible processes. (Mason.) 

Phys. 210. Statistical Mechanics. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 119 and Phys. 201. A 
study of the determination of microscopic behavior of matter from microscopic models. 
Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canonical models. Applications to solid state 
physics and the study of gases. (Weiss.) 

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (4, 4) 

First and second semesters. Four lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or an out- 
standing undergraduate background in physics. A study of the Schroedinger equation, 
matrix formulations of quantum mechanics, approximation methods, scattering theory, 
etc., and applications to solid state, atomic, and nuclear physics. 

(Day, MacDonald, Prange.) 
Phys. 214. Theory of Atomic Spectra. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. A study of atomic 
spectra and structure — one and two electron spectra, fine and hyperfine structure, line 
strengths, line width, etc. (Boyd, Griem) 

Phys. 215. Theory of Molecular Spectra. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 214. The structure and 
properties of molecules as revealed by rotational, vibrational, and electronic spectra. 

(Boyd, Griem.) 

99 



Physics and Astronomy 

Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Physics. (2, 2) 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Molecular theory of gases and liquids, 
ensemble theory, analysis of empirical models for molecular interactions, theory of 
Coulomb interactions between charge distribution. (Mason.) 

Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure. (3, 3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of crystal structure 

of solids and of x-rays. (Glover.) 

Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods. (2) 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, concurrent enrollment in Phys. 218. The 

investigation of crystal structure, using x-rays and electron diffraction. (E. Stern.) 

Phys. 221. Upper Atmosphere and Cosmic Ray Physics. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Structure of the atmosphere, rocket and satellite experiments, primary and secon- 
dary cosmic rays, origins of cosmic rays, geomagnetic theory. (Singer, Laster.) 

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Problems of Theoretical Physics. (2, 2) 

Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Falk, Weiss.) 

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow. (2, 2) 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Pai.) 

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics. (3, 3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced fluid 

dynamics. (Burgers.) 

Physics 228. Symmetry Problems in Physics. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Physics 213. A study of general methods of 

classification of physical systems by their symmetries and invariance properties, espe- 
cially in quantum field theory applications. (Misner, Toll.) 

Phys. 230. Seminar. 

Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are held each semester, with the con- 
tents varied each year. One credit for each seminar each semester. (Staff.) 

Phys. 231. Applied Physics Seminar. 

(One credit for each semester.) (Staff.) 

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. One meeting a week. (Staff.) 

Phys. 234, 235. Theoretical Nuclear Physics. (3, 3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 120 and Phys. 213. Nuclear properties and 
reactions, nuclear forces, two, three, and four body problems, nuclear spectroscopy, 
beta-decay, and related topics. (Ferrell, MacDonald.) 

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A study of Einstein's special theory of 
relativity and some consequences, and a brief survey of the foundations of general 
relativity. (Weber.) 

Phys. 237. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Classical field theory, 
Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations, invariance properties, second quantization, renor- 
malization, and related topics. (Greenberg, Sucher.) 

100 






Physics and Astronomy 

Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — Selected Topics. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. (Staff.) 

Phys. 239. Elementary Particles. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Survey of elementary particles and 
their properties, quantum field theory, meson theory, weak interactions, possible exten- 
sions of elementary particle theory. (Day, Snow.) 

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations. (3, 3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of acoustics and the 

theory of vibrations. (Weber, Zipoy.) 

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Properties 
of metals, lattice vibrations and specific heats, Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-Ein- 
stein statitics, free electron gas theories, band theory of metals. (FerrelL Myers.) 

Phys. 245. Special Topics in Applied Physics. 

(2 credits each semester.) Two lectures a week. (Staff.) 

Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics. (2, 2) 

Prerequisites, advanced graduate standing and consent of the instructor. (Burgers.) 

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics. (2, 2) 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.) 

Phys. 258. Quantum Field Theory. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. S-matrix, Feynman 
diagrams, scattering theory, renormalization, conservation laws, dispersion relations, and 
recent non-perturbation approaches to field theory. (Greenberg, Toll.) 

Phys. 260. High Energy Physics. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Nuclear forces are studied by examin- 
ing interactions at high energies. Meson physics, scattering processes, and detailed anal- 
ysis of high energy experiments. (Snow, Steinberg.) 

Phys. 262, 263. Aerophysics. (3, 3) 

Three lectures. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Pai.) 

Phys. 399. Research. 

Credit according to work done, each semester. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hour. 
Prerequisite: an approved application for admission to candidacy or special permission 
of the Physics Department. (Staff.) 



Astronomy 

The Physics and Astronomy Department is starting a new undergraduate 
and graduate program in astronomy. The new degree programs are described 
in material available at the department office. 

Astronomy 1, 2. Astronomy. (3, 3) 

Three lectures per week. An elementary course in descriptive astronomy, also appropri- 
ate for non-science students. Lecture demonstration fee, $3 per semester. (Donn.) 

101 



Physics and Astronomy 

Astr. 10. Descriptive and Analytical Astronomy. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures a week. A general survey course intended for science 
majors. Prerequisite concurrent or previous enrollment in Math 20. Lecture demonstra- 
tion fee, $3.00. (Van Wijk.) 

Astr. 100. Observational Astronomy. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, 
Math 21 and at least 12 credits of introductory physics and astronomy courses. Laboratory 
fee $10. Introduction to the methods of astronomical photometry and spectroscopy. 

(Van Wijk.) 

Astr. 101. Introduction to Galactic Research. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Math 21 and at least 12 credits 
of introductory physics and astronomy courses. Stellar motions, methods of galactic 
research, study of our own and nearby galaxies, clusters of stars. (Van Wijk.) 

Astr. 102. Introduction to Astrophysics. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, previous or concurrent enroll- 
ment in Physics 119 or concent of the instructor. Spectroscopy, structure of the 
atmospheres of the sun and other stars. Observational data and curves of growth. 
Chemical composition. 

Astr. 110. Introduction to Radio Astronomy. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Math 21 and at least 12 credits of introductory 
physics and astronomy courses. Characteristics of extraterrestrial radio noise, sources of 
radio emission, our own and external galaxies, the sun, radio telescopes, and basic 
observational techniques. (Westerhout.) 

Astr. 124. Celestial Mechanics. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Physics 127 or consent of instructor. Celestial 

mechanics, orbit theory, equations of motion. (Opik.) 

Astronomy 150. Special Problems in Astronomy. 

Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics or astronomy and/or consent of 

advisor. Research or special study. Credit according to work done. (Staff.) 

Astr. 190. Honors Seminar 

Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment is limited to students admitted 

to the Honors Program in Astronomy. (Staff.) 

Astr. 200. Dynamics of Stellar Systems. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Physics 200 or Astr. 101. Theory 
of stellar encounters. Study of the structure and evolution of dynamical systems en- 
countered in astronomy. (Van Wijk.) 

Astr. 202. Stellar Interiors. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Math 114 and Physics 119 or consent of 

instructor. A study of stellar structure and evolution. 

Astr. 203. Stellar Atmospheres. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Physics 212 or consent of the instructor. 
Observational methods, line formation, curve of growth, equation of transfer, stars with 
large envelopes, variable stars, novae, magnetic fields in stars. 

102 



Physics and Astronomy 

Astr. 204. Physics of the Solar System. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Physics 119. A survey of the problems of 

interplanetary space, planetary structure and atmospheres, physics of the earth's upper 
atmosphere, motions of particles in the earth's magnetic field. (Opik.) 

Astr. 210. Galactic Radio Astronomy. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Physics 119, Astr. 101 and 110 or consent of 
the instructor. Theory and observations of the continuum and 21-cm line emission from 
the Galaxy; galactic structure and the sources of radio emission. (Westerhout.) 

Astr. 212. The Solar Corona. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Physics 119, Astr. 102 and 110 or consent 
of the instructor. A detailed study of the radio emission from the sun. Physics of 
solar phenomena, such as solar flares, structure of the Corona, etc. (Erickson.) 

Astr. 214. Interstellar Matter. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, previous or concurrent enrollment in Physics 
213, Astr. 101 or Astr. 102 or consent of instructor. A study of the physical properties 
of interstellar gas and dust. 

Astr. 230. Seminar. (1) 

Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy are held each semester, with the 

contents varied each year. One credit for each seminar each semester. (Staff.) 

Astr. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Astronomy. 

Credit according to work done each semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

(Staff.) 
Astr. 399. Research. 

Credit according to work done, each semester. Laboratory fee, $10 per credit hour. 
Prerequisite, an approved application for admission to candidacy or special permission 
of the Department of Physics and Astronomy. (Staff.) 

Special Physics Courses For High School Science Teachers 

The courses in this section were especially designed for high school 
teachers and are not applicable to B.S., M.S., or Ph.D. degrees in physics 
without special permission of the Department of Physics and Astronomy. 
However, these courses can be included as part of a physics minor or as 
electives. No prerequisites are required. 

Phys. 118A. Atoms, Nuclei, and Stars. (3) 

Three lectures per week. An introduction to basic ideas of the constitution and prop- 
erties of atomic and subatomic systems and of the overall structure of the universe. 

(Detenbeck.) 

Phys. 122 A. Properties of Materials. (3) 

Three lectures per week. An introduction to the study of solid state physics and the 

properties of fluids. (E. Stern.) 

Phys. 160 A. Physics Problems. (1, 2 or 3) 

Lectures and discussion sessions arranged. (Laster.) 

Phys. 170A. Applied Physics. (3) 

Three lectures per week. (Hornyak.) 

103 



Psychology 

Phys. 199. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of Science 

Seminar. (1) 
Arranged during summer session. Enrollment limited to participants in the N.S.F. 
Summer Institute. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Detenbeck, Staff.) 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor and Head: ANDREWS. 

Professors: mc ginnies, verplanck, brady (part-time), edgerton (part- 
time) AND WALDROP. 
Associate Professors: Anderson, daston, magoon, pumroy and walder. 
Assistant Professors: bartlett, cline, gollub, turnage and yarczower. 
Lecturer: METCALF. 

Students who are interested in the Honors Program of the Department 
should arrange to discuss this program and their eligibility for it with the 
Head of the Department. 

Pysch. 1. Introduction to Psychology. (3) 

First and second semesters. This course may be taken as Elective Group I of the Amer- 
ican Civilization Program. A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student 
into contact with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important 
attempts at their solution. (McGinnies and Staff.) 

Psych. 5. Personality and Adjustment. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Introduction to the psychology of 
human personality and adjustment with a view toward increasing self-understanding 
and developing an appreciation of the mental health movement and each individual's 
stake in it. (Staff.) 

Psych. 21. Social Psychology. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Personality and behavior as influ- 
enced by culture and interpersonal relations. Social influences on motivation, learning, 
memory, and perception. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, language and commu- 
nication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group processes. (McGinnies, Cline.) 

Psych. 25. Child Psychology. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Behavioral analysis of normal development and 
normal socialization of the growing child. Leading theories of child nature and care, 
and their implications. (Pumroy.) 

Psych. 26. Developmental Psychology. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Biological basis of behavioral development in 
relation to genetic, constitutional, anatomical, physiological, and environmental factors. 
Emphasis upon both phylogenetic and ontogenetic research findings in biological psy- 
chology. (Brady.) 

Psych. 90. Statistical Methods in Psychology. (3) 

First and second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 and Math 1, 5, or 10 or equivalent. 
A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research; measures 
of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. (Anderson, Bartlett.) 

104 



Psychology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Graduate credits will be assigned only for students certified by the 
Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing. 

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology. (3) 

Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or equivalent. Researches on fundamental psychological problems 
encountered in education. Measurement and significance of individual differences; learn- 
ing, motivation, transfer of training, and the educational implications of theories of 
intelligence. (Staff.) 

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 21 and 90 or consent of instructor. A systematic 
review of researches and points of view in regard to major problems in the field of 
social psychology. (McGinnies, Cline.) 

Psych. 123. Language and Social Communication. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 21, senior standing, and consent of instructor. 
The nature and significance of verbal and non-verbal communication in social psycho- 
logical processes, including examination of relevant theoretical approaches to symbolic 
behavior. (McGinnies, Cline.) 

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, two courses in psychology, including Psych. 

5. The nature, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders. (Daston, Walder.) 

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. A study of basic hu- 
man factors involved in the design and operation of machinery and equipment. Organ- 
ized for students in engineering, industrial psychology, and the biological sciences. 

(Anderson.) 

Psych. 145. Experimental Psychology: Sensory Processes. (4) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, Psych. 90. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. Primarily for stu- 
dents who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the laboratory methods 
and techniques applied to sensory and perceptual processes. (Yarczower, Gollub.) 

Psych. 146. Experimental Psychology: Learning, Motivation and Problem Solving. (4) 
First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, Psych. 90. Laboratory fee, $4.00 per semester. Primarily for 
students who major or minor in psychology. The experimental analysis of learning and 
motivational processes. (Yarczower, Gollub.) 

Psych. 147. Experimental Psychology: Social Behavior. (3) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 21 and Psych. 90 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $4.00 per semester. 
A laboratory course dealing with methods of studying behavior in the social context. 
Topics will include social perception and motivation, small groups, communication and 
persuasion. Consideration will be given to the techniques involved in laboratory ex- 
perimentation, field studies, attitude scale construction, and opinion surveys. 

(McGinnies, Cline.) 

105 



Psychology 

Psych. 148. Psychology of Learning. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145 and permission or Psych. 146. Review and 
analysis of the major phenomena and theories of human and animal learning, including 
an introduction to the fields of problem solving, thinking and reasoning behavior. 

(Verplanck, Gollub, Yarczower, Turnage.) 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 90. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Critical survey 
of measuring devices used in counseling, educational and industrial practice with an em- 
phasis on the theory, development and standardization. Laboratory work will incorporate 
training in methodology of test development together with appropriate practice in the 
use of selected tests. (Waldrop.) 

Psych. 151. Psychology of Individual Differences. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Problems, theories, and re- 
searches related to psychological differences among individuals and groups. 

(Bartlett, Waldrop.) 

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 6 hours in psychology. A course designed to aid 
in the understanding of the problems of people in a variety of work situations; serving as 
an introduction to such technical problems as personnel selection, interviewing, morale 
supervision and management, and human relations in industry. Lecture, discussion and 
laboratory. (Bartlett.) 

Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145 or 146. An introduction to research on the 
physiological basis of human behavior, including considerations of sensory phenomena, 
motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the neurological basis of learning. 

(Brady, Gollub.) 

Psych. 181. Animal Behavior. (3) 

(Same as Zool. 181). Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of 
animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning, sensory pro- 
cesses, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mammals. 

(Verplanck.) 

Psych. 191. Senior Seminar. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of the instructor. The his- 
torical and theoretical roots of the science of psychology. Analysis of current psycho- 
logical theories and their related research. (Staff.) 

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology. (1-6) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of in- 
dividual faculty supervisor. Integrated reading under direction, leading to the prepar- 
ation of an adequately documented report on a special topic. (Staff.) 

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology. (1-6) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty supervi- 
sor. An individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized topic 
or research project under the supervision. (Staff.) 

106 



Psychology 



For Graduates 



(All the following courses require consent of the instructor. Descrip- 
tions are given in the Graduate School Catalog.) 

Psych. 200. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Psychological Science. (2) 
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of faculty adviser. Survey of professional prob- 
lems in psychology, including considerations of contemporary developments, professional 
ethics, literature resources, formulation of critical research problems, and discussion 
of the major institutions requiring psychological services. (Staff.) 

Psych. 201. Sensory Processes. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 180 and 211. 

Psych. 202. Perception. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 211. 

Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. 

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. (Verplanck.) 

Psych. 207. Learning Theory. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. (Verplanck, Yarczower.) 



(Anderson, Gollub.) 



(Andrews.) 



(Staff.) 



Psych. 208. Language and Thought. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. 

Psych. 211, 212. Advanced General Psychology. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 145 or 146. 

Psych. 220. Psychological Concepts in Mental Health. (3) 
Second semester. 

Psych. 221. Seminar in Counseling Psychology. (3) 

Psych. 222. Seminar in Clinical Psychology. (3) 
Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. 

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties. (3) 
Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. 



(Verplanck.) 

(Staff.) 

(Staff.) 

(Waldrop.) 
(Daston) 



Psych. 224. Advanced Procedures in Clinical and Counseling Psychology. (3) 



(Staff.) 



(Staff.) 



Psych. 225, 226. Practicum in Counseling and Clinical Procedures. (1-3, 1-3) 

First and second semesters. (Magoon, Pumroy.) 

Psych. 227. Occupational Development and Choice. (3) 

Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 220 and permission of instructor. (Waldrop.) 

Psych. 228. (Same as Ed. 228), Seminar in Student Personnel. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Byrne, Magoon, Waldrop.) 



107 



Psychology 



Psych. 229. Advanced Industrial Psychology. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 161 or equivalent. 

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Performance. (3) 
Second semester. 

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry. (3) 
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 148 or equivalent. 

Psych. 232. Personnel Selection and Job Analysis. (3) 
First semester. 

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 229 or equivalent. 

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques. (3) 
Second semester. 

Psych. 241. Mass Communication and Persuasion. (3) 
Second semester. 

Psych. 242. Seminar in Social Psychology. (3) 
Second semester. 

Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253. 

Psych. 251. Development of Predictors. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253. 



(Bartlett, Edgerton. 

(Anderson. 

(Edgerton. 

(Bartlett, Edgerton. 

(Cline, Edgerton. 

(Anderson, Cline. 

(McGinnies. 

(McGinnies, Cline. 

(Bartlett. 



(Andrews. 
(Andrews, Anderson. 
(Andrews 



Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 106. 

Psych. 254. Factor Analysis. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253. 

Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory. (3) 
Prerequisite, Psych. 253. 
Psych. 260. Individual Tests. (3) 
Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Laboratory fee, $4.00. 

Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality. (3) 
Prerequisite, Psych. 150. 

Psych. 263. Research Methods in Psychodynamics. (3) 

Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 222 and permission of instructor. 

Psych. 264. Projective Tests. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 260. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Pumroy, Walder. 

Psych. 265. Advanced Developmental Psychology. (3) 

(Waldrop. 

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. (Verplanck, Daston, Walder. 



(Andrews, Anderson. 

(Pumroy. 

(Daston, Walder. 

(Daston. 



108 



Sociology 

Psych. 268, 269. Advanced Practicum in Counseling and Clinical Procedures (1-3, 1-3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 226 and consent of instructor. 

(Magoon, Pumroy.) 
Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology. (3) 

Prerequisite, Psych. 131. (Daston, Walder.) 

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities. (3) 

Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Staff.) 

Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Psych. 264. (Staff.) 

Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology. (3) 

First semester. (Brady.) 

Psych. 281. Seminar in Psychopharmacology. (3) 

Alternate years. Prerequisite, one year of graduate study in psychology and consent 

of instructor. (Brady, Gollub.) 

Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Problems. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Psych. 399. Research for Thesis. (Credit arranged) 

First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professor and Head: HOFFSOMMER. 

Professor: LEJINS 

Associate Professor: SHANK WEILER. 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, coates, cussler, di bella, franz, 

HIRZEL, MC ELHENIE, MOTZ, AND WILLIAMS. 
Instructors: BOURDEAU (P.T.), COURTLESS (P.T.), LEVINSON (P.T.), MARCHES 
(P.T.), SAINT (P.T.), SMITH (P.T.), TOLAND (P.T.) AND WILSON (P.T.). 

Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent is prerequisite to all other 
courses in sociology excepting Soc. 5. 

Sociology 1, 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for 
an undergraduate major in sociology. 

Soc. 1. Sociology of American. Life. (3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is one of a group of four 
courses within Elective Group 1 of the American Civilization Program. It may also be 
taken by students who qualify by tests to select substitute courses in the program (pro- 
vided the student has not taken the course as his Group I elective.) Sociological analy- 
sis of the American social student structure; metropolitan, small town, and rural com- 
munities; population distribution, composition and change; social organization. 

(Hoffsommer, Hirzel, Staff.) 
Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. The basic 
forms of human association and interaction; social processes; institutions; culture, hu- 
man nature and personality. (Cussler, Motz, Franz.) 

109 



Sociology 

Soc. 5. Anthropology. (3) 

First semester. This course may be taken by students who qualify to select courses 
within Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. Introduction to anthro- 
pology; origins of man; development and transmission of culture; backgrounds of hu- 
man institutions. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology. (3) 

First semester. Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns, 

and problems. (Hoffsommer, Hirzel.) 

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology. (3) 

Second semester. Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations; ur- 
ban institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Cussler.) 

Soc. 51. Social Pathology. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Personal-social disorganization and 
maladjustment; physical and mental handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of 
treatment and control. (Schankweiler, Franz.) 

Soc. 52. Criminology. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Criminal behavior and the methods 
of its study; causation; typologies of criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correc- 
tion, and incapacitation; prevention of crime. (Lejins, Wilson.) 

Soc. 62. Social Institutions. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Nature and function of social in- 
stitutions; the perpetuation of behavior through customs and social norms; typical con- 
temporary American institutions. (Staff.) 

Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. A socio- 
logical study of courtship and marriage including consideration of physiological and 
psychological factors. Inter-cultural companions and practical consideration. Designed 
for students in the lower division. (Shankweiler, Motz, Bourdeau, McElhenie.) 

Soc. 71. Dynamics of Social Interaction. (3) 

Prerequisite, Soc. 1 or equivalent. Social psychology of groups like committees, teams, 
clubs, sects, social movements, crowds and publics. Origin of the social self: role be- 
havior, inter-group and intra-group relations. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent and junior standing are pre- 
requisite to courses numbered 100 to 199. 

Soc. 102. Intercultural Sociology. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 2. On the basis of a comparative study of customs, 

individual and group behavior patterns and institutions, this course studies the ideol- 
ogies of America and other modern societies. (Staff.) 

Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology. (3) 

Second semester. A survey of the simpler cultures of the world, with attention to his- 
torical processes and the application of anthropological theory to the modern situation. 

(Anderson.) 

110 



Sociology 

Soc. 106. Archeology. (3) 

Second semester. A survey of human cultural developments as revealed by archeologi- 
cal methods, with materials to be drawn from selected areas of both Old and New 
Worlds. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 111. Sociology of Occupations and Careers. (3) 

First semester. The sociology of work and occupational life in modern society. Chang- 
ing occupational ideologies, values and choices. Occupational status systems and oc- 
cupational mobility. The social psychology of career success. (Coates.) 

Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations. (3) 

First semester. The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural 
and urban life; migration, decentralization and the regionalism as methods of studying 
individual and national issues. Applied field problems. (Cussler.) 

Soc. 113. The Rural Community. (3) 

Second semester. A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the 
family, school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of health, recrea- 
tion, welfare, and planning. (Hoffsommer, Hirzel.) 

Soc. 114. The City (3) 

First semester. The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological pro- 
cess and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control and 
planning. (Cussler.) 

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology. (3) 

First and second semesters. The sociology of human relations in American industry and 
business. Complex industrial and business organization as social systems. Social rela- 
tionship within and between industry, businesss, community, and society. (Coates.) 

Soc. 116. Military Sociology. (3) 

First and second semesters. Social change and the growth of military institutions. Com- 
plex formal military organizations. Military organizations as social systems. Military 
service as an occupation or profession. The sociology of military life. Relations between 
military institutions, civilian communities and society. (Coates.) 

Soc. 118. Community Organization. (3) 

First semester. Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of 
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; neigh- 
borhood projects. (DiBella, McElhenie.) 

Soc. 121. Population. (3) 

First semester. Population distribution and growth in the United States and the world; 
population characteristics of the United States; resulting population problems and 
policies. (Hirzel.) 

Soc. 122. Population. (3) 

Second semester. Trends in fertility and mortality, migrations, population estimates and 

the resulting problems and policies. (Hirzel.) 

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities. (3) 

First semester. Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the State; 
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in Europe. 

(Lejins.) 

Ill 



Sociology 



Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian. (3) 

Second semester. A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of accul- 
turation on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 125. Cultural History of the Negro. (3) 

First semester. The cultures of Africa south of the Sahara and the cultural adjust- 
ments of the Negro in North and South America. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service. (3) 

First and second semesters. General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; his- 
torical development; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, pri- 
vate and public. (DiBella, McElhenie.) 

Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion. (3) 

First semester. Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and 

the role of religion in social life. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality. (3) 

First semester. Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social 
life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior. 

(Motz, Cussler.) 

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior. (3) 

Second semester. Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; struc- 
ture and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public. 

(Cussler.) 

Soc. 145. Social Control. (3) 

First semester. Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human be- 
havior; problems of social control in contemporary society. (Motz.) 

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law. (3) 

First semester. Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other 
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity; law 
as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and processes operative in the 
formation of legal norms as determinants of human behavior. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency. (3) 

First semester. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; 
analysis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 

(Lejins, Wilson.) 

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. Methods 

and programs in prevention of crime and delinquency. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. History, or- 
ganization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 

(Lejins) 

Soc. 161. The Sociology of War. (3) 

Second semester. The origin and development of armed forces as institutions; the social 
causes, operations and results of war as social conflict; the relations of peace and war 
and revolution in contemporary civilization. (Coates.) 

112 






Sociology 

Soc. 162. Basic Principles and Current Practice in Public Welfare. (3) 

Summer Session only. (DiBella, McElhenie.) 

Soc. 164. The Family and Society. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and Soc. 64 or equivalent. Study of the family as 
a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations, historic development, 
changing structure and function; the interactions of marriages and parenthood, disorgan- 
izing and reorganizing factors in present day trends. ( Shankweiler, Motz.) 

Soc. 166. Interviewing and Problem Solving in Social Work. (3) 

Prerequisite, Soc. 131. (may be taken concurrently) . The principles of interviewing and 
other diagnostic techniques as applied to social problems with particular reference to 
family and child behavior. (McElhenie, DiBella.) 

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare. (3) 

First semester. Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to fami- 
lies and children; child placement; foster families. (DiBella.) 

Soc. 173. Social Security. (3) 

First semester. The social security program in the United States; public assistance; 

social insurance. (DiBella.) 

Soc. 174. Public Welfare. (3) 

Second semester. Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the 
United States, social legislation interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies and 
institutions. (DiBella.) 

Soc. 180. Small Group Analysis. (3) 

Analysis of small group structure and dynamics. Review of research on small groups 
in factories, military service, schools and communities. Presentation of techniques used 
in the study of small groups. (Franz.) 

Soc. 183. Social Statistics. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 3 or 10. Measures of central tendency 
and dispersion, use of statistical inference in simple testing of null hypothese, chi 
square, and labor saving computional devices for correlation. Majors in sociology should 
take this course in their junior year. (Coates, Marches.) 

Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 183, or equivalent. Provides refined statistical re- 
search methods for advanced students in the social sciences. Sampling theory, special- 
ized correlation technique, advanced tests of significance, and other procedures. (Coates.) 

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory. (3) 

First and second semesters. Development of the science of sociology; historical back- 
grounds; recent theories of society. Majors in sociology should take this course in their 
senior year. (Motz, Hirzel.) 

Soc. 191. Social Field Training. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, for social work field training, Soc. 131; for 
crime control field training, Soc. 52 and 153. Enrollment restricted to available place- 
ments. Supervised field training in public and private social agencies. The student will 
select his particular area of interest and be responsible to an agency for a definite pro- 
gram of in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, and written pro- 
gram reports will be a required part of the course. (Staff.) 

113 



Sociology 

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar. (31 

First and second semesters. Required of and open only to senior majors in sociology. 
Scope, fields, and research methods of sociology; practical applications of sociological 
knowledge. Individual study and reports. Sociology majors who expect to graduate in 
mid-year should take this course in the preceding spring semester. (Hoffsommer.) 



For Graduates 

Prerequisites for entrance into graduate study leading to an advanced 
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (total- 
ing at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of 
sociology (including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 ad- 
ditional hours of comparable work in economics, political science, or psy- 
chology. Reasonable substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted in 
the case of students majoring in other departments who desire a graduate 
minor or several courses in sociology. 

With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, 290, and 291, individual courses 
numbered 200 to 299 will ordinarily be ordered in alternate years. 

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research. (3) 

First semester. Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques 
of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology. 

(Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 215. Community Studies. (3) 

First semester. Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and 
growth, social structure, social stratification, social mobility and social institutions; 
analysis of particular communities. (Staff.) 

Soc. 216. Sociology of Occupations and Professions. (3) 

Second semester. An anlysis of the occupational and professional structure of Amer- 
ican society, with special emphasis on changing roles, functions, ideologies and com- 
munity-relationships. (Coates) 

Soc. 221. Population and Society. (3) 

Second semester. Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and quali- 
tative aspects; American and world problems. (Hirzel.) 

Soc. 224. Race and Culture. (3) 

Second semester. Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social 

effects of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 230. Comparative Sociology. (3) 

Second semester. Comparison of the social institutions, organizations, patterns of col- 
lective behavior, and art manifestations of societal values of various countries. 

(Staff.) 

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure. (3) 

First semester. Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personabty, 

and social traits in select social structures. (Cussler.) 

114 



Speech and Dramatic Art 

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda. (3) 

Second semester. Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and 

techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion. (Motz.) 

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology. (3) 

First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory 

and research. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology. (3) 

Second semester. Selected problems in criminology. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 255. Seminar. Juvenile Delinquency. (3) 

First semester. Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem. (3) 

Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile 

delinquency in Maryland. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy. (3) 

First semester. Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change; 

policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 262. Family Studies. (3) 

Second semester. Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends, 

methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 263. Marirage and Family Counseling. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Soc. 64 or Soc. 164 or consent of instructor. A socio- 
logical analysis of an emerging, family-centered profession: its interdisciplinary devel- 
opment and professional organizaton: its basic methods of coordinating art and science 
in solving family problems. Designed for advanced sociology majors or allied fields for 
use in vocations such as teaching, medicine, the ministry and others embodying the role 
of guidance. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 264. The Sociology of Mental Health. (3) 

First semester. A study of the sociological factors that condition mental health together 
with an appraisal of the group dynamics of its preservation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 282. Sociology Methodology. (3) 

Second semester. Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of 

scientific method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.) 

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory. (3) 

First semester. Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American 

theories of society. Required of graduate majors in sociology. (Staff.) 

Soc. 291. Special Social Problems. (Credit to be determined) 

First and second semesters. Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.) 

Soc. 399. Thesis Research. (Credit to be determined) 

First and second semesters. (Thesis Adviser.) 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Professor and Head: STRAUSBAUGH. 

Professor: HENDRICKS. 

Associate Professors: aylward, batka, niemeyer, pugliese and weaver. 

115 



Speech and Dramatic Art 

Associate Research Professor: Causey. 

Assistant Professors: craven, linkow, provensen, schmitt and st archer. 

Instructors: BRENHOLTZ, CARPENTER, CREWS, MENSER, AND RODGERS. 

Assistant Instructors: cussler, morrow, rebach, shaftel and virden. 
Lecturers: copeland AND WILLIAMS. 

*Speech 1. Public Speaking. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite for advanced speech courses. Laboratory fee. 
$1.00. The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings; re- 
ports, etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman year. 

(Linkow, Staff.) 

Speech Clinic. No credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted in indi- 
vidual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation with 
the respective speech instructor. (Weaver, Staff.) 

Speech 3. Fundamentals of General American Speech. (3) 

Each semester. Training in auditory discrimination of speech sounds, rhythms and in- 
flections of general American speech. Analysis of the physiological bases of speech 
production and the phonetic elements of speech reception. This course is required of 
speech majors and recommended for foreign students and majors in nursery and ele- 
mentary education. (Staff.) 

Speech 4. Voice and Diction. (3) 

First and second semesters. Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and 

phonation. May be taken concurrently with Speech 1. (Starcher, Staff.) 

Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking. (2, 2) 

First ond second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 1, or 7, or 18 and 19. Advanced work 
on basis of Speech 1. Special emphasis is placed upon speaking situations the student 
will face in their respective vocations. (Starcher, Staff.) 

*Speech 7. Public Speaking. (2) 

Each semester. Laboratory fee, $1.00. The preparation and delivery of speeches on 

technical and general subjects. (Weaver, Staff.) 

Speech 8. Acting. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Basic principles of his- 
trionic practice. (Rodgers.) 

Speech 10. Group Discussion. (2) 

First and second semesters. A study of the principles, methods, and types of discus- 
sion, and their application in the discussion of contemporary problems. (Linkow, Staff.) 

Speech 11, 12. Debate. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Pre-Law students may take Speech 11, 12, instead of 
Speech 1. A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, 
briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public speaking. (Copeland.) 

Speech 13. Oral Interpretation. (3) 

First semester. The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of stu- 
dents in the art of reading. (Provensen.) 



* Speech 3 should be substituted as the requirement for non-English speaking students. 

116 



Speech and Dramatic Art 

Speech 14. Stagecraft. (3) 

First semester. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis 

on construction of scenery. (Schmitt.) 

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre. (3) 

First and second semesters. A general survey of the fields of the theatre. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 17. Make-up. (2) 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 

A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, covering basic 

requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. (Schmitt.) 

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television. (3) 

First and second semester. Prerequisite for all courses in radio. The development, scope, 
and influence of American broadcasting and telecasting, including visits to local radio 
and television stations, with guest lecturers from Radio Station WTOP and Television 
Station WTOP-TV. (Batka.) 

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law. (1) 

First and second semesters. A study of the principles and application of parliamentary 
law as applied to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules 
of Order. (Strausbaugh.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Speech 102. Radio Production (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 22 and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, 
$2.00. A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis is given 
to acoustic setup, casting, "miking," timing, cutting and the coordination of personnel 
factors involved in the production of radio programs. (Brenholtz.) 

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech com- 
position in conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public 
address. (Staff.) 

Speech 105. Speech-Handicapped School Children. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 3 for undergraduates. The occurrence, 
identification and treatment of speech handicaps in the classroom. An introduction to 
speech pathology. (Craven.) 

Speech 106. Clinical Practice. (1 to 5 Credits, up to 9) 

Each semester. Summer session. Prerequisite, Speech 105. May be taken for 1-5 credit 
hours per semester. May be repeated for a total of 9 semester hours credit. Laboratory 
fee, $1.00 per hour. Clinical practice in various methods of corrective procedures with 
various types of speech cases in the University clinic, Veterans hospitals, and public 
schools. (Craven.) 

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 13. Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program 

planning. (Provensen.) 

Speech 109. Speech and Language Development of Children. (3) 

Second semester. Admission by consent of instructor. An anlysis of normal and abnor- 
mal processes of speech and language development in children. (Hendricks.) 

117 



Speech and Dramatic Art 

Speech 110. Advanced Group Discussion. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 10. Required in speech curriculum and 
elective in other curricula. An examination of current research and techniques in the dis- 
cussion and conference including extensive practice in this area. (Linkow.) 

Speech 111. Seminar. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. 

Present-day speech research. (Straushaugh, Staff.) 

Speech 112. Phonetics. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 
Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, with an 
analysis of their formation. Practice transcription. Mastery of the international pho- 
netic alphabet. (Kavanagh.) 

Speech 113. Play Production. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 16 or consent of instructor. Development of 

procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for public performance. 

(Pugliese.) 

Speech 114. The Film as an Art Form. (3) 

Laboratory fee, $7.50. A study of the motion picture as a developing form of entertain- 
ment, communication, and artistic expression. A series of significant American and for- 
eign films are viewed to illustrate the artistic, historical and sociological trends of the 
twentieth century. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing. (3) 

First semester. Limited to students in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisite, 
Speech 1 or 7. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Writing and production of promotional programs 
for the merchandising of wearing apparel and homefurnishings. Collaboration with the 
Washington and Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Brenholtz.) 

Speech 116. Radio Announcing. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 4 and 22 or consent of instructor. Laboratory 

fee, $2.00. The theory and application of all types of announcing. (Batka.) 

Speech 117. Radio and Television Continuity Writing. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. A study of the prin- 
ciples, methods and limitations of writing for radio and television. Application will be 
made in the writing of general types of continuities and commercials. (Brenholtz.) 

Speech 120. Speech Pathology. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105. Laboratoiy fee, $3.00. A continuation of Speech 

105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic speech disorders. 

(Hendricks.) 

Speech 122. Radio Workshop. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite; Speech 102 or 116. Laboratory fee, §2.00. A laboratory 

course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. (Batka.) 

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 1 or 7. The first semester covers the 
period from colonial times to the Civil War period. The second semester covers from 
the Civil War period through the contemporary period. (Carpenter.) 

118 



Speech and Dramatic Art 

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech in Human Relations. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, one course in public speaking. An analysis of speech 

and language habits from the standpoint of general semantics. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 127. Children's Dramatics. (3) 

Principles and methods necessary for staging children's productions on the elementary 
school level. Major emphasis on creative dramatics; the application of creative dra- 
matics in the school room, and the values gained by the child in this activity. Students 
will conduct classes in formal and creative dramatics which will culminate in children's 
programs. (Pugliese) 

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, Speech 8 or consent of instructor. A lecture-laboratory course dealing 
with the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking, and rehearsal rou- 
tine as applied to the directing of plays. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 131. History of the Theatre. (3) 

First semester. A survey of the dramatic production from early origin to 1800. 

(Niemeyer.) 

Speech 132. History of the Theatre. (3) 

Second semester. A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. 

(Niemeyer.) 

Speech 133. Communication Processes in Conferences. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 103 or 104 or the equivalent. Limited to stu- 
dents at the off-campus centers. Group participation in conferences, methods of prob- 
lem solving, semantic aspects of language and the function of conferences in industry 
and government. (Linkow.) 

Speech 135. Instrumentation in Speech and Hearing Science. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. The use of electronic 

equipment in the measurement of speech and hearing. (Linkow.) 

Speech 136. Principles in Speech Therapy. (3) 

Prerequisite, Speech 120. Laboratory fee, §3.00. Differential diagnosis of speech and 
language handicaps and the application of psychological principles of learning, motiva- 
tion and adjustment in the treatment of speech disorders. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 138. Methods and Materials in Speech Correction. (3) 

Prerequisite, Speech 120 or the equivalent. Laboratory fee, §3.00. The design and use 
of methods and materials for diagnosis, measurement, and retraining of the speech- 
handicapped. (Craven.) 

Speech 139. Theatre Workshop. (3) 

Given each semester. Prerequisite, Speech 8 or 14. A laboratory course designed to 

provide the student with practical experience in all phases of theatre production. 

(Strausbaugh.) 
Speech 140. Principles of Television Production. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22. A study of the theory, methods, techniques, 
and problems of television production and direction. Units of study covering television 
cameras and lenses, lighting theory and practices, scenery and properties, costumes and 
makeup, graphic arts and special effects are included. Observation of production pro- 
cedures at nearby television stations. Application will be made through crew assign- 
ments for University-produced television programs. (Aylward.) 

119 



Speech and Dramatic Art 

Speech 141. Introduction to Audiometry. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Labortary fee, $2.00. Analysis of various meth- 
ods and procedures in evaluating hearing losses. Required for students whose concen- 
tration is in speech and hearing therapy. (Craven.) 

Speech 142. Speech Reading and Auditory Training. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Methods of training 
individuals with hearing loss to recognize, interpret, and understand spoken language. 
Required for students whose concentration is in speech and hearing therapy. (Causey.) 

Speech 146. Television News and Public Affairs. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 117 or Journalism 101. Training in presentation 

of television news, interviews, discussions, and forums. (Batka.) 

Speech 147. Analysis of Broadcasting Processes and Results. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Survey of the more 
common analytic approaches, methods, and results in the field of radio and television. 

(Aylward.) 
Speech 148. Television Direction. (3) 

First semester. Two hour lecture, three hour laboratory. Prerequisites, Speech 22, 140. 
Laboratory fee, $10.00. Principles of television direction including analysis of script, 
casting, rehearsing, production, and video control. (Aylward) 

Speech 149. Television Workshop. (3) 

Second semester. Two hour lecture, four hour laboratory. Prerequisites, Speech 22, 

140 and 148, or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Aylward.) 

Speech 150. Radio and Television Station Management. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Broadcasting regu- 
lations, licenses, personnel functions, sales, advertising, and program and station pro- 
motion. (Batka.) 

Speech 161. Ancient Rhetoric. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 5 or 11. The theories of speechmaking and 

speech composition as propounded by the classical rhetoricians. Special attention is 

given to Plato, Aristole, Socrates, Cicero, Quintillian and St. Augustine. (Carpenter.) 

Speech 164. Persuasion in Speech. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 5 or 11. A study of the bases of persuasion 

with emphasis on recent experimental developments in persuasion. (Weaver.) 

Speech 171. Styles and Theories of Acting. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 8 or consent of instructor. The study and ap- 
plication of historical styles and theories of acting. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 175. Stage Design and Lighting. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 14 or consent of instructor. The theory of stage 
design and lighting. Making of plans and lighting plots as coordinate elements of 
scenic art. (Schmitt.) 

For Graduates 
The Department maintains a reciprocal agreement with Walter Reed Gen- 
eral Hospital whereby clinical practice may be obtained at the Army Audi- 
ology and Speech Corection Center, Forest Glen, Maryland, under the direc- 
tion of James P. Albrite, M.D., Director. 

120 



Speech and Dramatic Art 

Speech 201. Special Problems Seminar. (A. through K.) , (1, 3) 

(6 hrs. applicable toward M. A. degree.) Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology 
and consent of instructor. A. Stuttering; B. Cleft Palate; C. Delayed Speech; D. Artic- 
ulation; E. Cerebal Palsly; F. Voice; G. Special Problems of the Deaf; H. Foreign 
Dialect; I. Speech Intelligibility; J. Neurophysiology of Hearing; K. Minor Research 
Problems. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 202. Techniques of Research in Speech and Hearing. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech pathology and audiology. Analysis of 
research methodology including experimental techniques, statistical analysis and prep- 
aration of reports for scientific investigations in speech and hearing science. Required 
of candidates for Master's degree in speech and hearing therapy. (Williams.) 

Speech 203. Experimental Phonetics. (3) 

Prerequisite, Speech 112. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The application of experimental meth- 
ods in quantitative analysis of the phonetic elements of speech. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing. (3) 
Prerequisite, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instructor. Lab- 
oratory fee, $3.00. A study of anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech mech- 
anisms. (Staff.) 

Speech 211. A, B, C, D. Advanced Clinical Practice. (1, 3 up to 12) 
(6 hours applicable toward MA. degree.) Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech pathology 
and audiology. Laboratory fee, §1.00 per hour. Supervised training in the application of 
clinical methods in the diagnosis and treatment of speech and hearing disorders. 

(Craven.) 

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology. (3) 

Prerequsites, 6 hours in speech pathology and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, 

$3.00. Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. (Kavanagh.) 

Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry. (3) 

Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Staff.) 

Speech 216. Communication Skills for the Hard-of-Hearing. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor. Speech 
reading, auditory training, and speech conservation problems in the rehabilitation of 
the hard-of-hearing. (Causey.) 

Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handicapped. (3) 
Prerequisite, Speech 214. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A laboratory course in modern methods 
of utilizing electronic hearing aids. (Staff.) 

Speech 218. Speech and Hearing in Medical Rehabilitation and Special Education 

Programs. (3) 
Second semester. Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent 
of instructor. Administrative problems involved in the organization and operation of 
speech and hearing therapy under the different types of programs. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 219. Speech Disorders of the Brain-Injured. (3) 

Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instructor. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Methods of evaluation and treatment of children and adults who 
have suffered injury to brain tissue, with subsequent damage to speech and language 
processes. (Hendricks.) 

121 



Zoology 

Speech 220. Experimental Audiology. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in audiology. Laboratory fee, $3.00 A study of 
experimental techniques in the investigation of problems in audiology and psycho- 
acoustics. (Hendricks.) 
Speech 221. Communication Theory and Speech Hearing Problems. (3) 
Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent 
of instructor. Analysis of current theories of communication as they apply to research 
and therapy in speech and hearing. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 240. Seminar in Broadcasting. (3) 

First semester. Studies of various aspects of broadcasting. (Aylward.) 

Speech 241. Special Problems in Broadcasting. (3) 

Second semester. An experimental laboratory course for the development of new ideas 

in broadcasting. (Batka.) 

Speech 260. Speech and Drama Programs in Higher Education. (3) 

First semester. A study of current theories and practices in speech education. 

(Weaver, Staff.) 
Speech 261. Introduction to Graduate Study in Speech. (3) 

Firs tsemester. (Weaver.) 

Speech 262. Special Problems in General Speech. (3) 

First semester. (Weaver.) 

Speech 270. Seminar: Studies in Theatre. (3) 

First semester. Research projects adopted to individual backgrounds and special work. 

(Niemeyer.) 
Speech 271. The Theory of Pre-Modern Dramatic Production. (3) 
Second semester. An historical survey of production styles. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 272. Special Problems in Drama. (3) 

Second semester. The preparation of adaptations and other projects in dramaturgy. 

(Niemeyer.) 
Speech 399. Thesis Research. (1-6) 
Arranged. (Staff.) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professor and Head: anastos. 

Professor: SCHOENBORN. 

Professor Emeritus: BURHOE. 

Associate Professors: brown, grollman, haley, highton, ramm and winn. 

Assistant Professors: linder and stross. 

All zoology courses with laboratory have a laboratory fee of $8.00 per 
course per semester. 

Zool. 1. General Zoology. (4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Zool. 1 and 2. satisfy the freshman pre-medical requirement in general 
biology. This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the basic 
principles of animal life. Special emphasis is placed on human physiology. 

(Linder.) 

122 



Zoology 

Zool. 2. The Animal Phyla. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prereq- 
uisite, Zool. 1 or Bot. 1. A study of the anatomy, classification, and life histories of 
representative animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
sites, Zool. 1 and 2 or equivalent. A comparative study of selected organ systems in 
certain vertebrate groups. (Ramm.) 

Zool. 14. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Zool. 1. For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology. 

(Grollman.) 
Zool. 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequ- 
site, Zool. 14. A continuation of Zool. 14. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
sites, Zool 1 and 2 or equivalent. Basic principles of early development from the ovum 
to the establishment of the organ systems. (Ramm.) 

Zool. 55S. Development of the Human Body. (2) 

Summer session. Five lectures a week. A study of the main factors affecting the growth 

and development of the child with special emphasis on normal development. (Staff.) 

Zool. 75, 76. Journal Club. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. One lecture a week. Prerequisites, permission of the De- 
partment and a major in zoology. Reviews, reports and discussions of current literature. 

(Schoenborn, Haley.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology. (4) 

Second semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour labor- 
atory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry. 
The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals and lower 
animals. (Schoenborn.) 

Zool. 104. Genetics. (3) 

First semester. Summer session. Two lectures and one discussion period a week. Pre- 
requisite, one course in zoology or botany. A consideration of the basic principles of 
heredity. (Highton.) 

Zool. 108. Animal Histology. (4) 

Second semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour labora- 
tory- periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. A microscopic study of tissues 
and organs of vertebrates with special emphasis on the mammal. Practice in elemen- 
tary histo-technique will be included. (Brown.) 

Zool. 110. Parasitology. (4) 

First semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory 

periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1 and 2 or permission of the instructor. A study of 

123 



Zoology 

the classification, morphology, life cycles and host relationships of animal parasites, 
with emphasis on the parasites of man. (Haley.) 

Zool. 111. Animal Parasitology. (4) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63). Two lectures and two two- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 110 or equivalent. A study of the 
classification, morphology, life cycles and host relationships of parasites of fish and wild- 
life and of domestic animals. (Haley.) 

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology. (4) 

First semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. An advanced course dealing with 
the taxonomy, morphology and embryology of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. 

(Linder.) 
Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology. (3) 

Second semester. Occasional summer session (4) . Two lectures and one three-hour lab- 
oratory period a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry. 
Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, physical and 
chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, behavior, habits, and dis- 
tribution of animals are stressed. (Stross.) 

Zool. 127. Ichthyology. (4) 

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and one two-hour 
and one three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 5 and 20. A course 
in anatomy, embryology, distribution, habits and taxonomy of marine and fresh water 
fish. (Winn.) 

Zool. 128. Zoogeography. (4) 

First semester, alterante years. (Not offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and two two-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology, botany, or geology. Prin- 
ciples governing the geographical distribution of living things, with particular refer- 
ence to ecological changes during geologic time. (Staff.) 

Zool. 129. Vertebrate Zoology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Zool. 1, 2, 5, and 20 or permission of the instructor. The identification, classification, 
habits and behavior of vertebrates. (Winn.) 

Zool. 130. Hydrobiology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
one year of zoology and one year of chemistry or permission of the instructor. The 
study of freshwater and marine ecosystems, with particular emphasis on the physics, 
chemistry and production biology of standing waters. (Stross.) 

Zool. 150. Special Problems in Zoology. (1 or 2) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, major in zoology or biol- 
ogical sciences, a minimum of 3.0 cumulative average in the biological sciences, and 
consent of instructor. Research or integrated reading in zoology. A student may reg- 
ister several times and receive up to 8 semester hours of credit. (Staff.) 

Zool. 181. Animal Behavior. (3) (Same as Psych. 181) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. 
A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning 
sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on 
mammals. (Verplanck, Brady.) 

124 



Zoology 

Zool. 199S. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of Science 

and Mathematics. Seminar. (1) 
Summer session. Seminar fee, $5.00. An integrated discussion of recent advances and 
basic principles of biology. The program will include lectures by recognized authontes 
in various fields of biology, laboratory demonstrations, and organized discussion groups. 
Student participation will be encouraged. (Brown, Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology. (4) 

First semester, alternate year. (To be offered 1962-63) . Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite. Zool. 108. A study of cellular structure with 
particular reference to the morphology and physiology of cell organiods and inclusions 

(Brown.) 

Zool. 203. Advanced Embyrology. (4) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and two-three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 20. Mechanics of fertilization and 
growth A review of the important contributions in the field of experimental embry- 
ology. (Ramm.) 

Zool. 204. Advanced Physiology. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
sites, Zool. 102, and one year of organic chemistry. The principles of general and cel- 
lular physiology as found in animal life. (Schoenborn.) 

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar. (Credit to be arranged.) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. One lecture a week for each credit hour. 
1. Cytology; 2. Embryology (General Embryology, Experimental Embryology, Inverte- 
brate Embryology, Transplantation and Regeneration, Endocrines and Development) ; 
3. Fisheries; 4. Genetics (Population Genetics); 5. Parasitology (General Parasitology, 
Helminthology, Fish Diseases) ; 6. Physiology (Physiology of Protozoa, Invertebrate 
Physiology, Physiology of Fishes, Physiology of Development) ; 7. Systematics (Evolution 
Herpetology, Ichthyology, Zoogeography) ; 8. Ecology (Experimental Ecology, Marine 
Ecology, Radioisotopes in Ecology, Population Dynamics, Limnology) ; 9. Behavior 
(Comparative Behavior, Fish Behavior, Electronic Instrumentation) ; 19. Recent Advances 
(Microtechnique and Histochemistry, Russian biology). (Staff.) 

Zool. 208. Special Problems in Zoology. (Credit to be arranged) 
First and second semesters. Summer session. 1. Cytology; 2. Embryology; 3. Fisheries; 
5. Parasitology; 6. Physiology; 7. Systematics; 8. Ecology; 9. Behavior and 10. General. 

(Staff.) 

Zool. 209. Advanced Parasitology. (4) 

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1962-63.) Three lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite Zool. 110 or permission of the instructor. 
A study of nature, origin and physiology of parasitism with emphasis on concepts of 
pathogenesis, immunity, epidemiology and diagnosis. (Haley.) 

Zool. 210. Systematic Zoology. (4) 

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1962-63.) Three lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period a week. The principles and practices involved in the collection, 
preservation and classification of animals. (Highton.) 

125 



Zoology 

Zool. 211, 212. Lectures in Zoology. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Advanced lectures by outstanding 
authorities in their particular field of zoology. As the subject matter is continually 
changing, a student may register several times, receiving credit for several semesters. 

(Visiting Lecturers.) 

Zool. 216. Physiological Cytology. (4) 

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 161, 162, Phys. 11, Zool. 102, or per- 
mission of the instructor. A study of the structure and function of cells by chemical, 
physical and microscopic methods. (Brown.) 

Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics. (4) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. A consideration of recent devel- 
opments in genetics with emphasis on population genetics and evolution. Breeding ex- 
periments with Drosophila will be conducted. (Highton.) 

Zool. 223. Analysis of Animal Structure. (4) 

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1962-63) . Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. The integration of morphological systems and applica- 
tion of physical laws to animal structures. (Ramm.) 

Zool. 234. Experimental Mammalian Physiology. (4) 

First semester. Two four-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 102 and 
one year of chemistry above general chemistry. The theory, use, and application to 
research of instrumentation normally found in the physiology laboratory with an intro- 
duction to surgical techniques on both large and small animals. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 235. Comparative Behavior. (4) 

First semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1962-63.) Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 121 and 181, or permission of in- 
structor. An advanced course that deals with comparative whole animal reactions to the 
inanimate and animate environment. Particular emphasis is placed on the correlation 
of field and laboratory studies. (Winn.) 

Zool. 399. Research. (Credit to be arranged.) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Work on thesis project only. 1. Cytology; 
2. Embryology; 3. Fisheries; 5. Parasitology; 6. Physiology'; 7. Systematics; 8. Ecol- 
ogy; and 9. Behavior. (Staff.) 



126 



The 1962-64 Faculty 



Administrative Officers 

charles manning, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences and Professor of 
English 

B.s., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; PH.D., University of North 

Carolina, 1950. 

Professors 

douglas w. alden, Professor and Head of Foreign Languages 

A.B., Dartmouth College, 1933; A.M., Brown University, 1934; PH.D., 1938. 

Alfred owen aldridge, Professor of English 

R.s., Indiana University, 1937; M.A., University of Georgia, 1938; P.H.D., Duke Univer- 
sity, 1942; docteur de l'universite de PARIS, 1956. 

george anastos, Professor and Head of Zoology 
b.s., University of Akron, 1942; m.a., Harvard University, 1947; ph.d., 1949. 

thomas g. Andrews, Professor and Head of Psychology 

b.a., University of Southern California, 1937; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1939; 
PH.D., 1941. 

william T. avery, Professor and Head of Classical Languages and Literatures 
b.a., Western Reserve University, 1934; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1937; fellow of the Amer- 
ican ACADEMY IN ROME, 1937-39. 

william J. bailey, Research Professor of Chemistry 

b.chem., University of Minnesota, 1943; ph.d., University of Illinois, 1946. 

Richard H. bauer, Professor of History 

b.a., University of Chicago, 1924; m.a., 1928; ph.d., 1935. 

CARL bode, Professor of English 
ph.b., University of Chicago, 1933; m.a., Northwestern University, 1938; ph.d., 1941; 

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LITERATURE OF THE UNITED KINGDOM. 

Johannes M. burgers, Research Professor in Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 

Mathematics 
doctor of mathematics and physics, University of Leiden, 1918; doctor honoris 
causa, Universite Libre de Bruxelles, 1948; doctor honoris causa, Universite de 
Poitiers, 1950; doctor of science in technology, The Technion, 1955. 

sumner o. burhoe, Professor Emeritus of Zoology 

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1925; M.S., Kansas State College, 1926; PH.D., Har- 
vard University, 1937. 

127 



Faculty 

verne e. chatelain, Projessor of History 

b.a., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; m.a., University of Chicago, 1925; PH.D., 
University of Minnesota, 1943. 

leon w. cohen, Professor and Head of Mathematics 

a.b., Columbia University, 1923; a.m., 1925; PH.D., University of Michigan, 1928. 

franklin d. cooley, Professor of English 

b.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.a., University of Maryland, 1933; ph.d., 
The Johns Hopkins University, 1940. 

Raymond N. doetsch, Professor of Microbiology 

b.s., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., Indiana University, 1943; ph.d., University of 
Maryland, 1948. 

avron douglis, Professor of Mathematics 

a.b., University of Chicago, 1938; M.S., New York University, 1948; ph.d., 1949. 

caylord estabrook, Professor of Physics 

b.s., Purdue University, 1921; M.S., Ohio State University, 1922; M.S., Johns Hopkins 
University, 1930; ph.d., University of Pittsburgh, 1932. 

JOHN E. faber, Professor and Head of Microbiology 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927: ph.d., 1937. 

william f. falls, Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., University of North Carolina, 1922; m.a., Vanderbilt University, 1928; PH.D., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1932. 

Richard A. ferrell, Professor of Physics 

B.s., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; ph.d., Princeton University, 
1952. 

Herbert l. Friedman, Professor of Physics (Part time) 

b.s., Brooklyn College, 1936; ph.d., Johns Hopkins University, 1940. 

Robert E. fullerton, Professor of Mathematics 

b.s., Heidelberg College, 1938; M.S., Syracuse University, 1940; ph.d., Yale Univer- 
sity, 1945. 

richard a. good, Professor of Mathematics 

b.a., Ashland College, 1939; m.a., University of Wisconsin, 1940; ph.d., 1945. 

frank goodwyn, Professor of Foreign Languages 

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d., University of 
Texas, 1946. 

donald c. Gordon, Professor of History 

b.a., College of William and Mary, 1934; m.a., Columbia Teachers College, 1938; 
ph.d., Columbia University, 1947. 

rose marie grentzer, Professor of Music 

b.a., Mus. Ed., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1935; b.a., Mus. 1936; m.a., 1939. 

p. arne Hansen, Professor of Microbiology 

b.ph., University of Copenhagen, 1922; m.s. 1926; ph.d., Cornell University, 1931. 

128 



Faculty 

susan E. harman, Professor Emerita of English 
b.a., University of Nebraska, 1917; M.A., 1918; PH.D., The Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity, 1926. 

richard hendricks, Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

b.a., Franklin College, 1937; M.A., Ohio State University, 1939; ph.d., 1956. 

Charles herzfeld, Professor of Physics (Part time) 

B. chem e., Catholic University, Washington, D.C., 1945; ph.d., University of Chi- 
cago, 1951. 

harold c. hoffsommer, Professor and Head of Sociology 

b.a., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; PH.D., Cornell University, 1929. 

william F. hornyak, Professor of Physics 

b.e.e., City College of New York, 1944; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1945; 
ph.d v 1949. 

Stanley b. jackson, Professor of Mathematics 

b.a., Bates College, 1933; m.a., Harvard University, 1934; ph.d., 1937. 

H. bryce Jordan, Professor of Music 

b.mus., University of Texas, 1948; m.mus., 1949; ph.d., University of North Carolina, 
1956. 

aubrey c. land, Professor and Head of History 

b.ed., Southern Illinois University, 1934; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1938; ph.d., 
1948. 

thelma z. lavine, Professor of Philosophy 

b.a., Radcliffe College, 1936; m.a., 1937; ph.d., 1939. 

peter p. lejins, Professor of Sociology 

magister philosophiae, University of Latvia, 1930; macister Iuris, 1933; ph.d., 
University of Chicago, 1938. 

ellis R. lippincott, Professor of Chemistry 

b.a., Earlham College, 1943; M.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1944; ph.d., 1947. 

charles manning, Acting Dean of the College and Professor of English 

B.s., Tufts College, 1929; m.a., Harvard University, 1931; ph.d., University of North 
Carolina, 1950. 

jerry b. marion, Professor of Physics 

b.a., Run College, 1952; M.S., Rice Institute, 1953; ph.d., 1955. 

Monroe H. martin, Professor of Mathematics 
b.s., Lebanon Valley College, 1928; ph.d., The Johns Hopkins University, 1932. 

edward a. mason, Professor of Molecular Physics 

b.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technol- 
ogy, 1950. 

john R. mayor, Professor of Mathematics 

b.s., Knox College, 1928; m.a., University of Illinois, 1929; ph.d., University of Wis- 
consin, 1933. 

129 



Faculty 

Elliott M. MC ginnies, Professor of Psychology 
b.a., University of Buffalo, 1943; m.a., Brown University, 1944; PH.D., Harvard Uni- 
versity. 

james G. mc manaway, Professor of English 
b.a., University of Virginia, 1919; m.a., 1920; PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 
1931. 

horace s. merrill, Professor of History 
b.e., River Falls State College, 1932; ph.m., University of Wisconsin, 1933; ph.d., 
1942. 

Raymond morgan, Professor of Physics 

B.s., Indiana University, 1916; M.S., 1917; ph.d., University of Pennsylvania, 1922. 

Charles d. murphy, Professor and Head of English 
b.a., University of Wisconsin, 1929; m.a., Harvard University, 1930; PH.D., Cornell 
University, 1940. 

Ralph D. myers, Professor of Physics 
b.a., Cornell University, 1934; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1937. 

ernest opik, Professor of Physics 

Moscow Imperial University, 1916; PH.D., Tartu (Dorpat) University, 1923. 

michael j. pelczar, JR., Professor of Microbiology 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1936; M.S., 1938; PH.D., State University of Iowa, 1941. 

A.J. prahl, Professor of Foreign Languages and Associate Dean of the Graduate School 
M.A., Washington University, 1928; ph.d., The Johns Hopkins University, 1933. 

Gordon w. prance, Professor of History 

b.a., University of Iowa, 1932; m.a., 1934; PH.D., 1937. 

ernest F. pratt, Professor of Chemistry 
b.a., University of Redlands, 1937; M.S., Oregon State College, 1939; ph.d., University 
of Michigan, 1942. 

b. harlan randall, Professor of Music 
b.mus., Washington College, 1938. 

wilkins reeve, Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1936; ph.d., University of Wisconsin, 1940. 

allie w. richeson, Professor of Mathematics 

B.s., University of Richmond, 1918; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1925; PH.D., 
1928. 

carl L. rollinson, Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., University of Michigan, 1933; PH.D., University of Illinois, 1939. 

homer w. schamp, jr., Professor of Molecular Physics 

a.b., Miami University, 1944; M.S., University of Michigan, 1947; PH.D., 1952. 
henry w. schoenborn, Professor of Zoology 

A.B., DePauw University, 1933; PH.D., New York University, 1939. 

130 



Facuky 

leon p. smith, Professor of Romance Languages 
b.a., Emory University, 1919; m.a., University of Chicago, 1928; PH.D., 1930. 

s. fred singer, Professor of Physics 
b.e.e., Ohio State University, 1943; m.a., Princeton University, 1944; PH.D., 1948. 

GEORGE A. snow, Professor of Physics 
B.s., College of the City of New York, 1945^ m.a., Princeton University, 1947; PH.D., 
1949. 

karl L. stellmacher, Professor of Mathematics 

master's degree, University of Gottingen, 1933; PH.D., 1936. 

frank stern, Professor of Physics (Part Time) 

B.S., Union College, 1949; PH.D., Princeton University, 1955. 

warren L. strausbauch, Professor and Head of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.s., Wooster College, 1932; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1935. 

william j. svirbely, Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1931; M.S., 1932; D.sc, 1935. 

JOHN s. toll, Professor and Head of Physics 

B.s., Yale University, 1944; M.A., Princeton University, 1948; PH.D., 1952. 

homer ulrich, Professor and Head of Music 
M.A., University of Chicago, 1939. 

Fletcher P. veitch, Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1931; M.S., 1933; PH.D., 1935. 

william s. verplanck, Professor of Psychology 

B.s., University of Virginia, 1937; m.a., 1938; PH.D., Brown University, 1941. 

Robert s. waldrop, Professor of Psychology 

b.a., University of Oklahoma, 1934; PH.D., University of Michigan, 1948. 

Joseph weber, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Physics 

B.s., U.S. Naval Academy, 1940; ph.d., The Catholic University of America, 1951. 

fred w. wellborn, Professor of History 

B.A., Baker University, 1918; m.a., University of Kansas, 1923; PH.D., University of 
Wisconsin, 1926. 

gart westerhout, Professor of Astronomy 
B.s., University of Leiden, 1950; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1958. 

john R. weske, Visiting Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics 
dipl. ing. tech. hochschule, 1923; M.S., Harvard, 1932; sc.d., 1934. 

Charles e. white, Professor and Head of Chemistry 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926. 

c. forrest woods, Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., Northwestern University, 1934; b.a., 1935; M.S., Harvard University, 1937; PH.D., 
1940. 

131 



Faculty 

JOHN W. yolton, Professor of Philosophy 

b.a., University of Cincinnati, 1945; m.a., 1946; d.phil., Oxford University, 1952. 

w. Gordon zeeveld, Professor of English 

b.a., University of Rochester, 1924; m.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1929; PH.D., 
1936. 

A. e. zucker, Professor Emeritus of Foreign Languages 

b.a., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d., University of Pennsylvania, 1917. 

Associate Professors 

frank G. Anderson, Associate Professor of Sociology 

a.b., Cornell University, 1941; ph.d., University of New Mexico, 1951. 

thomas J. aylward, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.s., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949; ph.d., 1960. 

Cecil R. ball, Associate Professor of English 

b.a., College of William and Mary, 1923; m.a., University of Maryland, 1934; ph.d., 
The Johns Hopkins University, 1955. 

jack c. barnes, Associate Professor of English 

b.a., Duke University, 1939; m.a., 1947; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1954. 

■george F. batka, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
b.a., Wichita University, 1938; m.a., University of Michigan, 1941. 

Alfred j. bingham, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages 
b.a v Yale University, 1933; ph.d., Columbia University, 1939. 

john w. brace, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

b.a., Swarthmore College, 1949; M.A., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1953. 

Joshua R. c brown, Associate Professor of Zoology 
b.a., Duke University, 1948; m.a., 1949; ph.d., 1953 

george d. causey, Associate Research Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a., 1951; ph.d., Purdue University, 1954. 

paul K. conkin, Associate Professor of History 

b.a., Milligan College, 1951; m.a., Vanderbilt University, 1953; ph.d., 1957. 

Margaret t. cussler, Associate Professor of Sociology 

b.a., New York State Teachers College at Albany, 1933; m.a., Radcliffe College, 1941; 
ph.d., 1943. 

thomas B. day, Associate Professor of Physics 

B.s., University of Notre Dame, 1952; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957. 

paul G. daston, Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Northeastern University, 1948; M.A., Michigan State University, 1950; ph.d., 
1952. 

eitel w. dobert, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., University of Geneva, 1932; M.A., University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1954. 

132 



Faculty 

certrude ehrlich, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.s., Georgia State College for Women, 1943 ; m.a., University of North Carolina, 1945 ; 
PH.D., University of Tennessee, 1953. 

E. james Ferguson, Associate Professor of History 

b.a., University of Washington, 1939; m.a., 1941; PH.D., University of Wisconsin, 1951. 

rudd Fleming, Assistant Professor of English 

b.a., University of Chicogo, 1930; m.a., Cornell University, 1932; ph.d., 1934. 

jacob K. goldhaber, Research Associate Professor of Mathematics 

b.a., Brooklyn College, 1944; m.a., Harvard University, 1945; ph.d., University of 
Wisconsin, 1950. 

rolfe e. glover, ///, Associate Professor of Physics 

a.b., Bowdoin; B.s., Massachusetts Inst, of Tech., 1948; d.b. Degree, University of 
Gottingen, Germany, 1953. 

william H. gravely, jr., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1925; m.a., University of Virginia, 1934; ph.d., 
1953. 

hans griem, Associate Professor of Physics 

abitur, Max Planck Schule, Kiel, Germany, 1949; ph.d., Universitat, Kiel, Germany, 
1954. 

Sidney grollman, Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1949; ph.d., 1952. 

a. james haley, Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.s., University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., 1950; sc.d., Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity, 1955. 

francis R. hama, Associate Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics 
m.e., Tokyo Imperial University, 1940; sc.d., 1952. 

christoph a. hering, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages 
ph.d., University of Bonn, 1950. 

richard t. highton, Associate Professor of Zoology 

b.a., New York University, 1950; M.S., University of Florida, 1953; ph.d., 1956. 

harry d. Holmgren, Associate Professor of Physics 

B. of physics, University of Minnesota, 1944; m.a., 1950; ph.d., 1954. 

JOHN horvath, Associate Professor of Mathematics 
ph.d., University of Budapest, 1947. 

richard b. hovey, Associate Professor of English 

b.a., University of Cincinnati, 1942; m.a., Harvard University, 1943; ph.d., 1950. 

james, a. hummel, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

b.s., California Institute of Technology, 1949; m.a., Rice Institute, 1953; ph.d., 1955. 

richard h. jaquith, Associate Professor of Chemistry 

b.s., University of Massachusetts, 1940; M.S., 1942; ph.d., Michigan State Univer- 
sity, 1955. 

133 



Faculty 

wilhelmina jashemski, Associate Professor of History 
B.A., York College, 1931; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1933; PH.D., University of 
Chicago, 1942. 

Bernard R. jerman, Associate Professor of English 
b.a., The Ohio State University, 1946; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1951. 

james F. kavanach, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

b.a., George Washington University, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; PH.D., 
1960. 

Charles f. kramer, Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Languages 
ph.b., Dickinson College 1911; m.a., 1912. 

norman c. laffer, Associate Professor of Microbiology 
b.s., Alleghany College, 1929; M.S., University of Maine, 1932; ph.d., University of 
Illinois, 1937. 

Howard j. laster, Associate Professor of Physics 
a.b., Harvard College, 1951; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957. 

thelma z. lavine, Associate Professor of Philosophy 
b.a., Radcliffe College, 1936; m.a., 1937; ph.d., 1939. 

john lembach, Associate Professor of Art 
b.a., University of Chicago, 1934; m.a., Northwestern University, 1937; ed.d., Colum- 
bia Teachers College, 1946. 

Leonard I. lutwack, Associate Professor of English 
b.a., Wesleyan University, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d., Ohio State University, 1950. 

william M. macdonald, Associate Professor of Physics 
b.a., University of Pittsburgh, 1950; ph.d., Princeton University, 1955. 

thomas M. magoon, Associate Professor of Psychology and Assistant Director of the 
University Counseling Center 
b.a., Dartmouth University, 1947; m.a., University of Minnesota, 1951; PH.D., 1954, 

Herman maril, Associate Professor of Art 
graduate, Maryland Institute of Fine Arts, 1928. 

charles c. mish, Associate Professor of English 
b.a., University of Pennsylvania, 1936; m.a., 1946; ph.d., 1951. 

G. charles niemeyer, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts 

b.s., DePauw University, 1933; m.a., Northwestern University, 1935; PH.D., Yale Uni- 
versity, 1942. 

Arthur c. parsons, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928. 

alan pasch, Associate Professor of Philosophy 
b.a., University of Michigan, 1949; m.a., New School For Social Piesearch, 1952; 
ph.d., Princeton University, 1955. 

134 



Faculty 

martin h. pearl, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1950; M.A., University of Michigan, 1951; PH.D., University of 
Wisconsin, 1955. 

Rudolph E. pucliese, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

B.A., Miami University, 1947; M.A., Catholic University, 1949; PH.D., Ohio State Uni- 
versity, 1961. 

donald K. pumroy, Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; PH.D., University 
of Washington, 1954. 

HUGH B. pickard, Associate Professor of Chemistry 

b.a., Haverford College, 1933; PH.D., Northwestern University, 1938. 

lajos pukanszky, Associate Professor of Mathematics 
PH.D., University of Szeged, 1955. 

william c. purdy, Associate Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Amherst College, 1951; PH.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955. 

William R. quynn, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages 

B.A., University of Virginia, 1922; M.A., 1923; PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 
1934. 

cordon m. ramm, Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.x., University of Buffalo, 1949; m.a., 1950; PH.D., New York University, 1954 

marguerite c. rand, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., Pomona College, 1919; m.a., Stanford University, 1921; PH.D., University of Chi- 
cago, 1951. 

bruce L. reinhart, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Lehigh University, 1952; m.a., Princeton, 1954; PH.D., 1956. 

Helen A. rivlin, Associate Professor of History 
B.A., University of Rochester, 1949; m.a., Radcliffe College, 1950; D. phil., Oxford 
University, 1953. 

Leonora c. rosenfield, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., Smith College, 1930; m.a., Columbia University, 1931; PH.D., 1940. 

Walter E. schlaretzki, Associate Professor of Philosophy 

b.a., Monmouth College, 1941; m.a., University of Illinois, 1942; PH.D., Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1948. 

paul w. shankweiler, Associate Professor of Sociology 

PH.D., Muhlenberg University, 1919; m.a., Columbia University, 1921; ph.d., Univer- 
sity of North Carolina, 1934. 

david s. sparks, Associate Professor of History 

b.a., Grinnell College, 1944; m.a., University of Chicago, 1945; ph.d., 1951. 

fague K. springmann, Associate Professor of Music 
b.mus., Westminster Choir College, 1939. 

135 



Faculty 

edward a. stern, Associate Professor of Physics 

B.s., California Institute of Technology, 1951; ph.d., 1955. 

roland N. stromberg, Associate Professor of History 

b.a., University of Kansas City, 1939; m.a., American University, 1945; ph.d., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1952. 

calvin F. stuntz, Associate Professor of Chemistry 
b.a., University of Buffalo, 1939; PH.D., 1947. 

Joseph sucher, Associate Professor of Physics 

b.s., Brooklyn College, 1952; ph.d., Columbia University, 1957. 

Joseph T. vanderslice, Associate Professor of Molecular Physics 
B.s., Boston College, 1949, ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952. 

Margaret ann waggoner, Associate Professor of Physics {Part Time) 
A.B., State University of Iowa, 1946; M.S., 1948; ph.d., 1950. 

kathryn M. painter ward, Associate Professor of English 

b.a.. The George Washington University, 1935; m.a., 1936; ph.d., 1947. 

carl h. weaver, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

b.a., Blufftor College, 1936; m.a., Ohio State University, 1950; ph.d., 1957. 

kurt weber, Associate Professor of English 

b.a., Williams College, 1930; b.a., Oxford University, 1932; m.a., Columbia Univer- 
sity, 1933; ph.d., 1940. 

Howard e. winn, Associate Professor of Zoology 

b.a., Bowdoin College, 1948; M.S., University of Michigan, 1950; ph.d., 1955. 

mishael zedek, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

M.S., Hebrew University, Jerusalem, 1952; ph.d., Harvard University, 1956. 

david M. zipoy, Associate Professor of Physics 
B.s., University of Minnesota, 1954; ph.d., 1957. 

Assistant Professors 

jean V. alter, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 

ph.d., University of Paris, 1951; ph.d., University of Chicago, 1958. 

nancy s. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Psychology 
b.a., University of Colorado, 1952; m.a., Ohio State University, 1953; ph.d., 1956. 

Robert R. anderson, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 

a.b., University of Missouri, 1947; m.a., University of Illinois, 1949; PH.D., Ohio State 
University, 1958. 

mary l. Andrews, Assistant Professor of English 
B.s., New York University, 1929; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1941. 

james c Armstrong, Assistant Professor of Physics 

b.s., Duke University, 1953; ph.d., University of Pittsburgh, 1960. 

136 



Faculty 

cordon Atkinson, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.s. chem., Lehigh University, 1952; PH.D., Iowa State University, 1956. 

claude J. bartlett, Assistant Professor of Psychology 

b.s., Denison University, 1954; m.a., Ohio State University; PH.D., 1958. 

otho T. beall, jr., Assistant Professor of English 

b.a., Williams College, 1930; m.a., University of Minnesota, 1933; PH.D., University 
of Pennsylvania, 1952. 

Joel H. berman, Assistant Professor of Music 

b.s., Juilliard School of Music, 1951; m.a., Columbia University, 1953; d.m.a., Uni- 
versity of Michigan, 1961. 

Alfred c. boyd, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

b.s., Canisius College, 1951; PH.D., Purdue University, 1957. 

james M. boyd, Assistant Research Professor of Physics 
b.sc, Queen's University, Belfast, 1953; ph.d., 1957. 

furman a. bridgers, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 
b.a., Duke University, 1925; m.a., University of Chicago, 1928. 

samuel e. brown, Assistant Professor of English 

b.a., Indiana University, 1934; m.a., 1946; ph.d., Yale University, 1955. 

ray aaron burnstein, Assistant Professor of Physics 
b.s., University of Chicago, 1952; M.S., University of Washington, 1956. 

george h. callcott, Assistant Professor of History 

b.a., University of South Carolina, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1951; ph.d., 
University of North Carolina, 1956. 

john carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

marvin c cline, Assistant Professor of Psychology 

b.a., Dartmouth College, 1948; m.a., Cornell University, 1950; ph.d., 1954. 

charles h. coates, Assistant Professor of Sociology 

b.s., West Point, 1924; m.a., Louisiana State University, 1952; ph.d., 1955. 

paul E. condon, Assistant Professor of Physics 

a.b., Harvard College, 1955; ph.d., Princeton University, 1961. 

ellen correl, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

b.s., Douglas College (Rutgers University), 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 1953; 
ph.d., 1957. 

john l. coulter, Assistant Professor of English 

b.a., American University, 1934; m.a., University of North Carolina, 1936. 

dorothy D. craven, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

B.s., Missouri State Teacher's College, 1945; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1948. 

Herbert A. crosman, Assistant Professor of History 
b.a., Harvard University, 1938; m.a., 1944; PH.D., 1947. 

137 



Faculty 

Constance P. dent, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the University 
Counseling Center 

b.a., Bucknell University, 1951; m.a., Temple University, 1951; PH.D., Pennsylvania 

State University, 1958. 

Robert L. detenbeck, Assistant Research Professor of Physics 
B.s., University of Rochester, 1954; PH.D., Princeton, 1962. 

peter diamadopoulos, Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
b.a., Harvard University, 1952; m.a., 1956; PH.D., 1957. 

edward dibella, Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.s., Washington University, 1936; M.A., 1938. 

david s. falk, Assistant Professor of Physics 
b. engineering physics, Cornell University, 1954; a.m., Harvard, 1955; PH.D., 1959. 

Robert j. fallon, Assistant Professor of Molecular Physics 
b.a., Catholic University, 1954; M.S., 1955; PH.D., 1959. 

Jacob c. franz, Assistant Professor of Sociology 
b.a., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 1935; m.a., Columbia Univer- 
sity, 1939; PH.D., Ohio State University, 1960. 

Helen garstens, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
a.b., Hunter College, 1932. 

frank o. gatell, Assistant Professor of History 
b.a., City College of New York, 1956; a.m., Harvard University, 1958; PH.D., 1960. 

Arnold j. glick, Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.s., Brooklyn College, 1955; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1959. 

lewis R. gollub, Assistant Professor of Psychology 

b.a., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; PH.D., Harvard University, 1958. 

Gilbert Gordon, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., Bradley University, 1955; PH.D., Michigan State University, 1959. 

oscar w. greenberg, Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.s., Rutgers University, 1952; a.m., Princeton University, 1954; PH.D., 1956. 

Samuel o. grim, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College, 1956; PH.D., Massachusetts Institute of Tech- 
nology, 1960. 

Francis s. crubar, Assistant Professor of Art 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1948; m.a., 1949; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1952. 

thomas w. hall, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1938; M.A., Middlebury College, 1950; PH.D., University 
of Maryland, 1958. 

Hubert p. Henderson, Assistant Professor of Music and Director of University Bands 
b.a., University of North Carolina, 1941; M.A., 1950. 

138 



Faculty 

hbrbert H. henke, Assistant Professor of Music and Music Education 
b.mus. ed., Oberlin College, 1953; m.mus., 1954. 

emil F. heermann, Assistant Professor of Psychology 
b.a., University of Cincinnati, 1952; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957; PH.D., 1959. 

kenneth R. henery-locan, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.sc, McGill University, 1942; PH.D., 1946. 

frank m. hetrich, Assistant Professor of Microbiology 
B.s., Michigan State University, 1954; M.S., University of Maryland, 1960; ph.d., 1962. 

Robert K. hirzel, Assistant Professor of Sociology 
b.a., Pennsylvania State College, 1946; m.a., 1950; ph.d., Louisiana State University, 
1954. 

Donald hitchcock, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1952; m.a., Harvard University, 1954. 

rolf o. hubbe, Assistant Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures 
b.a., Hamilton College, 1947; M.A., Princeton University, 1950; PH.D., 1950. 

carol R. karp, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

b.a., Manchester College 1948; m.a., Michigan State University, 1950; PH.D., Uni- 
versity of Southern California, 1959. 

Franz J. kasler, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

doktorandum, University of Vienna, 1956; PH.D., 1959. 

sitarama lakshmanan, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Annamalai University (India), 1946; M.A., 1949; PH.D., University of Maryland, 
1954. 

guydo R. lehner, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.s., Loyola of Chicago, 1951; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d. 1957. 

Harris j. linder, Assistant Professor of Zoology 
B.s., Long Island University, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1955; ph.d., 1958. 

Irving linkow, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; M.A., 1938. 

william G. maisch, Assistant Professor of Molecular Physics 

B.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1951; ph.d., Brown University, 1956. 

minerva L. martin, Assistant Professor of English 
B.s., University of Alabama, 1931; m.a v Louisiana State University, 1937; PH.D., 1940. 

annie l. mc elhenie, Assistant Professor of Sociology 

A.B., Franklin College, 1926; B.s., Hillsdale College, 1927; M.A., University of Chi- 
cago, 1941; Certificate Third Year, New York School of Social Work, Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1951. 

henry mendeloff, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 

B.s., College of the City of New York, 1936; m.a., 1939; ph.d., Catholic University, 
1960. 

139 



Faculty 

charlton meyer, Assistant Professor of Music 
b.mus., Curtis Institute, 1952. 

annabelle B. motz, Assistant Professor of Sociology 

b.a., University of Wisconsin, 1941; m.a., University of Chicago, 1943; PH.D., 1950. 

john v. Mueller, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the University 
Counseling Center 

b.a., University of Iowa, 1954; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957; PH.D., 1959. 

Robert M. myers, Assistant Professor of English 

b.a., Vanderbilt University, 1941; m.a., Columbia University, 1942; m.a., Harvard 
University, 1944; PH.D., Columbia University, 1948. 

graciela P. nemes, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.s., Trinity College, 1942; m.a., University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1952. 

jose I. nieto, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

M.S., National University of Colombia, 1956; ph.d., University of Heidelberg, 1959. 

ann E. Norton, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 
b.a., Syracuse University, 1945; m.a., 1947. 

george d. o'connell, Assistant Professor of Art 

b.s., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951. 

sadao oneda, Assistant Professor of Physics 

b.s., Tohoku University, Japan, 1946; m.a., 1948; PH.D., Nagoya University, 1953. 

leon petrakis, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., Northeastern University, 1953; ph.d., University of California, 1961. 

Leonard M. pitt, Assistant Professor of History 

b.a. University of California at Los Angeles, 1952; m.a., 1955 ph.d., 1958. 

john portz, Assistant Professor of English 

b.s., Duke University, 1937; m.a., Harvard University, 1941; ph.d., 1958. 

richard e. prange, Assistant Professor of Physics 
s.m., University of Chicago, 1955; ph.d., 1957. 

hester b. provensen, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
ll.b., George Washington University, 1926; m.a., Emerson College, 1948. 

j. righton Robertson, jr., Assistant Professor of History 

b.a., University of the South, 1954; m.a., Emory University, 1960; PH.D., 1962. 

Leonard s. rodberg, Assistant Professor of Physics 

b.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1954; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
1957. 

philip rovner, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., The George Washington University, 1948; m.a., 1949; ph.d., University of Mary- 
land, 1958. 

140 



Faculty 

Herbert schaumann, Assistant Professor of English 
b.a., Westminster College, 1931; PH.D., Cornell University, 1935. 

charles J. schmitt, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

b.a., Montana State University, 1953; m.a., University of Wisconsin, 1956; m.f.a., 1959. 

claire s. schradieck, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languges 

b.a., Goucher College, 1916; PH.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1919. 

rose sedgewick, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
ph.b., Brown University, 1925; m.a., 1927; ph.d., 1929. 

julius c shepherd, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
b.a., East Carolina Teachers' College, 1944; m.a., 1947. 

gayle s. smith, Assistant Professor of English 

b.s., Iowa State College, 1948; m.a., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1958. 

e. thomas starcher, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

b.a., University of Southern California, 1940; m.a., University of Arkansas, 1948. 

henry phillip Steinberg, Assistant Professor of Physics 
b.s., University of Cincinnati, 1954; ph.d., Northwestern University, 1959. 

james M. stewart, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

b.a., Western Washington College, 1953; ph.d., University of Washington, 1956. 

M. Elizabeth stites, Assistant Professor of Art 
b.arch., New York University, 1941. 

Raymond G. stross, Assistant Professor of Zoology 

b.s., University of Missouri, 1952; M.S., University of Idaho, 1954; ph.d., University 
of Wisconsin, 1958. 

Raymond thorberg, Assistant Professor of English 

b.a., University of Alaska, 1939; m.a., University of Chicago, 1946; ph.d., Cornell 
University, 1954. 

derek A. tidman, Assistant Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics 

a.r.c.s., Imperial College of Science, 1952; b.sc, London University, London, Eng- 
land, 1952; d.i.c, Imperial College, 1955; ph.d., London University, 1955. 

uco van wijk, Assistant Professor of Astronomy 
b.s., Harvard University, 1948; ph.d., 1952. 

george weiss, Assistant Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics 

A.B., Columbia University, 1951; M.A., University of Maryland, 1953; PH.D., 1958. 

Stanley weissman, Assistant Professor of Molecular Physics 

b.s., Roosevelt University, 1953; PH.D., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1959. 

george l. yaney, Assistant Professor of History 

B. mgt. e., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1952; m.a., University of Colorado, 
1956; ph.d., Princeton University, 1961. 

141 



Faculty 

Matthew yarczower, Assistant Professor of Psychology 
b.b.a., College of The City of New York, 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1955; 
PH.D., 1958. 

Research Associates 

ronald aaron, Research Associate in Physics 

A.B., Temple University, 1956; PH.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1962. 

Richard bettinger, Research Associate in Physics 

B.S., Syracuse University, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1958, PH.D., 1962. 

antonio s. figuera, Research Associate 

B.s., University of Catania, Italy; ph.d., 1953. 

jack D. finley, Research Associate in Psychology 

B.A., Baylor University, 1951; PH.D., Columbia University, 1954. 

Robert I. gayley, Research Associate 

b.s., Lafayette College, 1955; M.S., Rutgers University, 1958; ph.d., 1961. 
james R. gott, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 

b.sc, University College, London, 1958; ph.d., University College, London, 1961. 

hans knof, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 

diplom, University of Frankfort, 1958; doktor, University of Mainz, 1961. 

yog prakash kulsreshtha, Research Associate in Physics 
b.s., Agra College, 1949; M.S., Aligarh University, 1952; ph.d., 1955. 

john N. mundy, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 
b.s., University of London, 1955; ph.d., University of Exeter, 1958. 

mangalem nagarajan, Research Associate 
b.sc, Osmania University, Hyderabad, 1952; M.sc, 1955; PH.D., Inst, of Nucleai 
Physics, Calcutta, 1960. 

jogesh pati, Research Associate 
i.s., M.P.C. College, Baripada, 1953; b.s., Ravenshaw College, Cuttack, 1955; M.S., 
Delhi University, 1957; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1958. 

yolanda pratt, Research Associate in Chemistry 

b.a., Cornell University, 1938; PH.D., Columbia University, 1942. 

Shirley M. read, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1956; PH.D., 1960. 

iwao sato, Research Associate 

b.s., Tohoku University, 1944; PH.D., 1956. 

samuel b. schnitzer, Research Associate in Psychology 
b.a., Temple University, 1951; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; ph.d., 1958. 

kelvin su, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 
b.a., Union College, Nebraska, 1953. 

142 



Faculty 

nyayapathi SWAMY, Research Associate 
B.S., Bombay University, India, 1950; M.S., 1952, pii.d., Florida State University, 1958. 

hiroshi taketani, Research Associate 
B.s., Kyoto University, Japan, 1954; M.S., 1956; PH.D., University of Rochester, 1960. 

JOHN w. trembly, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 

Richard p. wendt, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 

A.R., Washington University, 1954; PH.D., University of Wisconsin, 1961. 

kwang-sik YUN, Research Associate in Molecular Physics 

B.s., Seoul National University, 1952; PH.D., University of Cincinnati, 1960. 

Instructors 

Marion N. ament, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
a.b., Bryn Mawr College, 1944. 

OFELIA m. Anderson, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
m.a., Temple University, 1961. 

Virginia w. beauchamp, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Michigan, 1942; m.a., 1948; PH.D., University of Chicago, 1955. 

Richard D. beckman, Instructor of English 

b.a., Columbia University, 1953; M.A., Rochester University, 1954. 

melvin bernstein, Instructor of Music 
a.b., Southwestern at Memphis, 1947; b.mus., 1948; m.mus., University of Michigan, 

1949; m.a., University of North Carolina, 1954. 

ESTHER K. birdsall, Instructor of English 

b.a. Central Michigan College, 1947; m.a., University of Arizona, 1950; PH.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1958. 

JOSEPH c. blair, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1951; m.a., 1960. 

Margaret B. bottum, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of South Dakota, 1958; m.a., 1959. 

hugo A. bourdeau, Instructor of Sociology 

A.B., Tufts University, 1951; M.A., Boston University, 1952. 

Ursel D. BOYD, Instructor of Foreign Languages 

ll.b., Washington University, 1954; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

ceorge w. brenholtz, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 

b.a., Gettysburg College, 1952; m.a., University of North Carolina, 1960. 

DAVY A. carozza, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
a.b., Catholic University, 1956; m.a., 1957. 

Ronald H. carpenter, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
b.a., Western Reserve University, 1954; m.a., 1959. 

143 



Faculty 

chunjen c. chen, Instructor of Foreign Languages 

b.s., Cornell University, 1919; M.S., University of Maryland, 1920. 

lucienne c. clemens, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
b.a.e., California College of Arts and Crafts, 1938. 

louise g. clubb, Instructor of English 

b.a., The George Washington University, 1952; m.a., 1956. 

sherod m. cooper, jr., Instructor of English 
b.s., Temple University, 1951; m.a., 1953. 

thomas f. courtless, jr., Instructor of Sociology 

b.a., Pennsylvania State University, 1955; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

alice crozier, Instructor of English 

b.a., St. Joseph's College (Maine), 1942; m.a., The Catholic University of America, 
1953. 

ann demaitre, Instructor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., Columbia University, 1950; m.a., University of California, 1951; M.S., Columbia 
University, 1952. 

Constance H. demaree, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1944; m.a., 1945. 

Alejandro de vanguardia, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
B.s., Naval Academy of San Fernando (Spain), 1928. 

mary F. de vermond, Instructor of Music 
b.mus., Howard University, 1942; m.a., Columbia University, 1948; ed.d., University 
of Maryland, 1959. 

norma E. dunn, Instructor of English 

b.a., Madison College, 1946; m.a., University of Pennsylvania, 1953. 

thomas H. dyer, Instructor of Mathematics 
b.s., U.S. Naval Academy, 1924. 

Ralph d. freeny, Instructor of Art 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1959. 

donald s. gochberg, Instructor of English 

b.a., Bates College, 1955; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

joseph p. Goldberg, Instructor of English 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1952; m.a., 1959. 

meyer greenberg, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
b.a., Yeshiva University, 1934; m.a., Jewish Institute of Religion, 1944; ph.d., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1956. 

144 



Faculty 



stewart L. Gordon, Instructor of Music 
b.a., Kansas University, 1953; m.a., 1954. 

pierre T. han, Instructor of English 

b.a., Catholic University of America, 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1952; PH.D., 
1961. 

Robert r. hare, Instructor of English 

b.a., Ohio State University, 1936; m.a., University of Delaware, 1957. 

norman heim, Instructor of Music 
b.mus.ed., Evansville College, 1951; M.MUS., Eastman School of Music, 1952. 

dagmar r. henney, Instructor of Mathematics 
b.s., University of Miami, 1954; M.S., 1956. 

donald F. Henze, Instructor of Philosophy 

b.a., University of Wisconsin, 1950; ph.d., 1954. 

eulalia j. herdoiza, Instructor of Foreign Languages 

b.a., Manuela Canizares, 1954; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

harold j. Herman, Instructor of English 

a.b., University of Maryland, 1952; PH.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960. 

william M. holton, Instructor of English 

b.a., Dartmouth College, 1954; l.l.b., Harvard University, 1957; m.a., Yale Univer- 
sity, 1959. 

Mitchell jamieson, Instructor of Art 
Corcoran School of Art 

Roderick H. jellema, Instructor of English 

b.a., Calvin College, 1951; Post Graduate Diploma in English Studies, Edinburgh 
University, 1954. 

Helen johnsen, Instructor of English 

b.a., Occidental College, 1942; m.a., San Fernando Valley State College, 1960. 

inda lepson, Instructor of Mathematics 

b.a.., New York University, 1941; m.a., Columbia University, 1945. 

madonna letzring, Instructor of English 

b.a., College of St. Scholastica, 1957; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

perry levinson, Instructor of Sociology 

b.a., Western Maryland College, 1951; m.a., University of Pennsylvania, 1953. 

shuh-yin lu mar, Instructor of Mathematics 

b.a., Ginling College, 1928; M.S., Mount Holyoke, 1932. 

Joseph R. marches, Instructor of Sociology 

b.a., University of Minnesota, 1952; m.a., University of Maryland, 1953; PH.D., 1962. 

145 



Faculty 

Martha J. maxwell, Instructor of Psychology and Counselor in the University Coun- 
seling Center 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1946; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1959. 

mary b. mc clay, Instructor of Mathematics 

b.ed., Eastern Illinois State Teachers College, 1937; M.S., University of Illnois, 1941. 
douglas J. mc millan, Instructor of English 

b.a., De Paul University, 1954; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Marianne s. meijer, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
m.a., Catholic University, 1960. 

betty c. menser, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
b.a., Allegheny College, 1955; m.a., University of Pittsburgh, 1958. 

JOHN merkel, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1956; m.a., 1959. 

ernest j. moncada, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Miami, 1952; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Elizabeth nelson, Instructor of English 

b.a., University of Wisconsin, 1944; M.A., Mills College, 1949; m.a., University of 
Maryland, 1957. 

marie J. panico, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
b.a., Queens College, 1958; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Herbert e. rodgers, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
b.a., Franklin College, 1956; M.S., Purdue University, 1958. 

evelyn G. Rogers, Instructor of English 

B.A., Northwestern University, 1940; m.a., University of Massachusetts, 1956. 

may roswell, Instructor of Foreign Languages 

B.A., University of Dublin, 1936; certificate of teaching, University of Cambridge, 
1937; m.a., University of Maryland, 1957. 

zalman rubenstein, Instructor of Mathematics 
m.a., The Hebrew University, 1958. 

frank L. ryan, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Michigan, 1947; m.a., Boston College, 1948. 

pilar g. saenz, Instructor of Foreign Languages 

Licenciada en Flosofia y Letras, University of Madrid, 1953; m.a., Bryn Mawr Col- 
lege, 1957. 

wilford saint, jr., Instructor of Sociology 

a.b., Kentucky Wesleyan, 1952; s.t.b., Boston University, 1955; m.a., Boston Uni- 
versity, 1957. 

ethel c simpson, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Southwestern Louisiana, 1958; m.a., University of Arkansas, 1960. 

146 



Faculty 

connie lee smith, Instructor of Sociology 

b.a., Pennsylvania State University, 1957; M.S.W., National Catholic School of Social 
Service, 1959. 

mahendra pal singh, Instmctor of Mathematics 
B.sc, Agra University, 1951; M.sc, Lucknow University, 1953. 

dav-id A. sprecher, Instructor of Mathematics 
b.a., University of Bridgeport, 1958. 

william e. stahr, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1951; m.a., 1953. 

Barbara H. stevenson, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of California, 1938; m.a., 1939. 

Martha C. stone, Instructor of English 
b.s., in ed., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927; m.a., University of Missouri, 
1929. 

John a. thomas, Instructor of English 

b.a., Brigham Young University, 1952; m.a., 1953. 

john I. toland, Instructor of Sociology 
b.a., University of Tulsa, 1956; m.a., University of Maryland, 1958. 

paul traver, Instructor of Music 

b.mus., Catholic University of America, 1955; m.mus., 1957. 

marion s. trousdale, Instructor of English 
b.a., University of Michigan, 1951; m.a., University of California, 1955. 

betty R. vanderslice, Instructor of Mathematics 

b.a., Upsala College, 1945; M.A., University of Maryland, 1948. 

james walt, Instructor of English 

b.a., University of Minnesota, 1936; m.a., University of Michigan, 1937; PH.D., 1955. 

betty P. whaley, Instructor of English 

b.a., University of North Carolina, 1942; M.A., University of Maryland, 1961. 

paul warren Whitney, Instructor of English 

b.a., University of Pennsylvania, 1950; m.a., University of Maryland, 1952; PH.D., 

University of Pennsylvania, 1960. 

john M. wilson, Instructor of Sociology 

B.J., University of Missouri, 1954; M.A., University of Maryland, 1958. 

Jacqueline l. zemel, Instructor of Mathematics 
B.s., Queens College, 1949; m.a., Syracuse University, 1951. 

andre zinovieff, Instructor of Foreign Languages 
B.s., Russian Imperial Military Academy, 1914. 

147 



Faculty 

Assistant Instructors 

L. denton CREWS, JR., Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.A., David Lipscomb College, 1959. 

henry K. CUSSLER, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.s., Syracuse University, 1931. 

James M. morrow, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Howard M. rebach, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1958. 

emily s. shaffel, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Virginia D. virden, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1959. 

Lecturers 

Joseph V. brady, Lecturer in Psychology 

B.s., Fordham University, 1943; PH.D., University of Chicago, 1951. 

cecile Juliette johnson, Lecturer in Foreign Languages 
m.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1934. 

louis w. currier, Lecturer in Geology 

B.s., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1914; m.a., Northwestern, 1920; PH.D., 
Syracuse, 1930. 

Abraham sinkov, Lecturer in Mathematics 

B.s., City College of New York, 1927; m.a., Columbia University, 1929; ph.d., George 
Washington University, 1933. 

earl r. stadtman, Lecturer in Microbiology 

B.s., University of California, 1942; PH.D., 1949. 

ryszard syski, Lecturer in Mathematics 

B.sc, University of London, 1954; ph.d., 1960. 

harold l. Williams, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Art 

a.b., University of Nebraska, 1944; PH.D., University of Minnesota, 1951. 

Assistants 

George w. eastment, Microbiology 

THURSTON GRIGGS, Physics 

B.s., University of Washington, 1938; m.a., Harvard University, 1950; ph.d., 1952. 
Willis F. harvill, Chemistry 
joan s. herrell, Chemistry 
mary jo mc govern, Chemistry 

148 



. Faculty 



Teaching Fellows 

Charles L. lotta, DuPont Teaching Fellow in Chemistry 

b.s.. Brooklyn College, 1959. 
james s. marchese, Cyanamid Graduate Teaching Fellow in Chemistry 

a.b. ; Boston University, 1957; M.A., Northwestern University, 1959. 

Research Fellows 

erol akin, Physics 
b.s., University of Ankara, 1960. 

STANLEY AKS, Physics 

B.s., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1957. 

LARRY W. BROWN, Physics 

B.s., University of North Carolina, 1961. 

PETER N. DOBSON, Physics 

B.s., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960. 

ROBERT L. FORWARD, Physics 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., University of California, 1958. 

stefhen c. hirsch, Chemistry 

B.s., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute. 1958. 

LESTER L. HIRST, Physics 

B.s., California Institute of Technology, 1960. 

BYRON C. KOHR, Physics 

a.b., Franklin and Marshall, 1961. 

VICTOR LATORRE-AGUILAR, Physics 

B.s., San Marcos University, Lima, Peru, 1957. 

ALAN M. LENCHEK, Physics 

B.s., University of Chicago, 1957. 

ARTHUR L. LICHT, Physics 

B.s.c, Brown University, 1957. l 

DAVID S. LOEGBAKA, Physics 

B.s., California Inst, of Tech., 1961. 

ERNEST L. MADSON, Physics 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1959. 
terrence P. mc covern, Chemistry 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1958. 

JAMES C. MC GRODDY, Physics 

B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1958. 

CEVDET MEI.EZOGLU, Physics 

B.s., University of Ankara, 1959. 



149 



Faculty 

eilert a. ofstead, Chemistry 
B.s., St. John's University, 1955. 

REBECCA A. PARKER, Physics 

a.b., Hood College, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1961. 

francis x. powell, Chemistry 

B.s., University of California, 1956. 

MARK SAKITT, Physics 

b.e.e., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1958. 

ABRAHAM SCHULTZ, Physics 

b.s., University of Delaware, 1960. 

Wolfgang w. schultz, Chemistry 
b.s., University of Illinois, 1958. 

JOHN L. STANFORD, Physics 

b.s., University of Texas, 1960. 

norman B. sunshine, Chemistry 
a.b., Western Maryland College, 1955. 

stuart p. suskind, Chemistry 
b.s., Duke University, 1957. 

DAVID K. TAYLOR, Physics 

b.s., Ohio State University, 1959. 

vigdor teplitz, Physics 

b.s., M.I.T., 1958. 
kunihiko yano, Chemistry 

B.s., Shizuoka University, 1953. 

frank r. young, Physics 

b.s., Shizuoka University, 1953. 

Research Assistants 

abdul wahab ali, Physics 

b.s., Higher Teachers College, 1953. 

JOHN BARACH, Physics 

B.A., Princeton University, 1957. 

MARIANO V. BAUER, Physics 

b.s., University of Mexico, 1956. 

anand bhatia, Physics 

b.s., Delhi University, India, 1953; M.S., 1955. 

DWIJENDRA L. BHATTACHRYA, Physics 

B.s., Presidency College, Calcutta, India, 1944; M.S., University College of Science 
and Technology, Calcutta, India, 1946. 

150 



Faculty 



NIKHILESH BHATTACHARYA, Physics 

b.s., Presidency College, Calcutta, 1956; M.S., University of Calcutta, 1960. 

JEROME BOHSE, PhySlCS 

B.s., University of Dayton, 1959. 

JOHN M. BRIDGES, Physics 

B.s., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1957. 

EDWARD R. BURKE, Physics 

b.s., St. Joseph's College, 1957. 

LAI-HIM CHAN, Physics 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1961. 

CHIN-TSE CHEN, Physics 

B.s., National Taiwan University, 1940. 

ronald T. chen, Molecular Physics 
B.s., St. Vincent College, 1958. 

Sherwood c. chu, Mathematics 
B.A., Harvard University, 1959. 

JAMES ROBERT CULLEN, Physics 

B.s., St. John's University, 1958. 

VITALY DANCHENKO, Physics 

B.s., Beria College, 1954, M. S., University of Maryland, 1960. 

RICHARD DAY, Physics 

b.a., Villa Madonna College, 1957. 

PETER DE BOER, Physics 

ir, (w.i.) Technological University (Netherlands) , 1955. 

ALVIN D. DINHOFER, Physics 

b.s., Brooklyn College, 1954. 

ADRIAN ANATOLE DOLINSKY, Physics 

b.s., Fordham University, 1958. 

HUOO-LONG FANN, Physics 

B.s., Taiwan Normal University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1956. 

Theodore L. felsentreger, Mathematics 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1958. 

moshe fibich, Physics 
b.sc, Israel Institute of Technology, 1955; M.sc, 1960. 

donald h. flanders, Mathematics 

b.a., Reed College, 1958; M.A., University of Maryland, 1960. 

RICHARD FONG, Physics 

b.a., Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, 1957. 



15J 



Faculty 

melvin Friedman, Molecular Physics 

B.s., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1959. 

PETER S. O. FULDE, PhysiCS 

b.s., Hamburg University, 1960. 

LEONARD GARSDDE, PhysiCS 

b.s., Manchester University, 1957. 

JOSE L. grand A, Chemistry 

b.a., University of Oviedo (Spain), 1950; m.d., University of Madrid, 1956. 

newton i. greenberg, Physics 
b.s., Brooklyn College, 1957. 

Charles t. hall, Microbiology 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1954. 

John r. Hastings, Molecular Physics 

a.b., Princeton University, 1955. 
Richard hazlett, Physics 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1961. 

GEORGE L. HINDS, Physics 

b.a., Bowdoin College, 1955. 
jung s. kim, Mathematics 

B.s., Seoul University, 1949; m.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 
benjamin Y. koo, Mathematics 

B.A., Princeton University, 1951; M.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 
Howard kopp, Molecular Physics 
luc leplae, Physics 

licencie de science physique, University of Louwain Belgium, 1955. 
reimer h. lincke, Physics 

B.S., Vordiplom, University of Kiel, Germany, 1957; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959. 
carl a. ludemann, Physics 

b.s., Brooklyn College, 1956. 
edward c. mangold, Physics 

B.s., Rockhurst College, 1959. 

KISHOR K. MEHTA, Physics 

b.s., St. Xavier's College, Bombay, India, 1958. 

KISHIN MOORJANI, Physics 

b.s., Delhi College, India, 1955; M.S., 1957. 

GOETZ OERTEL, Physics 

abitur, Oberschule, Heilbronn, Germany, 1953; vordiplom, University of Kiel, Ger- 
many, 1956. 

MARTIN G. OLSSON, Physics 

B.s., California Institute of Technology, 1959. 

152 



Faculty 

BINYORK OUYANG, Physics 

B.s., National Taiwan University, China, 1955. 

ULTHABHA L. PATEL, Physics 

B.sc, University of Baroda, India, 1956. 

RICHARD E. PAYNE, Physics 

A.B., Bowdoin College, 1958. 
louis J. poudre, Physics 
ravinder J. prem, Physics 

b.a., Khalsa College, 1954; b.s.c, P.U. CoUege, India, 1957; M.S.C., 1958 

anaspurapu rao, Physics 

B.sc, M. R. College, Andra University, 1954; M.SC, Banaras Hindu University, India, 
1956. 

MEDICHARLA J. RAO, Physics 

B.s., Andhra University, India, 1954; M.S., 1955. 
eliezer rapoport, Molecular Physics 

M.sc, Hebrew University, 1957. 
Howard p. rawlincs, Mathematics 

B.s., Morgan State College, 1958; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959. 

FRANCIS A. RYDER, Physics 

b.s., St. Joseph's College, 1957. 

SHUEN-YUAN SHIEH, Physics 

b.s., National Taiwan University, 1957. 

JOEL A. SINSKY, Physics 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959. 

HERSHELL B. SNODCRASS, Physics 

b.a., Reed College, 1959. 

YE-YUNG TENG Physics 

B.s., National Taiwan University, Formosa, 1953. 

ALLAN H. TRENCHARD, Physics 

B.s. Loyola University, 1951 
k. v. vasavada, Physics 

M.sc, Delhi University, 1960. 

EVAN H. WALKER, Physics 

B.s., University of Alabama, 1955, M.S., 1956. 
richard j. weinacht, Mathematics 

B.s. University of Notre Dame, 1953; M.S., Columbia University, 1955. 
Howard wilson, Mathematics 

B.S.E., George Washington University, 1953. 

theresa s. wu, Physics 

b.s., National Taiwan University, 1958. 

153 



Faculty 

eutiquo c. young, Mathematics 

B.s., Far Eastern University, 1954; m.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Graduate Assistants 

Joyce ann adamo, Mathematics 

b.a., Nazareth College, 1961. 
use allen, Foreign Languages 

B.s., Lycie Pharcaubriand-Rome, 1958. 

William M. allen, Chemistry 

b.a., La Sierra, 1961. 
Patrick f. aluotto, Chemistry 

b.s., St. Peters, 1961. 

J. ANDERSON, Zoology 

b.a., Drew University, 1961 
Arthur c andrewes, Chemistry 

b.a., American International College, 1960. 

GERALD RICHARD AUGBURN, English 

b.a., Wabash College, 1960. 
carol baish, English 

b.a., Juniata College, 1961. 

JOHN D. BARNES, Physics 

b.s., DePauw University, 1960. 

ROBERT W. BARTLETT, Physics 

b.s., Bucknell College, 1960. 
BETSY BECKER, English 
b.a., Harper College, 1961. 

GEORGE G. BELL, Physics 

B.s., Swarthmore College, 1960. 
Elliott Berlin, Chemistry 

b.s., McCoy College, 1957; m.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1959. 

GEORGE M. BERRY, JR., English 

b.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1961. 
evelyn g. best, English 

b.a., Barnard College, 1942. 
Robert j. j. bianchi, Chemistry 

B.s., Fairfield, 1961. 
leroy c. blankenship, Microbiology 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1954. 

william bloom, Speech 
b.a., Guilford College, 1960. 

emory c. bogle, History 

b.a., Dakota Wesleyan University, 1961. 

154 



Faculty 



colin bonwick, History 

a.b., Oxford, 1960. 
john v. botscheller, Chemistry 

B.s., City College of New York, 1956; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1959. 

Robert boyer, Speech 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961 

ERNESTINE A. BRILL, English 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Elizabeth J. brown, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., 1961. 

RICHARD W. BURRIS, Physics 

b.s., Yale University, 1960 
richard t. camarra, Chemistry 

B.s., Northeastern University, 1958. 
sara l. catey, Chemistry 

B.s., Bethany College, 1961. 
Robert A. CLARK, Chemistry 

B.s., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961. 
ronald j. cohn. Physics 

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1960. 
francis E. cole, Microbiology 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1960. 
lowell R. comstock, Chemistry 

b.s., Concord College, 1959. 

susa h. condliffe, Mathematics 
b.a., University of California, 1946. 

jack cooper, Chemistry 

b.s., Brooklyn College, 1960. 

donald corbin, Foreign Languages 
b.a., Bridgewater College, 1959. 

Joseph w. cox, History 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1959. 

Theodore s. creedman, History 

b.a., University of Kentucky, 1954; m.a., Columbia, 1958. 

charis e. r. crosse, English 

b.a., Maryland State College, 1961. 

MORTIMER w. cushman, English 
b.a., Yale University, 1956. 

earl l. dachslager, English 

b.a., University of Arizona, 1959. 



155 



Faculty 

WALTER E. DANIELS, Physics 

B.s., Dartmouth College, 1960. 

LOUIS A. DE CATUR, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1954. 

J. dees, Zoology 

b.a., Cornell College, 1961. 

JOHN R. deitrick, English 
b.a., Lycoming College, 1961. 

matilda delado, Foreign Languages. 
Licenciada, Pedagogical University, Bogota, 1950. 

albert b. de milo, Chemistry 

b.a., Hofstra College, 1957. 
Patrick d. de souza, Physics 

b.s., McGill University, 1956; M.S., 1960. 
charles w. Dickinson, Chemistry 

b.chem., University of Minnesota, 1959. 
Adrian anatole dolinsky, Physics 

b.s., Fordham University, 1958. 

Michael donohue, Chemistry 

b.s., Koly Cross College, 1957. 
Anthony F. dorrzapf, Chemistry 

B.s., St. Peters College, 1959. 
Hugh c. earnhart, History 

b.a., Bowling Green State University, 1960. 

LESTER A. EDELSTEIN, Physics 

B.s., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1960. 
IVAN J. egry, Chemistry 

B.A., Adelphia College, 1960. 

ELIZABETH M. EIKEL, English 

b.a., Tulane University, 1952, M.A., 1954. 
JOHN R. endriss, Mathematics 

B.s., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1956. 

james e. etter, Physics 

b.s., Nebraska Wesleyan College, 1960. 

pirkko ianelli, Foreign Languages 

m.a., Turku University, Finland, 1955; a.m., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

Frederic J. feldman, Chemistry 
b.s., Brooklyn College, 1960. 

HANS E. FELDMANN, English 

b.a., Hofstra College, 1961. 

156 



Faculty 

ROBERT FENNELL, Physics 

b.s., St. Johns College, 1960. 

anne G. fields, English 

B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana, 1960. 

p.ichard L. fitzer, Mathematics 
b.s., Queens College, 1961. 

Brian J. fitzpatrick, Chemistry 

b.s., Fordham University, 1961. 
katiiy forbes, Mathematics 

b.s., University of Illinois, 1961. 
alton o. forehand, jr., Mathematics 

B.s., Rollins College, 1951; m.a., University of Alabama, 1953. 
DOMINIC J. forker, English 

b.a., Mt. St. Mary's College, 1961. 

•GAIL I. forman, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 

richard freiman, Mathematics 

b.s., Brooklyn College, 1959. 
DAVID s. gadziola, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 
jane c. gager, Mathematics 

b.a., Goucher College, 1959. 
helen s. garson, English 

b.a., George Washington University, 1946; m.a., University of Georgia, 1947. 
theodore j. georcian, Chemistry 

a.b., Boston University, 1958. 

ALFRED T. CHIORZI, History 

b.a., Manhattan College, 1960. 
richard D. GILARDI, Chemistry 

s.b., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961. 

KENNETH A. GILMORE, Zoology 

b.s., Mississippi Southern College, 1959. 

JACK R. CLEASON, Physics 

B.A., Bowling Green State University, 1957. 

richard a. gleissner, History 

b.a., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 1953; m.a., Marquette University, 1959. 
frank k. gold, Chemistry 

b.s., (Pharmacy), Idaho State University, 1950; b.s., (Chemistry), 1958. 

CAROLYN COLDINGER, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

157 



Faculty 

MARY D. hahn, English 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

ernest A. Harrison, Chemistry 
a.b., Boston University, 1957. 

WILLIAM T. HAMILTON, English 

B.A., University of Washington, 1961. 

Frederick M. hart, Chemistry 

B.s., West Virginia Wesleyan University, 1960. 

HENRY T. HEATON, II, Physics 

b.a., Colgate University, 1960. 

PAUL W. HEEMANN, English 

b.a., University of North Carolina, 1958; m.a., 1959. 

anne w. Holland, Sociology 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1962. 
Joyce T. horrell, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 
JOHN D. HOWARD, English 

b.a., Washington College, 1956. 
Cephas d. hughes, Mathematics 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1960. 
gary w. hull, History 

b.a., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1959; M.A., Oklahoma State University, 1961c 
l. t. hunt, Zoology 

b.a., University of Kansas, 1958. 

ELIZABETH C. HUNTRESS, English 

b.a., University of New Hampshire, 1946. 
CHARLES J. HUSFELT, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1959. 
john c ing, Foreign Languages 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 
sarah irwin, Speech 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 

HERBERT JACOBOWITZ, Physics 

B.s., Brooklyn College, 1960. 
edward T. jones, English 
b.a., Juniata College, 1960. 

JOHN A. JORGENSEN, Physics 

b.s., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1960. 
myong w. kahng, Chemistry 
Liberal Arts and Sciences, Seoul National University, 1957. 

158 



Faculty 



DONALD E. karr, English 

b.a., University of Utah, 1960. 

judith P. karr, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1957. 

irving J. katz, Mathematics 

e.s., Brooklyn College, 1956; m.a., Ohio State University, 1958. 

T. S. KAUFMAN, Zoology 

b.s., University of Akron, 1961 

ROBERT KEEFER, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1959. 
thomas e. kenny, Chemistry 

B.s., Fordham University, 1955. 
JOHN c. keresztesy, jr., Chemistry 

a.b., Middlebury College, 1958. 

GARY KESSLER, Physics 

B.s., New York University, 1959. 
eberhard kiehlman, Chemistry 

B.s., University of Tubingen (Germany), 1958. 
donald kirkley, Speech 

University of Maryland, 1960. 
judith estelle kirsch, Mathematics 

b.a., Cornell University, 1961. 
melvin klein, Mathematics 

b.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1960. 
franklin p. koontz, Microbiology 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1958. 
james f. kretschmann, History 

a.b., Gettysburg College, 1953; m.a., University of North Carolina, 1955. 
nancy r. lakey, Mathematics 

b.a., Mary Washington College, 1958. 

philip j. landon, English 

b.a., University of Massachusetts, 1956. 

RICHARD M. LANE, Zoology 

b.s., Loyola College, 1959. 

LAWRENCE M. LASHER, English 

b.a., Rutgers University, 1959. 

J. LE BLANC, Zoology 

b.s., Wagner College, 1961. 

duck j. lee, Chemistry 

B.s., Shippensburg College, 1961. 



159 



Faculty 

s. young lee, Sociology 

b.a., Seoul National University, 1956; B.C., 1958. 

simon A. levin, Mathematics 

b.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1961. 

Marvin I. levy, Sociology 

b.b.a., College of the City of New York, 1959. 
carl p. lewis, jr., History 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1959; m.a., 1961. 

albert j. leyendecker, Physics 

B.s., University of New Mexico, 1960. 
fuk-winc li, Physics 

B.s., National Taiwan University, 1957. 
benjamin ii. lim, Chemistry 

b.a., Oberlin College, 1952; b.s., University of Kentucky, 1957. 
james R. lindsay, Chemistry 

b.a., Rutgers College, 1961. 

MORDEHAI LIWSHITZ, Physics 

b.s., Technion ISR Institute of Technology, 1957. 
iiarold loketch, Chemistry 

b.a., New York University, 1947. 
ernesto lopez-carranza, Physics 

b.s., University of San Marcos, 1959. 
william a. losaw, Mathematics 

b.a v University of Bridgeport, 1959. 

MARY ELLEN LYON, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 
douglas maass, Chemistry 

b.sc, University of London, 1956; m.sc, 1959. 

DENIS D. MANCHON, Physics 

B.s., University of Notre Dame, 1960. 

roeert mankin, Mathematics 
b.a., Brooklyn College, 1961. 

JOSEPH A. MARSHALL, Zoology 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1960. 
Stephen may, Speech 

b.a., Denison University, 1961. 

ALDO MAZZELLA, Physics 

b.a., Pomona College, 1959. 
jean F. mc devitt, English 

b.a., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. 

160 



Faculty 



james E. MC IN'NIS, English 

B.A., Mississippi Southern University, 1959; M.A., University of Wyoming, 1%0 

henri P. meyer, Foreign Languages. 
b.a., Wooster College, Ohio, 1954. 

P. MC LAUGHLIN, Zoology 

b.a., Gettysburg College, 1956. 

RiCHARn R. minesinger, Chemistry 

B.s., Washington Missionary College, 1961. 

j. mizezewski, Zoology 

B.s., Duquesne University, 1961. 

donald M. moore, Chemistry 
b.a., Ashland College, 1959. 

HARVEY MOREINES, English 

b.a., Brooklyn College, 1958. 

ROBERT F. MORROW, History 

B.s., Wisconsin State College and Institute of Technology at Platteville, 1960. 

Joseph c. Morton, History 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1959. 
s. M. mountjoy, Zoology 

b.a., Mt. Holyoke College, 1960. 
Daniel c. nascimento, English 

b.a., Rutgers University, 1960. 
monica R. nees, Chemistry 

B.s., Roosevelt University, 1957; M.S., 1959. 

katherine a. nelson, Chemistry 
B.s., Allegheny College, 1959. 

CAROL ANN nevin, English 

b.a., College of Notre Dame of Maryland, 1960. 
Robert M. Nielsen, Mathematics 

B.s., University of Wisconsin, 1960. 
august j. nicro, English 

b.a., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1958; m.a., University of Miami, 1960. 

GERARD F. O'BRIEN, HistOlJ 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1959; m.a., 1960. 

brigitte oertel, Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1960. 
rona c.-y. ouyang, Chemistry 

b.s., National Taiwan University, 1956. 
richard a. overfield, Llistory 

B.s., Kansas State Teachers College, 1959; M.S., 1960. 



161 



Faculty 

daniel j. palmer, Mathematics 

B.sc, University of Notre Dame, 1961. 

keith parker, History 

b.a., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1959 

richard c parmele, History 
b.a., Baylor University, 1960. 

vithalbhai l. patel, Physics 

B.s., University of Baroda, India, 1956. 
peter a. pella, Chemistry 

b.s., University of Rhode Island, 1961. 
juergen o. pfitzner, Foreign Languages. 

a.b., Franklin and Marshall College, 1961. 
William Robert phipps, History 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 
john T. poole, Mathematics 

b.s.,, University of North Carolina, 1959 
david a. power, Microbiology 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., 1959. 
roslyn price, Speech 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 
judith purnell, Speech 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 
benjamin g. rader. History 

b.a., Southwest Missouri State College, 1958; m.a., Oklahoma State University, 1959. 
John s. ramsey, English 

b.a., Calvin College, 1959. 
james h. reed, Mathematics 

b.a., University of California, 1959. 
marian reesey, Speech 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 

james A. reyniers, Foreign Languages 

b.s., University of Notre Dame, 1954. 
hae wun rhee, Mathematics 

b.a., John Hopkins University, 1960. 
peter j. richetta, Mathematics 

B.s., Yale University, 1957. 

NICHOLAS J. ROBERTS, Zoology 

b.s., Southern Connecticut State College, 1960. 

ANTHONY S. RODOLAKIS, Physics 

B.s., Dartmouth College, 1960. 

162 



Faculty 

Joseph v. rodricks, Chemistry 

s.b., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960. 

richard A. roughton, History 

a.b., Westminster College, 1960. 
charles R. roulston, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., Indiana University, 1957. 

HELEN H. ROULSTON", English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

SOMA S. RUDE, Zoology 

b.a., Skidmore College, 1960. 
cordon f. russell, History 
b.a., Coe College, 1961. 

ALEXANDER SACHS, PhysiCS 

B.s., Northwestern University, 1960. 

MICHAEL SALMON, Zoology 

a.b., Earlham College, 1959. 
philip w. schaefer, Mathematics 

B.s., John Carroll University, 1956; M.S., 1957. 

THOMAS R. SCHAEFER, English 

b.a., Beloit College, 1957; m.a., University of Wisconsin, 1960. 

HAROLD J. SCHEINHAUS, Physics 

B.s., City College of New York, 1959. 

LORRAINE SCHLESINGER, English 

b.a., University of Michigan, 1951; m.a., 1961. 
thomas o. schmitt, Foreign Languages 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1958; m.a., 1960. 
myron I. scholnick, History 

b.a., American University, 1956. 
jules p. seicel, English 

b.s., State University of New York, Cortland, 1959. 

SHELDON M. SHANACK, Physics 

s.b., Massachusetts Inst, of Tech., 1956; M.S., New Mexico State University, 1959. 

alfred shields, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 

Reynold m. shoho, Chemistry 

b.s., University of Illinois, 1952; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1957. 

Herbert m. simpson, English 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1957. 

ROY v. simpson, jr., History 

b.a., University of Arkansas, 1952; m.a., 1960. 

163 



Faculty 

james g. smart, History 

a.b., St. Mary's Seminary, 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1958. 

john M. smith, Mathematics 

b.s., University of Richmond, 1959. 

john T. smyth, Foreign Languages. 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1960. 

GENE B. SOLOMON, Zoology 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1959. 

charles w. spangler. Chemistry 

b.s., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959; M.S., Northeastern University, 1961, 

Irwin H. suffet, Chemistry 
b.s., Brooklyn College, 1961. 

louis H. tateosian, Chemistry 

b.s., Case Institute of Technology, 1959. 

John d. termine, Chemistry 
b.s., St. Johns University, 1960. 

charles p. Thompson, Foreign Languages. 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 

richard c. Thompson, Chemistry 
b.s., University of Chicago, 1961. 

willis R. thurber, Physics 
b.s., Nebraska Wesleyan, 1960. 

Judith M. tomsich, English 

b.a., College of St. Scholastica, 1961. 

JUDITH M. torvey, English 
b.a., Radford College, 1961. 

louis f. townsley, Foreign Languages. 

a.b., University of Florida, 1959; A.M., 1961. 

CHEN-SENG TSAI, Physics 

B.s., Taiwan University, 1959. 

FRANKLIN TYERYAR, Microbiology 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1960. 

alumnoottil J. varghese, Chemistry 

B.sc, St. Joseph College, 1953; m.sc, University College, Trivandrum, 1957.. 

K. V. VASAVADA, Physics 

M.sc, Delhi University, 1960. 
angelo A. volpe, Chemistry 
b.s., Brooklyn College, 1959. 

164 



Faculty 

fred s. wabnik, Mathematics 

B.S., Alfred University, 1960. 
eleanor wahlbrinck, Foreign Languages 

B.A., Wayne University, 1960. 

betty M. Wallace, Chemistry 
a.b., Washington University, 1942. 

MAURICE C. WALSTED, Physics 

B.s., University of Washington, 1953; M.S., 1960. 

david warden, Chemistry 

B.s., St. Francis College, 1961. 

ruth a. wasserman, Chemistry 

B.s., City College of New York, 1961. 

sheldon J. watts, History 
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; m.a., 1960. 

charles franklin wellford, Sociology 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1961. 

nancy k. werner, Mathematics 
B.s., Juniata College, 1961. 

RICHARD D. WIDMAN, Zoology 

B.s., Georgetown University, 1952. 

ceorce M. wilson, Mathematics 
b.a., Swarthmore College, 1961. 

M. A. D. wilson, Physics 
B.s., Yale University, 1960. 

srENCER wilson, History 
b.a., University of New Mexico, 1953; m.a., 1957. 

john B. wiseman, History 
b.a., Linfield College, 1960. 

Stanley wolfowitz, Chemistry 

B.s., City College of New York, 1961. 

Barbara L. woll, English 

b.a., Mt. Mercy College, 1961. 

jim T. K. woo, Chemistry 
b.a, Wabash College, 1961. 

EVAN B. WRIGHT, Physics 

b.a., Hartwick College, 1959. 

rena s. C. yang, Chemistry 

b.s., Chung Chi College (Hong Kong), 1959; M.S., University of North Dakota, 1961. 

165 



Faculty 

Robert H. ziegler, History 

b.a., Montclair State College, 1960; m.a., University of Wyoming, 1961. 

barry Zimmerman, Chemistry 
b.s., Brooklyn College, 1959. 

Baltimore Faculty 

adele b. ballman, Assistant Professor of English 

b.a., Goucher College, 1926; ph.d., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935. 

charles E. hooper, Graduate Assistant in Physics 
b.s., Dartmouth College, 1954. 

Francis m. miller, Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.s., Western Kentucky State College, 1946; ph.d., Northwestern University, 1949. 



166 



The College of 

Business and 
Public Administration 



Catalog Series 1962-64 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



VOLUME 17 APRIL 17, 1962 NO. 22 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published four times in January; three 
times in February, March, April, May, September and December; two times in June, 
October and November; and once in July and August. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter 
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. 



CONTENTS 



University Calendar 

Board of Regents 

Officers of Administration 

Chairmen, Standing Committees 

Faculty Senate 

The College 

Organization 

General Information 

The Program in American 

Civilization 

Academic Information 

Degrees 



GENERAL 

iv Graduation Requirement 5 

vi Junior Standing 6 

vii Senior Residence Requirement 6 

Programs of Study 6 

x Professional Objectives 6 

1 Facilities Furnished 7 

2 Air Science Instruction 7 

3 Costs 8 

Admission 8 

4 Honors, Awards and 

5 Scholarships 9 

5 



I. 



3. 
4. 
5. 



CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 



II. 



Business Organization III. 

and Administration 11 

The General Curriculum IV. 

in Administration 13 V. 

Accounting and Statistical VI. 

Control 14 

Financial Administration. 15 VII. 
Industrial Administration- 16 
Insurance and Real VIII 

Estate 17 

Marketing Administra- IX. 

tion 17 

Personnel Administration X. 

and Labor Relations 18 

Transportation Adminis- 1. 

tration 19 

Public Administration 20 2. 

Economics 21 



Foreign Service and Inter- 
national Relations 23 

Geography 24 

Government and Politics 27 

Journalism and Public 

Relations 29 

Bureau of Business and 

Techniques 32 

Bureau of Business and 

Economic Research 35 

Bureau of Governmental 

Research 36 

Affiliated Governmental 

Organizations 36 

Maryland Municipal 
League 36 

Maryland State Association 
of County Commis- 
sioners 36 



COURSE OFFERINGS 



Business Organization and 

Administration 38 

Economics 46 

Geography 51 

Government and Politics 56 



Journalism and Public Re- 
lations 61 



Office Management and Tech- 



niques 



63 



Faculty 65 



ill 



UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

FALL SEMESTER 1961 
SEPTEMBER 

18-22 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 
25 Monday — Instruction Begins 
NOVEMBER 

22 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class 
27 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m. 
DECEMBER 

20 Wednesday — Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 
JANUARY 1962 

3 Wednesday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

24 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

25-31 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive—Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1962 
FEBRUARY 

5-9 Monday to Friday — Spring Semester Registration 

12 Monday — Instruction Begins 

22 Thursday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 
MARCH 

25 Sunday — Maryland Day 
APRIL 

19 Thursday — Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 

24 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

16 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Wednesday — Memorial Day, Holiday 

JUNE 

1 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

2-8 Saturday to Friday, inclusive — Spring Semester Examinations 

3 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

9 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1962 
JUNE 1962 

25 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

26 Tuesday — Summer Session Begins 
30 Saturday — Classes as Usual 

JULY 

4 Wednesday — Independence Day, Holiday 

AUGUST 

3 Friday — Summer Session Ends 

SHORT COURSES 1962 
JUNE 1962 

18-23 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 

AUGUST 

6-11 Monday to Saturday — 4-H Club Week. 

SEPTEMBER 

4-7 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



IV 



FALL SEMESTER 1962 

SEPTEMBER 

17-21 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration 

24 Monday — Instruction Begins 

NOVEMBER 

21 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class 
26 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

DECEMBER 

21 Friday — Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 

JANUARY 1963 

3 Thursday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

23 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

24-30 Thursday to Wednesday— Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1963 

FEBRUARY 

4-8 Monday to Friday— Registration 
11 Monday — Instruction Begins 

22 Friday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 

MARCH 

25 Monday— Maryland Day (Not a Holiday) 

APRIL 

11 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 
16 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

15 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Thursday — Memorial Day, Holiday 

31 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

JUNE 

1-7 Saturday to Friday — Spring Semester Examinations 

2 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

8 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1963 

june 1963 

24 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

25 Tuesday — Instruction Begins 
29 Saturday — Classes as Usual 

JULY 

4 Thursday — Independence Day, Holiday 

AUGUST 

2 Friday — Summer Session Ends 

SHORT COURSES 1963 

JUNE 

17-22 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 

AUGUST 

5-10 Monday to Saturday — 4-H Club Week 

SEPTEMBER 

3-6 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

and 

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 

Charles P. McCormick 

Chairman 1966 

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2 

Edward F. Holter 

Vice-Chairman 1968 

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore 2 

B. Herbert Brown 

Secretary 1967 

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1 

Harry H. Nuttle 

Treasurer 1966 

Denton 

Louis L. Kaplan 

Assistant Secretary 1964 

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 5 

C. E. Tuttle 

Assistant Treasurer 1962 

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2 

Richard W. Case 1970 

Commercial Credit Building, Baltimore 

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965 

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown 

Thomas B. Symons 1963 

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park 

William C. Walsh 196g 

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967 

4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18 



Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of 
seven years each, beginning the first Monday in June. Members may serve only two 
consecutive terms. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the 
Board. 

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland 
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

vi 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

Principal Administrative Officers 

wilson H. elkins, President . 

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936; D. phil., 

1936. 

ALBIN o. kuhn, Executive Vice President 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948. 

r. lee hornbake, Vice President for Academic Affairs ^ 

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936; ph.d., 1942. 

frank L. bentz, Assistant to the President 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952. 
ALVIN e. cormenY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and Development 

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936. 

Emeriti 

harry c. byrd, President Emeritus 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickinson 

College, 1938; d.sc, Western Maryland College, 1938. 
j. freeman pyle, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration Emeritus 

ph.b., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925. 

adele H. stamp, Dean of Women Emerita 
b.a., Tulane University, 1921; m.a., University of Maryland, 1924. 

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges 

myron s. aisenberc, Dean of the School of Dentistry 
d.d.s., University of Maryland, 1922. 

vernon E. anderson, Dean of the College of Education 

B.s., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d., University of Colorado, 1942. 

ronald bamford, Dean of the Graduate School 
b.s., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

Gordon m. cairns, Dean of Agriculture 
B.s., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940. 

ray w. ehrensberger, Dean of University College 
b.a., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse University, 
1937. 

noel e. foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy 
ph.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; B.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland, 
1932; ph.d., 1933. 

lester M. fraley, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
b.a., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939. 

• • 



Florence M. CIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing 

B.s., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940; 
ed.d., University of Maryland, 1952. 

ladislaus F. grapski, Director of the University Hospital 

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University of 
Denver, 1942; m.b.a., in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943. 

irvin c. haut, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station and Head, Department of 
Horticulture 

B.s., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; PH.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1933. 

rocer howell, Dean of the School of Law 
b.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; PH.D., 1917; ll.b., University of Maryland, 1917. 

verl s. lewis, Dean of the School of Social Work 

a.b., Huron College, 1933; m.a., University of Chicago, 1939; d.s.w., Western Reserve 
University, 1954. 

selma f. lippeatt, Dean of the College of Home Economics 

B.s., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945; ph.d., 
Pennsylvania State University, 1953. 

Frederic t. mavis, Dean of the College of Engineering 
B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.e., 1932; ph.d., 1935. 

paul E. nystrom, Director, Agricultural Extension Service 
B.s., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a., Harvard 
University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951. 

donald w. o'connell, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration 1 
b.a., Columbia University, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., 1953. 

james h. reid, Assistant Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration 1 
B.s., University of Iowa, 1923; m.a., American University, 1933. 

leon p. smith, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences 

b.a., Emory University, 1919; m.a., Universtiy of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930; Diplome 
de l'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932. 

william s. stone, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical Education 
and Research 

B.s., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d., University of Louisville, 1929; 

ph.d. (hon.), University of Louisville, 1946. 

General Administrative Officers 

G. WATSON ALCmE, Director of Admissions and Registrations 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931. 

Theodore R. aylesworth, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air Science 
B.s., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949. 



1 Appointment effective February 1, 1962. 
'Acting Dean, July 1, 1961 — February 1, 1962. 



Vlll 



B. JAMES borreson, Executive Dean for Student Life 
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944. 

david L. brigham, Director of Alumni Relations 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1938. 

c. wilbur, cissel, Director of Finance and Business 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939. 

helen E. clarke, Dean of Women 

B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; ed.d., Teachers 
College, Columbia, 1960. 

william w. cobey, Director of Athletics 
a.b., University of Maryland, 1930. 

L. eugene cronin, Director of Natural Resources Institute 

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943; PH.D., 1946. 

lester M. dyke, Director of Student Health Service 
B.s., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., 1926. 

geary F. eppley, Dean of Men 
B.s., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926. 

harry D. fisher, Comptroller and Budget Officer 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1943; c.p.a., 1948. 

GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928. 

Robert J. mccartney, Director of University Relations 
b.a., University of Massachusetts, 1941. 

george w. Morrison, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical Plant 
(Baltimore) 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931. 
Howard rovelstad, Director of Libraries 

b.a., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940. 
orval l. ulry, Director of the Summer Session 

B.s., Ohio State University, 1938; M.A., 1944; ph.d., 1953. 
george o. weber, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical, Plant 

B.s., University of Maryland, 1933. 

Division Chairmen 

john e. faber, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; PH.D., 1937. 

harold c. hoffsommer, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences 
b.s., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929. 

charles e. white, Chairman of the Lower Division 

b.s., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926. 

ix 



CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE 

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY 

Peter P. Lejins (Arts and Sciences) , Chairman 

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE 

L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING 

Kenneth 0. Hovet (Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES 

Charles E. Manning (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION 

Benjamin Massey (Physical Education), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES 

james h. reid (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH 

Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS 

Albin 0. Kuhn (Executive Vice President), Chairman 

COMMITTEES ON LIBRARIES 

Aubrey C. Laud (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS 
Carl Bode (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION 

John E. Foster (Agriculture), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM, AND TENURE 

Peter P. Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES 

Robert L. Green (Agriculture), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE 

Guy B. Hathorn (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION 

G. Kenneth Reiblich (Law), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS 

Harold F. Sylvester (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY 

August J. Prahl Graduate School), Chairman 



CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE 

ADJUNCT COMMITTEE OF THE GENERAL COMMITTEE OF STUDENT 
LIFE AND WELFARE 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Richard F. Davis (Agriculture), Chairman 

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP 

Paul E. Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS 

Warren L. Strausbaugh (Arts and Sciences), Chairman 

RELIGIOUS LIFE 

Redfield Allen (Engineering), Chairman 

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY 

Theodore R. Aylesworth (AFROTC), Chairman 

STUDENT DISCIPLINE 

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman 

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAmS 

Vernon E. Krahl, (Medicine), Chairman 



XI 



The College of 

Business and 

Public Administration 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND IS AN UNUSUALLY FAVORABLE LOCATION 
for students of business, government and politics, economics, public ad- 
ministration, geography, journalism and public relations, foreign service and 
international relations. Downtown Washington is only twenty-five minutes 
away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is less than an 
hour in the other. There is frequent transportation service from College Park 
to each city. Assistance is given qualified students who wish to obtain a 
first-hand view of the far-flung economic activities of the national govern- 
ment or to utilize the libraries, government departments, and other facilities 
available in Washington. 



Objectives of the College 

The College of Business and Public Administration is a member of the 
American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. 

ORGANIZATION 

The College comprises seven departments and two bureaus of research. 

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistics 

2. Financial Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 

5. Marketing Administration 

6. Personnel Administration 

7. Transportation Administration 

8. Public Administration 

II. Department of Economics 

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations 

IV. Department of Geography 

V. Department of Government and Politics 
VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations 

VII. Department of Office Management and Techniques 

1. Management and Office Automation 

2. Office Techniques 

VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research 
IX. Bureau of Governmental Research 

X. Affiliated Governmental Organizations 

1. Maryland Municipal League 

2. State Association of County Commissioners of Maryland 

OBJECTIVES 

The College of Business and Public Administration offers courses de- 
signed to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, gov- 
ernmental agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, publishing firms, 
small business units, and other organizations requiring effective training in 
administrative skills and techniques, and for the teaching of business subjects, 
economics, geography, government and politics, and journalism and public 
relations in high schools and colleges. It supplies scientific training in ad- 
ministration to students and prospective executives on a professional basis 
comparable to university training in the other professional fields. Adminis- 



General Information 

tration is regarded as a profession. The College of Business and Public 
Administration offers its students courses of instruction which present gen- 
eral principles and techniques of management and administration and brings 
together in systematic form the experiences and practices of business firms 
and governmental units. This plan of education does not displace practical 
experience, but supplements and strengthens it by shortening the period of 
apprenticeship otherwise necessary, and by giving a broad and practical 
knowledge of the major principles, policies, and methods of administration. 

During the first half of the college study program the student secures a 
broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more technical 
courses offered in the last half of the curriculum. The managerial and operat- 
ing points of view are stressed in the advanced courses in production, mar- 
keting, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, office management 
and public administration. The purpose of the work offered is to aid the 
student as a prospective executive in developing his ability to identify and 
to solve administrative and managerial problems and to adjust himself and 
his organization, policies and practices to changing social, political and 
economic situations. 

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles 
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. 
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in 
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the 
other hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small 
business. If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to 
the owners and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is 
imperative that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. 
Sound principles of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout 
the various courses. 

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business 
services is to prepare for effective management. The College of Business 
and Public Administration, University of Maryland, was established to sup- 
ply effective education in administration to the young men and women whose 
task will be the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and gov- 
ernmental units resulting from industrial, social and political development 
and expansion. 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Detailed information concerning the American Civilization Program, 
fees and expenses, scholarships and awards, student life, and other material 
of a general nature, may be found in the University publication titled An 
Adventure in Learning. This publication may be obtained on request from 
the Office of University Relations, North Administration Building, Univer- 
sity of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the regulations 
of student and academic life, may be found in the University publication 
titled, University General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in Sep- 
tember and February of each year to all new undergraduate students. 



General Information, American Civilization Program 

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges 
should be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to: 

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK: 

Dean 

(College in which you are interested) 
The University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School in which you are interested) 
The University of Maryland 
Lombard and Greene Streets 
Baltimore 1, Maryland 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

The University considers that it is important for every student to achieve 
an appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture. 
It has therefore established a comprehensive program in American civiliza- 
tion. This program is also designed to provide the student with a general 
educational background. 

Work in American civilization is offered at three distinct academic 
levels. The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the 
University and is described below. The second level is for undergraduate 
students wishing to carry a major in this field (see catalog for the College 
of Arts and Sciences) . The third level is for students desiring to do graduate 
work in this field (see the Graduate School Announcements). 

All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of 
Maryland must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) 
obtain 24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the 
American Civilization Program. Although the courses in the program are 
prescribed generally, some choice is permitted, especially for students who 
demonstrate in classification tests good previous preparation in one or more 
of the required subjects. 

The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows: 

1. English (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2 and 3, 4 or 5, 6), American history 
(6 hours, H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are 
required subjects; however, students who qualify in one, two or all three of 
these areas by means of University administered tests are expected to sub- 
stitute certain elective courses. Through such testing a student may be re- 
leased from 3 hours of English (9 hours would remain an absolute require- 
ment), 3 hours of American history (3 hours remaining as an absolute 

4 



Academic Information 

requirement), and 3 hours of American government. Students released from 
3 hours of English will take Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those released 
from 3 hours in history will take H. 56 instead of H. 5 and 6. Students who 
have been exempted from courses in English, history or American govern- 
ment may not take such courses for credit. 

2. For the 3 additional hours of the 24 hours required, students elect 
one course from the following group (Elective Group I): 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics. (Not open to fresh- 
men. Students who may wish to take additional 
courses in economics should substitute Econ. 31 
for Econ. 37). 

Phil. 1 — Philosophy of Modern Man 
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

(Students enrolled in the College of Business and Public Administration will 
normally meet this requirement by taking Econ. 31 in the sophomore year.) 

3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 or 9 
hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history or Amer- 
ican government (see 1 above) , shall select the replacements for these courses 
from any or all of the following groups: (a) more advanced courses in the 
same department as the required courses in which the student is excused; 
or (b) elective Group I (see 2 above), provided that the same course may 
not be used as both a Group I and a Group II choice, or (c) Elective Group 
II. Group II consists of the following 3-hour courses: 

H. 41, 42, Western Civilization; either H. 51 or 52, The Humanities; 
either Mus. 20, Survey of Music Literature or Art. 22, History of American 
Art and Soc. 5, Anthropology. 

ACADEMIC INFORMATION 

DEGREES 

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business 
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Ad- 
ministration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has 
a number of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, 
Geography, Journalism and Public Relations, Government and Politics, the 
Bureau of Governmental Research and the Bureau of Business and Eco- 
nomic Research available for qualified graduate students. Applications for 
these assistantships should be made directly to the Dean of the College of 
Business and Public Administration. (See the Graduate School Announce- 
ments for graduate rules and regulations.) 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the Office of the Registrar on a 
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Candi- 



Academic Information 

dates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred 
and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in excep- 
tional cases. 



GRADUATION REQUIREMENT 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit with an average of "C" 
in courses suggested by the College in addition to the specified courses in 
air science, physical activities and hygiene are requird for graduation. A 
minimum of 57 semester hours of the required 120 hours must be in upper 
division courses. The student is required to have an average of "C" for 
courses used in meeting the quantitative graduation requirements. The time 
required to complete the requirements for the bachelor's degree for the aver- 
age student is eight semesters. A superior student, by carrying more than 
the average load, can complete the work in a shorter period of time. 



JUNIOR STANDING 

To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester 
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In 
computing this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses 
carrying one or more credits which have been taken up to the time of com- 
putation shall be included ; courses carrying "0" credit shall not be included ; 
courses with grade "F" shall be included; courses in Basic Air Science, 
the physical education required of all University students, and the health 
courses required of all women students shall not be included. 

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full 
in the publication, University General and Academic Regulations. 

SENIOR RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT 

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester 
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities, 
and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must 
earn a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of 
"C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may 
be transferred from another institution. Specific requirements for gradua- 
tion in the selected curriculum must be met. 



PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra- 
tion, office techniques, office management, public administration, govern- 
ment and politics, geography, journalism and public relations, and some 
combination curriculums, e.g., business administration and law, commercial 
teaching and industrial education. Research is emphasized throughout the 
various programs. 



Academic Information 



PROFESSIONAL OBJECTIVES 



The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises 
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of: 

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the 
modern business world. 

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to 
promote the free exercise of his activities; and 

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and 
administration of a business or governmental enterprise. 

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should: 

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise 
oral and written English; 

(b) have some useful knowledge of the physical world in which he 
operates ; 

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through 
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies. 

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study 
of sociology, geography, politics, labor relations, marketing, and other sub- 
jects. 

If the executive is to be successful in solving current and future busi- 
ness and governmental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method 
of collecting, analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant 
manner, and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound con- 
clusions and to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his 
present and future professional or vocational conduct. In other words, prob- 
ably the most important qualities in a successful executive are: 

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments; 

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imag- 
ination and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for ex- 
ecuting; them. 



FACILITIES FURNISHED 

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and 
Public Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose 
of providing a type of professional and technical education that will aid 
the capable and ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their 
full capacity. 

The college study programs on both the undergraduate and graduate 
levels presuppose effective training in English, history, government, science, 
and mathematics.* The program of study for any individual student may 

* The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high 
school and the first two years of college. 



Academic Information 

be so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of 
work, such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial ad- 
ministration, marketing administration, personnel administration, office man- 
agement, real estate practice, insurance, journalism, public relations, govern- 
ment employment, office techniques, teaching, and research. 

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, 
are required to take Basic Air Science for a period of two years. The suc- 
cessful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it must 
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at 
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of air science will be required to 
complete the course or take it until graduation whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced science courses 
during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve 
commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning air science, refer to University General 
and Academic Regulations, a publication mailed in September and February 
of each year to all new undergraduate students. 

COSTS 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include $200.00 fixed 
charges; $106.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $230.00 to $260.00 lodging 
for Maryland residents, or $280.0 to $310.00 for residents of other states 
and countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A 
charge of $350.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the 
State of Maryland. 

A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for 
admission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee 
is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee. 

For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Editor of Publica- 
tions for a copy of the publication, An Adventure in Learning. 

ADMISSION 

Deadlines for the recipt of applications for admission are September 1, 
1962 for the Fall Semester, 1962, and January 1, 1963 for the Spring 
Semester, 1963. 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public 
Administration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University 
of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks 
and other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pattern 
of subject matter. 

Minimum requirements (all in courses designed for college preparation) 
are four units of English and one unit each of algebra, natural science, and 
social studies. The student's preparation will be strengthened by a well- 

8 






Honors, Awards and Scholarships 

selected spread of five or more additional units in mathematics, natural 
sciences, social studies, and a foreign language. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write to the Editor of 
Publications for a copy of the publication, An Adventure in Learning. 

HONORS, AWARDS AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

THE DEAN'S LIST OF DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS 

Any student who has passed at least 44 hours of academic work in the 
preceding semester, without failure of any course, and with an average 
grade on all courses of at least 3.5, will be placed on the Dean's List of 
Distinguished Students. This list is posted in the office of the Dean of the 
College. 

BETA GAMMA SIGMA 

The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma was chartered 
in 1940. The purpose of this honorary society is to encourage and reward 
scholarship and accomplishment among students of commerce and business 
administration; to promote the advancement of education in the art and 
science of business: and to foster integrity in the conduct of business opera- 
tions. Chapters of Beta Gamma Sigma are chartered only in schools holding 
membership in the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. 
Third and fourth year students in business administration are eligible; 
if in his third year, a student must rank in the highest four per cent of his 
class, and if in his fourth year, he must rank in the highest ten per cent in 
order to be considered for selection. 

THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY 

This is awarded annually to the student who has maintained the highest 
scholastic standing during the entire course of study in business adminis- 
tration or economics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at New York University 
on November 7, 1907. The Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was char- 
tered at the University of Maryland in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a professional 
fraternity organized to foster the study of business in universities; to en- 
courage scholarship, social activity, and the association of students for their 
mutual advancement by research and practice; to promote closer affiliation 
between the commercial world and students of commerce; and to further a 
high standard of commercial ethics and culture, as well as the civic and 
commercial welfare of the community. Members are selected from the Col- 
lege of Business and Public Administration on the basis of leadership, 
scholastic standing, and promise of future business success. 

KAPPA TAU ALPHA 

The Maryland chapter of Kappa Tau Alpha was chartered in 1961. 
Founded in 1910, this national honorary society has 39 chapters at univer- 
sities offering graduate or undergraduate preparation for careers in pro- 
fessional journalism. It is dedicated to recognition and promotion of 
scholarship in journalism. Among its activities is an annual award for an 
outstanding piece of published research in journalism and mass communica- 
tions. 



Honors, Awards and Scholarships 

PHI CHI THETA KEY 

The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded to the outstanding graduating senior 
woman in the College of Business and Public Administration on the basis of 
scholarship, activities, and leadership. 

PI SIGMA ALPHA FRED HAYS MEMORIAL AWARD 

The Pi Sigma Alpha Fred Hays Memorial Award in Government and 
Politics is awarded annually by the Department of Government and Politics 
to the graduating senior who earns the highest grades among the majors 
in government and politics of the graduating class. The award is a cash 
award, not less than $25.00, provided by an anonymous alumnus. This 
award is named in memory of Fred Hays, an honor graduate and former 
student president of Pi Sigma Alpha, the honorary political science fra- 
ternity. Fred Hays was killed in action in Korea. 

THE WALL STREET JOURNAL STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT AWARD 

This is awarded annually to the graduating senior who has maintained 
the highest scholastic achievement in the field of financial administration. 
The award consists of a silver medal embedded in clear plastic and one 
year's subscription to the Wall Street Journal. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

The Alumni Association of the University provides a scholarship of 
$250. 

Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism. The Board of Trustees 
of A. S. Abell Foundation, Inc., has contributed $500 to provide a scholar- 
ship in journalism to be awarded to a worthy senior in the College of Bus- 
iness and Public Administration who is majoring in editorial journalism. 

The Baltimore News-Post finances two $375 annual journalism scholar- 
ships. 

The Montgomery County Press Association's $200 annual journalism 
scholarship is awarded to a student of that county. 

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc., Winston-Salem, North Carolina, provides a 
$500 award to a senior in the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion who is concentrating in transportation with a major interest in motor 
transportation. 

The Arthur Young and Co. Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholar- 
ship of $750 for an exceptional senior student concentrating in accounting 
who is registered in the College of Business and Public Administration. 

The Haskins & Sells Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship of 
for an exceptional senior student concentrating in accounting who is 
registered in the College of Business and Public Administration. In addition 
to the cash award, a token award in the form of an inscribed silver medal- 
lion embedded in plastic will be given to each award winner. 

The Delmarvia Traffic Club makes available a scholarship of $250 for 
an outstanding transportation student in the junior class making his home 
on the Delmarvia Peninsula. 

10 



Curricula and Required 
Courses 



A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of 
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the depart- 
ments. When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the 
departments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, 
working toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing 
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration requires 
a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of 
organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Depart- 
ment of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles 
and problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, 
and the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the 
essence of administration and management. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT 

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and 
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to 
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, 
based on the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, 
but rather that each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every 

11 



Business Organization and Administration 

student in Business Administration, therefore, is required to complete satis- 
factorily a minimum number of required basic subjects in economics and in 
each of the major functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the 
requirements for the bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the 
theory and practice of administration. There are five commonly recognized 
major business functions, viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, 
and control. 

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, 
viz: internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, 
and operations. External control is secured through the force of laws, 
and court, board and commission decisions, also through the influence of 
custom and public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate ad- 
justments to these forces. Courses in law and public administration, for 
example, aid in giving the students an understanding of the problems, de- 
vices, and methods of external or "social" control. 

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS 

During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart- 
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete 
the following basic subjects (or the equivalent) except as indicated in a par- 
ticular curriculum: 

Required Courses: Semester Hours 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature * 6 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 6 

Math. 5, 6 — Mathematics 6f 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 4 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 4 

B.A. 10 — Introduction to Business 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Elective Group I 1 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization ' 6 

B.A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 6 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 6 

Air Science and Physical Activities for Men 9* 

Health and Physical Activities for Women 8 

Electives 3 

Total specified requirements 66 or 67 

1 See American Civilization, page 3. 

* Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular cur- 
riculum. 

X Or Math. 10 and 11 or Math. 18 and 19, with consent of advisor. 

12 



Business Organization and Administration 

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for 
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Admin- 
istration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work 
must be in Business Administration subjects; the other twenty per cent may 
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. 
An average of "C" in Business Administration courses is required for grad- 
uation. 

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who 
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan- 
guage. If a foreign language is elected, 12 semester hours or the equivalent 
must be completed with an acceptable grade. 



JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS 

During the junior and senior years each student in the Department is 
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses 
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise: 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140 — Business Finance 3 

B. A. 159 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 199— Business Policy 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 

B. A. 168 — Management and Organization Theory 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 6 

Total 27 

The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet the 
requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, in 
public administration, foreign service, commercial teaching, and in the fields 
of business administration, such as: accounting and statistics, production 
administration, marketing, advertising, retailing, purchasing, foreign trade, 
transportation, labor relations, real estate, insurance, investment and general 
finance. Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate office technique courses. 

1. THE GENERAL CURRICULUM IN ADMINISTRATION 

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds 
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A 
student may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending 
summer sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course 
in a shorter period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester. 

13 



Business Organization and Administration 

In addition to the basic two years and the basic Junior-Senior subjects 
the following: 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 170 — Principles of Transportation 3 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business 3 

Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries 3 

Total 15 

Plus any one of the following courses: 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 

B. A. 110 — Intermediate Accounting 3 

B. A. 148 — Advanced Financial Management 3 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Plus approved electives, eleven of which must be outside the field of Bus- 
iness Administration, to meet graduation requirements (120 hours) 

2. ACCOUNTING AND STATISTICAL CONTROL 

Internal control in modern business and governmental organization is 
a major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com- 
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has empha- 
sized the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to 
control intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these units, it 
is necessary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop 
methods of procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial 
activities, it is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations 
of the various units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the 
accounting and statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and in- 
terpret these facts. 

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in 
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the 
problems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. 
If the program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a 
career as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget 
officer, comptroller, credit manager, treasurer or statistician. 

In order to provide for practical experience arrangements have been 
made with firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and 
the District of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public 
accounting. This training is provided between semesters of the senior year 
(approximately January 15 to February 15), and for the semester imme- 
diately following graduation. A student may also elect to take one semester 
of apprenticeship training before graduation. 

14 



Accounting and Statistical Control 

Students who select a concentration in accounting, and statistics follow 
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years. 

The following study program provides courses for those wishing to 
concentrate in this important field: 

f—Semester^ 
Junior Year I U 

B. A. 110, 111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 109 — Accounting Techniques 3 

B. A. 121, 123 — Cost Accounting, Income Tax Accounting 4 4 

B. A. 130— Statistics — 3 

B. A. 140 — Business Finance — 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 168 — Management & Organization Theory 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics — 3 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 3 3 

B. A. 159 — Marketing Principles & Organization 3 

Acounting Electives (minimum) 1 6(3) 3(6) 

B. A. 199— Business Policy — 3 

Free electives 3(6) 6(3) 

Total 15 16 

Total Junior-Senior Requirements 31 31 

Senior accounting electives to be chosen among: 

B. A. 126— Advanced Accounting (3) B. A. 122— Auditing (3) 

B. A. 125— C.P.A. Problems (3) B. A. 118— Governmental Accounting (3) 

B. A. 124 — Budgeting and Control (3) B. A. 182 — Advanced Business Law (3) 

3. FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective 
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business en- 
terprises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchase depend on 
credit, and the activities of local, state and federal government depend, in 
large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated 
structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has evolved to- 
gether with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods used are 
equally varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so pervasive 
throughout our economic life and because it is an expense which must be 
borne by the ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance function 
is endowed with a high degree of public interest. 

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental infor- 
mation concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and 
to aid him in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, 
and to form sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through 

1 Students planning to take the C.P.A. examination in Maryland must consult their 
advisors as to requirements. Students planning to take the examination in any other 
state should determine the course requirements, if any, for such state and arrange their 
program accordingly. 

15 



Financial Administration 

a wise selection of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may pre 
pare himself for positions in the commercial, savings, and investment bank 
ing fields, investment management; corporate financial management; rea 
estate financing; and insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter gov 
ernment service, e. g., in departments regulating banking operations, inter 
national finance, the issuance and sales of securities, and a number of financia 
corporations owned and operated or controlled by the government. 

Students wishing to form a concentration in financial administration 
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore 
years; the program for the junior and senior years is as follows: 

B. A. 110-111 — Intermediate Accounting 6 

B. A. 141 — Investment Management 3 

B. A. 143 — Credit Management 3 

B. A. 148 — Advanced Financial Management 3 

Total 15 

Three hours to be selected from the following: 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

B. A. 196 — Real Estate Finance 3 

Econ. 147 — Business Cycles 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance & Taxation 3 

Total Required 18 

Free Electives 17* 

35 

4. INDUSTRIAL ADMINISTRATION 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems 
of organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory 
and practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, 
and techniques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student becomes 
familiar with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of 
buildings, and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized, as well 
as effective methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, 
materials and machines. 

The courses in addition to those required of all students in the College, 
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful 
place in this field of effort are: 

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting 4 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 169 — Production Management 3 

B. A. 177 — Motion Economy & Time Study 3 

B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations 3 

B. A. 161 — Personnel Techniques 3 

Total Required 19 

Free electives (At least 9 outside Business Admin.) 16 

Total 35 



* Eleven of which must be outside the field of Business Administration. 

16 



Marketing Administration 



5. INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE 



Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university 
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home offices 
and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or 
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists — real estate brokers, 
appraisers, property managers, and persons handling the financing of real 
estate — are now recognized. A proper arrangement of courses by a student 
will provide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered 
Life Underwriter (C.L.U), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter 
(C.P.C.U.), and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from 
a purely personal or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value. 

Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should 
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years. 
The program for the junior and senior years is outlined below. 

B. A. 190 — Life Insurance 3 

B. A. 191 — Property Insurance 3 

B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles 3 

B. A. 196 — Real Estate Finance 3 

Total 12 

Plus approved electives, 6 of which must be in Business Administration courses, to 
meet graduation requirements (120 hours). 

6. MARKETING ADMINISTRATION 

Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing 
activities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major 
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The 
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enter- 
prise are closely related to present-day marketing, organization and practice. 
Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success 
of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer. 
If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, 
it is necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, 
methods, and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, 
transportation, financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, 
and appropriate action taken by qualified technicians and executives. 

The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the 
student an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the prob- 
lems connected with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, 
and practices. The student who elects this field of concentration may develop 
his abilities for organizing, planning, and directing the various activities in 
the field of marketing. 

17 



Personnel Administration and Labor Relations 

In addition to those courses required of all students in business administration, the 
marketing administration program requires the following courses: 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3 

B. A. 151 — Principles of Advertising 3 

B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management 3 

B. A. 15(5 — Marketing Research 3 

Total Required 12 

From the following, the student will elect, with the consent of the advisor, 6 addir 
rional credit hours: 

B. A. 143 — Credit Management 3 

B. A. 152 — Advertising Copy and Layout 3 

B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management 3 

B. A. 155— Retail Problems 3 

B. A. 157 — Foreign Trade Management 3 

B. A. 158 — Problems in Advertising 3 

B. A. 170 — Principles of Transportation 3 

Total elected 6 

Total required marketing 18 hours 

Free electives (at least 11 hours of which must be non-Business Administration 
courses. The student so desiring may use up to 6 hours for marketing courses.) 

7. PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION AND LABOR RELATIONS 

Recent developments of large scale operation on the part of both private 
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing importance of per- 
sonnel relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious coopera- 
tion between employer and employee. The interests of the public, the owners, 
and the management, as well as those of the employees may be greatly af- 
fected by the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship. 
The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the 
increased participation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have 
created problems for which business management, union officials, and gov- 
ernment representatives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satis- 
factorily. The government, the unions, and business need men and women 
qualified to deal effectively with these problems. They should have broad 
training and technical information in the fields of business and public ad- 
ministration, economics, and psychology, together with suitable personalities. 
They must be able to approach these problems with an open mind, unbiased 
by personal and class prejudices. 

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human 
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective 
working force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find 

18 



Transportation Administration 

employment in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmen- 
tal corporations, educational institutions and charitable organizations. 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 161 — Personnel Management Techniques 3 

B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations 3 

B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions 3 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business 3 

Psych. 161 — Industrial Psychology 1 3 

Free electives 17* 

Total 35 

8. TRANSPORTATION ADMINISTRATION 

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far 
reaching. The student preparing for this type of work shall be well grounded 
in economics, government, and business administration, as well as being 
proficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, 
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our 
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans- 
portation. 

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in 
the college will aid the student in preparing himself for a useful place in the 
fields of air, water, highway, and railway transportation. This curriculum 
besides preparing for positions with carriers also fits the student for indus- 
trial traffic management, trade association and government work in trans- 
portation. 

B. A. 170 — Principles of Transportation 3 

B. A. 171 — Industrial Traffic Management 3 

B. A. 172 — Motor Transportation 3 

B. A. 173 — Water Transportation 3 

B. A. 174 — Air Transportation 3 

Total 15 

Three hours to be selected from the following: 

B. A. 176 — Motor Carrier Administration 3 

B. A. 175 — Airline Administration 3 

B. A. 157 — Foreign Trade Management 3 

Total Required 18 

Free Electives 17* 

Total 35 



1 Students are advised that 6 hours of lower division psychology courses are required 
for entrance into any "100" course. Students are advised to select Psych. 1 as an Elec- 
tive Group I under American Civilization Program and Psych. 21 as their sophomore 
year elective. 

* Eleven of which must be outside the field of Business Administration. 

19 



Public Administration 

9. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of 
our economic, political and social life has been developing for a number of 
years so that now the government is the largest business enterprise in the 
country. In addition to the Federal Government, state and local govern- 
ment agencies have called upon the universities to aid in training young 
men or women for effective public service. Students desiring a specialized 
training in the broad field of government service should take the regularly 
established curriculum in Government and Politics appearing in pages 
27-29 of this catalog and select electives from the following: 

G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Administration (3) 

G. & P. 112 — Public Financial Administration (3) 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law (3) 

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business (3) 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting (3, 3) 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics (3) 

B. A. 159 — Marketing Principles and Organization (3) 

B. A. 189 — Business and Government (3) 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the 
program. Students pursuing this curriculum should arrange their programs 
under the supervision of the Department of Government and Politics. 

COMBINED ADMINISTRATION AND LAW PROGRAM 

When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum, 
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed for 
the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough 
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of air science, physical 
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C". The last year 
of college work before entering the Law School of the University of Mary- 
land must be done in residence at College Park. The Bachelor of Science de- 
gree from the College of Business and Public Administration is conferred 
upon the completion of the first year in the Law School with an average 
grade of "C" or better. Eligible candidates are recommended for the degree 
of Bachelor of Science by the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion upon the concurrent recommendation of the School of Law, University 
of Maryland. Business Law cannot be used as credit in this combined curric- 
ulum. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are 
accepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the grad« 
uate School. (See the Graduate School Announcements, Section II.) 

20 



Economics 
II. ECONOMICS 



The program of studies in the field of economics is designed to meet 
the needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor 
scale in this division of the social sciences. Students who expect to enroll 
in the professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields 
of business or public administration, or foreign service, or social service 
administration, will find courses in economics of considerable value to them 
in their later work. A student of economics should choose his courses to 
meet the requirements for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or 
a Doctor of Philosophy degree. (He should consult the Graduate School 
Announcements for the general requirements for the advanced degrees.) 



REQUIREMENTS FOR AN ECONOMICS MAJOR 

In addition to the University requirements in social studies, English, 
air science, hygiene, and physical activities, the student majoring in eco- 
nomics is required to complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in economics 
with an average grade of not less than "C". Required courses are Econ. 
4, 5, 31, 32, 102 and 132. B.A. 130 (Statistics) is also required, and B.A. 
20 and 21 (Accounting) are recommended. Other courses in economics 
to meet the requirements of the major are to be selected with the aid of a 
faculty adviser. Business Administration courses which may count as eco- 
nomics credit are B.A. 130, 131, 134, 135, 164, 184,189. 

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences must, 
of course, fulfill all the specific requirements of that College, including 12 
semester hours of foreign language and 12 semester hours of natural science 
and mathematics. 

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration may elect to take a foreign language or, in lieu of foreign lan- 
guage, may take B.A. 10 and Geog. 1 and 2. All B.P.A. students must take 
6 semester hours of mathematics, but may substitute B.A. 20 and 21 for 
natural science. 

A student who elects economics as a major will normally have earned 
10 semester hours credit in the lower division courses in economics prior 
to beginning the advanced work of the junior year. These lower division 
courses must be completed with an average grade of not less than "C". 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of study should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms of the student's ob- 
jectives and major interest. Attention is directed to requirements under 
the American Civilization Program. 



21 



Economics 

STUDY PROGRAM FOR ECONOMICS MAJOR 

r-Semester-^ 

Freshman Year I 11 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking — 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Math. 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 18, 19 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Foreign Language or B. A. 10 and Elective 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) %* 2 

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2 

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) — 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 15y2-16y 2 16-16 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition & World or English Literature 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

Foreign Language or Geog. 1, 2 3-2 3-2 

Natural Science or B. A. 20, 21 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 1 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 15-18 15-16% 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 

Econ. 102 — National Income Analysis — 3 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics — 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems — 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and 

Business Administration 2 6 6 

Total 15 15 



* Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular cur- 
riculum. 

1 See American Civilization Program 4. 

* Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department 
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the junior and senior level. 



22 



Foreign Service and International Relations 



r-Semester- 

Senior Year J // 
Econ. 136 — International Economic Policies and Relations or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation — 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and 

Business Administration 2 12 12 

Total 15 15 



III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

If a student expects to enter the foreign service, he should be well 
grounded in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of 
his anticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices of 
organization and administration. It should be recognized that only a limited 
training can be secured during the undergraduate period. When more 
specialized or more extensive preparation is required, graduate work should 
be planned. The individual program in either instance, however, should be 
worked out under the guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study 
program is offered as a guide in the selection of subjects. Attention is 
directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program. 

,— Semester— s 

Freshman Year I H 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Foreign Language (Selection) 3 3 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Math. 5, 6 or 10, 11 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) Vz* 2 

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) — 2 

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Elective — 3 

Total ny 2 -i9 19 

* Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department 
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the junior and senior level. 

* Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement of the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of thet student's regular cur- 
riculum. 

1 Those exempted by University examination shall select a substitute course as indi- 
cated on page 5, paragraph 3, or in Government and Politics. 

23 



Foreign Service and International Relations 

^—Semester— ^ 

Sophomore Year I 11 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and World English Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continuation of freshman year selection) 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 2 3 3 

G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance 

with the student's need 2 2 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking — 2 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 15-17 17-171/a 

Junior Year 

B. A. 159 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations __ 3 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems — 3 

Ec. Geog. — Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs 3 3 

Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 102— International Law — 3 

G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations 3 

G. & P. 131, 132— Constitutional Law 3 3 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business 3 

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles or Econ. 134, 

Contemporary Economic Thought 3 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law — 3 

Econ. 136 — International Economic Policies and Relations 3 

Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange — 3 

Electives to meet student's major interest — 3 

Total 15 15 

SUGGESTED ELECTIVES: 

American History 127, 129, 133, 145, and 146. 

European History 163, 164, 171, 172, and History 173— The Soviet Union; History 

187,188— History of China. 
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 108, 154, and 197. 

IV. GEOGRAPHY 

This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con- 
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and 
analyzing the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and 
social activities. 



See American Civilization Program, page 4. 



24 



Geography 

The student interested in international trade, international political relations, 
diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations, will find the 
courses in this department of great practical value. Work is offered on 
both the undergraduate and the graduate levels. 

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of business and public ad- 
ministration, or foreign service, will find courses in geography of material 
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers 
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as 
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to meet 
the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or minor, 
or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult the 
Graduate School Announcements for the general requirements for the 
advanced degrees. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in air science, 
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required 
for graduation. Only courses in which the student receives a grade of "C" 
or above will be counted toward the major. 

The specific requirements for the geography major are: 

I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3,3) or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3) ; Geog. 35 (3) ; 
Geog. 40 and 41 (3,3) ; Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other geography 
courses numbered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional 
courses; a total of 39 hours in geography. 

II. Social Sciences— G. & P. 1 (3) ; Econ. 31 and 32 (3,3) ; H. 5, 6 
(3,3) ; Soc. 105 (3) ; a total of 18 semester hours. 1 

III. Natural Sciences— Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3) ; Agron. 
114 or equivalent (4) ; Chem. (4). Total of 14 (15) semester hours. 

IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3,3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3,3) ; Speech 7 
(2) ; a total of 14 semester hours. 

V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one lan- 
guage, unless an advanced course is taken. 

VI. Air Science, hygiene, and physical activities. The present University 
requirement is 9 semester hours in air science and physical activities for able- 
bodied male students. Women students are required to take 8 semester hours 
credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen 
semester hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to be- 
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken dur- 



1 See American Cicilization Program, page 4. 

25 



Geography 

ing the freshman and sophomore years. Only courses in which the student 
receives a grade of "C" or above will be counted toward the major. 

A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3,3) » Geog. 30 
(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable. 

For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography, 
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly 
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social 
and political developments ; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource 
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele- 
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the 
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other 
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology, and of 
political organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource 
utilization and the social consequences. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geog- 
raphy in terms of the students objective and major interest. Attention is 
directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program. 

CARTOGRAPHY AND PLANNING 

Special study programs are available for those who wish to concentrate 
in cartography, and for those who wish to prepare for geographic work in 
planning agencies. Copies of these can be obtained at the Department office. 

STUDY PROGRAM FOR GEOGRAPHY MAJORS 

r- Semester—^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Geog. 10, 11 — General Geography 3 3 

Chem. 1 — Introductory Chemistry 4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

G. & P. 1 — American Government * 3 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) %* 2 

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2 

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) — 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 17y 2 -19 18 



1 See American Civilization Program, page 4. 

* Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular cur- 
riculum. 

26 



Government and Politics 

r- Semester— ■> 

Sophomore Year I II 

Geog. 30 — Principles of Morphology 3 

Geog. 35 — Map Reading and Interpretation — 3 

Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorology 3 

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology — 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 16-18 16-16% 

Junior Year 

Bot. 113— Plant Geography 2 

Agron. 114 — Soil Geography — 4 

Soc. 105 — Cultural Anthropology — 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

Geog. — Selection to fit student's needs 6 3 

Electives, with adviser's consent 6 3 

Total 17 16 

Senior Year 

Geog. 17 — Local Field Course 3 

Geog. — Selection to fit student's needs 6 6 

Electives, with adviser's consent 6 3 

Total 15 9 



V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1) 
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other 
courses offered by the Department. Exemption from G. & P. 1 by Universitly 
examination is equivalent to this prerequisite, and students exempted may not 
take G. & P. 1 for credit. Students taking this course study, who are not 
so exempted, must complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In 
this curriculum, at least 33 hours of Government and Politics, in addition to 
G. & P. 1, or its equivalent, must be completed with a grade of "C" or better. 
(3) The electives of the junior and senior years are to be chosen from the list 
suggested below, unless consent to take other courses is obtained from the 
Head of the Department. Electives in Government and Politics and in related 
fields are to be chosen to make an integrated course of study. Attention is 
directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program. 



27 



Government and Politics 

f— Semester- 
Freshman Year / // 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Math. 5, 6 or 10, 11 3 3 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) Y2* 2 

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2 

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Elective __ 3 

Total 15y 2 -17 19 

Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 

G. & P. 5 — Local Government and Administration or Psych. 

1 (Introduction to Psychology) or Soc. 52 (Criminology) 3 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition & World or English Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 2 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 16-18 16-161 

Junior Year 

G. & P. 7 or 9, 8 or 10 — Comparative Government 2 2 

G. & P. 110— Public Administration 3 

G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 3 

G. & P. 174— Political Parties 3 

G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation 3 

G. & P.— (Elective) — 3 

Electives 6 9 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 101 — International Political Relations 3 

G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law 3 3 

One full year of advanced Economics or B.A. courses 3 3 

Electives 6 9 

Total 15 15 



* Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course 
designated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. 
Under usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's reg- 
ular curriculum. 

1 Those exempted by University examination shall select a substitute course a3 
indicated on page 5, paragraph 3, or in Government and Politics. 

2 See American Civilization Program, page 4. 

28 



Journalism and Public Relations 

Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above; any history 
courses related to the student's course of study. 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislation and 

Systems Court Decisions 

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 

Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic B. A. 189 — Business and Government 

Thought Phil. 155— Logic 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking Psych. 21 — Social Psychology 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation Psych. 122 — Advanced Social Psychology 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics Soc. 52 — Criminology 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Soc. 147 — Sociology of Law 

Statistics Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory 

VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

The Department offers two professional majors for undergraduate 
students of superior writing ability; one in editorial journalism, for those 
who seek beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public rela- 
tions, for those who plan to work in public relations, in public information, 
or on company publications. The curricula also provide the foundation for 
a broad education, in addition to understanding of the significance and 
responsibilities of communications professions as integral forces in society. 

Both curricula, editorial journalism and public relations, have been ac- 
credited by the American Council on Education for Journalism. 

Objectives of the Department are: (1) to give the student two years of 
broad education, (2) to provide one year of technical and background study 
in editorial journalism or public relations, (3) to arrange one year of elective 
studies in allied subjects that serve as a background for the major or as fur- 
ther broadening of his general education, and (4) to cooperate with profes- 
sionals and their organizations in journalism and in public relations. 

A student may take as many as 12 semester hours in a subject other than 
his major in addition to requirements. Specialized jobs are most attractive 
financially. Journalism majors ordinarily elect secondary concentrations in 
such fields as agriculture, home economics, business administration, adver- 
tising, foreign language, science, social and political sciences, psychology, 
philosophy. Public relations majors choose theirs from business administra- 
tion, advertising, political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language. 
Other electives may be approved by the adviser in this Department. 

To enroll in an upper-division course in this Department, a major must 
have earned at least "B" in Journalism 10 or 11. A major who makes less 
than a "C" in an upper-division required course is asked to repeat the course 
and/or change his major. 

A student may declare his major in this Department when he enrolls in it 
at the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that 
time until graduation by the same adviser in the Department. In no case, how- 
ever, can one be graduated with a major in this Department without having 
spent at least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula. 

29 



Journalism and Public Relations 

Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their col- 
lege residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers. 

The Department maintains close working relations with professionals and 
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers, 
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the 
Department's technical courses. The student is notified in advance of each 
event, and his participation is required. 

A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training 
on the Baltimore Sunpapers or Baltimore News-Post and on nearby weeklies. 

Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun or 
News-Post reporters on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students 
spend one afternoon a week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk. 

Listed below are the required curricula in journalism and in public rela- 
tions. Each curriculum requires a minimum of 30 hours in the Department, 
and not more than 40 hours in the Department is permitted. 

LOWER-DIVISION CURRICULUM (JOURNALISM, PUBLIC RELATIONS) 

r- Semester—^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Elective Group l 1 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources and Econ. 4, 5 — Economic 

Developments (or foreign language) 4-3 4-3 

Math. 5, 6 — General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance 

(or natural science) 3-4 3-4 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking — 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2 

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) 2 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) %• 2 

Total 14%-16 18 

Sophomore Year 

Journ. 10 — Introduction to Journalism 3 

Journ. 11, News Reporting . — 3 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition & World or English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business and Elective (or foreign language 3 3 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Total 18 16y 2 -18 



1 See American Civilization Program, page 4. 

* Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course 
designated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. 
Under usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

30 



Journalism and Public Relations 

JOURNALISM STUDY PROGRAM 

r- Semester— ^ 

Junior Year I 11 

Journ. 160 — News Editing I 3 

Journ. 163 — Newspaper Typography 3 

Journ. 176 — Newsroom Problems 3 

Journ. 181 — Press Photography 3 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 

Phil. 130 — Conflict or Ideals in Western Civilization, or 

Phil. 154 — Political and Social Philosophy — 3 

Electives 7 7 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Journ. 161 — News Editing II 3 

Journ. 165 — Feature Writing 3 

Journ. 175 — Reporting of Public Affairs 3 

Journ. 191 — Law of the Press 3 

Journ. 192 — History of American Journalism 3 

B. A. 189 — Business and Government (either semester) 3 

Electives 7 7 

Total 16 16 

PUBLIC RELATIONS STUDY PROGRAM 

Requirements for the first two years of the public relations curriculum 
are the same as those in the journalism program (see above). 

The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the 
public relations student who plans to work for a public relations firm or in 
a public relations department. 

For electives preparatory to public relations work in business, the 
student should look to at least the following fields: business administration, 
advertising, economics, business statistics, personnel management, and mar- 
keting. For government public relation work: public administration, Amer- 
ican history, international relations, political parties, etc. Good elective 
courses for any public relations major may be found in psychology, sociology, 
speech, English, radio, and education. 

f—Semester—^ 
Junior Year I II 

Journ. 160 — News Editing I 3 

Journ. 165 — Feature Writing 3 

P. R. 166— Public Relations 3 

Journ. 181 — Press Photography 3 

P. R. 194— Public Relations Cases 2 

Phil. 130 — Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization, or 

Phil. 154 — Political and Social Philosophy 3 

Electives 8 7 

Total 16 16 

31 



Office Management and Techniques 

r- Semester— s 
Senior Year I II 

P. R. 170 — Publicity Techniques 3 

P. R. 171 — Industrial Journalism 2 

Journalism 161 — News Editing II, or Journ. 162 — Community Jour- 
nalism, or Journ. 175 — Reporting of Public Affairs 3 

Journ. 191 — Law of the Press 3 

P. R. 195 — Seminar in Public Relations 2 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 

Electives 8 8 

Total 16 16 

VII. OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNIQUES 

1. MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION 

As business administrators become increasingly dependent upon records 
of all types to control their business activities, clear channels of information 
and communication are increasingly difficult to establish and maintain. 
Astute management finds through office automation a valuable communicative 
tool in the planning, organizing, controlling, and coordinating of business 
data so that the objectives of an enterprise can be achieved most effectively. 
Consequently, today simplified data processing is becoming mandatory in 
private and public administration. 

The student interested in this field should realize that his background 
education should include a broad understanding of business and administra- 
tion in general. In addition, it is essential that the student develop the ability 
to analyze effectively the elements in an administrative situation while 
recognizing the functional needs of an organization. The program of studies 
in management and office automation is designed to meet the needs of 
students who wish to concentrate on developing managerial skills and com- 
petencies in data processing as they apply to the functional fields of finance, 
marketing, production, personnel and accounting. Because of the rapidly 
increasing developments in office automation in all types of business, the 
following curriculum will be a valuable aid in preparing for a career in 
this field of administration. Attention is directed to requirements under the 
American Civilization Program. 

MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION 

/—Semester— ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Math. 5, 6 — General Mathematics, Mathematics of Finance 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 



1 See American Civilization Program, page 4. 

32 



Office Management and Techniques 

r- Semester— >, 

Freshman Year (Continued) I II 

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business — 3 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) %* 2 

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 16V 2 -18 19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 1 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 14— Survey of Office Machines 2 

0. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting — 2 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 15-17 15-15y 2 

Junior Year 

B. A. 16(5 — Business Communications 3 

B. A. 112 — Records Management 2 

B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Management 3 

B. A. 101 — Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control 3 

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting — 4 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 

B. A. 168 — Management and Organization Theory 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 159 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 102 — Electronic Data Processing Systems 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 3 3 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 103 — Office Automation and Management Problems 3 

B. A. 199— Business Policy 3 

Electives 6 7 

Total 15 16 

2. EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL 

This program will appeal to those who realize that positions in secretarial 
service require much more than office skills (typewriting and shorthand). 

This curriculum is designed primarily to prepare students for a secretarial 



* Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular 
curriculum. 

33 



Office Management and Techniques 

career with administrative responsibilities. The development of the student's 
capacity to plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle fol- 
lowed in this curriculum. These are essential tools, but an understanding of 
management and a broad background in the humanities is important for the 
more responsible positions. 

PLACEMENT EXAMINATION 

Students with previous training in shorthand and/or typewriting are 
required to take a placement examination in those subjects at the time of 
their first registration in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University. 

If a student with previous training is unable to meet the prerequisite 
standard of achievement for the advanced course, he may change to a less 
advanced course with less than regular credit. 

Credit will be given only for the work done in residence. 

RECORD OF COMPETENCY 

Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in office techniques 
sequences, before they may progress to the next advanced course. A major 
earning less than a "C" grade in an advanced course is asked to repeat the 
course. 

The following program of study is designed to develop potential aptitudes 
to an effective end. Attention is directed to requirements under the American 
Civilization Program. 

COMBINED EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL AND 
BUSINESS TEACHING CURRICULUM 

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education in 
such a manner as to qualify themselves for business teaching in high schools. 

EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL PROGRAM 

, — Semester— ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2 

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business 3 

Elect Math. 5, 6; H. 41, 42 or year of science 2 3 3 

0. T. 1, 2 — Principles of Typewriting, Intermediate Typewriting 2 2 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2 — Basic Air Science (men) %* 2 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 15V2-17 19 



•Concurrently with A.S. 1 and 4 the student must carry an academic course desig- 
nated by the Commandant as a suitable supplement to the Air Science program. Under 
usual circumstances the designated course will be a part of the student's regular cur- 
riculum. 

1 See American Civilization Program, page 4. 

2 Any student failing the University entrance examination in mathematics is re- 
quired to satisfactorily complete Math. 0, Basic Mathematics the first semester enrolled 
in this program. 

34 



Bureau of Business Economic Research 

r-Semester—^ 

Sophomore Year I U 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 1 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

0. T. 16, 18— Advanced Gregg Shorthand 2 2 

0. T. 17, 19 — Problems in Gregg Transcription 2 2 

0. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2 

B. A. 14 — Survey of Office Machines — 2 

A. S. 3, 4 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 % 

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1 

Total 16-18 16-16y 2 

Junior Year J U 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 3 3 

0. T. 110 — Administrative Secretarial Procedures 3 

B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Management — 3 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking — 3 

B. A. 159 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 112 — Records Management — 2 

Elect courses at 100 level in Sociology, Government and 

Politics, Psychology, Humanities 3 4 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 3 3 

B. A. 101 — Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control 3 

B. A. 102 — Electronic Data Processing Systems — 3 

O. T. 114 — Secretarial Office Experience 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 168 — Management and Organization Theory — 3 

Electives 6 3 

Total 15 15 

VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is a laboratory for the 
practical study of business and economic problems. It has three principal 
functions: first, to train students in the field of business and economic 
research; second, to disseminate information concerning business and 
economic conditions in Maryland, or which affect Maryland interests, and 
third, to offer advice on research procedures and sources to interested busi- 
ness firms, governmental units, and civic groups. 

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can 
obtain practical experience in research work. This involves the application 
of techniques and principles studied in the class room to actual business 
and governmental problems. 



1 See American Civilization Program, page 4. 



35 



Bureau of Governmental Research 

The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, 
labor and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — 
serves as an important source of information relative to business and econ- 
omic conditions and developments in this region. This information is made 
available, in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct 
inquiry to the Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation 
with individual business firms, official agencies, and civic organizations within 
the state who request advice in the study of specific problems whch are 
recognized as having important bearing upon public welfare. The Bureau 
welcomes the opportunity to be of real service to such organizations. 

IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called 
the Bureau of Public Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and 
personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department 
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Govern- 
mental Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate pri- 
marily to the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The 
Bureau engages in research and publishes findings with reference to local, 
state and national government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance 
and service to units of government in Maryland. It serves as a clearing 
house of information for the benefit of Maryland state and local government. 
The Bureau furnishes an opportunity for qualified interested students to 
secure practical experience in research in government problems. 

The Municipal Technical Advisory Service, established in 1959 as a divi- 
sion of the Bureau, provides consulting services, on a practical level, to the 
municipal governments of the State. These services are available in so far as 
practicable in the fields of organization and management, engineering and 
public works, municipal ordinance and charter drafting, and public informa- 
tion. 

X. AFFILIATED GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS 

(1.) MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE 

The office of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Mary- 
land cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. 
The League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, 
offers services to city governments and organizes legislative programs affect- 
ing municipal affairs. It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. 
The League's mailing address is Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, 
College Park, Maryland. 

(2.) STATE ASSOCIATION OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF MARYLAND 

The office of the State Association of County Commissioners of Mary- 
land, an organization of the governing bodies of Maryland counties, is also 
located in the College. The Association develops programs of cooperation, 
information, and service among the county governments in the State. The 
Association's mailing address is State Association of County Commissioners 
of Maryland, Box 362, College Park, Maryland. 

36 



Course Offerings 



The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 

1 to 99: Courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not all courses num- 
bered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit. 

200 to 299: Courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with a double 
number extends through two semesters. Courses not otherwise designated are lecture 
courses. The number of credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses 
after the title of the course. A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, 
giving the hours, places of meeting, and other information required by the student in 
making out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

37 



Business Organization and Administration 

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Professors: Frederick, calhoun, clemens, cook, fisher, gentry, reid, 

SYLVESTER, SWEENEY, TAFF, WEDEBERG AND WRIGHT. 

Associate Professors: dawson, nelson, and spivey. 

Assistant Professors: ANDERSON, ASHMEN, DAIKER, EDELSON, AND LEE. 

Instructors: BASS, CLICKNER, HEYE, HIMES, NEFFINGER AND ROMAN. 

Lecturers: tierney and towson. 

B.A. 10. Introduction to Business. (3) 

A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a business enter- 
prise, its organization and control. 

B.A. 14. Survey of Office Machines. (2) 

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The various types of office 
business machines are surveyed, their capacities and special functions compared. Skill 
is developed through actual use and demonstration of such machines as: accounting, 
duplicating, dictating and transcribing, adding and calculating, and other functional 
types of machines and equipment. The course is designed also to give special training 
in the handling of practical business problems with machine applications. 

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Required in all business organization curriculums. Pre- 
requisite, sophomore standing. The principles of accounting for business enterprise and 
the use of accounting data in making business decisions. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

BA. 100. Office Operations and Management. (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. Deals with the principles of scientific management as 
they apply to the examination, improvement, installation, and operation of the most 
effective paperwork methods and systems that a given organization can use to achieve 
its objectives. Procedure flow analysis and form design for control of paperwork; 
process, work distribution, and layout charts, distribution of authority and responsi- 
bility for office activities are among the areas considered. 

B.A. 101. Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control. (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Comprises the bridge between 
accounting principles and the actualities of handling a large volume of data in modern 
business and government operations. Considers the measures necessary to marshall 
accounting and other information for internal control and for service to management 
at all levels. The basic principles involved in the combining of accounting and record- 
ing machines through a keyboard "language" that is "understood" by other machines 
will be presented. Punched-card tabulating and punched-tape methods are studied. 
Graphic flowchart methods are used to integrate these data-gathering techniques into 
normal accounting and reporting processes. 

B.A. 102. Electronic Data Processing Systems. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 101, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $10.00. The electronic digital 
computer and its use as a business data processer. The course includes the following 
areas: (1) organization of business information; (2) characteristics of commercially 

38 






Business Organization and Administration 

available equipment; (3) flow charts; (4) problems in reduction of processes to com- 
ponent parts; and (5) programming typical internal control problems in business and 
government. 

BA. 103. Office Automation and Management Problems. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 101 or BA.. 102. Administrative problems experienced in introducing 
computer systems, feasibility studies, and the effect of office automation upon manage- 
ment and organization applied to case situations. Procedure distribution charts, flow 
diagrams, process charts, and other tools used by the methods analysts are developed in 
actual situations. 

B.A. 109. Accounting Techniques. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 21. Required of majors in accounting. Specialized problems of ac- 
counting techniques; cash and accrual basis, single entry and complex adjustments and 
corrections of prior years' data. 

BA. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors 
in accounting or consent of instructor. A comprehensive study of the theory and prob- 
lems of valuation of assets, application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, 
and the interpretation of accounting statements. 

B.A. 112. Records Management. (2) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Spe- 
cific management methods and techniques that have proved valuable in the creation, 
use, maintenance, protection and disposition of records are studied. 

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 21, or consent of instructor. The content of this course cover the 
scope and functions of governmental accounting. It considers the principles generally 
applicable to all forms and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable 
to all governments. 

BA. 121. Cost Accounting. (4) 

Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting or consent of 
instructor. A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those 
for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems. 

BA. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 111. A study of the principles and problems of 
auditing and application of accounting principles to the preparation of audit working 
papers and reports. 

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting. (4) 

Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent 
of instructor. A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Laws, using illus- 
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of returns. 

BA. 124. Budgeting and Control. (3) 

Prerequisite, BA. 21. The use of financial data in controlling an enterprise. Budgetary 

formulation, execution and appraisal. The use of accounting in managerial decision 

making. 

39 



Business Organization and Administration 

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 111, or consent of instructor. A study of the nature* 

form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means of the preparation of solutions to, 

and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. problems covering the various accounting 

fields. 

B.A. 126. Advanced Accounting. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 111. Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in 

partnerships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships and 

liquidations. 

B.A. 128. Advanced Cost Accounting. (2) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 121. A continuation of basic cost accounting with special emphasis 

on process costs, standard costs, joint costs and by-product costs. 

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting. (0) 

Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the 
accounting staff. A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms 
of certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for a 
semester after graduation. 

B.A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics I. (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, $3.50. An 
introductory course. Emphasis is placed upon statistical inference. Topics covered in- 
clude statistical observation, frequency distributions, averages, measures of variability, 
elementary probability, sampling, distributions, problems of estimation, simple tests of 
hypotheses, index numbers, time series, graphical and tabular presentation. Selected: 
applications of the techniques are drawn from economics, industrial management, mar- 
keting and accounting. 

B.A. 131. Elements of Business Statistics II. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Review of elementary 
probability. Population distributions. Sampling distributions: bionomial, Poisson, nor- 
mal, "t", chi-square and F. Estimates and tests of hypotheses concerning the mean> 
variance and other parameters. Introduction to analysis of variance, linear regression 
and correlation. 

B.A. 132. Sample Surveys in Business and Economics. (3) 

First semester of odd numbered years. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. 
A general course in scientific sample survey techniques. Review of elementary prob- 
ability, characteristics of good estimators, errors of observation, simple random sampUng, 
stratified random sampling, cluster sampling, comparison of various sample designs,, 
cost functions, examples of actual survey practices. 

B.A. 134. Statistical Quality Control. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Statistical funda- 
mentals, theory, construction and use of control charts, acceptance sampling by attributes 
and variables, work sampling and other industrial applications of statistics. 

B.A. 135 Time Series Analysis and Forecasting. (3) 

First semester of even-numbered years. Alternates with B.A. 132. Prerequisite, B.A. 
131. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Classical time series analysis, trend, periodic and irregular 
components, seasonal adjustment, growth curves, recent developments in time series 
analysis, techniques of forecasting such quantities as labor force, capital formation,, 
demand and sales. 

40 



Business Organization and Administration 

B.A. 140. Business Finance. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 21 and Econ. 140. This course deals with principles and practices 
involved in the organization, financing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises; the 
various types of securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, 
and control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of 
problems of financial policy faced by management. 

B.A. 141. Investment Management. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the principles and methods used in 
the analysis, selection, and management of investments; investment programs, sources 
of investment information, security price movements, government, real estate, public 
utility, railroad, and industrial securities. 

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the organization and manage- 
ment of the Commercial Bank, the operation of its departments, and the methods used 
in the extension of commercial credit. 

B.A. 143. Credit Management. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the nature of credit 
and the principles applicable to its extension and redemption for mercantile and con- 
sumer purposes; sources of credit information and analysis of credit reports; the or- 
ganization and management of a credit department for effective control. Recent de- 
velopments and effective legal remedies available. 

B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. Advanced course designed for students spe- 
cializing in finance. Emphasis is placed upon the techniques employed by executives 
in their application of financial management practice to selected problems and cases. 
Critical classroom analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and techniques used 
by business enterprises. 

BA. 150. Marketing Management. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 159. A study of the work of the marketing division in a going 
organization. The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of 
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on the 
determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing of various 
forms of manufactured products. 

B.A. 151. Advertising. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150. A study of the role of advertising in the Ameri- 
can economy; the impact of advertising on our economic and social life, the methods 
and techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the newspaper, 
magazine, and other media in the development of an advertising campaign, modern 
research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organization of 
the advertising business. 

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layout. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 151, and senior standing. A study of the practices 
and techniques of copy writing and layout. The student will participate in exercises 
designed to teach him the essential principles of writing copy for various media and 
presenting ideas in visual form. The course deals with development of ideas rather 
than art forms. 



41 



Business Organization and Administration 

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, BA. 150 and senior standing. Determining the proper 
sources, quality and quantity of supplies, and methods of testing quality; price policies, 
price forecasting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of 
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing and methods and 
procedures used in their procurement. 

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Retail store organization, 
location, layout and store policy; pricing policies, price lines, brands, credit policies, 
records as a guide to buying; purchasing methods; supervision of selling; training and 
supervision of retail sales force; and administrative problems. 

B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 154. Designed to develop skill in the planning 
and control of merchandise stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit 
control procedures, mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the 
gross margin-expense-net earnings relationships. 

B.A. 156. Marketing Research Methods. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 130 and B.A. 150. This course is intended to 
develop skill in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, analysis and interpreta- 
tion of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research, the plan- 
ning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report preparation. 

B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Management. (3) 

Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Functions of various exporting agencies; 
documents and procedures used in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of 
procuring goods in foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through 
the customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States. 

B.A. 158. Advertising Problems. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 151. This course is concerned with the way in 
which business firms use advertising as a part of their marketing program. The case 
study method is used to present advertising problems taken from actual business 
practice. Cases studied illustrate problems in demand stimulation, media selection, 
advertising research, testing, and statistical control of advertising. 

B.A. 159. Marketing Principles and Organization. (3) 

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. 
Its purpose is to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating, 
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, natural 
products, services, and manufactured goods. 

B.A. 160. Personnel Management. (3) 

Prerequisite, Econ. 160. This course deals with the problems of directing and super- 
vising employees under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personal ad- 
ministration are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance 
of human relations in this field. 

B.A. 161. Personnel Management Techniques. (3) 

Job evaluation and merit rating and other personnel management techniques generally 

employed in business. 

42 



Business Organization and Administration 

BA. 163. Industrial Relations. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160 and senior standing. A study of the develop- 
ment and methods of organized groups in industry with reference to the settlement of 
labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor union and employer associa- 
tion activities, arbitration, mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agree- 
ments, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and in- 
junctions. 

BA. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160 and senior standing. Case method analysis of 
the modern law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of administrative 
agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 

BA. 166. Business Communications. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. A systematic study of the 
principles of effective written communications in business. The fundamental aim is 
to develop the ability to write clear, correct, concise, and persuasive business letters 
and reports. 

BA. 168. Management and Organization Theory. (3) 

The historical development of management and organization theory, nature of the 
management process and function and its future development. The role of the man- 
ager as an organizer and director, the communication process, goals and responsibilities. 

BA. 169. Production Management. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Econ. 160 and B.A. 11. Studies the opera- 
tion of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics covered are product develop- 
ment, plant location, plant layout, production planning and control, methods analysis, 
time study, job analysis, budgetary control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. 

BA. 170. Principles of Transportation. (3) 

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general course covering the five fields of transportation, 
their development, service and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other 
transportation courses.) 

BA. 171. Industrial Traffic Management. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Covers the details of classification and rate construction for 
ground and air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications 
is provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of shipping 
and receiving and is required for all majors in transportation administration. 

BA. 172. Motor Transportation. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The development and scope of the motor 
carrier industry, different types of carriers, economics of motor transportation, services 
available, federal regulation, highway financing, allocation of cost to highway users, 
highway barriers. 

B.A. 173. Water Transportation. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Water carriers of all types, development and types of services, 
trade routes, inland waterways, company organization, the American Merchant Marine 
as a factor in national activity. 

BA. 174. Commercial Air Transportation. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The air transportation system of the United States; airways, 

43 



Business Organization and Administration 

airports, airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of 
commercial air transportation; economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling of 
passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services. 

B.A. 175. Airline Administration. (3) 

Prerequisite, B.A. 174. Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual 
work in handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance, 
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and other 
manuals of various companies. 

B.A. 176. Motor Carrier Administration. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 170 and 172. Over the road and terminal opera- 
tions and management, the use of management controls, management organization, 
Interstate Commerce Commission policy as affecting management decisions. 

B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 169 and senior standing. A study of the prin- 
ciples of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion study, the fundamentals of time 
study, job evaluation, observations, standard times, allowances, formula construction and 
wage payment plans. 

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Required in all business organization curriculums. Legal 
aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments, agency, partner- 
ships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales. 

B.A. 182. Advanced Business Law. (3) 

Prerequisites B.A. 180 and 181. Legal aspects of wills, insurance, torts and bank- 
ruptcy. 

B.A. 184. Public Utilities. (3) 

Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. Using the regulated industries as 
specific examples attention is focused on broad and general problems in such diverse 
fields as constitutional law, administrative law, public administration, government 
control of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, 
taxation, finance, engineering and management. 

B.A. 189. Business and Government. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. A study of the 
role of government in modern economic life. Social control of business as a remedy for 
the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of 
limitations on government regulation of private enterprise. 

B.A. 190. Life Insurance. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general survey of life insurance: 
its institutional development, selection of risks, mathematical calculations, contract pro- 
visions, kinds of policies, their functional uses, industrial and group contracts and 
government supervision. 

B.A. 191. Property Insurance. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the insurance coverages 
written to protect individuals and businesses; fire, extended coverage, business interrup- 
tion, automobile, liability, fidelity, surety, inland marine and ocean marine. Hazards, 
rate-making, legal principles, standard forms and business practices are discussed. 

44 



Business Organization and Administration 

B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This course covers the nature and 
uses of real estate, real estate as a business, basic legal principles, construction prob- 
lems and home ownership, city planning, and public control and ownership of real 
estate. 

B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and B.A. 195. This course includes 
consideration of the factors influencing real estate values, methods and techniques in 
the general appraisal of real estate by brokers and professional appraisers, and general 
problems in real estate financing. 

B.A. 199. Business Policy. (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing. A case study course in which the aim is to have the stu- 
dent apply both what he has learned of general management principles and their special- 
ized functional applications of the overall management function in the enterprise. 



For Graduates 

(Graduate standing and consent of instructor required.) 

B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory. (2-3) 
Prerequisite, B.A. 111 and graduate standing. 

B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting. (3) 

B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 226. Accounting Systems. (3) 

B.A. 228. Research in Accounting. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Organization. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management. (1-3) 
Prerequisites, Econ. 140, B.A. 21, B.A. 140. 

B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Administration. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management. (3) 

B.A. 251. Problems in Advertising. (3) 

B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management. (3) 

B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations. 
(Arranged.) 



45 



Economics 

B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management. (3) 

B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relationships. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation. (3) 

B.A. 271. Theory of Organization. (3) 

B.A. 272. Seminar in Management of Physical Distribution. (3) 

B.A. 275. Seminar in Motor Transportation. (3) 

B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation. (3) 

B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities. (3) 

B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance. (3) 

B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate. (3) 

B.A. 399. Thesis. 
(Arranged.) 



ECONOMICS 

Professors: DILLARD, GRUNCHY, o'CONNELL, AND ULMER. 

Associate Professor: grayson and schultze. 

Assistant Professors: barrett, dalton, dodge, knight, measday, Packard, 

AND SMITH. 

Instructors: DAY AND GRAY. 

Lecturers: cooper, hutchings, johnson, moore, Murray and psilas. 

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Freshman requirements in business administration cur- 
riculums. An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop- 
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and age of mass 
production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western Europe and the United 
States. (Dillard, Staff.) 

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the 
business administration curriculums. In Econ. 31 basic concepts, the monetary system, 
the national accounts, national income analysis, and business cycles are introduced. 
In Econ. 32 emphasis is placed on price theory, distribution, international trade, and 
economic development. (Grayson, Staff.) 

46 



Economics 

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics. (3) 

First and second semesters. Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31 and 
32. Not open to freshmen or to B. P. A. students. A survey of the general principles 
underlying economic activity. This is the basic course in economics for the American 
Civilization Program for students who are unable to take the more complete course 
provided in Econ. 31 and 32. (Ulmer, Staff.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Econ. 102. National Income Analysis. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics majors. 
An analysis of national income accounts and the level of national income and em- 
ployment. (Schultze, Staff.) 

Econ. 130. Mathematical Economics. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102 and 132 or permission of instructor. A 
course designed to enable economics majors to understand the simpler aspects of 
mathematical economics. Those parts of the calculus and algebra required for eco- 
omic analysis will be presented. (Ulmer.) 

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An investigation of the 
theory and practice of various types of economic systems. The course begins with an 
examination and evaluation of the capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of 
alternative types of economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. 

(Gruchy, Dodge.) 

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics majors. 
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special attention to 
recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition. (Knight.) 

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and senior standing. Graduate students should 
take Econ. 232. A survey of recent trends in American, English, and continental 
economic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as W. C. 
Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other contrib- 
utors to the development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A descriptive and theoretical analysis 
of international trade. Full consideration is given to contemporary problems facing 
international trade and to the impact of governmental policy upon international com- 
mercial relations. (Cooper) 

Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. Graduate students 
should take Econ. 234. An analysis of the principles and practice of economic plan- 
ning with special reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and 
the United States. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 138. Economics of the Soviet Union. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An analysis of the orgnaization, 

47 



Economics 

operating principles and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the 
historical and ideological background, planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic 
and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth of national income. 

(Dodge, Hutchings.) 

Econ. 140. Money and Banking. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the organiza- 
tion, functions, and operation of our monetary, credit, and banking system; the relation 
of commercial banking to the Federal Reserve System; the relation of money and credit 
to prices; domestic and foreign exchange and the impact of public policy upon banking 
and credit. (Staff.) 

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. A study of recent domestic and 

international monetary policies, their objectives and theoretical foundations. 

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of government 

fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of public revenue, the tax system, 

government budgets, and the public debt. (Grayson.) 

Econ. 147. Business Cycles. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the causes of depressions and 
unemployment, cyclical and secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the 
problem of controlling economic instability. (Schultze.) 

Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140; Econ. 136 recommended. This course 
considers the theory and practice of international finance and exchange. The increased 
importance of public authority in foreign trade, international policies, and finance is 
given due emphasis. 

Econ. 160. Labor Economics. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The historical development 
and chief characteristics of the American labor movement are first surveyed. Present- 
day problems are then examined in detail: wage theories, unemployment, social secur- 
ity, labor organization, and collective bargaining. (Knight, Measday, Smith.) 

Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Changing structure of the American 
economy; price policies in different industrial classifications of monopoly and competi- 
tion in relation to problems of public policy. (Smith.) 

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the technology, economics 

and geography of twenty representative American industries. (Clemens.) 

For Graduates 

Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132. Price, output, and distribution analysis as 
developed by Chamberlin, Triffin, Hicks and others. Considerable attention is given 
to contributions in periodicals. (Ulmer.) 



Economics 

Econ. 201. Advanced Micro-Economic Analysis. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 200 or consent of instructor. A review and 
critical analysis of resource allocation and the theory of the firm, including recent 
developments in linear programming, activity analysis, and input-output analysis. 

(Ulmer.) 

Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102 or equivalent. National income accounting; 
determination of national income and employment especially as related to the modern 
theory of effective demand; consumption function; multiplier and acceleration prin- 
ciples; the role of money as it affects output and employment as a whole; cyclical 
fluctuations. (Schultze.) 

Econ. 204. Origins and Development of Capitalism. (3) 

Study of the transition from feudalism to capitalism and the subsequent development 
of leading capitalist institutions in industry, agriculture, commerce, banking, and the 
social movement. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 205. Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas. (3) 

Principles, and problems of economic development in underdeveloped area; policies 
and techniques which hasten economic development. (Johnson.) 

Econ. 206. Seminar in Economic Development. (3) 

Prerequisite, Econ. 205 or consent of instructor. Problems and policies of economic 
development in specified underdeveloped areas. (Johnson.) 

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. A study of the 
development of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, can- 
onists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to 
economic policy. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. A study of 
various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic thought, particularly the 
classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German historical school, American economic 
thought and the socialists. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. A study of recent developments in the field of institu- 
tional economic theory in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 234. Economic Growth in Mature Economies. (3) 

Given in sequence with Econ. 232 and 233. Analysis of policies and problems for 
achieving stable economic growth in mature economies such as the United States, the 
United Kingdom, and the Scandinavian countries. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations. (3) 
(Arranged.) A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations. 

49 



Economics 

Econ. 237. Special Seminar in Economic Growth and Development. (3) 

Visiting academic and government economists who are specialists in various aspects of 
economic growth and development will address the seminar on special topics. Students 
may enroll for credit and write papers under the supervision of the faculty member 
directing the seminar. 

Econ. 238. Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union. (3) 
Prerequisite, Econ. 138 or consent of instructor. Measurement and evaluations of 
Soviet economic development including interpretation and use of Soviet statistics, 
measurement of national income and rates of growth, fiscal and monetary policies, 
investment policies and technological change, planning and economic administra- 
tion, manpower and wage policies, foreign trade and foreign aid policies, intra- 
Bloc relations, and selected topics in Bloc development. (Dodge.) 

Econ. 240. Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy. (3) 

Theories of money, prices, and national income with emphasis on recent developments. 
Monetary theories of income fluctuations. Domestic and international monetary policies. 

(Schultze.) 

Econ. 241. Money and Finance in Economic Development. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 240 or consent of instructor. An analysis of the 
role of money and other financial assets, financial institutions, and financial markets 
during various stages of economic development; the role of financial factors in different 
economic systems. 

Econ. 242. Public Finance and Fiscal Policy. (3) 

Prerequisite, Econ. 142 or consent of instructor. Taxation, public expenditures, and 
public debt; the use of fiscal policy as a stabilization device against inflation and 
recession. (Murray.) 

Econ. 247. Economic Growth and Instability. (3) 

An analytical study of long-term economic growth in relation to short-term cyclical 
instability. Attenteion is concentrated on the connection between accumulation of 
capital and the capital requirements of secular growth and business cycles. Eariier 
writings as well as recent growth models are considered. (Schultze.) 

Econ. 248. The Economics of Technical Change. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the determinants 
and impact of inventions and innovations. Attention is given to the qualitative and 
quantitative aspects of technical change, both at the micro-economic and macro- 
economic levels, and under different conditions of economic development. 

Econ. 260. Seminar in Labor Economics. (3) 

Prerequisite, Econ. 160 or consent of Instructor. Theories of wage determination, in- 
cluding analysis of wage structures and wage-price spiral; organization of labor 
markets, including factors influencing labor mobility and unemployment. (Knight.) 

Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries. (3) 
(Arranged.) (Clemens.) 

Econ. 399. Thesis. 
(Arranged.) 

50 



Geography 
GEOGRAPHY 

Professors: van royen, HU. 

Consulting Professors: ROTERUS AND MC BRYDE. 

Lecturer with rank of Professor: LEMONS. 

Lecturers: VAN BERGEN VAN DER GRIJP. 

Associate Professors: AHNERT AND DESHLER. 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, chaves, curray, mika, schmieder, wiedel. 

Research Associate: NICOLLS. 

Research Assistants: kinerney, KOLBO, morris. 

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week 
for Geog. 1; two lecture periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the business 
administration curriculums. General comparative study of the geographic factors under- 
lying production economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural 
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of 
geography of commerce and manufacturing. (Staff.) 

Geog. 10, 11. General Geography. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Required of all majors in geography; recommended for 
all minors; Geog. 10 is suggested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education and 
others who may desire a background in geography and its application to problems of 
their respective fields. Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the 
content, philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for 
the understanding of world problems. (Deshler and others) 

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography. (3, 3) 
(Not offered on College Park campus.) 

Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology. (3) 

First semester. A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their 
geographic distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphological pro- 
cesses, the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of 
land forms and land use problems. (Ahnert.) 

Geog. 35. Map Interpretation and Map Problems. (3) 

First and second semesters. Interpretation of landforms and man-made features on 
American and foreign maps. Functions, use, and limitations of various types of maps, 
with emphasis upon topographic maps. Problems of use and interpretation. (Ahnert.) 

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology. (3) 

First and second semesters. An introductory study of the weather. Properties and 
conditions of the atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circu- 
lation and conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic 
distribution patterns. Practical applications. (Curry.) 

Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. Climatic 
elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of world climates and 
relevance of climatic differences to human activities. (Curry.) 

51 



Geography 

Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate. (2) 

Summer only. An introduction to the principal causes of the weather and the major 

types of climate, with special emphasis upon North America. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 

A study of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions of eastern 

United States and Canada, including an analysis of the significance of the physical 

basis for present-day diversification of development, and the historical geographic 

background. 

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo-America. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 
A study of western United States, western Canada, and Alaska along the lines men- 
tioned under Geog. 100. (Mika.) 

Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States. (2) 

Summer only. Permission of instructor. A general study of the regions and resources 
of the United States in relation to agricultural and industrial development and to 
present-day national problems. (Mika.) 

Geog. 103. Geographic Concepts and Source Materials. (3) 

First semester. A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic concepts de- 
signed exclusively for teachers. Stress will be placed upon the philosophy of geography 
in relation to the social and physical sciences, the use of the primary tools of geog- 
raphy, source materials, and the problems of presenting geographic principles. 

Geog. 104. Geography of Major World Regions. (3) 

Second semester. A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and prospects 
of the world's principal human-geographic regions, including Europe, Anglo-America, 
the Soviet Union, the Far East, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the casual factors 
of differentiation and the role geographic differences play in the interpretation of the 
current world scene. This course is designed especially for teachers. 

Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and Adjacent Areas. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. An analysis 
of the physical environment, natural resources, and population in relation to agri- 
culture, industry, transport, and trade in the state of Maryland and adjacent areas. 

Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland. (2) 

Summer only. Permission of instructor. The geographic regions of Maryland and 
their principal characteristics, especially in relation to the development of home studies 
and other projects. 

Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean America. (3) 
First semester. An analysis of the physical framework, broad economic and historical 
trends, cultural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico, Central America, the 
West Indies, and parts of Columbia and Venezuela. (Chaves.) 

Geog. 111. Economic and Cultural Geography of South America. (3) 

First semester. A survey of natural environment and resources, economic development 

52 



Geography 

and cultural diversity of the South American republics, with emphasis upon problems 
and prospects of the countries. (Chaves.) 

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe. (3) 

First semester. The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and 

industrial development and to present-day economic and national problems. 

(Ahnert, Van Royen.) 
Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa. (3) 

Second semester. The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral 
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities of the 
future. (Deshler.) 

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography. (3) 

First and second semesters. Problems of development of colonial areas, with special 
emphasis upon the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle- 
ment in the tropics. 

Geog. 125. Geography of Asia. (3) 

Lands, climates, natural resources and major economic activities in Asia (except 

Soviet Asia). Outstanding differences between major regions. (Hu.) 

Geog. 130. Economic and Political Geography of Eastern Asia. (3) 
Study of China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; physical geographic setting; population; 
economic and political geography. Potentialities of major regions and recent develop- 
ments. (Hu.) 

Geog. 131. Economic and Political Geography of South and Southeast Asia. (3) 
Study of the Indian subcontinent, Farther India, Indonesia: physical geographic setting; 
population; economic and political geography. Potentialities of various countries and 
regions and their role in present Asia. (Hu.) 

Geog. 134. Cultural Geography of China and Japan. (3) 

Survey of geographical distribution and interpretation of cultural patterns of China 
and Japan. Emphasis on basic cultural institutions, outlook on life, unique characteristics 
of various groups. Trends of cultural change and contemporary problems. (Hu.) 

Geog. 140. Soviet Lands. (3) 

First and second semesters. The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geo- 
graphic factors in the expansion of the Russian state. The geography of agricultural 
and industrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, 
and diversity of population. (Anderson.) 

Geog. 146. The Near East. (3) 

First semester or second semester. The physical, economic, political, and strategic 

geography of the lands between the Mediterranean and India. 

Geog. 150. History and Theory of Cartography. (3) 

First semester. The development of maps throughout history. Geographical orientation, 
coordinates, and map scales. Map projections, tbeir nature, use and limitations. Princi- 
ples of representation of features on physical and cultural maps. Modern uses of maps 
and relationships between characteristics of maps and use types. 

(van Bergen van der Grijp.) 

53 



Geography 

Geog. 151, 152. Cartography and Graphics Practicum. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. One hour lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods 
a week. Techniques and problems of compilation, design, and construction of various 
types of maps and graphs. Relationships between map making and modern methods of 
production and reproduction. Trips to representative plants. Laboratory work directed 
toward cartographic problems encountered in the making of nontopographic maps. 

(Wiedel.) 

Geog. 153. Problems of Cartographic Representation and Procedure. (3) 
First and second semesters. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Study of cartographic compilation methods. Principles and problems of symbolization, 
classification, and representation of map data. Problems of representation of features 
at different scales and for different purposes. Place-name selection and lettering; stick- 
up and map composition. (van Bergen van der Grijp.) 

Geog. 154. Problems of Map Evaluation. (3) 

First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Schools 
of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means of determining 
map reliability, map utility, and source materials. Nature, status, and problems of 
topographic mapping in different parts of the world. Non-topographic special use maps. 
Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned and of reliability. (Wiedel.) 

Geog. 155. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation. (3) 

First and second semester. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per 
week. Interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on the recognition of land- 
forms of different types and man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil, and other 
data that may be derived from aerial photographs. Types of aerial photographs and 
limitations of photo interpretation. (Ahnert.) 

Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agricultural Resources. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2 or Geog. 10. The nature of agricultural 
resources, the major types of agricultural exploitation in the world, and the geographic 
distribution of certain major crops and animals in relation to physical environment 
and economic geographic conditions. Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography II. Mineral Resources. (3) 
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. The nature and geographic 
distribution of the principal power, metallic and other minerals. Economic geographic 
aspects of modes of exploitation. Consequences of geographic distribution and prob- 
lems of conservation. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 170. Local Field Course. (3) 

First semester. Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field observa- 
tion of land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture 
per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for under- 
graduates. (Ahnert.) 

Geog. 180. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography. (3) 

First semester. A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic 
principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of geographic 
thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and methods 
of geographic research. (Hu.) 

54 



Geography 

Geog. 190. Political Geography. (3) 

Second semester. Geographical factors in national power and international relations; 
an analysis of the role of "geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with special reference to 
the current world scene. (Chaves.) 

Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation. (3) 

Second semester. The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns 
of transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions of the 
natural environment centers and their distribution. 

Geog. 197. Urban Geography. (3) 

First semester. Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location 
with reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities will be 
analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be appraised. (Mika.) 

Geog. 199. Topical Investigations. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Independent study under individual guidance. Choice 
of subject matter requires joint approval of adviser and Head of the Department of 
Geography. Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 
hours of geography. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Geog. 200. Field Course. (3) 

Field work in September, conferences and reports during first semester. Practical 
experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive training in field methods 
and techniques and in the preparation of reports. For graduate student in geography. 
Open to other students by special permission of the Head of the Department of 
Geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 210, 211. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 110, 111 or consent of instructor. 
An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, exploitation of 
mineral resources, and land utilization. (Chaves.) 

Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa. (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent of instructor. 
Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development of Europe 
and Africa. (Van Royen, Deshler.) 

Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East 
Asia with emphasis on special research methods and techniques applicable to the prob- 
lems of this area. (Hu.) 

Geog. 140, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U.S.S.R. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography. 
Emphasis on the use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian 
and Geog. 140, or consent of instructor. (Anderson.) 

Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East. (3) 
First and second semesters. 

Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography. (Credit arranged) 

First and second semesters. The historical and mathematical background of carto- 

55 



Government and Politics 

graphic concepts, practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical 
approaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation of 
specific cartographic problems investigated by the students. 

(McBryde, van Bergen van der Grijp.) 

Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Advanced study of 
elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles of climatic classification. 
Special analysis of certain climatic types. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 261. Applied Climatology. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Study of prin- 
ciples, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and regional climatology 
relating to such problems and fields as transportation, agriculture, industry, urban 
planning, human comfort, and regional geographic analysis. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climatology. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Selected topics in 

meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced students. 

(Lemons.) 
Geog. 280. Geomorphology. (3) 

Second semester. An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes 
and land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems. 

(Van Royen.) 
Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field 
of geography. To be taken only with joint consent of adviser and Head of the 
Department of Geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 399. Dissertation Research (Credit to be arranged) 

First and second semesters and summer. (Staff.) 



GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professors: PLISCHKE, BURDETTE, DILLON AND steinmeyer. 
Associate Professors: Anderson, Harrison and hathorn. 
Assistant Professors: BYRD, o'donnell and mc nelly. 
Instructors: ALPERIN and lee. 
Lecturers: beals and larson. 

G. & P. 1. American Government. (3) 

Each semester. This course is designed as the basic course in government for the 
American Civilization Program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other 
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the United 
States — national, state, and local. 

G. & P. 3. Principles of Government and Politics. (3) 

Each semester. A study of the basic principles and concepts of political science. 

G. & P. 4. State Government and Administration. (3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and functions of 

56 



Government and Politics 

state government in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government of 
Maryland. 

G. & P. 5. Local Government and Administration. (3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and functions 
of local government in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government 
of Maryland cities and counties. 

G. & P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of the United 

Kingdom and the British Dominions. 

G. & P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of the governments 

of France, Switzerland, Italy, Germany, and the Scandinavian countries. 

G. & P. 9. The Governments of Latin America. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of Latin American 

governments, with special emphasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

G. & P. 10. The Governments of the Far East. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of China and 

Japan. 

G. & P. 97. Major Foreign Governments. (3) 

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of characteristic governmental institutions 
and political processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, 
Germany, Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course and 
also obtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

G. & P. 101. International Political Relations. (3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the major factors underlying 
international relations, the influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperial- 
ism, and the development of foreign policies of the major powers. 

G. & P. 102. International Law. (3) 

Second Semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. Fundamental principles governing the 

relation of states, including matters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, 

and persons; treatment of aliens; treaty -making ; diplomacy; and the laws of war and 

neutrality. 

G. & P. 104. Inter-American Relations. (3) 

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An analytical and historical study of the Latin-American 
policies of the United States and of problems in our relations with individual countries, 
with emphasis on recent developments. 

G. & P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics. (3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of recent 

political events in the Far East and their influence on world politics. 

G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The principles and machinery of the con- 

57 



Government and Politics 

duct of American foreign relations, with emphasis on the Department of State and the 
Foreign Service, and an analysis of the major policies of the United States. 

G. & P. 108. International Organization. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the objectives, structure, functions, 
and procedures of international organizations, including the United Nations and such 
functional and regional organizations as the Organization of American States. 

G. & P. 110. Principles of Public Administration. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of public administration in the 
United States, giving special attention to the principles of organization and management 
and to fiscal, personnel, planning, and public relations practices. 

G. & P. 111. Public Personnel Administration. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B.A. 160. A survey of public personnel 
administration, including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency, 
classification, recruitment, examination technique, promotion, service ratings, training, 
discipline, employee relations, and retirement. 

G. & P. 112. Public Financial Administration. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. A survey of governmental 
financial procedures, including processes of current and capital budgeting, the admin- 
istration of public borrowing, the techniques of pubhc purchasing, and the machinery 
of control through pre-audit and post-audit. 

G. & P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comprehensive study of legislative organi- 
zation, procedure, and problems. The course includes opportunities for student con- 
tact with Congress and with the Legislature of Maryland. 

G. & P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A systematic inquiry into the 
general principles of the American constitutional system, with special reference to the 
role of the judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; 
the position of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; 
due process of law and other civil rights. 

G. & P. 133. Administration of Justice. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of civil and criminal court 
structure and procedures in the United States at all levels of government, with special 
emphasis upon the federal judiciary. 

G. & P. 141. History of Political Theory. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey of the principal political theories set 

forth in the works of writers from Plato to Bentham. 

G. & P. 142. Recent Political Theory. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of 19th and 20th century political 

thought, with special emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism. 

G. & P. 144. American Political Theory. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development and growth of 

American political concepts from the colonial period to the present. 

58 



Government and Politics 

G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics. (3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of governmental problems of inter- 
national scope, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students 
are required to report on readings from current literature. 

G. & P. 174. Political Parties. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A descriptive and analytical examination of 

American political parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership. 

G. & P. 178. Public Opinion. (3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of public opinion and its effect 
on political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, 
and pressure groups. 

G. & P. 181. Administrative Law. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the discretion exercised by ad- 
ministrative agencies, including analysis of their functions, their powers over persons 
and property, their procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls. 

G. & P. 191. The Government and Administration of the Soviet Union. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the adoption of the communist 
philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its governmental structure, and of the administra- 
tion of government policy in the Soviet Union. 

G. & P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of major political institutions, such 
as legislatures, executives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in 
selected foreign governments. 

For Graduates 

G. & P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization. (3) 

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations. 

G. & P. 202. Seminar in International Law. (3) 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in substantive and 

procedural international law. 

G. & P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the background and 

development of American government. 

G. & P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations. (3) 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in American 

foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations. 

G. & P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3) 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in governmental 

and political institutions in governments throughout the world. 

G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of recent 

federal-state relations. 

59 



Government and Politics 

G. & P. 213. Problems of Public Administration. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public 

administration. 

G. & P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public 

personnel administration. 

G. & P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland state and 

local government. 

G. & P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative planning 

and management in government. 

G. & P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities. (3) 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of the corporate 
form for governmental administration. The topics for study will relate to the use of, 
the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the case of the Tennessee 
Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and local housing authorities. 

G. & P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public 

opinion. 

G. & P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the composition and 

organization of legislatures and about the legislative process. 

G. & P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of political 

organization and action. 

G. & P. 225. Man and the State. (3) 

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory as liberty, 
equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, sovereignty, national- 
ism, and the organic state. 

G. & P. 231. Seminar in Public Law. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of constitu- 
tional and administrative law. 

G. & P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics. (3) 

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics and instruction 

in the use of government documents. 

G. & P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National I. (3) 
Summer session only. 

G. & P. 253. Problems of Democracy: International I. (3) 
Summer session only. 

G. & P. 254. Problems of Democracy: National II. (3) 
Summer session only. 

60 



Journalism and Public Relations 

G. & P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International II. (3) 
Summer session only. 

G. & P. 261. Problems of Government and Politics. (3) 

An examination of contemporary problems in the various fields of government and 

politics, with reports on topics assigned for individual study. 

G. & P. 281. Departmental Seminar. (No credit) 

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the Department. Registration for two semes- 
ters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire Departmental staff 
in full meeting. 

G. & P. 399. Thesis. 
(Arranged). 

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Professors: CROWELL AND NEWSOM. 
Associate Professor: vinocoar. 
Assistant Professors: Bedford and bryan. 
Instructor: NOALL. 
Lecturer: hogan. 
journalism courses 

Journ. 10. Introduction to Journalism. (3) 

Two lectures, two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisites, at least average grade of 
"C" in Eng. 1 and 2; ability to type 30 words per minute. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 
Survey of journalism. Laboratory time spent in writing news-story exercises assigned 
by instructor. "B" in Journ. 10 or 11 is prerequisite, for majors in this Department, to 
all upper-division courses in the Department. 

Journ. 11. News Reporting. (3) 

Each semester. Two lectures, two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 

10. Laboratory fee, $3.00. More specialized types of news stories. 

Journ. 101. Radio News Reporting. (2) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory hours each week. Laboratory fee, 

$3.00. Theory and practice in radio news reporting. 

Journ. 160. News Editing. 1. (3) 

Each semester. Two lectures, two hours of laboratory each week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing, newspaper layout. 

Journ. 161. News Editing 11. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures, three hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun or 

Baltimore News-Post desk each week, arranged. Headwriting, makeup, rewriting, copy 

editing. 

Journ. 162. Community Journalism. (3) 

Each semester. One lecture, four hours of laboratory work on a weekly newspaper 

each week, arranged. Introduction to community and weekly newspaper. 

Journ. 163. Newspaper Typography. (3) 

First semester. Introduction to newspaper typography, practice in laying out and 

making up advertisements and newspaper pages. 

61 



Journalism and Public Relations 

Journ. 165. Feature Writing. (3) 

Each semester. Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles. 

Journ. 173. Scholastic Journalism. (2) 

Summer. Introduction to theory and practice in production of high school and junior 
high publications. 

Journ. 174. Editorial Writing. (2) 

Second semester. Theory and practice in editorial writing. 

Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs. (3) 

First semester. One lecture, four hours of laboratory time spent each week on regular 

beat for Baltimore Sun or Baltimore News-Post, introduction to Washington news beats, 

by arrangement. Advanced reporting; city, county, federal beats. 

Journ. 176. Newsroom Problems. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, free- 
dom and responsibilities of the press, the press and society. 

Journ. 181. Press Photography. (3) 

First and second semesters. One lecture, four hours of laboratory each week. Laboratory 
fee, $6.00, provides demonstrations, supplies, maintenance. Shooting, developing, printing 
of news and feature pictures. Equipment provided by University. Student furnishes own 
supplies needed in course. 

Journ. 182. Advanced Press Photography. (2) 

First and second semesters. One lecture, two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 

Journ. 181 or equivalent. Advanced shooting, developing, printing of news and feature 

pictures. Equipment provided by University. Student furnishes own supplies needed in 

course. 

Journ. 184. Picture Editing. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Journ. 181. Theories and exercises in handling pictures 
for the press. 

Journ. 191. Law of the Press. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, senior standing. Non-legal introduction to libel, right 
of privacy, fair comment and criticism, privilege, contempt by publication, Maryland 
press statutes. 

Journ. 192. History of American Journalism. (3) 

First semester. Historical background of American journalism. 

Journ. 193. The World's News Press. (2) 

Second semester. Survey of history and status of news press throughout the world. 

Journ. 196. Problems in Journalism. (1 or 2) 

Second semester. Group and individual projects in problems of journalism. 
Journ. 197S. Supervised Internship. (0) 

Summer Session. To be taken following junior year as major in this department, upon 
permission of instructor. Ten weeks of organized, supervised study, experience, on-the- 
job training in journalism. 

62 



Office Management and Techniques 

PUBLIC RELATION COURSES 

P. R. 166. Public Relations. (3) 

Each semester. Survey of public relations, general orientation, principles, techniques. 

P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques. (3) 

Each semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Strategy and techniques of publicity operations. 
Orientation, practice in use of major media of public communications; off -campus 
publicity projects. 

P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite for public relations majors, senior standing. Introduction 
to industrial communications, management and production of company publications, 
public relations aspects of industrial journalism. 

P. R. 186. Public Relations of Government. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Study of public relations, publicity, propa- 
ganda, information services in public administration. 

P. R. 194. Public Relations Cases. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Study of cases in public relations, with particu- 
lar attention to policy formulation, strategy, ethical factors. 

P. R. 195. Seminar in Public Relations. (2) 

Each semester. Group and individual research in public relations. 

P. R. 197S. Supervised Internship. (0) 

Summer session. To be taken following junior year as major in this department, upon 
permission of instructor. Ten weeks of organized, supervised study, experience, on- 
the-job training in public relations. 

OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNIQUES 

Professors: PATRICK. 

Instructors: ANDERSON, friedland and o'neill. 

0. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting. (2) 

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The goal of this course is the attainment of the 
ability to operate the typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by 
the use of the "touch" system. 

0. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting. (2) 

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade 
of "C" in 0. T. 1 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Drills for im- 
proving speed and accuracy and an introduction to office production typewriting. This 
course must be completed prior to enrollment in 0. T. 16. 

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems. (2) 

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade 
of "C" in 0. T. 2 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. A course to develop 
the higher degree of accuracy and speed possible and to teach the advanced techniques 
of typewriting with special emphasis on production. 

63 



Office Management and Techniques 

0. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Five periods per week. This course aims to develop 
the mastery of the principles of Gregg Shorthand. In 0. T. 13 special emphasis is 
placed on developing dictation speed. 

0. T. 16, 18. Advanced Gregg Shorthand. (2, 2) 

Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T. 2 and 0. T. 13 
or consent of instructor. 0. T. 17 and 0. T. 19 must be taken concurrently with 0. T. 
16 and 18 respectively. Emphasis is placed on vocabulary development and new 
matter dictation for sustained speed at the highest level possible under varying con- 
ditions. 0. T. 18 is a continuation of background knowledge and an intensive develop- 
ment of recording skills through office-style dictation and vocational dictation based on 
terminology used in various types of businesses. 

0. T. 17, 19. Problems in Gregg Transcriptions. (2, 2) 

Four periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T. 2 and 0. T. 13 
or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, per semester, $7.50. 0. T. 16 and 18 must be 
taken concurrently with 0. T. 17 and 0. T. 19 respectively. A course designed to build 
speed, accuracy and correct form in the transcription of shorthand notes. Transcription 
is under timed conditions with emphasis on production involving quantity and quality 
in the finished product. 0. T. 19 is a continued integration of the knowledge and 
skills previously attained with particular emphasis on transcriptional problems. 

O. T. 110. Administrative Secretarial Procedures. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, O. T. 18 and 19 or consent of the instructor. The 
nature of office work, the secretary's function in communication, inter-company and 
public relations, handling records, supplies and equipment; and in direction of the 
office staff. Standardization and simplification of office forms and procedures in rela- 
tion to correspondence, mailing, receiving callers, telephoning, handling conferences, 
and securing business information. Business etiquette and ethics. 

0. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice. (3) 

First and second semesters. Six periods per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and 
completion of 0. T. 110. The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office 
experience to senior students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under 
supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a written report on an 
original problem previously approved. 



64 



The 1962-64 Faculty 

Administrative Officers 

donald w. o'connell, Professor of Economics and Dean of the College of Business and 

Public Administration l 

b.a., Columbia University, 1937; m.a., 1938; PH.D., 1953. 

james H. reid, Professor of Marketing and Assistant Dean of the College of Business 
and Public Administration' 
B.s., University of Iowa, 1923; M.A., American University, 1933. 

Dean Emeritus 

j. freeman pvle, Dean Emeritus of the College of Business and Public Administration 
ph.b., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925. 

Professors 

franklin l. burdette, Professor of Government and Politics, and Director of the 
Bureau of Governmental Research 

A.B., Marshall College, 1934; m.a., University of Nebraska, 1935; m.a., Princeton 

University, 1937; PH.D., 1938; ll.d., Marshall College, 1959. 

Charles E. calhoun, Professor of Finance 
a.b., University of Washington, 1925; m.b.a., 1930. 

eli w. clemens, Professor of Business Administration 
B.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1930; M.S., University of Illinois, 1934; ph.d., 
University of Wisconsin, 1940. 

J. allan COOK, Professor of Marketing 
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1928; m.b.a., Harvard University, 1936; ph.d., 
Columbia University, 1947. 

Alfred A. crowell, Professor and Head of the Department of Journalism and Public 
Relations 
a.b., University of Oklahoma, 1929; m.a., 1934; m.s.j., Northwestern University, 1940. 

Dudley dillard, Professor and Head of the Department of Economics 
b.s., University of California, 1935; ph.d., 1940. 

conley H. dillon, Professor of Government and Politics 
b.a., Marshall College, 1928; m.a., Duke University, 1933; ph.d., 1936. 

Allan J. fisher, Professor of Accounting and Finance 
B.s., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1928; litt.m., University of Pitts- 
burgh, 1936; ph.d., 1937. 

JOHN H. Frederick, Professor and Head of the Department of Business Organization 
B.s., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1918; m.a., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1925; ph.d., 1927. 



1 Appointment effective February 1, 1962. 

* Acting Dean, July 1, 1961 - February 1, 1962. 



65 



Faculty 

dwight L. gentry, Professor of Marketing 

a.b., Elon College, 1941; m.b.a., Northwestern University, 1947; PH.D., University of 
Illinois, 1952. 

ALLAN G. GRUCHY, ProfeSSOT of Economics 

b.a., University of British Columbia, 1926; m.a., McGill University, 1928; PH.D., Uni- 
versity of Virginia, 1931. 

charles Y. hu, Professor of Geography 

B.s., University of Nanking, China, 1930; m.a., University of California, 1936; PH.D., 
University of Chicago, 1941. 

D. earl newsom, Professor of Journalism and Director of the Sequence in Editorial 
Journalism 

B.s., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M.s.j., Northwestern University, 1949; ed.d., 

Oklahoma State University, 1957. 

arthub s. Patrick, Professor of Office Management and Business Education 
B.s., Wisconsin State College, 1931; m.a., University of Iowa, 1940; ph.d., American 
University, 1956. 

elmer plischke, Professor and Head of the Department of Government and Politics 
ph.b., Marquette University, 1937; m.a., American University, 1938; PH.D., Clark 
University, 1943. 

Reuben G. steinmeyer, Professor of Government and Politics 
A.B., American University, 1929; PH.D., 1935. 

Charles t. sweeney, Professor of Accounting 

B.s., Cornell University, 1921; m.b.a., University of Michigan, 1928; C.P.A., Iowa, 
1934; Ohio, 1936. 

harold F. Sylvester, Professor of Personnel Administration 
ph.d., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938. 

charles A. taff, Professor of Transportation 

B.s., University of Iowa, 1937; m.a., 1941; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1952. 

melville j. ulmer, Professor of Economics 
b.s., New York University, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., Columbia University, 1948. 

William van royen, Professor and Head of the Department of Geography 
m.a., Rijksuniversiteit Utrecht, 1925; PH.D., Clark University, 1928. 

siLVERT M. wedeberg, Professor of Accounting 

b.b.a., University of Washington, 1925; c.p.a., Maryland, 1934; a.m., Yale University, 
1935. 

Howard w. WRIGHT, Professor of Accounting 
b.s., Temple University, 1937; m.a., University of Iowa, 1940; c.p.a., Texas, 1940; 
ph.d., University of Iowa, 1947. 

Consulting Professor 

F. Webster MC bryde, Consulting Professor of Geography 
B.A., Tulane, 1930; ph.d., University of California, 1940. 

victob roterus, Consulting Professor of Geography 
ph.d., University of Chicago, 1930; M.S., 1931. 

66 



Faculty 

Associate Professors 

frank o. ahnert, Associate Professor of Geography 
dr. phil., Heidelberg University, 1953. 

Thornton H. Anderson, Associate Professor of Government and Politics 
a.b., University of Kentucky, 1937; m.a., 1938; PH.D., University of Wisconsin, 1948. 

john H. Cumberland, Associate Professor and Assistant Director of the Bureau of 
Business and Economic Research 

b.a., University of Maryland, 1947; m.a., Harvard University, 1949; PH.D., 1951. 

townes L. dawson, Associate Professor of Business Law 

b.b.a., University of Texas, 1943; b.a., U. S. Merchant Marine Academy, 1946; m.b.a., 
University of Texas, 1947; PH.D., 1950; ll.b., 1954. 

Walter w. deshler, Associate Professor of Geography 

B.s., Lafayette College, 1943; m.a., University of Maryland, 1952; PH.D., 1957. 

henry w. grayson, Associate Professor of Economics 

b.a., University of Saskatchewan, 1937; m.a., University of Toronto, 1947; PH.D., 1950. 

Horace v. Harrison, Associate Professor of Government and Politics 

b.a., Trinity University, Texas, 1932; m.a., University of Texas, 1941; PH.D., 1951. 

guy B. hathorn, Associate Professor of Government and Politics 

b.a., University of Mississippi, 1940; m.a., 1942; PH.D., Duke University, 1950. 

boyd L. nelson, Associate Professor of Statistics 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947; m.a., 1948; PH.D., 1952. 

Charles l. schultze, Associate Professor of Economics 

b.a., Georgetown University, 1948; M.A., 1950; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Clinton spivey, Associate Professor of Industrial Management 
b.s., University of Illinois, 1946; M.S., 1947; PH.D., 1957. 

s. M. vtnocour, Associate Professor of Public Relations and Director of the Sequence 
in Public Relations 

a.b., University of Southern California, 1943; M.A., University of Nevada, 1948; 

PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953. 

Assistant Professors 

henry Anderson, Assistant Professor of Statistics 

b.a., University of London, 1939; m.b.a., Columbia University, 1948; PH.D., 1959. 

jerry H. anderson, Assistant Professor of Geography 
b.a., Yale University, 1956; m.a., University of Washington, 1959. 

ROY ashmen, Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.s., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1935; M.S., Columbia University, 1936; PH.D., 
Northwestern University, 1950. 

Charles E. Barrett, Assistant Professor of Economics 

a.b., Loyola College, 1942; m.a., University of Maryland, 1950; PH.D., 1961. 

jimmy B. Bedford, Assistant Professor of Journalism 

a.b., University of Missouri, 1950; b.j., 1951; M.A., 1952. 

67 



Faculty 



carter R. bryan, Assistant Professor of Journalism 
b.a., University of California, 1937; ph.d., University of Vienna, Austria, 1940. 

elbert M. byrd., jr., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 
B.S., American University, 1953; m.a., 1954; ph.d., 1959. 

antonio F. chaves, Assistant Professor of Geography 

m.a., Northwestern University, 1948; d.litt., University of Habana, 1941; ph.d., Uni- 
versity of Habana, 1946. 

Leslie curry, Assistant Professor of Geography 

b.a., University of Durham, 1949; m.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1951; ph.d., Uni- 
versity of Auckland, 1959. 

john A. daiker, Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1941; m.b.a., 1951; C.P.A., District of Columbia, 1949. 

JOHN H. dalton, Assistant Professor of Economics 
a.b., University of California, 1943; ph.d., 1955. 

Norton T. dodge, Assistant Professor of Economics 
A.B., Cornell University, 1948; m.a., Harvard University, 1951; PHJh, 1960. 

Charles B. edelson, Assistant Professor of Accounting 
b.b.a., University of New Mexico, 1949; m.b.a., Indiana University, 1950; C.P.A., Mary- 
land, 1951. 

Robert e. L. knight, Assistant Professor of Economics 

A.B., Harvard University, 1948; ph.d., University of California, 1958. 

leroy l. lee, Assistant Professor of Accounting 
A.B., George Washington University, 1948; a.m., 1952; cp.a., Maryland, 1949. 

Theodore H. mc nelly, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 
B.s., University of Wisconsin, 1941; m.a., 1942; ph.d., Columbia University, 1952. 

Walter s. measday, Assistant Professor of Economics 

a.b., College of William and Mary, 1945; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
1955. 

paul mika, Assistant Professor in Geography 
A.B., University of Pittsburgh, 1954; m.a., George Washington University, 1958. 

Maurice e. o'donnell, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 
B.s., Eastern Illinois State, 1948; m.s., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d., 1954. 

philip c. Packard, Assistant Professor of Economics 

A.B., University of Washington, 1955; PH.D., University of California, 1961. 

Allan A. schmieder, Assistant Professor in Geography 
B.s., Edinboro State College, 1955; m.a., Ohio State University, 1956. 

spencer m. smith, Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., University of Iowa, 1941; M.A., 1942; PH.D., 1948. 

Joseph w. wiedel, Assistant Professor in Geography 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1958. 

68 



Faculty 



Instructors 



Robert J. alperin, Instructor in Government and Politics 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1952; PH.D., Northwestern University, 1959. 

Charles R. Anderson, Instructor in Office Management and Techniques 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1957; m.ed., 1959. 

JOHN L. bass, Instructor in Business Organization 

b.a., George Washington University, 1933; m.a., University of Virginia, 1938. 

edwin K. clickner, Instructor in Business Organization 
b.s., American University, 1951 ; m.a., 1955. 

ernest H. day, Instructor in Economics 

A.B., Oberlin College; ll.b., George Washington University, 1950; M.A., 1955. 

Beverly R. friedland, Assistant Instructor in Office Techniques 
b.s., University of Maryland, 1961 

jean m. gray, Instructor in Economics 

B.A., Michigan State University, 1949; m.a., University of California, 1961. 

Charles F. heye, Instructor in Business Organization 
b.b.a., University of Texas, 1943; m.b.a., University of Maryland, 1947. 

Robert s. himes, Instructor in Accounting 

B.c.s., Benjamin Franklin University, 1939; m.c.s., 1940; b.s., American University. 

Oliver lee, Instructor in Government and Politics 
b.a., Harvard University, 1951; m.a., University of Chicago, 1955. 

george c. neffinger, Instructor in Business Organization 

b.s., University of Florida, 1951; m.a., George Washington University, 1958. 

william F. noall, Instructor in Public Relations 

B.s., Kent State University, 1957; M.S., Ohio University, 1960. 

jane H. o'neill, Instructor in Office Techniques 
b.a., University of Maryland, 1932. 

James R. roman, jr., Instructor in Business Administration 

B.s., Bucknell University, 1958; M.B.A., University of Maryland, 1959. 



Lecturers 

alan beals, Lecturer in Government and Politics, and Executive Secretary of the Mary- 
land Municipal League 
a.b., Colgate University, 1954; m.p.a., Syracuse University, 1955. 

RICHARD N. cooper, Lecturer in Economics 

A.B., Oberlin College, 1956; m.sc, London School of Economics, 1958. 

derk H. G. van bergen der GRUP, Lecturer in Geography (Cartography) 
grad., Royal Military Academy of the Netherlands, 1927; grad., Photogrammetry, 
Delft Technical University, 1935; grad., Topographic Training Centre, N.E.I., 1938; 
Col. Neth' Army (Ret.) 



69 



Faculty 

Lawrence j. hogan, Lecturer in Public Relations 
B.A., Georgetown University, 1949; ll.b., 1954. 

R. F. D. hutchings, Lecturer in Economics 

b.a., Cambridge University, 1948; ph.d., London School of Economics, 1958. 

edgar A. j. johnson, Lecturer in Economics 
B.s., University of Illinois, 1922; m.a., Harvard University, 1924; ph.d., 1929. 

Harold larson, Lecturer in Government and Politics 
b.a., Morningside College, 1927; m.a., Columbia University, 1928; ph.d., 1943. 

hoyt lemons, Lecturer in Geography 
b.ed., Southern Illinois University, 1936; m.a., University of Nebraska, 1938- fhd 
1941. 

milton b. millon, Associate and Lecturer, and Director of the Municipal Technical 
Advisory Service, Bureau of Governmental Research 

A.B., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a., University of Chicago, 1952. 

henry w. moore, jr., Lecturer in Economics 
B.s., University of Maryland, 1942; m.a., Yale University, 1952. 

alan p. Murray, Lecturer in Economics 

A.B., Dartmouth College, 1955; m.a., Columbus University, 1957; ph.d., 1961. 

diomedes d. psilas, Lecturer in Economics 

B.A., University of Athens, 1951 ; m.a., University of California, 1960. 

john l. tierney, Lecturer in Business Law 
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1929; ll.b., University of Wisconsin, 1938; ll.m., George 
Washington University, 1956. 

ROBERT F. towson, Lecturer in Industrial Management 
A.B., George Washington University, 1950; m.b.a., 1952; d.b.a., 1958. 

bobert judd sickels, Lecturer and Research Associate, Bureau of Governmental Research 
B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; m.a., 1954; ph.d„ Johns Hopkins University, 1960. 



Research Associates 

john foote briggs, Research Associate, Bureau of Governmental Research 
b.a., Yankton College, 1950; M.S., University of Denver, 1952. 

lucie G. krassa, Research Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic Research 
Doctor Juris, University of Vienna, 1936. 

edmund c. mester, Research Associate, Bureau of Governmental Research 
A.B., University of Maryland, 1948; M.A., 1949. 

William s. ratchford, ii, Acting Executive Secretary State Association of County 
Commissioners of Maryland 

b.a., University of Richmond, 1954; b.s., Johns Hopkins University, 1960. 

Sherman M. wyman, Municipal Management Associate, Municipal Technical Advisory 
Service, Bureau of Governmental Research 
b.a., Stanford University, 1957; m.p.a., Syracuse University, 1959. 

70 



Faculty 

Faculty Members Teaching Abroad 

YUNG PING chen, ph.d Lecturer in Government and Politics 

erederyc R. darby, m.a Lecturer in Government and Politics 

Robert Y. durand, m.b.a Lecturer in Business Administration 

David M. earl, ph.d Lecturer in Government and Politics 

klaus J. Herrmann, ph.d., Lecturer in Government and Politics 

waring c. hopkins, ph.d Lecturer in Government and Politics 

harold L. jackson, M.A Lecturer in Economics 

Walter D. Jacobs, ph.d Lecturer in Government and Politics 

enver M. koury, ph.d Lecturer in Government and Politics 

les koutouzos, a.m Lecturer in Government and Politics 

Leslie laszlo, M.A. Lecturer in Government and Politics 

Stanley miller, ph.d Lecturer in Economics 

charles F. peake, m.s Lecturer in Economics 

EUGENE A. philipps, M.s Lecturer in Economics 

eugene s. powell, m.a Lecturer in Government and Politics 

Wilfred o. reiners, m.a Lecturer in Government and Politics 

IVAN VOLGYES, M.A. Lecturer in Government and Politics 

john a. wortmen, ph.d Lecturer in Government and Politics 



71 



The College of 
Education 



Catalog Series 1962-64 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



VOLUME 17 



APRIL 24, 1962 



No. 23 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published four times in January; three 
times in February, March, April, May, September and December; two times in June, 
October and November; and once in July and August. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter 
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. 



CONTENTS 



GENERAL 



University Calendar iv 

Board of Regents vi 

Officers of Administration vii 

Chairmen, Standing Committees, 

Faculty Senate x 

The College 1 

Special Facilities and Activities 2 

Undergraduate Programs 4 

Admission Requirements 4 

General Information 4 

Air Science Instruction 5 

Physical Education 

and Health 5 



Guidance in Registration 5 

Junior Standing 6 

Certification of Teachers 6 

Degrees 7 

Costs 7 

Graduate Studies 7 

Status 8 

Registration 8 

Masters' Degrees 8 

Advanced Graduate Specialist 

in Education 8 

Doctors' Degrees 8 



CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 



General Requirements of the 

College 11 

Majors and Minors 11 

Academic Education 12 

Agricultural Education 15 

Art Education 15 

Business Education 18 

Early Childhood Education 21 



Elementary Education 22 

Home Economics Education 27 

Industrial Education 28 

Music Education 35 

Physical Education and Health 

Education 37 

Library Science 44 

Special Education 44 



COURSE OFFERINGS 



Education 48 

Business Education 58 

Childhood Education 59 

Home Economics Education 61 

Human Development Education 61 



Industrial Education 65 

Library Science 71 

Music Education 72 

Special Education 74 



Faculty 72 

Cooperating Staff Members 81 

Off-Campus Supervising Teachers 81 



ill 



UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

FALL SEMESTER 1961 
SEPTEMBER 

18-22 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 
25 Monday — Instruction Begins 

NOVEMBER 

22 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class 
27 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

DECEMBER 

20 Wednesday— Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 

JANUARY 1962 

3 Wednesday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

24 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

25-31 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1962 

FEBRUARY 

5-9 Monday to Friday — Spring Semester Registration 
12 Monday — Instruction Begins 
22 Thursday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 

MARCH 

25 Sunday — Maryland Day 

APRIL 

19 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 

24 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

16 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Wednesday — Memoria 1 Day, Holiday 

JUNE 

1 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

2-8 Saturday to Friday, inclusive — Spring Semester Examinations 

3 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

9 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1962 

JUNE 1962 

25 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

26 Tuesday — Summer Session Begins 
JULY 

4 Wednesday — Independence Day, Holiday 

AUGUST 

3 Friday— Summer Session Ends (6-Week Session) 

17 Friday — Summer Session Ends (8-Week Session) 

SHORT COURSES 1962 
JUNE 1962 

18-23 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 

AUGUST 

6-11 Monday to Saturday — 4-H Club Week. 

SEPTEMBER 

4-7 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



IV 



FALL SEMESTER 1962 
SEPTEMBER 

17-21 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration 

24 Monday — Instruction Begins 

NOVEMBER 

21 Wednesday — Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class 
26 Monday — Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

DECEMBER 

21 Friday — Christmas Recess Begins After Last Class 
JANUARY 1963 

3 Thursday — Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

23 Wednesday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

24-30 Thursday to Wednesday — Fall Semester Examinations 

SPRING SEMESTER 1963 

FEBRUARY 

4-8 Monday to Friday — Registration 
11 Monday — Instruction Begins 

22 Friday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday 

MARCH 

25 Monday — Maryland Day (Not a Holiday) 
APRIL 

11 Thursday — Easter Recess Begins After Last Class 
16 Tuesday — Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m. 

MAY 

15 Wednesday— AFROTC Day 

30 Thursday — Memorial Day, Holiday 

31 Friday — Pre-Examination Study Day 

JUNE 

1-7 Saturday to Friday — Spring Semester Examinations 

2 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises 

8 Saturday — Commencement Exercises 

SUMMER SESSION 1963 
june 1963 

24 Monday — Summer Session Registration 

25 Tuesday — Instruction Begins 

JULY 

4 Thursday — Independence Day, Holiday 
AUGUST 

16 Friday — Summer Session Ends 

SHORT COURSES 1963 
JUNE 

17-22 Monday to Saturday — Rural Women's Short Course 
AUGUST 

5-10 Monday to Saturday— 4-H Club Week 
SEPTEMBER 

3-6 Tuesday to Friday — Firemen's Short Course 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

and 
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 

Charles P. McCormick 

Chairman 1966 

McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2 

Edward F. Holter 

Vice-Chair man 1968 

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore 2 

B. Herbert Brown 

Secretary 1967 

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1 

Harry H. Nuttle 

Treasurer 1966 

Denton 

Louis L. Kaplan 

Assistant Secretary 1964 

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15 

C. E. Tuttle 

Assistant Treasurer 1962 

907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2 

Richard W. Case 1970 

Commercial Credit Building, Baltimore 

Thomas W. Pangborn 1965 

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangbo